Isoref

PDS ISOGEN
Reference Guide
March 2000
DEA5040B0
For PDS version 06.04.01.**
This document replaces DEA5040A0
Warranties and Liabilities

All warranties given by Intergraph Corporation about equipment or software are set forth in your purchase contract,
and nothing stated in, or implied by, this document or its contents shall be considered or deemed a modification or
amendment of such warranties.
The information and the software discussed in this document are subject to change without notice and should not be
considered commitments by Intergraph Corporation. Intergraph Corporation assumes no responsibility for any
error that may appear in this document.
The software discussed in this document is furnished under a license and may be used or copied only in accordance
with the terms of this license.
No responsibility is assumed by Intergraph for the use or reliability of software on equipment that is not supplied by
Intergraph or its affiliated companies.
Trademarks
Intergraph is a trademark of Intergraph Corporation. MicroStation is a trademark of Bentley Systems Inc., an
Intergraph affiliate.
Copyright
2000 Intergraph Corporation
All Rights Reserved
Including software, file formats, and audiovisual displays; may be used pursuant to applicable software license
agreement; contains confidential and proprietary information of Intergraph and/or third parties which is protected
by copyright and trade secret law and may not be provided or otherwise made available without proper
authorization.
RESTRICTED RIGHTS LEGEND
Use, duplication, or disclosure by the government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c) (1) (ii) of
The Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013 or subparagraphs (c) (1) and
(2) of Commercial Computer Software Restricted Rights at 48 CFR 52.227-19, as applicable.
Unpublished rights reserved under the copyright laws of the United States.
Intergraph Corporation
Huntsville, Alabama 35894-0001
If You Need Assistance

Intergraph Online
Our web site brings you fast, convenient, up-to-the-minute information about
Intergraphs products, services, and direction. Our web address is:
http://www.intergraph.com
Telephone Support
All Intergraph products are delivered with a 30-day warranty for full
coverage of physical media.
In the United States, call Intergraphs standard support number at
1-800-633-7248 from 7:00 AM to 7:00 PM CST, Monday through Friday,
except holidays.
If you are outside of the United States, please call your local Intergraph
office. The most up-to-date list of international offices and distributors is
available on the web at http://www.intergraph.com.
Please have the following information available when you call:
The products serial number. This can be found on the license
agreement or by using the About command in the product.
Your name and telephone number.
The products name.
Your CPIN number and service number.
A brief description of the problem.
Intergraph Directory
The following numbers are only valid in the United States unless otherwise
indicated. If you are outside the United States, please call your local
Intergraph office.
Intergraph General Information

U.S. 1-800-345-4856
Canada 1-800-461-5297
All countries 1-256-730-2000
Customer Response Center (U.S. Only)

Customer Support 1-800-633-7248
U.S. Customer Care Center 1-888-779-3824
FAX 1-800-239-2972
Training Registration (U.S. Only)

1-800-240-3000
Regional Sales Information (U.S. Only)

1-800-240-1000
Mailing Address
Huntsville, Alabama 35894-0001
U.S.A.
You can also reach us by electronic mail at info@intergraph.com.
Educational Media Contacts

We are constantly working on updates and improvements to the documents
and other educational media. If you have any suggestions on where we can
improve the documentation or where you think more information is needed,
let us know. You can reach us by:
Mail
Manager, PBS Documentation
GD3006
Huntsville, AL 35894-0001
FAX
PBS Documentation
1-256-730-3300
Electronic
Mail
pds_doc@metron.b30.ingr.com
Table of Contents vii
Table of Contents
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
If You Need Assistance ..................................................................................

Intergraph Directory ......................................................................................
iii
iv
Preface .........................................................................................................................
xiii
General Conventions ............................................................................................
xv
Introduction to ISOGEN ......................................................................................
1-1
1.1
Overview of Isometric Extraction ................................................................
1-3
1.1.1
1.1.2
1.1.3
The Intergraph Interface to ISOGEN .............................................

ASCII to Binary Conversion ............................................................
ISOGEN ............................................................................................
1-3
1-4
1-4
PDS Environment .................................................................................................
2-1
2.1
PD Shell ........................................................................................................
2-2
2.1.1
2.1.2
PD_Shell Form Conventions ............................................................

Batch Processes ................................................................................
2-5
2-8
Interactive Isometric Extraction ..........................................................................
3-1
3.1
3-9
1.
2.
3.
Extraction Criteria .......................................................................................

3.1.1
3.1.2
Model Files ........................................................................................

Pipeline Names .................................................................................
3-9
3 - 10
Iso Design File ..............................................................................................

Plot Isometric Drawing ................................................................................
View Isometric Drawing ..............................................................................
Conventions and Limitations ......................................................................
3 - 12
3 - 14
3 - 17
3 - 19
3.5.1
3.5.2
Extraction Conventions ....................................................................

Extraction Limitations .....................................................................
3 - 19
3 - 20
Batch Software Organization ...............................................................................
4-1
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
The Batch Job Input File .............................................................................

Line Processing (pdsidf) ...............................................................................
The ISOGEN Interface ................................................................................
ISOGEN ........................................................................................................
4-3
4-4
4-5
4-5
4.4.1
4-6
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
4.
Splitting the MTO neutral file (MSPLIT) .......................................
viii PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - March 2000
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
4.10
5.
Generating Title Block Input (TBLOCK) ....................................................

Filling in the Title Block (STIB) ..................................................................
Plotting .........................................................................................................
Updating the Project Database (pdsidf) ......................................................
Making a Run Log Entry (pdsidf) ................................................................
Investigating Batch Extraction Problems .................................................
4-6
4-6
4-7
4-7
4-7
4-7
Batch Isometric Extraction ..................................................................................
5-1
5.1
5.2
5.3
5-3
5-7
5-9
Initial Setup Considerations ........................................................................

Basic Workflow for Running Batch Isometrics ...........................................
Batch Isometric Generation .........................................................................
5.3.1
Define Default Sets ..........................................................................
5 - 13
5.3.1.1
5.3.1.2
5.3.1.3
5.3.1.4
Add Default Set ..................................................................

Revise Default Set .............................................................
Delete Default Set ..............................................................
Copy Default Set ................................................................
5 - 15
5 - 18
5 - 20
5 - 21
Define Project Options .....................................................................

Revise Iso Area .................................................................................
List Iso Areas ....................................................................................
Create Drawing ................................................................................
Revise Drawing .................................................................................
Delete Drawing .................................................................................
List Drawings ...................................................................................
Utilities .............................................................................................
5 - 22
5 - 25
5 - 27
5 - 28
5 - 33
5 - 46
5 - 54
5 - 56
5.3.9.1
Bulk Load Lines .................................................................
5 - 57
Load by Area .........................................................................................................

Load by Model .......................................................................................................
Load by Line .........................................................................................................
5 - 60
5 - 62
5 - 64
5.3.9.2
5.3.9.3
Bulk Load Lines from ASCII File ..........................................................

Isometric Symbol Editor ........................................................................
5 - 67
5 - 71
Entering the Iso Symbol Editor Environment ....................................................

Input Area Options ...............................................................................................
Assembling an Isometric Symbol .........................................................................
Creating a User-defined Symbol Library ............................................................
Using the Newly-created Symbol Library ...........................................................
5 - 72
5 - 73
5 - 76
5 - 83
5 - 84
5.3.9.4
5.3.9.5
5 - 85
5 - 86
5.3.2
5.3.3
5.3.4
5.3.5
5.3.6
5.3.7
5.3.8
5.3.9
Delete Drawing Records With Undefined Iso Type ..............................

Generate FrameWorks Reference Dimension File ...............................
5.3.10
5.3.11
5.3.12
6.
Create Batch Job Input ..................................................................

Schedule Batch Job ........................................................................
Reports ............................................................................................
5 - 89
5 - 100
5 - 104
Interpreting the HITS Report ..............................................................................
6-1
Table of Contents ix
6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4
6.5
6.6
6.7
7.
Example HITS Report .................................................................................

Section 1: Basic Input Data and Raw Design File Data ............................
Section 2: Design File Data Sorted by Coordinate .....................................
Section 3: Tracing Data ...............................................................................
Section 4: Design File Data Sorted by Topo ...............................................
Section 5: Design File Data in IDF Order ...................................................
Using the HITS Report to Solve Problems .................................................
6-2
6 - 12
6 - 13
6 - 14
6 - 15
6 - 22
6 - 26
The Options File ...................................................................................................
7-1
7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4
7.5
7.6
7.7
7.8
7.9
7.10
7.11
7.12
7.13
7.14
7.15
7.16
7.17
7.18
7.19
7.20
7.21
7.22
7.23
7.24
7.25
7.26
7.27
7.28
7.29
7.30
8.
File Structure ...............................................................................................

ISOGEN_OPTIONS_BLOCK ......................................................................
INTERGRAPH_OPTIONS_BLOCK ...........................................................
The Files Table .............................................................................................
USER_DEFINED_WELDS .........................................................................
WELD_PREFIX ...........................................................................................
DETAIL_SKETCH_FACILITY ...................................................................
PIPELINE_HEADER ..................................................................................
ATEXT_SPECIFICATIONS ........................................................................
INGR_ATEXT_SPECIFICATIONS ..........................................................
LINE_ID_DEFINITION ............................................................................
TYPE_1_LABELS ......................................................................................
TYPE_2_LABELS ......................................................................................
TYPE_3_LABELS ......................................................................................
START_POINT_NOTES ............................................................................
END_POINT_COMPONENT_LABELS ...................................................
NOZZLE_NOTE .........................................................................................
SECONDARY_ORIENTATION_NOTE ....................................................
DOTTED_SYMBOLOGY_CODE_LIST_VALUES ...................................
NOMTO_CODE_LIST_VALUES ..............................................................
SHOP_FABCAT_CODE_LIST_VALUES .................................................
OFFSHORE_FABCAT_CODE_LIST_VALUES .......................................
MOVABLE_TEXT ......................................................................................
NEW_SYMBOL_KEYS ..............................................................................
GENITM_NOTE_FORMAT ......................................................................
ALTERNATE_DESCRIPTION_INDEX ...................................................
USER_DEFINED_IMPLIED_ITEM_BOM ..............................................
USER_DEFINED_GENERATED_ITEM_BOM .......................................
USER_DEFINED_COMPONENT_BOM ..................................................
NON_DIMENSIONED_SUPPORTS ........................................................
7-2
7-4
7-6
7 - 42
7 - 45
7 - 47
7 - 48
7 - 50
7 - 56
7 - 58
7 - 59
7 - 60
7 - 63
7 - 66
7 - 68
7 - 70
7 - 72
7 - 74
7 - 75
7 - 77
7 - 78
7 - 80
7 - 81
7 - 84
7 - 85
7 - 87
7 - 89
7 - 92
7 - 95
7 - 98
User-Defined BOM / Material Control File .........................................................
8-1
8.1
Types of Material List ..................................................................................
8-2
8.1.1
Operating Requirements ..................................................................
8-4
Material List Definition (MLD) File ............................................................

User-Defined Material Control File (.bom file) ...........................................
Offshore Material Category .........................................................................
Transferring Components Between Sort Groups .......................................
Generating an Optional Format for Length Output ..................................
Bolt Units (size x length) .............................................................................
8-6
8-7
8-9
8-9
8 - 10
8 - 10
8.2
8.3
8.4
8.5
8.6
8.7
PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - March 2000
8.8 Generating a Revised Format of the Cut List ............................................

8.9 Welds in the Material List ...........................................................................
8.10 Style for Fabricated (Pulled) Bends Output .............................................
8.11 Style for Material List Output ..................................................................
8.12 Positioning the Title Block ........................................................................
8.13 MLD File Content ......................................................................................
8.14 MLD File Format Guidelines ....................................................................
8.14.1
Style 3 Material List ....................................................................
8 - 17
Example User-defined Material List - Style 2 ..........................................

Example User-defined Material List - Style 3 ..........................................
8 - 19
8 - 19
Creating Seed Files for Extraction ......................................................................
9-1
9.1
9.2
Creating an Isometric Seed File ..................................................................

Creating a Plot Request File .......................................................................
9-1
9-3
9.2.1
IPLOT Plot Request Files ................................................................
9-3
Mapping Attributes to the Title Block ...............................................................
10 - 1
8.15
8.16
9.
10.
10.1
10.2
10.3
11.
12.
13.
8 - 11
8 - 13
8 - 13
8 - 13
8 - 14
8 - 14
8 - 15
SEGMENT_DATA_TABLE .....................................................................
DRAWING_DATA_TABLE .....................................................................
SHEET_DATA_TABLE ...........................................................................
10 - 3
10 - 7
10 - 12
Creating a Notes Table .......................................................................................
11 - 1
11.1
Using the isoc.note File ............................................................................
11 - 2
The MTO Neutral File Record Map ...................................................................
12 - 1
12.1
12.2
12.3
12.4
COMMON_RECORD_DATA ...................................................................
COMPONENT_ATTRIBUTES ................................................................
IMPLIED_ITEMS ....................................................................................
GENERATED_ITEMS .............................................................................
12 - 2
12 - 4
12 - 6
12 - 9
The PDS-to-ISOGEN Symbol Map ....................................................................
13 - 1
13.1
13.2
13.3
13.4
13.5
The PDS Item Name ................................................................................

The ISOGEN Symbol Name ....................................................................
The ISOGEN Record Number .................................................................
Number of Connect Points .......................................................................
Tapped Component Name .......................................................................
13 - 1
13 - 1
13 - 2
13 - 3
13 - 3
13.5.1
13.5.2
Tapped elbows ............................................................................

Olets attached to fittings ............................................................
13 - 3
13 - 4
Tapped component record number ..........................................................

PDS Valve Operator Name ......................................................................
End Prep Low and End Prep High ..........................................................
Order of Table Entries .............................................................................
13 - 4
13 - 4
13 - 5
13 - 5
13.6
13.7
13.8
13.9
Table of Contents xi
14.
The Valve / Operator Table ................................................................................
14 - 1
15.
Repeatability .......................................................................................................
15 - 1
15.1
15.2
15.3
15.4
15.5
Repeatability Restrictions and Limitations ............................................

Extraction Information in the Database .................................................
Determining the Traversal Start Point ..................................................
Determining Sheet Split Points ...............................................................
Determining Spool Split Points ...............................................................
15 - 2
15 - 3
15 - 4
15 - 4
15 - 5
Welds ...................................................................................................................
16 - 1
Delivered weld symbols ......................................................................................

16.1 Dotted Weld Symbols ...............................................................................
16.2 User-defined Weld Symbols .....................................................................
16.3 Codelist Values for Standard Note 180 and 1100 ..................................
16.4 Weld Types and Mapping ........................................................................
16.5 Offshore Fabrication Category ................................................................
16.6 Unique Weld Numbering .........................................................................
16.7 User-defined Weld Prefix .........................................................................
16.8 The Weld Summary Report .....................................................................
16 - 2
16 - 2
16 - 3
16 - 3
16 - 3
16 - 4
16 - 4
16 - 4
16 - 5
16.
16.8.1
16.8.2
Weld Definition File Format ......................................................

Example WDF File .....................................................................
16 - 5
16 - 9
Welds Listed in the Bill of Materials ......................................................
16 - 10
Dimensioning and Coordinate Output ...............................................................
17 - 1
17.1
17.2
Dimensioning Features ............................................................................

Coordinate Features ................................................................................
17 - 1
17 - 3
Detail Sketch and Information Note Facility ....................................................
18 - 1
18.1
18.2
Detail Sketch Entries in the DDF ...........................................................

Information Note Entries in the DDF .....................................................
18 - 2
18 - 3
Weight Display ...................................................................................................
19 - 1
19.1
Center of Gravity Calculation .................................................................
19 - 2
Isometric Presentation .......................................................................................
20 - 1
20.1
20.2
20.3
20.4
20.5
20.6
20.7
20.8
20.9
20.10
20 - 3
20 - 4
20 - 4
20 - 5
20 - 5
20 - 6
20 - 7
20 - 8
20 - 8
20 - 9
16.9
17.
18.
19.
20.
PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES .......................................................................
PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES-SPECIAL .....................................................
PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES-DOTTED ......................................................
BEND/ELBOW-REPRESENTATION ....................................................
FITTINGS-GENERAL .............................................................................
FITTINGS-SPECIAL ...............................................................................
FITTINGS-UNDIMENSIONED-BRANCHES .......................................
MISC-ITEMS ...........................................................................................
LAYER-NAMES .......................................................................................
Program Defaults ...................................................................................
xii PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - March 2000
20.11
21.
Example Drawing Definition File .........................................................
20 - 10
Isometric Types ...................................................................................................
21 - 1
Appendix A:
A.1
Warning and Error Messages .............................................................
A-3
Intergraph Interface to ISOGEN ......................................................................
A-4
A.1.1
A.1.2
A.1.3
A.2
A.3
Information Messages ............................................................................

Warning Messages .................................................................................
Error Messages ......................................................................................
A-5
A-8
A - 15
ISOGEN ..............................................................................................................
A - 22
A.2.1
A.2.2
ISOGEN message file errors .................................................................

Design File Interface Error Messages ...................................................
A - 22
A - 31
Batch Extraction Software Error Messages .....................................................
A - 32
Appendix B:
Alias ISOGEN Tables .........................................................................
B-3
Appendix C:
Example Documents ............................................................................
C-3
The Options File (#/dat/isoc.def) ........................................................................

Label Library Label Definitions ........................................................................
HITS Report (.h file) ..........................................................................................
Intermediate Data File (.idf file) .......................................................................
Interface Error Log (.err file) .............................................................................
MTO Neutral File (.b# file) ................................................................................
ISOGEN Message File (.msg file) ......................................................................
ISOGEN Printed Parts File (.prt file) ...............................................................
ISOGEN Component versus Sheet Number File (.sed file) .............................
ISOGEN Cut Pipe Report (.cut file) ................................................................
Title Block Table (.bit, .seg and .dwg files) .....................................................
C-4
C-9
C - 28
C - 37
C - 54
C - 57
C - 59
C - 60
C - 62
C - 63
C - 64
C.1
C.2
C.3
C.4
C.5
C.6
C.7
C.8
C.9
C.10
C.11
Appendix D:
D.1
D.2
PDS Database Table Formats ............................................................
D-3
Piping Design Database Table Format .............................................................

Specification/Material Reference Database Table Format ..............................
D-4
D - 11
Appendix E:
ISOGEN SKEY Dimensions ...............................................................
E-3
Glossary .......................................................................................................................
GL - 58
Index ............................................................................................................................
IN - 58
Preface xiii
Preface
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Document Purpose
This document is a reference guide for Intergraph Corporations PD ISOGEN software
package. You can use the PD ISOGENTM software to generate piping isometric drawings
from 3D models created by PDS. The ISOGEN product is one part of the overall Intergraph
Plant Design System.
This document is designed as a reference for the PD ISOGEN software. It includes
explanations and examples of the operation of all the facilities that make up the software
package. Use this guide when you need to reference a specific product function.
Document Prerequisites / Audience

This document is intended for both beginning and advanced users.
The beginning user should:
be familiar with an Intergraph workstation
have Intergraph and MicroStation operating experience
have PDS Piping operating experience.
The advanced user should:
have a good understanding of basic Windows commands and text editors
knowledge of Intergraph software such as EDG and relational databases
be capable of modifying the PDS 3D RDB
have a good understanding of the general PDS environment.
Related Documents/Products
MicroStation 32 software is required to operate in the PDS 2D Graphics software.
Information about MicroStation 32 capabilities can be found in the following documents:
MicroStation 32 Reference Guide
MicroStation 32 Users Guide
Intergraph Corporations Relational Interface System (RIS)TM is required to operate PDS
ISOGEN, along with a relational database management system (RDBMS) supported by RIS.
Currently, these include Informix, Oracle, and Ingres. Information about RIS
capabilities can be found in the following documents:
xiv PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - March 2000
Relational Interface System (RIS) Reference Manual

Relational Interface System (RIS) Operator Training Guide
For more information on related aspects of the PD ISOGEN products, consult the following
documents:
Project Administrator Reference Guide
Piping Design Graphics Reference Guide
Additional Information
The following informational files are delivered with the PDS ISOGEN software in the
/usr#/ip32/isogen directory.
File Name
Contents
README
Describes changes and additions to the product since the last version.
Lists the names and dates of the files in the current release. For a
fixes release, the files which have been modified are appended to the
top of the initial file to provide a history of all changes to the product.
Includes Comments and Trouble Report numbers which describe
what problems have been fixed. Provides special notices to the
customer. Lists any exceptions made to the certification.
product.def
Lists all dependencies and related parts for the product.
Preface xv
General Conventions
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This document contains many visual cues to help you understand the
meaning of certain words or phrases. The use of different fonts for different
types of information allows you to scan the document for key concepts or
commands. Symbols help abbreviate and identify commonly used words,
phrases, or groups of related information.
Typefaces
Italic
Indicates a system response, which is an explanation of what

the software is doing. For example,
The text is placed in the viewing plane.
Bold
Indicates a command name, parameter name, or dialog box

title. Command paths are shown using an arrow between
command names. For example,
Choose File > Open to load a new file.
Sans serif
Indicates a system prompt or message, which requires an

action be taken by the user. For example,
Select first segment of alignment
Bold Typewriter
Indicates what you should literally type in. For example,
Key in original.dat to load the ASCII file.
Normal Typewriter
Indicates an actual file or directory name. For example,
The ASCII report is stored in the layout.rpt file.
xvi PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - March 2000
Symbols
This document uses the following symbols to represent mouse buttons and to
identify special information:
<C>
<D>
<R>
<T>
Command button
Data button (usually the left mouse button)
Reset/reject button (usually the right mouse button)
Tentative button (usually the center mouse button)
Note Important supplemental information.
Warning Critical information that could cause the loss of data if

not followed.
Technical tip or information provides information on what

the software is doing or how it processes information.
Map or path shows you how to get to a specific command or
form.
More information indicates there is additional or related
information.
Need a hint used with activities and labs, provides a tip or
hint for doing the exercises.
Keyboard Conventions
The following list outlines the abbreviations this document uses for keyboard
keys and describes how to use them in combination. You can make some
menu selections through the use of keyboard accelerators, which map menu
selections to key combinations.
ALT
CTRL
DEL
ENTER
ESC
Alternate key
Control key
Delete key
Enter key
Escape key
CTRL+z
ESC,k
To hold down the Control key and press Z.

To press the Escape key, then K.
Preface xvii
Terminology
Click
To use a mouse or key combination to pick an item that

begins an action. For example,
Click Apply to save the changes.
Select
To mark an item by highlighting it with key combinations or

by picking it with your cursor. Selecting does not initiate an
action. After selecting an item, you click the action you want
to affect the item. For example,
Select the file original.dat from the list box, then click
Delete to remove it from the directory.
In addition, you would select items to define parameters, such
as selecting toggle buttons. This also applies to selecting
graphic elements from the design file. For example,
Select the line string to define the graphic template.
Tentative-select
To place a tentative point on an existing graphic element in a

design file. If you are using the CLIX operating system, you
tentative-select by double-clicking with a mouse or pressing
<T> on a hand-held cursor. If you are using the Windows NT
operating system, you tentative-select by pressing a leftbutton, right-button chord.
Double-click
To select and execute a command by clicking the mouse or

hand-held cursor button twice in rapid succession. This term
implies that you are clicking the data button (<D>) as part of
a menu or dialog box action. For example,
Double-click on the file original.dat to load it into the
new surface.
Drag
To press and hold the data button (<D>) while moving the
mouse or hand-held cursor.
Type
To key a character string into a text box.
Key in
To type in data and press ENTER to enter the data and

execute the default action.
In a dialog box, pressing TAB after keying
in data will enter the data and move the
cursor to the next field.
xviii PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - March 2000
Introduction to ISOGEN 1 - 1
1. Introduction to ISOGEN
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The PDS Isometric Extraction Software creates piping isometric drawings from 3-D piping
models created by the PDS modeling packages.
1-2
The software consists of two principal components:

ISOGEN, which draws the piping isometric and places it in a MicroStation design file
and
Intergraph 3-D software packages which create input for ISOGEN and perform other
functions necessary in final drawing creation.
The software allows you to extract isometrics from a 3-D plant model: single isometrics
interactively or multiple isometrics in a batch mode.
The ISOGEN software is designed to be flexible because drawing practices vary from one
company to another. The following features of Intergraphs isometric extraction package
allow you to specify drawing format:
User-controlled ISOGEN option switches
The capability to use an alternate or foreign text
A large set of Intergraph option switches
User-controlled attribute breaks shown on drawings
A flexible method for generating notes
Attribute-driven symbology (solid or dotted lines)
User-defined component symbology
User-controlled mapping of attributes to the title block.

In addition to the isometric drawing, the software also generates several nongraphic outputs,
the most important of which is a completely user-definable MTO neutral file. This neutral
file is extremely useful for those who want to couple a material control system with
Intergraphs 3-D modeling software.
The above features are collectively referred to as software customization and are dealt with
at length in this document. You will find reference information needed for customization in
the appendices.
Introduction to ISOGEN 1 - 3
1.1
Overview of Isometric Extraction
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This section outlines the software components and how they are organized for interactively
extracting isometrics.
1.1.1
The Intergraph Interface to ISOGEN
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The core software module in isometric extraction (both interactive and batch) is the ISOGEN
interface. This program reads data from the 3-D model files and generates an input file for
ISOGEN. ISOGEN knows nothing of PDS or any of its files. It reads only the input file
created for it by the ISOGEN interface. While ISOGEN is primarily responsible for
generating the drawing graphics (including dimensioning) the ISOGEN interface is
responsible for most everything else including note generation, recognition of attribute
changes, defining which symbols to use and so on.
The primary input to the ISOGEN interface is an ASCII file named pdsidf.dat. The interface
reads from this file the piping and equipment models involved, the output isometric file
name, and identification of all of the pipelines in the drawing. The interface also reads in
data from the options file.
1-4
The options file consists of a collection of switches, options and tables that gives you some
control over what the ISOGEN interface puts in its output file (called the intermediate data
file or idf) and therefore what appears in the final drawing.
Once this data is read in, the interface collects from the model files all of the components that
make up the piping network. Data from the components is then used to form an internal
data structure which represents the network. Finally, this network is traversed (the software
traces a path through the piping network) and records are generated in the idf. The order of
the records in the idf is in the order of the network traversal. Drawing notes and other
features such as bill of material information are dealt with component by component as the
network is traversed.
If the components in the piping models are not properly connected or other problems exist,
the internal data structure will not be properly built and isometric extraction will fail. See
the section Interpreting the HITS Report for more information. The HITS report can help
you to find problems in the piping model and tell you when the interface software is not
working properly.
1.1.2
ASCII to Binary Conversion
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The Intergraph interface to ISOGEN creates an ASCII data file containing the input to
ISOGEN. Since ISOGEN requires the input data to be in binary format, a program named
ISOA_BGEN is run to convert this ASCII data file to binary. ISOA_BGEN creates the
binary output file FOR036.# which IZOD2 uses to generate the isometric drawing.
1.1.3
ISOGEN
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
ISOGEN takes the binary input file and generates graphics in an 2D MicroStation design
file. The graphics consist of the completed isometric drawing. ISOGEN can also generate
several nongraphic outputs, including:
An ISOGEN MTO neutral file
A parts list (bill of material)
A cut pipe report
A component VRS sheet number file
The parts list file contains the same bill of material that is shown on the isometric drawing.
It is possible to turn the drawing bill of material off and attach the printed ASCII file to the
drawing instead. The cut pipe report, which shows the length of each piece of pipe in the
line, can be useful. The component VRS sheet number file is used by the batch extraction
software and is discussed elsewhere.
PDS Environment 2 - 1
2. PDS Environment
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The PDS 3D software supports a variety of applications. All the supported

applications use a common interface that is controlled by the PD Shell
program. This ensures consistency across applications and minimizes the
amount of time required to learn the product.
The PDS 3D modules provide a simple user interface through extensive use of
forms. The modules also provide an on-line Help capability for easy access to
information while working in the product.
The PDS 3D software uses available nucleus tools such as MicroStation and
FORMS. It supports standard software such as NFS, NQS, and RIS required
to set up data across a network. This design facilitates the use of non-PDS
tools such as relational databases and third party software.
The PD_Shell Environment and all batch jobs in the PDS 3D products
interface to Intergraphs Network Licensing System.
2-2
2.1
PD Shell
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The PD Shell program provides access to the various functions that are
associated with the PDS 3D Modules. You can access the Plant Design
System Environment form by double-clicking teh PD_Shell icon.
This executes a control script that defines all of the environment variables
that are needed to run the product, and it identifies the location of the
product files. These files can be located on the workstation or a server on the
network. See pds.cmd for more information on this file. The script also
activates the Plant Design System Environment form.
This form identifies the active project(s) and provides access to all the PDS
functions.
Options
Schematics Environment Provides access to the PDS 2D modules
that are used to create and modify piping and instrumentation
diagrams, process flow diagrams, and instrumentation database
records.
Equipment Modeling Provides access to the Equipment Modeling
module, which provides an interactive graphics environment that is
used to create and revise equipment model graphics and database
information.
FrameWorks Environment Provides access to the FrameWorks

module, which provides an environment that is used to create and
revise structural models, create and revise structural drawings, and
propagate structural models.
Piping Designer Activates an interactive command environment
that is used to create piping and in-line instrumentation in the model;
revise existing model graphics and database information; and verify the
integrity of the data in the model.
Electrical Raceway Environment Provides access to the
Electrical Raceway module, which provides an interactive environment
that is used to create and revise raceway models and access raceway
utilities.
Piping Design Data Manager Provides access to a set of options
that are used to verify the integrity of the graphic and database
information that is associated with a model.
Piping Model Builder Enables you to create piping graphics from a
nongraphics environment. This module is used with PD_Design to
create an accurate 3D model of the piping network.
Pipe Stress Analysis Activates a set of forms that are used to
extract information from piping models for input to third-party pipe
stress analysis products.
Interference Manager Activates a set of forms that are used to
check for interferences among project models and to control approved
interferences.
Isometric Drawing Manager Activates a set of forms that are used
to extract isometric drawings from piping models and to review or plot
the created isometric drawings.
Drawing Manager Activates a set of forms that are used to create
and manipulate drawings and drawing views; provide access to the
interactive graphics environment for drawings; and provide access to a
plot manager and vector hiddenline manager.
DesignReview Integrator Activates a set of forms that are used to
extract information to form label files for use in DesignReview and to
review data from a DesignReview session.
Report Manager Activates a set of forms that are used to create
and revise report format files and report on information in a project
including Material Take-Off reports.
2-4
Project Administrator Provides access to a set of forms that are

used to create a project, create and revise project files, define project
seed data, and control the project.
Reference Data Manager Provides access to a set of forms that are
used to control the reference data for a project including Piping Job
Specification data, Graphic Commodity Data, Alphanumeric Commodity
Data, Standard Note Library, Label Description Library, and Piping
Assembly Library.
Other Fields
User ID Used for access control. This field also sets the Review User
ID for use in the Interference Manager module.
If access control has been defined, you must key in a valid user ID as
defined by your system manager to gain access to the projects.
If access control has not been defined, no entry is required for this field.
Password Key in the password for the specified user ID.
Project List Field Displays the defined projects for the network and
allows you to select the active project. The system lists all the defined
PDS projects (2D-only, 3D-only, and 2D & 3D). An error is displayed if
you select an option that is incompatible with the active project. For
example, if the active project is a 2D-only project, you cannot access the
the Interference Manager module.
If access control has been defined, only those projects for which you
have some level of access are displayed.
Message Area Displays prompts and messages that are associated
with the active process. Error messages are displayed in red.
2.1.1
PD_Shell Form Conventions
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The following Conventions describe how to respond to the various buttons,
lists, and prompts that make up the environments. The display size of forms
and dialog boxes in the non-Microstation graphics environment are
independent of the size of the workstations display system. Most forms
contain the same basic features: buttons, fields, text, and other gadgets. In
general, anything you find on a form is called a gadget.
Selecting Options
You move through the PD Shell forms by selecting function buttons or other
gadgets from the form. Select means to place the screen cursor (which
appears as an arrow) on top of a screen gadget and press <D>.
For most of the forms with scrolling lists, you can double-click on a row to
select and accept the data in that row. This performs the same action as
selecting a row (which highlights) and then selecting the Accept button.
You use the select action to select functions, access other forms, activate data
fields, toggle buttons, select from lists, scroll through data displayed on the
screen, and so on.
The following summarizes other basic actions you use in the environments:
Enter When keying in any data in a key-in field, press the <ENTER>
or <Tab> key for the data to be entered into the system. You can also
press <ENTER> or <Tab> to move through a set of key-in fields.
Delete If you make a mistake while keying in text, press the
<Delete> key to erase character(s) to the left of the cursor.
Common Tools on the PD Shell Forms

There are many gadgets in the environments that are common to most or all
of the forms. The following describes these tools.
Standard Commands
The PD Shell forms have a set of standard buttons in the upper right corner
of most of the form windows. The available commands vary from form to
form depending on the type of operation.
The Help button activates on-line Help for the active form. Help remains
active until you delete the Help window.
2-6
The Shell button exits the active form and returns control to the base
manager that is associated with the active form. For most forms this returns
to the Plant Design System Environment form.
The Top button exits the active form and returns control to the top form of
the active branch.
The Cancel button cancels or exits from the active form. Control returns to
the immediately preceding form in the hierarchy.
The Accept button accepts a selection or operation. Depending on the active
form or option, the active form remains active so that you can repeat a
similar operation or control returns to the preceding form.
The Restart button clears any key-in fields on the form that have values you
can modify.
Scrolling List
Some screen menus have a scrolling list of projects or applications. You need
to scroll a list only if more options are available than can be displayed in the
window. To scroll a list, select the arrow buttons on the side of the list. The
list scrolls up or down depending on which arrow you select.
The scrolling list has an arrow pointing up and an arrow
pointing down. These arrows scroll lists line by line. There is a
button that slides between these two arrows to indicate your
position on the list. To page through the list, select the space
above or below the sliding button. The list pages up or down
accordingly.
You can also select the slider and, while pressing <D>, slide the button up or
down the bar. The items scroll through the window as you move the button.
The size and position of the button on the scroll bar is an indication of the
number of lines and the relative position within the list.
All commands that display a list of design areas or models order the list
alphanumerically by the design area number or model number in ascending
order.
In some forms with scrolling lists, you can double-click on a row to select and
accept the data in that row. This performs the same action as selecting a row
(which highlights) and then selecting the Accept button.
Key-in Fields
Screens that accept keyboard input have key-in fields. These
fields are box-shaped and dark gray. You can select a key-in
field and key in a new value. A bar cursor appears in the active
key-in field. Key in your input, and press <Return>. To change
a field, reselect the field and key in the new information. Key-in
fields have a maximum number of characters depending on the
item that is being defined.
If you select a key-in field for a code-listed attribute, the system activates a
form that lists the code list values for the selected field.
MicroStation requires lowercase characters for the file specification and path
name of all design files. Therefore, the system automatically converts any
input for the file specification and path name of a design file (such as a model
or drawing) to lowercase before loading into the Project Control Database.
Display-List Boxes
A display-list box is located at the end of some key-in fields. It
lets you select data from a list instead of keying in information.
For example, there is a display list associated with the
Authorization key-in field shown. At the end of the field, there is
a small box with horizontal dashes. When you select this display
list box with the screen cursor, an associated list of valid input
values displays. Select an item from the list to enter its value
into the field.
Shift Left and Shift Right buttons
At the bottom of some key-in and display fields, there are two buttons
marked with arrows. These buttons are called shift left and shift
right buttons.
Often, you can key in more characters than a field display shows. Shift Left
moves the text display to the front of the field; Shift Right moves the text
display to the end of the field.
Toggle
A toggle field on a screen menu enables you to select one of two possible
choices, one of which is always displayed. Place a data point on the toggle
field to toggle between the two choices.
Roll-Through List
A roll-through list shows one choice at a time of a list that can be
several items long. Place a data point on the roll-through list to scroll
through the available options. The option displayed is active.
2-8
Standard Window Icons

When using this software in the CLIX environment, you can press <D> along
the edge of a form or any area not occupied by a button, key-in field, or other
gadget, to display a box of icons. You can manipulate form windows just like
any other workstation window.
The following list defines the available window icons.
Collapse/Restore
Repaint
Pop-to-bottom
Modify/Resize
Pop-to-top
Restore Size
2.1.2
Batch Processes
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
When you install the PDS 3D applications, the system creates the necessary
batch queues for that application. Refer to Loading PDS Products in the
Project Administrator (PD_Project) Reference Guide for a listing of the batch
queues.
PDS 3D uses these batch queues to allow you to continue working in the
environment while the system processes a request. Many of the batch
processes can be delayed for submission at a specified time.
When you submit a batch process the system sends an e-mail message to the
mail path of the default login reporting the jobs completion status and any
error log information. The batch process e-mail functionality is optional.
Interactive Isometric Extraction 3 - 1
3. Interactive Isometric Extraction
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This section explains how to execute the software that generates isometrics interactively.
You can extract only a single isometric at a time using the interactive modules. Also, this
mode of extraction is intended primarily for testing purposes. Many extraction facilities are
not available using interactive extraction.
You must have access to an existing PDS Piping model that contains a
completed pipeline before an isometric can be generated.
Operator Sequence
1.
After accessing the PDShell form, select a project from the scroll area.
The system highlights the project.
Select the Isometric Drawing Manager button to enter the ISOGEN environment.
The system displays the Plant Design - Isometric Extraction form and prompts:
Initializing Project Control Database. The active project name is also displayed in the field
located in the upper left portion of the form.
3-2
2.
Select the Interactive button.

The system displays the Interactive Isometric Extraction form.
3.
If you know the information, keyin the appropriate Model Numbers and Line Names
and proceed to step 10. Otherwise, continue with this procedure.
4.
Select the Select Model Numbers button.
The system displays an Interactive Isometric Extraction form that lists all of the piping
and equipment models within all of the areas from the active project.
5.
Select the models from the scroll area that contain the lines that are to be extracted.
OR
Select the Select All button to select all of the areas and models listed in the scroll
area.
OR
Select the Reset Selection button to cancel all of the previous model selections.
Up to eight models can be selected for extraction.
6.
Once all of the appropriate models have been selected, select accept.
The system returns to the initial Interactive Isometric Extraction form.
If necessary, you can select the Reset Model Numbers button to clear
selections in the Model Number and Line Name fields.
7.
Select the Select Line Names Within Models button.

The system displays an Interactive Isometric Extraction form that lists all of the
lines contained in the selected models. There may be a slight delay while the system
searches for the selected lines.
3-4
8.
Select the line names from the scroll area that are to be extracted.
OR
Select the Select All button to select all of the lines listed in the scroll area.
OR
Select the Reset Selection button to cancel all of the previous line selections.
Up to eight lines can be selected for extraction. All lines to be extracted
must be connected in the piping model. For more information about
extractions using pipeline names, see Pipeline Names, page 3 - 10 .
9.
Once all of the appropriate lines have been selected, select the accept button to return
to the initial Interactive Isometric Extraction form.
The system returns to the initial Interactive Isometric Extraction form with the selected
models and pipeline names in their respective fields.
The system also generates an iso design file name based on the first pipeline name and
places it in the Iso Design File field.
If necessary, you can select the Reset Line Names to clear selections in
the Line Name fields. You can also select the Reset Model Numbers
button to clear selections in the Model Number and Line Name fields.
10.
Iso Output Node:Path

Select the Iso Output Node:Path field and key in the nodename:path where the
ISOGEN output files will be stored. The default is set to nodename:/login directory.
The key-in fields: Iso Output Node:Path, Iso Options File and Iso
Seed Design File will accept a network address.
Each should be entered as nodename:drive:\directory
path\filename for example:
111jn:C:\win32app\ingr\dat\defaults.dat.
To change the default settings for the Iso Output Node:Path field, edit
the ISOPATH export statement.
Edit the pds.cmd file located in \pdiso\bin. For example, a typical
ISOPATH export statement in the pds.cmd file might be:
$ENV{ISOPATH}=PDSNT:C:\users\iso\isofiles\\;
11.
Iso Design File

Select the Iso Design File field and key in the ISOGEN design file. By default, the
first pipeline name is displayed with a .iso extension.
3-6
The .iso extension will generate multi-sheet isometrics into a single design
file. Replacing the .iso extension with a .i* extension allows the software
to generate multi-sheet isometrics into separate design files where the *
will be replaced with a number.
For example, if the model in the Interactive Isometric Extraction form
was changed to 400104wc.i*, the resulting design files would be
400104wc.i01, 400104wc.i02,, etc. This procedure will allow you to take
advantage of ISOGENs plotting capabilities as described in the section
Plot Isometric Drawing.
The the most recently processed iso, displayed in the Iso Design File,
becomes the first selection on the list of available isos when the Plot or
View Graphics command is selected.
12.
Iso Options File

Select the Iso Options File field and key in the nodename:path where the ISOGEN
options file is located.
If you key in an options filename and the file does not exist, an error
message is displayed at the bottom of the form.
The options file contains switches, options and tables that drive the Intergraph
interface to ISOGEN. This file allows you to customize isos to your standard practice.
The default is set to nodename:/pathname. The default value is delivered in the
options file and can be altered by exporting the ISOOPTION variable.
13.
Iso Seed Design File

Select the Iso Seed Design File field and key in the nodename:path where the
ISOGEN seed design file is located.
If you key in a seed filename and the file does not exist then an error
message is displayed at the bottom of the form.
The iso seed design file is a 2-D design file that is copied to create an empty design file
into which the isometric is drawn by ISOGEN.
The default is set to nodename:/path name/iso seed file. The default value is
determined when the ISOSEED export variable is defined.
To change the default settings for the Iso Options File and Iso Seed
Design File fields, edit the ISOSEED and ISOOPTION export statements
in the PDS.CMD file.
The following are examples of typical ISOSEED and ISOOPTION export
statements as they would appear in the defaults.dat file.
export ISOSEED=$ENV{ISOSEED} = pdssrv:D:\proj\iso\ref\isoc.sed
export ISOOPTION=$ENV{ISOOPTION} = pdssrv:D:\proj\iso\ref\isoc.def
14.
Select the accept button to accept the information displayed in the form and to initiate
the iso extraction process.
The system displays the message Creating ISOGEN Intermediate File and then Creating
ISOGEN Isometric. When the process is complete, the system displays the PD ISOGEN
Status form.
The ISOGEN Status form displays processing information, warning messages and error
messages. Use the scroll bar and buttons to scroll through the information displayed on
the status form. See Appendix A Error Messages for detailed descriptions of each error
and warning message.
3-8
15.
To plot an isometric drawing using the Plot button, refer to Plot Isometric Drawing,
page 3 - 14 .
16.
To view an isometric drawing using the View Graphics button, refer to View
Isometric Drawing, page 3 - 17 .
3.1
Extraction Criteria
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The following sections contain information specific to defining extraction criteria which must
be defined prior to initializing an isometric extraction. The following extraction criteria are
covered in this section:
Model Files
Pipeline Names
Generation by Line Name Substring
Generation by Line ID
Iso Design File
3.1.1
Model Files
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Key in the names of the PDS Piping, Equipment Modeling and/or Pipe Support files that
should be considered for iso extraction. Up to eight model numbers can be input. Equipment
model numbers must be specified in order to generate nozzles on the isometric.
The first model number entered is treated as the primary file and therefore must be a Piping
model. Any RDB data accessed during iso extraction is obtained from the primary model
(through its type 63 data).
The RDB data that is accessed by the Iso Extraction Software and that must be properly
attached to the primary file includes:
Specification Material Database
Graphic Commodity Library
Physical Dimension Library
Piping Job Spec Tables Library
Standard Notes Library
Material Descriptions Library
Specialty and Instrument Descriptions Library
Label Description Library
Miscellaneous data stored within the model itself
3 - 10
If the model number that you specify does not exist, the software displays an error message
at the bottom of the form. Press <RETURN> to proceed.
If the model number is invalid, the software displays the message Error Retrieving Model
and the fully expanded filename is displayed in the input field.
A filename is considered invalid if it does not exist in the project database.
3.1.2
Pipeline Names
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Key in the pipe lines that are to be extracted into a single iso. Up to 8 lines can be specified.
The lines you specify must be connected together in the Piping Model files. That is, these
pipelines must be a network of piping segments. In order for the lines to be connected, the
segments that form those lines must also be connected. You cannot specify multiple
disconnected piping sections (such as, vessel trim piping).
Pipelines can be identified for extraction in two ways: extraction by line name substring and
extraction by line id (see the section Conventions and Limitations). The method you use
depends upon the options selected and set in the iso extraction options file. Refer to The
Options File, page 7 - 1 for more information.
For each method, you identify the network of piping to extract by specifying piping segment
attributes. Piping segments usually correspond only to sections of piping and NOT to an
entire piping system (unless the line is trivial).
Extraction by Line Name Substring

When extracting by line name substring you should key in any substring of the full PDS line
name that uniquely identifies the pipeline you want to include in the iso. This is the default
way of identifying pipelines to extract as defined in the LINE_ID_DEFINITION section of
the defaults.dat file.
Example 1:
If the line name is 6IN-OWS10111-1C0031 then a substring that you might use
to identify this line is OWS10111.
You probably would not want to use 1C0031 since it is the spec name component
of the line name and would probably identify more than one line in the model.
Likewise, you would probably not want to use 6IN-OWS10111 since you may
want to extract sections of the line that are not 6" NPD or because multiple 6"
sections are connected together by sections that are not 6".
Do not extract by line name substring if lines that are similarly
named exist together in the models that you are extracting from.
This situation exists, for example, when the substring you want to
use is also a substring of another line name.
Example 2:
If the line that you want to extract is 8IN-OWS1011-1C0031, and you use the
substring OWS1011, you are also specifying that you want to extract 6INOWS10111-1C0031 because OWS1011 is a substring of OWS10111.
To ensure that you are extracting the correct line:
specify a larger substring of the line name for the line you want to extract.
In the case above, that larger substring may be -OWS1011-.
By including the dashes the substring specified is no longer a
substring of 6IN-OWS10111-1C0031.
specify the line ids of the lines you want to extract. Refer to Extraction by
Line ID, page 3 - 11 for more information.
Extraction by Line ID
When extracting by line ID you key in the line ID of the lines that you want to extract. The
line ID is a user defined collection of database attributes that can be used to refer to
pipelines by other than their line names.
To extract by line ID, you must select the proper option in the Options File AND you must
know the line ID definition as specified in the options file (refer to LINE_ID_DEFINITION,
page 7 - 59 for information on defining the line ID). To extract a line by its line ID, key in
the attributes that make up the line id and separate them by dashes.
Example 3:
One simple definition of the line ID might be fluid code followed by line sequence
number. This definition allows you to refer to the line without the NPD or spec
name components the line name. Thus, OWS-1011 will refer to line 6INOWS1011-1C0031 while OWS-10111 will refer to line 8IN-OWS10111-1C0031.
When specifying the line ID of a line to extract, both the embedded dashes and the ORDER
of the attributes is important. Thus in the example above, neither OWS1011 (because the
dash is missing) or 1011-OWS (because the order is incorrect) would suffice if the line ID is
defined as fluid code followed by line sequence number.
The difference between extracting by line ID and extracting by line name substring is that
pipeline sections that are extracted are identified by EQUALITY of the line ID attributes
rather than by SUBSTRING of the line name attribute. This method of identifying lines
avoids the problems that can occur with line name substrings (provided that the line id
definition is sufficient to uniquely identify pipe lines).
3 - 12
3.2
Iso Design File
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Key in the name of the output isometric design file. This file need not exist prior to running
the software. If the file does exist, the software replaces it with a new file when the current
iso is extracted.
To specify that each isometric sheet is to be drawn in its own design file, you can insert an
asterisk (*) as a wild card character in the output iso filename. When a wildcard character is
inserted in the filename, the software replaces it with a digit as each iso sheet is generated.
If more than 9 sheets are generated then the letters a - z are used for replacement of the
wildcard.
You may also use an asterisk (*) in the output file names extension. If you do this, the
asterisk is replaced by two digits. For example, if you key in test.i*, sheet 1 will be in file
test.i01, sheet 2 will be in test.i02, and so on. Since UNIX file names cannot have more than
14 characters, the iso design file name is truncated to a maximum of 14 characters.
Using more than one fixed character together with an asterisk is not
recommended.
MicroStation requires that all design file names be in lower case.
If an invalid iso filename is keyed in, an error message is displayed in the message field.
The name portion of this file specification (excluding any wild card character) is used by the
software to name several other files that are generated at the same time as the isometric
model number. These include:
The Intermediate data file - iso name + .idf
The Hits file - iso name + .h
The Intergraph mto neutral file - iso name + sheet no. + .b# (where: # is the number of
times the line has been extracted)
The error message file - iso name + .err
The ISOGEN mto neutral file - iso name + .bom
The ISOGEN message file - iso name + .msg
The ISOGEN printed parts list - iso name + .prt
The ISOGEN component vrs sheet file - iso name + .sed
The ISOGEN cut pipe report - iso name + .cut

These files are all generated in the Iso Output Node:Path unless they are switched off by
option selections (refer to The Options File, page 7 - 1 for more information). Their contents
are discussed in more detail in the sections entitled Options File and Isometric Seed File.
3 - 14
3.3
Plot Isometric Drawing
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The Plot Isometric button allows you to choose one or several generated isometric files for
plotting.
1.
To plot an isometric drawing, select the Plot button from the Interactive Isometric
Extraction form.
The system displays the Interactive Isometric Extraction form.
2.
Select one of the queues from the Queue Name pull down list.
The queues displayed in the Queue Name field are chosen first from the
queues defined in the pdiso_plot portion of the queue_descript file (located
in the project directory). If no queues are defined in the queue_descript
file, the system generates a Queue Name list from locally defined queues.
If locally defined queues are used, only the pipe queues that are defined
will be displayed in the Queue Name pull down list. To display local
device queues, create a pipe queue that points to the device queue.
3.
Select the Plot Copies field and keyin the number of copies that will be plotted.
4.
Select the Iso Seed Plot File field and key in the nodename:path where the seed
plotting parameters file exists. The default is defined in the ISOPLOT export variable.
For more information on defining ISOGEN export variables, see
Initial Setup Considerations, page 5 - 3 .
An example plot parameter file is delivered, but it should be modified

before it can be used or a print queue called laser must exist. For more
information on modifying the plot queue, see Creating Seed Files for
Extraction, page 9 - 1 .
5.
Select the subdirectories that contain the drawings you want to plot. Select each
subdirectory individually from the Sub-Directories field.
The system highlights the selected subdirectories.
OR
Select the Select All Sub-Directories button to select all of the available
subdirectories.
OR
Select the Reset Selected Sub-Directories to cancel any of the previously made
selections.
6.
Once you have defined a list of subdirectories, select the Display Iso Drawings
button.
The system searches the previously defined list of subdirectories and displays a listing of
the available drawings, their creation dates and the subdirectories to which they belong.
7.
Select an isometric drawing(s) to plot. Use the scroll bar and buttons to view all
available drawings.
OR
Select the Select All button to select all of the listed drawings for plotting.
The system highlights the selected drawing(s).
OR
Select the Reset Selections button to cancel any of the previously made selections.
8.
Submit Batch Immediately/Delay Submit Time toggle

Select the Submit Immediately option to run the job immediately.
Select the Delay Submit Time to specify a run time for the job. Define the run time
by keying in the day of the week (Mon, Tue, etc.), the time and then select AM or PM.
3 - 16
9.
Select the accept button to accept the selected drawings for plotting.
The system submits the selected drawing(s) to the plotter. As each drawing is processed,
the messages Processing Drawings and Selected Drawings Submitted to Plotter appear
in the message field.
3.4
View Isometric Drawing
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The View Isometric Drawing button allows you to view generated graphics in the
MicroStation environment. If you are unfamiliar with the MicroStation working
environment, refer to the MicroStation Reference Guide for more information.
1.
To view an isometric drawing, select the View Graphics button from the Interactive
Isometric Extraction form.
The system searches the Iso Output Node: Path (as defined earlier in the Interactive
Isometric Extraction) and displays the Interactive Isometric Extraction form.
2.
Select the subdirectories that contain the drawing you want to view. Select each
subdirectory individually from the Sub-Directories field.
The system highlights the selected subdirectories.
OR
Select the Select All Sub-Directories button to select all of the available
subdirectories.
OR
Select the Reset Selected Sub-Directories to cancel any of the previously made
selections.
3 - 18
3.
Once you have defined a list of subdirectories, select the Display Iso Drawings
button.
The system searches the previously defined list of subdirectories and displays a listing of
the available drawings, their creation dates and the subdirectories to which they belong.
4.
Select an isometric drawing to view. Use the scroll bar and buttons to view all
available drawings.
The system highlights the selected drawing.
5.
Select the accept button to accept the selected drawing for viewing.
The system displays the message Initializing MicroStation in the message field and
displays the isometric drawing. MicroStation will automatically attach the bar and
panel menus.
6.
Select the exit button to exit the MicroStation environment and return to the View
Isometric Drawing form.
3.5
Conventions and Limitations
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Some situations that occur commonly can be handled in more than one way by the iso
extraction software. To deal with these, a set of conventions, described below, has been
adopted. Other situations that can arise simply cannot be handled by the extraction
software as it is currently written. A brief summary of these items is also provided below.
3.5.1
Extraction Conventions
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Olet Type Branches
Olet type branch components (such as olets, branch-welds, and occasionally half couplings)
can be owned by the header or branch pipeline in the 3-D model. By convention, when this
type of branch is extracted, the branch component is assigned to the header pipeline. Thus,
when the branch line is extracted, the branch component will be drawn dotted, no-mto and it
will not appear in the BOM. However, you can specify that the branch component is
assigned to the branch line. This depends on the position of the Header/Branch toggle on the
Piping Data Control Form (accessed through Project Administrator). For more information
on the Piping Data Control Form, see the section entitled Piping Data Control in the PD
Project Administrator Reference Guide.
It is NOT necessary that the piping segment in the model, under the branch
component, have the same line name as the header.
End-Point Components
When a pipeline in the model changes name at a multi-connect point component then that
component is "owned" by more than one line. When this occurs, the component is always
assigned to the pipeline attached to connect point 1 of the component. For example, if three
different lines come together and join at a tee, the tee component will extract onto, and show
up in the B.O.M. of, the line at connect point 1 of the tee. When the other two lines are
extracted, the tee will show up as dotted, nomto and will not appear in the B.O.M. (Notice
that it is NOT necessary that piping segments in the model be "broken" in any way to
achieve the above result.)
3 - 20
Implied Materials at Line Name Changes

When a pipeline name changes at a flanged connection, the bolts and gaskets generated at
that point may be assigned to either of two lines. In this situation, the bolts and gaskets are
assigned to the flange having the higher east, north and elevation coordinate. This arbitrary
assignment prevents the implied materials from being generated twice. (It is possible to
override this assignment; refer to the PDS Piping Design Graphics Reference Guide for
details.)
Pipe Supports
Pipe supports in the 3-D model may be attached anywhere along the length of a pipe except
at either of the end-points. They may also be attached to the origin (connect point 0) of any
component as well as to a component tap. You may have multiple supports connected to a
component origin, but there should be at most one support attached to a component tap.
When a support is connected to a tap, there must NOT be any other piping attached to the
component at that tap. In general, supports should NOT be located at component connect
points other than as outlined above. The one exception to this rule is that supports may be
located at the same point as an olet branch (or branches) along a length of pipe.
If these guidelines are not followed, the line may not extract.
Type 63 Information
Type 63 data is read from the first model entered on the form for Interactive Extraction.
When using Batch Extraction, Type 63 data is read from the first piping model in the area
specified in each record of the batch input file.
3.5.2
Extraction Limitations
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Branch Nesting
There is a limitation on the branch nesting depth that a pipeline may have. The first branch
off from a line is level 1. If this branch in turn has a branch, then that branch would be level
2. ISOGEN will currently handle pipelines that contain up to twenty levels of branching. If
a pipeline contains more than twenty nested branches, the extraction will fail. This
limitation effectively limits the size of the largest system type isometric that can be extracted.
This generally does not pose a problem for single pipeline fabrication type isometrics. Note,
that the ISOGEN interface identifies a traversal sequence that minimizes the number of
nested branches in most cases.
System Isometrics
Spool Numbering is not supported for system-type isometrics.
Tapped Piping Components

ISOGEN requires that traversal of a pipeline never enter a component through a tap.
Rather, in traversing the line, ISOGEN requires first traveling through a component and
then traversing "out" the tap. It is possible to create a pipeline in the 3-D model that would
require the ISOGEN interface to illegally traverse into a tap. You can avoid this situation by
NOT joining components through taps. For example, a segment of pipe that begins at a
component tap should not end at a tap on different component. If this situation cannot be
avoided, change the line name somewhere and extract the network in two sections.
Other limitations having to do with tapped components include: 1) Elbows and pipe bends
must not have more than one tap. It is possible to create a model where an elbow is tapped
more than once, but this configuration will not extract. 2) Tapped tees cannot be extracted
using ISOGEN.
Flanged Pipe
Purchased length or fixed length FPIPE reports on the iso BOM as a quantity rather than a
length of pipe.
Taps that are placed on flanged pipe will not extract.
Refer to Intergraph option 72 for settings that impact flanged pipe.
Bolt Length at Thru-bolted Components with a Sheet or Iso Line

Name Break
When a line name change or sheet break occurs between a flange and a bolt-thru component,
bolt length reports may not be accurate. The accuracy of a bolt length report is based on how
the system scans the line and also the exact location of the break point. This limitation
exists because ISOGEN only receives information for the first continuation item at a sheet
break.
It is recommended that sheet/line breaks not be made between flanges on thru-bolted
components. If a break must be placed between thru-bolted components, the correct bolt
length can be generated if the attribute change is made at CP2 of either flange (the nonbolted end).
3 - 22
Batch Software Organization 4 - 1
4. Batch Software Organization
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This section provides an overview of the batch extraction software components and
organization. The purpose of this section is to explain to software support personnel how the
software works so that problems can be tracked down and reported.
Figure 4-1 shows the batch software organization. The batch extraction software is driven by
an executable pdsidf and a script file batch.cmd. When you submit a batch job using the
Schedule Batch Job form, the batch extraction is submitted to a batch queue named
PDisocreate. This queue is created with a job limit of 1 and a priority of 16. These
parameters can be modified as needed.
In order to run batch isometrics, the pd_iso.cmd file, located in \pdiso\bin, must define
locations for required software. This script is executed from the batch queue and allows the
batch extraction process to run on a node other than the one from which it was submitted.
The following three variables are read from the Windows NT registry:
PD_SHELL
PD_ISO
PD_ISOGEN
4-2
Figure 4 - 1. Batch iso extraction flow
4.1
The Batch Job Input File
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The input to the batch procedure is an ASCII data file generated by the Batch Environment
called the Batch Job Input File. This file is structured as shown in Figure 4-2.
Figure 4 - 2. Batch input file data structure

The first record in the file contains a file format version number and the name of the Batch
Data File from which the Batch Job Input file was generated. The software checks the
version number to see if it matches the software version number, and, if it does match,
passes the Batch Data File name on to other software modules as needed.
The second record is called an option record. The option record contains all of the batch
processing options and revision block data that was entered into the BATCH form. Each
option is separated from the others by at least one space. This record contains an
exclamation point (!) in column 1 which flags it as an option record.
The third record holds the name of the default set which was specified in the Create Batch
Job Input form. This record also contains an exclamation point in column 1.
Subsequent records, which initially contain a space in column 1, hold the model and primary
line name for an isometric drawing which will be extracted. After the line is extracted, it is
marked by an asterisk (*) in column 1 to indicate that it has been processed.
The drawing records can be repeated any number of times in the batch job input file. Each
time Accept is selected, from the Create Batch Job Input form, a set of drawing records is
written to the batch input file. An example batch job input file is shown in Figure 4-3.
Figure 4 - 3. Example Batch Job Input File
4-4
When a batch iso job is submitted using the Schedule Batch Job form, the batch job input file
name is passed to the pdsidf executable as a parameter. The system then reads the batch job
input file and drawing creation begins.
4.2
Line Processing (pdsidf)
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Given the options from the batch input file and the identification of the line, two files are
created, seed.dat and pdsidf.dat. These are the same two files that are created during
interactive extraction.
The Project database is accessed to obtain the list of model files, secondary pipeline names,
the seed file names, the options file for the piping area, the output file directory, the iso
design file name and the extraction number for the drawing.
Type 63 information is read from the first piping model in the area specified in
each record of the batch input file. Note that this model may not be the piping
model which contains the pipeline being extracted.
The two files produced are different from the ones produced for interactive extraction. In
pdsidf.dat, the first line name in the line name list is followed by a backslash and the piping
area name. Following the line list is a record that contains the default set name. Next is a
record that contains batch processing options. The last record contains the extraction
number for the drawing.
skiso5
skiso4
skiso6
skiso7
*skiso3
40eqp01
40eqp00
pdssk:h:\proj\iso\isofiles\380105wc.i*
380105\skiso\1
proj
N Y Y N * * Y * * 04-Aug-1998 *
13
1 0
In SEED.DAT, the seed iso design file name is followed by records containing the plot
request file name, the output file directory, the output iso file name, extraction number and
number of sections.
pdssk:h:\proj\iso\ref\isoc.def
pdssk:h:\proj\iso\ref\isoc.sed
pdssk:h:\proj\iso\ref\isoc_sml.i
pdssk:h:\proj\iso\isofiles
380105
13
1.fi
4.3
The ISOGEN Interface
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The ISOGEN interface performs the same function in batch extraction as in interactive
extraction: generation of the Intermediate Data File (IDF), which is the input to ISOGEN.
In addition to the IDF the interface may also produce an mto neutral file and three files
containing text for the drawing title block. The title block text files are shown symbolically
as a single file in Figure 4-1.
The contents of each of the title block tables file is controlled by a corresponding table in the
title block tables file map. The SEGMENT_DATA_TABLE produces a file with the file
extension of .seg, the DRAWING_DATA_TABLE produces a file with the extension of .bit
and the SHEET_DATA_TABLE produces a file with the extension of .dwg.
The title block text files are only produced if the appropriate option is set in the Intergraph
options block. Some of the entries in the DRAWING_DATA_TABLE can only be produced
when PDSIDF.DAT contains the extra inputs that appear in the file for batch extraction. A
title block record map set up for use with batch extraction might not generate a correct
output file if it is generated by running the interactive software.
4.4
ISOGEN
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
As in interactive extraction, in batch extraction, the program ISOA_BGEN must be run
immediately prior to IZOD2 in order to convert the ASCII IDF to binary. IZOD2, the
ISOGEN image which produces the iso, can then be run to generate the isometric drawings.
Isometrics generated by the batch software are always created one sheet to a design file. The
iso design file name is passed to the interface as name.i*, and so the first sheet will be in a
file with the extension .i01, the second in .i02 and so on.
When isometrics are created in batch, you must set Intergraph options block word 4 to 1.
This causes ISOGEN to create a file that identifies which sheet each component in the line is
drawn on. This file (called the sheet data file) is used downstream to split up the mto neutral
file by sheet and also to prepare the segment summary table for each isometric sheet.
4-6
4.4.1
Splitting the MTO neutral file (MSPLIT)
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
After IZOD2 (see Figure 4-1) runs and creates the sheet data file, Intergraphs MSPLIT
executable splits up the mto neutral file so that a separate neutral file is created for each
sheet of the drawing. The sheet data file consists of sheet numbers followed by Intergraph
database occurrence numbers. MSPLIT assigns each neutral file record to a particular sheet
by matching occurrence numbers in the sheet data file with the occurrence number on each
record in the mto neutral file. MSPLIT will not work if you have not mapped the Intergraph
occurrence anywhere in the neutral file record.
MSPLIT is executed by passing the mto neutral file name (without the file extension) and the
extraction number as inputs in a foreign command line. Therefore, if the mto file name is
test.b and the extraction number for the drawing is 10, the input parameter to MSPLIT
would be formed as test 10. MSPLIT then looks for files test.b and test.sht as the input files.
The current assignment for the exported variable ISOOPTION is used to obtain the mto
neutral file map name. The mto neutral file map must be read so that the field containing
the occurrence number can be located in an mto record.
When output files are generated by MSPLIT, the output file name contains the extraction
number and sheet number. For example, for sheet 2, extraction number 10, the output file
name would be test2.b10.
4.5
Generating Title Block Input (TBLOCK)
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
In the same way that MSPLIT assigns a neutral file record to each sheet in an isometric,
Intergraphs TBLOCK assigns segment data to a sheet for the segment data summary.
TBLOCK assigns records in the .seg file (produced by the PD_ISO interface) to each sheet. It
then sorts the records for each sheet and eliminates duplicates. Finally, TBLOCK assigns
each data item in the record a text node number and sends it as output to a new file, which is
input to STIB.
TBLOCK is also executed by passing the input in a foreign command line. The only input in
this case is the isometric file name. The input files are then determined by name plus .seg
and name plus .dwg. The title block map name is obtained by reading the options file
assigned to ISOOPTION.
4.6
Filling in the Title Block (STIB)
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
After all of the input for each sheet has been determined, the executable that actually places
text in the drawing title block is run. Intergraphs STIB associates text in an input file with
text nodes placed in the design file.
4.7
Plotting
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
After drawings are created in batch they can be plotted. You can use IP_IPLOT plotting
software.
To submit a plot, the batch software submits a job to the batch queue named PDisoplot. The
job that runs in PDisoplot actually launches the plot.
Since the plot jobs are launched from a separate batch queue, you can accumulate the jobs in
the queue and release them at some later time. You might also hold the jobs in PDisoplot to
prevent normal production plotting queues from getting loaded down with isometric plots.
4.8
Updating the Project Database (pdsidf)
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
After a line has been successfully extracted, the project database is updated. The extraction
number and date are updated each time a drawing is completed, while the revision block is
only updated if you chose to update it in the Create Batch Job Input form when you create
the batch job input file.
4.9
Making a Run Log Entry (pdsidf)
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Making an entry into the run log is the last activity performed. The run log file name is
formed using the file name of the batch job input file together with the file extension .job.
An entry in the log file consists of the drawing spec (piping area plus line name), an error
code, a status message, and the date and time that the run completed. This is the same
information given to you in a MAIL message when an error occurs.
4.10
Investigating Batch Extraction Problems
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Since there are many steps involved in the generation of a completed isometric, there are
many ways for the process to fail. When a problem occurs and drawing generation fails, you
should follow a systematic procedure to determine the cause of the problem and, if needed,
call Intergraph support and log the problem. All files will reside in the isoerr subdirectory in
the specified output path location. Here is a suggested procedure:
1.
Check the run log (.job file) to get the status code and message.
If there is no code or message, the batch procedure itself probably failed or was aborted.
In this case, go to Step 4.
2.
Consult Appendix A for an explanation of the error determined in Step 1.

The explanation of the error might be enough to enable you to resolve it easily. If not,
4-8
then the explanation should narrow down the possibilities to a certain extraction
facility or a certain area within the batch procedure. For example, it could be that the
ISOGEN interface failed or that ISOGEN failed.
3.
Check for error message files (.err).

Sometimes the cause of an error is reported more specifically in the error log. For
example, if the ISOGEN interface fails, it might be that the line did not exist in the
model. This fact would be reported to you in the error message log.
The .err file contains a note in the files list located near the top of the file. This note
indicates which file was read for type 63 data. If any of the type 63 data which could
effect the iso (for example: MTO Options, Design Monuments, etc.) has been changed,
verify that the changes have been made to the file that is being read by PD_ISO.
4.
Check the log file for the batch run.

Occasionally, error messages are displayed here and are not reported in the error log
file. Also, if an error occurs or some module stack dumps, those conditions will be
reported in this log.
5.
Rerun the line with the DEBUG and VERIFY options enabled.
If the above steps do not lead to a resolution of the problem, use the DEBUG
and VERIFY options to generate a detailed log file for the run. These options
will also cause log files to be generated for the plotting jobs in case there is a
problem with plotting. If you cannot determine the cause of the problem, the
detailed log and any other pertinent files will need to be sent to Intergraph for
an analysis of the problem.
Batch Isometric Extraction 5 - 1
5. Batch Isometric Extraction
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This chapter describes how to set up and use the ISOGEN interface software for generating
isometrics in a batch process. Batch generation of isometrics is intended to be the primary
means for generating production drawings on a project. Interactive extraction is intended
primarily for testing the PDS interface to ISOGEN and ISOGEN itself.
Using batch Isometric extraction, you can
Generate multiple drawings in a single job
Automatically fill out the drawing title block
Automatically submit the completed drawing to the plotter.

Everything that is needed to extract an isometric (except for line name) is stored in the
Project Control Database at the piping area level. The following are types of area
information that can be found in the Project Control Database:
Area name
Equipment Area
Continuation Area
User-defined information.
Within an iso area, any number of isometric drawings can exist. The following are types of
drawing information that can be found in the Project Control Database:
The pipeline names that are included in the drawing
Revision block data
Extraction dates
User-defined information.
5-2
The Project Control Database helps you manage the isometrics produced on a project. For
example, you can use the Project Control Database to keep track of when lines need to be
extracted and to record and report on drawing issue dates.
5.1
Initial Setup Considerations
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The following procedure outlines the basic steps you should follow to use the batch extraction
facility.
Create a batch options file

Set up an options file to be used for batch extraction. For information on modifying the
options file, see Define Default Sets, page 5 - 13 . As part of this set-up, you should also
create a Title Block Map that is used in generating title block information. For more
information on the Title Block Map, see Mapping Attributes to the Title Block, page 10 - 1 .
Create border and extraction seed files

Create the design files that will contain your isometric drawing border and a seed file that
will be copied once for each iso produced. The seed file will contain text nodes in the drawing
title block. During the extraction process, the software attaches text strings to these nodes
so that the title block is automatically filled out.
The border file is attached to the seed file as a reference file. Refer to Creating Seed Files for
Extraction, page 9 - 1 and Mapping Attributes to the Title Block, page 10 - 1 for details on
setting up these files.
Set export variables

Set the export variables that define drawing border location and other information that used
in various areas of the software for batch extraction.
ISOGEN environment variables are defined in the PDS.CMD file.
The following is a list of user-defined export variables.
ISOPATH
$ENV{ISOPATH} = node:drive:directory path\\;
The exported ISOPATH value is loaded by default into the output path directory slot on the
Add Default Set form. It is also used as a default for the output location, Iso output
node:Path, when extracting an interactive isometric.
ISOOPTION
$ENV{ISOOPTION} = node:drive:directory path\isoc.def;
The exported ISOOPTION value is loaded by default into the Options File field on the Add
Default Set form. It is also used as a default for the options file, Iso Options File, when
extracting an interactive isometric.
5-4
ISOSEED
$ENV{ISOSEED} = node:drive:directory path\isoc.sed;
The exported ISOSEED value is loaded by default into the Seed File field on the Add
Default Set form. It is also used as a default for the seed design file, Iso Seed Design File,
when extracting an interactive isometric.
ISOPLOT
$ENV{ISOPLOT} = node:drive:directory path\isoc_sml.i;
The exported ISOPLOT value is loaded by default into the Plot File field on the Add
Default Set form. It is also used as a default for the plot parameters file, Iso Seed Plot File,
when plotting an interactive isometric.
ISOBORDER
$ENV{ISOBORDER} = node:drive:directory path\isoc.brd;
The exported ISOBORDER value is loaded by default into the Border File field on the Add
Default Set form.
ISOBATCH
$ENV{ISOBATCH} = node:drive:directory path\isobat\\;
The exported ISOBATCH value is loaded by default into the Batch Job Input File field on the
Create Batch Job Input form.
ISOREPORT
$ENV{ISOREPORT} = node:drive:directory path\isorpt;
The exported ISOREPORT value is loaded by default into the Output File field on the
Batch Data Reports form.
ISOBATCHQUE
$ENV{ISOBATCHQUE} = PDisovreate;
The exported ISOBATCHQUE value is loaded by default into the Process Queue field on
the Schedule Batch Job form.
ISO_ASCII_LOAD
$ENV{ISO_ASCII_LOAD} = node:drive:directory path\isoascii;
The exported ISO_ASCII_LOAD value is loaded by default into the Filename field on the
Bulk Load Lines From ASCII File form.
PDISOFONT
$ENV{PDISOFONT} = XX;
The defined font must be a mono-spaced font.
The exported font PDISOFONT value defines the font that will be used on the output
isometric, both on the body of the iso, and on the MTO on the face of the iso. The defined font
must be a mono-spaced font.
SYMDGN, SYMNDX and SYMLIB
$ENV{SYMDGN} = node:directory path\symbol.dgn;
$ENV{SYMNDX} = node:directory path\symbol.ndx;
$ENV{SYMLIB} = node:directory path\symbol.lib;
The exported values SYMDGN, SYMNDX and SYMLIB are loaded into the Symbol Design
Node:File, Symbol Index Node:File and Symbol Library Node:File fields respectively
on the Isometric Symbol Editor form.
ISOUSRREFDIM Variable and Pointing to a Specific FW+ ASCII File
This variable overrides the setting for the data file used in generating isometric drawings
with references to gridlines or structural columns.
$ENV{ISOUSRREFDIM}=node:directory path\filespec.dat;
Where:
filespec.dat is the name of the gridline reference data file.
For example:
$ENV{ISOUSRREFDIM}=pdsserv1:e:\proj1\project\fw_bldg_a.dat;
Intergraph option 71 must be enabled before data in the filespec.dat file can be
referenced. The following rules apply when using the ISOUSRREFDIM
variable:
If the variable is set and points to the proper location of a valid gridline
reference data file, the file will be used for placing structural references on
the isometric drawing.
If the ISOUSRREFDIM variable is set incorrectly (for example, typos in
the UNCpath or filespec), references are not displayed on the isometric
drawing.
If the ISOUSRREFDIM variable is not set in the pds.cmd file, gridline
dimensions are extracted from the fw_projname.dat file by default.
5-6
Overriding the default reference dimension file can be useful in situations

where a line passes between two buildings and you want to force the dimension
from a specific building rather than using the closest dimension point. See
Generate FrameWorks Reference Dimension File, page 5 - 86 for more
information on the FrameWorks Dimension File.
The MicroStation uconfigure.dat file

To avoid problems while using the batch extraction feature, edit the MicroStation
configure.dat file and comment out the command line which generates the uconfig.dat file.
#do user configure.dat(uconfigure.dat)
#[ -f $MS_DIR/cfg/uconfigure.dat ] && . $MS_DIR/cfg/uconfigure.dat
The problem can occur when a uconfigure.dat file, generated for one project, overrides
another projects export statement. This causes the isometric extraction to fail when areas,
models, and lines can not be located.
5.2
Basic Workflow for Running Batch Isometrics
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Define default setups
Using the information from pre-defined export variables, define a default setup. A default
setup contains the network address, directory and file specification for each of the following:
options file
seed file
plot parameters file
output path
border file
Exported information can be overwritten.
For more information on defining a default set, see Define Default Sets, page 5 - 13 .
Select project options

Select the project options that define values throughout the project. These options include:
Iso Name Option - sets the convention for naming iso design files.
Drawing Number Option - sets the convention for for defining drawing names.
Project Default Set - defines the set that is used in bulk load and generating isos
Output Path Option - uses the area name in defining the output directory path for isos.
The area name is appended to the output path assigned in the default set as subdirectory.
For more information on defining project options, see Define Project Options, page 5 - 22 .
Add drawings to the newly created iso area

For each pipeline that you wish to extract in batch you must first create a drawing. A single
piping area will normally contain many drawings; usually one per each pipeline in the design
files that comprise the area. When a drawing is created, define the name(s) of the pipeline(s)
to be associated with the drawing, the output design filename and drawing number. The
data stored for the piping area together with the data stored for a drawing provide all the
same inputs you supply when using interactive extraction.
5-8
In either method, the drawing must be defined matching the format defined in
the LINE_ID_DEFINITION section of the options file.
You can add drawings to a piping area by either keying in the data or downloading data from
an existing model. If data from an existing model is used to define a drawing, the drawing
can be created automatically. For more information see Utilities, page 5 - 56 .
Generate a Batch Job Input File

A Batch Job Input File specifies run options and drawings/line names for isometric
generation. When the batch job finishes, the Batch Job Input File can be either be deleted or
edited so that it can be resubmitted. For more information on generating a batch job input
file, see Create Batch Job Input, page 5 - 89 .
Batch Processing Considerations

To achieve optimum performance of Piping Isometrics in batch mode, it is necessary to
understand how PD_ISO processes a batch job.
As the PD_ISO software begins processing in batch mode, it creates an empty MicroStation
design file in a temporary directory on the processing machine. Then, a number of piping
and equipment models are attached as reference. The quantity of attached models is based
on the setting of Intergraph option 60 and the continuation areas as defined through the
Batch Isometric environment.
Initiate the batch job

The batch job is initiated by submitting the Batch Job Input File. A batch job can be
submitted either immediately or scheduled for a later time. For more information, see
Schedule Batch Job, page 5 - 100 .
Initial Workflow for Running Batch Isometrics
5.3
Batch Isometric Generation
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This section explains how to execute the software that generates isometrics in batch mode.
You must have access to an existing PDS Piping model that contains a
completed pipeline before an isometric can be generated.
Operator Sequence
1.
Select a project from the project display field.

The system highlights the project.
2.
Select the Isometric Drawing Manager button to enter the extraction environment.
The system displays the Plant Design - Isometric Extraction form and prompts:
Initializing Project Control Database. The active project name is also displayed in the
field located in the upper left portion of the form.
5 - 10
3.
Select the Batch button from the Isometric Extraction form.

The system activates the Batch Environment form.
4.
Select Option
Select one of the appropriate options from the Batch Environment form.
Define Default Sets adds, revises, deletes or

copies an isometric extraction default set(s). For
more information, see Define Default Sets, page 5
- 13 .
Define Project Options defines a project setup
from user-defined default sets, a format for the
Iso Name option and the Drawing Number
Option, and sets an optional path (by area name)
for ISOGEN output. For more information, see
Define Project Options, page 5 - 22 .
Revise Iso Area revises the data associated with
an existing area. For more information, see
Revise Iso Area, page 5 - 25 .
Create Drawing creates a new drawing and adds
it into the Project Control Database.
A drawing must be added to the Project Control
Database prior to extracting it in batch mode.
Each time a drawing is added to the Project
Control Database, you define which pipelines in
the model are included in the isometric drawing.
For more information, see Create Drawing, page
5 - 28 .
Revise Drawing revises single or multiple
drawings. For more information, see Revise
Drawing, page 5 - 33 .
Delete Drawing deletes single or multiple
drawings from an iso area. For more
information, see Delete Drawing, page 5 - 46 .
List Drawing lists all of the drawings within an
iso area. Each listing includes information such
as primary line name (secondary and tertiary are
optional), drawing number, batch reference
number and iso type. For more information, see
List Drawings, page 5 - 54 .
Utilities accesses the utilities menu. The utilities
are provided to help simplify the loading of
drawings and/or areas. For more information,
see Utilities, page 5 - 56 .
5 - 12
Create Batch Job Input generates a batch

extraction job file. The batch extraction job file
consists of your inputs for some batch processing
options and a list of all the drawings to be
processed in a batch run. For more information,
see Create Batch Job Input, page 5 - 89 .
Schedule Batch Job schedules or submits a batch
job for a previously created batch input file. For
more information, see Schedule Batch Job, page
5 - 100 .
Reports generates reports on the data in the
Project Control Database. For more information,
see Reports, page 5 - 104 .
5.3.1
Define Default Sets
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The Define Default Sets option allows you to add, copy, revise or delete iso extraction default
sets. Default sets are used by the extraction software to determine the location of:
Option File
Seed File
Plot File
Extracted Isos
Border File
1.
Select the Define Default Sets button from the Batch Environment form.
The system displays the Isometric Extraction Default Sets form.
Initially, no default set is defined. The section Add Default Set contains
the procedure for add default sets.
5 - 14
2.
Select the Add button to add a default set.
OR
Select an existing default set and either the Revise, Delete or Copy button.
The system activates the selected default set and returns to the Batch Environment
form.
5.3.1.1
Add Default Set
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1.
Select the Add button from the Isometric Extraction Options Sets form.
The system displays the Add Default Set form.
2.
Key in a default set tag name.

The system displays the Network Address, Directory and Specification fields with values
as defined by the export variables. For more information on export variables, see Initial
Setup Considerations, page 5 - 3 .
3.
Key in a default set description.
5 - 16
4.
Key in the appropriate information for each field.

Option File
The fields associated with the options file define the name and location
of the option file to be used.
Seed File
The fields associated with the seed file define the name and location of the seed file to be used.
Plot File
The fields associated with the plot file define the name and location of the plot file to be used.
Output Path
The fields associated with the Output Path fields define the location of the iso extraction files.
Border File
The fields associated with the border file define the name and location of the border file to be used.
OR
If the export statements are defined in the control shell, the above fields will be loaded
automatically. The following are examples of export statements that can be used in the
control shell.
export ISOPATH=/usr/wp114b/isocert/
export ISOSEED=/usr/wp114b/isocert/isoc.sed
export ISOOPTION=/usr/wp114b/isocert/isoc.def
export ISOPLOT=/usr/wp114b/isocert/isoc_sml.i
export ISOBORDER=/usr/wp114/isocert/isoc.brd
5.
Select the accept button.

The system adds the new default set to the database and returns to the Isometric
Extraction Default Sets form.
5 - 18
5.3.1.2
Revise Default Set
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The Revise Default Set command allows you to revise an existing iso default set.
1.
Select the Revise button from the Isometric Extraction Options Sets form.
2.
Select the default set to be revised from the list of default sets.
The system highlights the default set and displays the Revise Default Set form.
3.
Select the appropriate fields and key in the new information.
Option File
The fields associated with the option file define the name and location of the option file
to be used.
Seed File
The fields associated with the seed file define the name and location of the seed file to
be used.
Plot File
The fields associated with the plot file define the name and location of the plot file to be
used.
Output Path
The fields associated with the Output Path fields define the location of the extracted iso
files.
Border File
The fields associated with the border file define the name and location of the border file
to be used.
4.

The system revises the default set, updates the database, and returns to the Isometric
5 - 20
5.3.1.3
Delete Default Set
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The Delete Default Set command allows you to delete an iso default set.
1.
Select the Delete button from the Isometric Extraction Options Sets form.
2.
Select the default set to be deleted from the list of default sets.
The system highlights the default set and displays the Delete Default Set form.
Information displayed on this form is for review purposes only.
3.

The system deletes the default set and updates the database.
5.3.1.4
Copy Default Set
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The Copy Default Set command allows you to copy an iso default set.
1.
Select the Copy button from the Isometric Extraction Options Sets form.
2.
Select the default set to be copied from the list of default sets.
The system highlights the default set and displays the Copy Default Set form.
3.
Key in a tag name for the new default set.
4.
Key in a description for the new default set.
5.

The system makes a copy of the selected default set with the new tag and description.
5 - 22
5.3.2
Define Project Options
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The Define Project Options command allows you to define project options such as Iso Name
option, Drawing Number option, project default set and output path option.
1.
Select the Define Project Options button from the Batch Environment form.
The system displays the Isometric Extraction Project Options form.
2.
Iso Name Option

Set the Project Default toggle to either By Line ID or By Area and Line ID.
By Line ID refers to the line ID as defined in the options file.
By Area and Line ID uses the first character of the area name as a prefix to the
line ID.
Select the Label Number and key in a label number as it exists in the Reference Data
Managers label description library. For more information on the label description
library, refer to the PDS Reference Data Manager document.
If a label number is defined, it overrides the Project Default toggle setting

as the default for the Iso Name Option.
3.
Drawing Number Option

Set the Project Default toggle to either By Line ID or By Area and Line ID.
By Line ID refers to the line ID as defined in the options file.
By Area and Line ID uses the first character of the area name as a prefix to the
line ID.
Select the Label Number and key in a label number as it exists in the Reference Data
Managers label description library. For more information on the label description
library, refer to the PDS Reference Data Manager document.
If a label number is defined, it overrides the Project Default toggle setting
as the default for the Drawing Number Option.
4.
Batch Job Options

These toggle switch settings define the default switch settings on the Create Batch
Job Input form. Refer to Create Batch Job Input, page 5 - 89 for more information on
the following toggles.
Delete Existing Files / Save Existing Files
Do Not Save Details/Save Previous Details
Submit for Plotting / Do Not Plot
Increment Revision Number/Do Not Increment Revision Number
5.
Filename Option toggle

The Long Filename Available On NT Only setting allows iso filenames up to 24
characters long. This option can only be used with isos on an NT file server.
If you are currently running an upgraded 6.3 project you must modify the
DDL and database by performing the procedure as described in
/pdiso/upd_long.txt file.
When set to Short Filename, the software only allows iso names up to 14 characters
long.
6.
Output Path Option toggle

The toggles default setting, Create Iso Files In Output Path, will output iso files to
the main output path.
Switched from the default setting, this toggle allows batch extracted isometrics to be
output to a subdirectory of the main output path (see Revise Default Set, page 5 - 18 for
more information on revising default output paths and other project defaults). The
subdirectory is named after the area name for the line that is being extracted.
5 - 24
This setting is not unique to each default set, but is a project-wide setting.
Interactive extraction will continue to be output in the location defined in

the interactive screen.
7.
Select a project default set.

If a project default set is not selected, the software will fail during the
extraction process.
8.

The system returns to the Batch Environment form.
5.3.3
Revise Iso Area
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1.
To revise an iso area, select the Revise Iso Area button from the Batch
Environment form.
The system displays the Revise Iso Area form with a list of available piping areas.
2.
Select an area from the list of areas.

Do not select accept until all revisions have been made.
The system highlights the selected area and displays it in the appropriate Area field.
3.
Select one of the four display buttons located in the lower portion of the Revise Iso
Area form. Available options are:
Iso Area List
updates forms with a list of available iso areas.
Equipment Area
List
lists all equipment areas available in the project. These areas

are needed for equipment/nozzle information.
5 - 26
Continuation Area
List
allows you to route a pipeline through multiple piping areas

and show line continuation from one area to another. For
example, consider a line, P-1000, that runs through areas A
and B. Area A should be defined as the continuation area for
area B and area B should be defined as the continuation area
for area A. You may select an area only for pipeline
continuation.
See Intergraph Option 60 for information concerning how
PD_ISO recognizes Continuation Area Data.
User Data
allows you to define up to ten user data attributes that can be

mapped to the title block.
The system displays a list of available areas that correspond to the selected Area List
button.
If the User Data button is selected, the system displays the User Data
form. To define user data, select the appropriate user data field, key in
the user data and select the accept button.
4.
Select an area from the list of areas.

The system displays the selected area in the appropriate Area field.
5.
Select the accept button once you have revised the iso area.
The system revises the Iso Area and updates the database.
5.3.4
List Iso Areas
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This option displays a list of all available iso areas. Select the appropriate area(s) and select
accept to confirm the selection(s).
5 - 28
5.3.5
Create Drawing
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The Create Drawing command allows you to create a drawing and add it to an existing iso
area.
1.
Select the Create Drawing button from the Batch Environment form.
The system displays the Create Drawing form.
2.
Key in a piping area name.

If the contents of the Iso Area field are changed, the system clears all the remaining
fields.
OR
Select the Iso Area List button for a list of available iso areas.
The system displays the List Iso Areas form.
3.
Select an iso area from the form.
4.

The system returns to the Create Drawing form with the selected area displayed in the
Iso Area field.
5.
Select the Type field gadget and select the appropriate isometric drawing type that will
be associated with the newly-created drawing. Refer to the section Isometric Types for
more information on Type.
6.
Select the Line field and key in the primary line ID, as defined in the
LINE_ID_DEFINITION of the options file, of the drawing you want to create.
The line ID cannot contain embedded blanks or the backslash character.
The system first checks that the line ID you key in is unique. An error message is
displayed if the line ID you key in has already been defined.
To view a list of currently loaded drawings, select the Drawing List
button to activate the List Drawings form. The drawings are listed
according to area and line ID.
Once a valid line ID is entered, the system loads the appropriate information into the
Drawing Number and Iso Dgn Name fields.
If the Line field is changed, the system clears all the remaining fields.
5 - 30
7.
Drawing Number / Iso Dgn Name

The system displays the drawing number. The contents of this field depend upon the
drawing number option selected in the Define Project Options form.
The system displays the isometric design file name. The design file name is used for
naming subsidiary files created during the extraction. The contents of this field depend
upon the iso name option selected from the Define Project Options form.
8.
Line 2
Key in a secondary line name. This line name identifies a secondary line that will be
included in the drawing. The secondary line must be connected to the line identified by
the primary line name.
This field is optional.
9.
Line 3
Key in another secondary line ID. The same restrictions apply to Line 3 as to Line 2.
10.
Number of Sections
This field is usually left blank. When a line leaves a piping area and then returns at
some other point, such that the pipeline in the area exists in multiple disconnected
sections, then the number of sections should be specified.
This field allows you to treat a disconnected pipeline in the model as one line. Sheet
numbering is continuous. For example, if a line exists in two sections of a model and
section one generates three sheets and section two generates two sheets, then the
sheets from section two will be sheets four and five of the line.
This option should not be used to extract lines that are not intentionally
disconnected. A line may or may not extract if you attempt to use this
field to extract a pipeline not modeled correctly.
The next three fields can be used as search criteria when creating batch
job input. For more information on batch jobs and search criteria, refer to
Create Batch Job Input, page 5 - 89 .
11.
Batch Reference
Key in a batch reference number. The batch reference number allows you to group
drawings within the isometric environment. If batch reference numbers are supplied,
you can later specify, for example, to extract all drawings in a given area with a given
batch reference number.
The batch reference number is optional.
12.
Model Status
Key in the model status code. The user-defined model status code helps keep track of
drawing status. The following is a list of example codes:
N - Line has not been modeled
M - Line has been modeled but not checked
C - Line has been modeled and checked
A - Drawing has been extracted and approved
R - Line has been revised since last approved
If model status codes are defined in this field, they can be used later when generating a
batch job input file.
For example, you could designate that all lines in a given area be extracted with a given
model status.
13.
Model Revised Date

Key in a date with the format DD-MMM-YYYY. This date indicates when the lines
comprising the drawing have been revised. The Model Revised Date field allows you
designate for extraction, all lines that have been revised since the last drawing revision.
14.
Extraction Number
The system displays the last extraction number for the drawing.
The extraction number is incremented by one each time the drawing is extracted.
This field could be mapped to a text node near the extraction date text
node (see the description of the Extraction Date field). The extraction
number helps distinguish between two drawings generated on the same
day.
Extraction Date
The system displays the last extraction date for the drawing.
The extraction date is automatically updated by the system when batch isometrics
extraction occurs.
This field should be mapped to a text node that lies just outside of the
drawing border. This will help indicate when the drawing was generated.
Last MTO Date

The system displays the date that an MTO neutral file was last generated for the
drawing.
The MTO date is automatically updated by the system whenever an mto neutral file is
generated along with the isometric drawing.
5 - 32
15.
Sheets Generated
The system displays the number of sheets generated by ISOGEN for the drawing the last
time it was extracted.
The number of sheets is automatically updated by the system each time the drawing is
extracted.
16.
Revision block fields

Rev
By
Chk
Apv
Date
Ext
Sht
Description
Each time the revision number is incremented, a new line of data is added to the
revision block automatically. Line inputs are specified each time a batch job file is
created.
17.
Date to Mtl Control

Key in a date that indicates when the most recent MTO neutral files were passed to a
material control system. This field must be manually updated.
18.
Revision Number
The system displays the latest revision number of the drawing.
The revision number is automatically updated by the system each time a drawing is
extracted.
When a batch job file is created, you must decide whether or not to increment the
revision number during the run. To increment the number, the system increments the
field by one. If the Revision Number field is -1, the system assumes that revision zero
of the drawing is being generated.
19.
Once you have completed your inputs to the form, select the accept button.
The system writes the data to the Project Control Database.
The Iso Area and Line are the required minimum inputs for the Create
Drawing form.
5.3.6
Revise Drawing
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This command activates the Revise Drawing form which allows you to revise single or
multiple drawings. The first step in revising a drawing is to select the drawing(s) to be
revised. Drawings can be selected by using one of two methods:
Select by Line ID
Select by Using Search Criteria
1.
Select the Revise Drawing button from the Batch Environment form.
The system displays the Revise Drawing form.
2.
Select the Type field gadget and select the appropriate isometric drawing type. Using
this option will help limit the number of drawings displayed for revision.
3.
Select either the Select By Line ID or Select Using "Search Criteria" option and
follow one the following procedures to select drawings for revision.
5 - 34
Using the Select By Line ID Option to Select Drawings

a.
Select the Select By Line ID option.
b.
c.
Select the appropriate iso areas then select the accept button.
The system displays the List Drawings form.
d.
Select individual drawings with a data point.

OR
Select all of the listed drawings by selecting the Select All button.
OR
Cancel all highlighted drawings by selecting the Reset Selections button.
e.

The system returns to the Revise Drawing form with the selected drawings listed.
f.
Select the accept button and proceed to the section Revising a Single Drawing or
Revising Multiple Drawings depending on the number of drawings selected for
revision.
Using the Search Criteria Option to Select Drawings

a.
Select the Select Using "Search Criteria" option.

The system displays the Search Criteria fields on the Revise Drawing form.
b.
Select the Type field gadget and select the appropriate isometric drawing type.
Using this option will help limit the number of drawings displayed for revision.
c.
Define search criteria.
5 - 36
Search Criteria:
The following are search criteria that can be used separately or together to locate a
drawing or group of drawings within an iso area. All defined search criteria must be
met before a drawing can be included in an isometric extraction.
Iso Area
Key in the name of the iso area that you want to extract lines from.
OR
Select the Iso Area List button.

The system displays the Iso Areas form.
Select the appropriate iso area and the accept button.

The system returns to the Revise Drawing form with the selected area in the Iso
Area field.
If you want to restrict the list further, you must supply additional
criteria such as batch reference numbers and drawing numbers.
An iso area must be selected before any other search criteria can be
defined.
Batch Reference
Key in the batch reference number of the lines you want to extract.
To use batch reference numbers as criteria, specify them in individual
drawing records when adding drawing records to the Project Control
Database.
Model Status Code
Key in the status code if you want to restrict a list to all lines of a given status.
Drawing Number Low / Drawing Number High
Drawing Number High and Drawing Number Low define, by drawing number, the
range of lines to retrieve.
Key in a drawing number in each field to identify the range of lines to extract.
Model Revised Date Low / Model Revised Date High
Model Revised Date Low and Model Revised Date High restricts, by model revision
date, the list of lines to retrieve.
Key in the model revision date in either the low or high field to restrict the list of lines.
Select Subset of All Selections / Select All
This toggle allows you to revise further the previously generated list of drawings.
If the Select Subset of All Selections option is used, you must select one or more
drawings from the list of drawings in the scroll field.
If the Select All option is used, all drawings contained in the drawing list are selected.
Drawings can still be unhighlighted and highlighted after this option is selected.
Review a Drawing
The Review a Drawing command allows you to review information on a single
drawing. The Select Subset of All Selections / Select All toggle must be set to
Select Subset of All Selections before selecting this command.
Reset Selections
The Reset Selections command allows you to reset the list of drawings to be revised.
5 - 38
Display Selections
The Display Selections command allows you to view the list of drawings as it is
defined by the current search criteria settings.
4.

The system returns to the Revise Drawing form with the selected drawings listed.
5.
Select the accept button and proceed to the section Revising a Single Drawing or
Revising Multiple Drawings depending on the number of drawings selected for revision.
Revising a Single Drawing

If a single drawing is selected for revision, the system displays the Revise Single Drawing
form.
a.
Revise drawing information by changing the information contained in the following

fields.
Type
be associated with the drawing.
Line 2
Key in a secondary line name. This line name identifies a secondary line to be
extracted onto the isometric. The secondary line must be connected to the line
identified by the primary line name.
Line 3
Key in another secondary line ID. The same restrictions apply to Line 3 as to Line 2.
Number of Sections
Batch Reference
drawings within an area. If batch reference numbers are supplied, you can later
specify, for example, that you want to extract all drawings in a given area with a given
Model Status
5 - 40
batch input file. For example, you could designate that all lines in a given area be
extracted with a given model status.
Model Revised Date
Date to Mtl Control
Key in a date that indicates when the most recent mto neutral files were passed to a
material control system. You must manually update this field.
Revision Number
extracted.
Drawing Number
The system displays the active drawing number.
Iso Dgn Name
The system displays the isometric design file name. The design file name is used to name
subsidiary files created during the extraction.
The Iso design file name can be changed by selecting the Iso Dgn Name field and
keying in a new name.
Extraction Number
The system displays the last extraction number for the drawing.
The extraction number is incremented by one each time the drawing is extracted.
This field should be mapped to a text node near the extraction date text
node (see the description of the Extraction Date field). The extraction
number helps you distinguish between two drawings generated on the
same day.
Extraction Date
The system displays the last extraction date for the drawing.
The extraction date is automatically updated by the system when batch isometrics
extraction occurs.
This field should be mapped to a text node that lies just outside of the
drawing border. This will help indicate when the drawing was generated.
Last MTO Date

The system displays the date that an MTO neutral file was last generated for the
drawing.
The MTO date is automatically updated by the system whenever an MTO neutral file is
generated along with the isometric drawing.
Sheets Generated
The system displays the number of sheets generated by ISOGEN for the drawing the last
time it was extracted.
The number of sheets is automatically updated by the system each time the drawing is
extracted.
Rev
By
Chk
Apv
Date
Ext
Sht
Description
created.
User Data
Select the User Data button to revise previously defined user data. To revise user
data, select the appropriate user data field, key in the updated user data and select the
accept button.
5 - 42
Select Revisions to Delete / Delete Selected Revisions

When this toggle is set to Delete Selected Revisions, you can select individual
revisions to be deleted. When selected, each revision is highlighted in red. When
accept is selected, all red highlighted revisions are deleted. To remove red
highlighting from revisions, set the toggle back to Select Revisions to Delete.
Select All Revisions to Delete / Delete All Revisions
When this toggle is set to Delete All Revisions, all revisions are highlighted in red.
When accept is selected, all red highlighted revisions are deleted. To remove red
highlighting from revisions, set the toggle back to Select All Revisions to Delete.
b.
Once you have completed revising the form, select accept.

The system writes the revised data to the Project Control Database and returns to the
Revise Drawing form.
c.
Select exit to return to the Revise Drawing form.
Revising Multiple Drawings

If multiple drawings are selected for revision, the system displays the Revise Multiple
Drawings form.
a.
Revise drawing information for all of the listed drawings by changing the information
contained in the following fields.
A key-in in any of the following fields, followed by the accept button, will
result in an update of all drawings listed in the scroll area.
Type
be associated with the drawing.
Number of Sections
Batch Reference
drawings within an area. If batch reference numbers are supplied, you can later
specify, for example, that you want to extract all drawings in a given area with a given
Model Status
batch job. For example, you could designate that all lines in a given area be extracted
with a given model status.
5 - 44
Model Revised Date

Date to Mtl Control
Key in a date that indicates when the most recent mto neutral files were passed to a
material control system. You must manually update this field.
Revision Number
extracted.
Rev
By
Chk
Apv
Date
Ext
Sht
Description
created.
User Data
Select the User Data button to revise previously defined user data. To revise user
data, select the appropriate user data field, key in the updated user data and select the
accept button.
Delete Revision Record(s)
Select the Delete Revision Record(s) button to delete all of the revision history
entries. After selecting this option, the system prompts: Accept to delete all records.
Select the accept button to delete the records.
b.
Once you have completed revising the form, select accept.

The system writes the revised data to the Project Control Database and returns to the
Revise Drawing form.
c.
Select exit to return to the Revise Drawing form.
5 - 46
5.3.7
Delete Drawing
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This command activates the Delete A Drawing form that allows you to delete single or
multiple drawings. The first step in deleting a drawing is to select the drawing(s) to be
deleted. Drawings can be selected by using one of two methods:
Deleting a drawing will also delete any associated files that were created in the output
location as defined in the default set.
Select by Line ID
Select by Using Search Criteria
1.
Select the Delete Drawing button from the Batch Environment form.
The system displays the Delete A Drawing form.
2.
Select the Type field gadget and select the isometric drawing type that is associated
with the drawing.
3.
Select either the Select By Line ID or Select Using "Search Criteria" option and
follow one the following procedures to select drawings for revisement.
Using the Select By Line ID Option to Select Drawings

a.
Select the Select By Line ID option.
b.
Select the Type field gadget and select the one of the isometric drawing types.
Using this option will help limit the number of drawings displayed for deletion.
c.
d.
Select the appropriate iso areas then select the accept button.
The system displays the List Drawings form.
5 - 48
e.
Select individual drawings with a data point.

OR
Select all of the listed drawings by selecting the Select All button.
OR
Cancel all highlighted drawings by selecting the Reset Selections button.
f.

The system returns to the Delete A Drawing form with the selected drawings
listed.
g.
Select the accept button and proceed to the section Deleting a Single Drawing or
Deleting Multiple Drawings depending on the number of drawings selected for
revisement.
Using the Search Criteria Option to Select Drawings

a.
Select the Select By "Line ID" option.

The system displays the Search Criteria fields on the Delete A Drawing form.
b.
Using this option will help limit the number of drawings displayed for deletion.
c.
Define search criteria.
Search Criteria:
Iso Area
OR

5 - 50

The system returns to the Delete A Drawing form with the selected area in the Iso
Area field.
If you want to restrict the list further, you must supply additional
criteria such as batch reference numbers and drawing numbers.
An iso area must be selected before any other search criteria can be
defined.
Batch Reference
Database.
Model Status Code
range of lines to retrieve.
Key in a drawing number in each field to identify the range of lines to extract.
Model Revised Date Low / Model Revised Date High

Model Revised Date Low and Model Revised Date High restricts, by model revision
date, the list of lines to retrieve.
Key in the model revision date in either the low or high field to restrict the list of lines.
Select Subset of All Selections / Select All
This toggle allows you to revise further the previously generated list of drawings.
If the Select Subset of All Selections option is used, you must select one or more
drawings from the list of drawings in the scroll field.
If the Select All option is used, all drawings contained in the drawing list are selected.
Drawings can still be unhighlighted and highlighted after this option is selected.
Review a Drawing
The Review a Drawing command allows you to review information on a single
drawing. The Select Subset of All Selections / Select All toggle on the previous
form must be set to Select Subset of All Selections before selecting this command.
Reset Selections
The Reset Selections command allows you to reset the list of drawings to be deleted.
Display Selections
The Display Selections command allows you to view the list of drawings as it is
defined by the current search criteria settings.
4.

The system returns to the Delete A Drawing form with the selected drawings listed.
5.
Select the accept button and proceed to the section Deleting a Single Drawing or
Deleting Multiple Drawings depending on the number of drawings selected for
revisement.
Deleting a Single Drawing

If a single drawing is selected for deletion, the system displays the Delete A Drawing form that
contains drawing information for the selected drawing.
5 - 52
If you have never extracted the displayed line with the Increment Revision No
toggle option (see Create Batch Job Input, page 5 - 89 for more information), only
the database drawing record will be deleted. The isometric file will not be deleted.
The system will display a warning message box if this situation occurs.
a.
Select the accept button to delete the displayed drawing.

The system deletes the drawing and returns to the Delete A Drawing form.
Deleting Multiple Drawings

If multiple drawings are selected for deletion, the system returns to the Delete A
Drawing form which contains a listing of the selected drawings.
If any of the lines selected for deletion have never been extracted using the
Increment Revision No toggle option (see Create Batch Job Input, page 5 89 for more information), only the database drawing records will be deleted.
The isometric files will not be deleted. The system will display a warning
message box if this situation occurs.
a.
Select the accept button to delete the displayed drawings.
5 - 54
5.3.8
List Drawings
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This command allows you to list all drawings within a piping area.
1.
Select the List Drawings command from the Batch Environment form.
The system displays the Drawing List form.
2.
Key in the piping area that contains the drawings you want to list.
OR
THEN
Select an iso area from the form and select the accept button.
The system returns to the List Drawing form with the selected area displayed in the Iso
Area field.
The system displays the drawings that are within the selected piping area. If the area
does not exist, the system displays an error message.
5 - 56
5.3.9
Utilities
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Utilities options are used to simplify building and maintaining the Project Control Database
and in defining areas and drawing information.
1.
Select the Utilities button from the Batch Data Environment form.
The system displays the Utilities form.
5.3.9.1
Bulk Load Lines
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The Bulk Load Lines command allows you to load multiple lines by defining a specific
model, area or group of line numbers.
1.
Select the Bulk Load Lines button from the Utilities form.
The system activates the Bulk Load Lines Form.
2.
Select the Iso Type field gadget and select the appropriate isometric drawing type that
will be loaded. Refer to Isometric Types, page 21 - 1 for more information on Iso Type.
3.
Key in a Default Batch Reference Number.

This field input is optional.
4.
Set the Iso Name Option toggle to the appropriate setting.

Select the By Project Default setting (By Line Id or By Area and Line ID) to use the
project default set previously defined on the Isometric Extraction Project Options
form. For more information on defining the project default set, see Define Project
Options, page 5 - 22 .
5 - 58
Select the By Label Number setting to use the label number previously defined on the
Isometric Extraction Project Options form. For more information on defining the
project default set, see Define Project Options, page 5 - 22 .
Label number refers to the label number as it exists in the Reference Data
Managers label description library; not the label library referred to in the
Files section of the ISOGEN options file.
5.
Set the Drawing Number Option toggle to the appropriate setting.

Select the By Project Default setting (By Line Id or By Area and Line ID) to use the
project default set previously defined on the Isometric Extraction Project Options
form. For more information on defining the project default set, see Define Project
Options, page 5 - 22 .
Select the By Label Number setting to use the label number previously defined on the
Isometric Extraction Project Options form. For more information on defining the
project default set, see Define Project Options, page 5 - 22 .
Label number refers to the label number as it exists in the Reference Data
Managers label description library; not the label library referred to in the
Files section of the ISOGEN options file.
6.
Select the Default Set field to select another default set from the Isometric
Select a default set from the form and select the accept button to return to the Bulk
Load Lines form.
7.
Select one of the following methods of bulk loading lines.

creates drawing records for all pipelines in a selected Iso Area.
creates drawing records for all pipelines in a selected Iso Model.
creates drawing records for selected pipelines within a selected Iso

Model.
5 - 60
Load by Area
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
After the Load by Area button is selected, the system activates the Bulk Load Lines form and
prompts you to select the area(s) that contain the lines to be loaded.
1.
Select the appropriate area(s) and select the accept button.

The system loads all lines associated with the selected area(s) and the area definition if it
does not currently exist.
The following form will be displayed if the ISOGEN software detects any
invalid lines. An invalid line occurs when any attribute value defined in
the LINE_ID_DEFINITION section of the option file is left blank.
The invalid iso line information, appended with the current time, is saved
into /usr/tmp/ld*****.log after all valid iso lines have been processed.
The invalid iso line log file will be appended to until the Bulk Load Lines
command is exited.
5 - 62
Load by Model
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
After the Load by Model button is selected, the system activates the Bulk Load Lines form
and prompts you to select an area.
1.
Select the area that contains the appropriate models.

The system updates the form by displaying a list of available iso models that reside
within the selected iso area.
2.
Select the appropriate iso model(s) and select the accept button.
The system loads all lines associated with the selected model(s).
The following form will be displayed if the ISOGEN software detects any invalid
lines. An invalid line occurs when any attribute value defined in the
LINE_ID_DEFINITION section of the option file is left blank.
The invalid iso line information, appended with the current time, is saved into
/usr/tmp/ld*****.log after all valid iso lines have been processed. The invalid
iso line log file will be appended to until the Bulk Load Lines command is
exited.
5 - 64
Load by Line
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
After the Load by Line button is selected, the system activates the Bulk Load Lines form and
prompts you to select an area.
1.
Select the area that contains the appropriate model.

The system updates the form by displaying a list of available iso models that reside
within the selected iso area.
2.
Select the appropriate iso model and select the accept button.
The system updates the form by displaying a list of available iso lines that reside within
the selected iso model.
3.
Select the appropriate iso line(s) and select the accept button.
The system loads all selected lines.
The following form will be displayed if the ISOGEN software detects any invalid
lines. An invalid line occurs when any attribute value defined in the
LINE_ID_DEFINITION section of the option file is left blank.
5 - 66
The invalid iso line information, appended with the current time, is saved into
/usr/tmp/ld*****.log after all valid iso lines have been processed. The invalid
iso line log file will be appended to until the Bulk Load Lines command is
exited.
5.3.9.2
Bulk Load Lines from ASCII File
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Since this command does not create ISOGEN areas, the ISOGEN area you are
loading lines into must exist before running this command. For more
information on creating a 3D piping/ISOGEN area, refer to the section Creating
3D Areas and Models in the PDS Project Setup Technical Reference.
1.
Select the Bulk Load Lines From ASCII File button.

The system activates the Bulk Load Lines From ASCII File form.
2.
Key in the filename which contains the pipeline information to be loaded.

If the export statement is defined in the control shell, the above field will
be loaded automatically. For example: export
ISO_ASCII_LOAD=/pdssk:/usr/50cert
The system generates a log file using the system filename with a .log file extension. This
file contains error or warning messages and also information about which areas and
lines, if any, have been added to the database.
5 - 68
3.

The system checks the file for syntax errors and undefined areas. If no errors are
detected, the system adds the lines to the existing ISOGEN areas (as defined in the
ASCII file) and returns to the Bulk Load Lines From ASCII File form.
If no errors are detected, but warnings occur, the system displays the warning
messages and adds the areas and their respective lines to the database.
If any errors are detected, the system displays the errors and any warnings, and does not
update the database.
The following steps are only used when warnings and/or errors are
detected during the loading process.
4.
Revise File
Select the Revise File button to edit the current file using the default editor.
The system creates an editor window based on the text editor defined by the PDEDITOR
export variable in the control shell.
The following is an example of a typical ASCII file:

Projectname
! required - must be 1st line, 1st column
Begin Area
IsoAreaName
#E EquipmentContArea
#C PipeContArea
#Un "Area User Data"
! required - Begin Area 1
required
optional - up to 5
optional - up to 10
optional - data must be between double
quotes
- where n is a number: 1 - 10
"IsoType"
! optional literal string double quotes
LineId
! required
#L2 LineId2
! optional
#L3 LineId3
! optional
#S NumSections
! optional
#B BatchRefNum
! optional
#M ModelStatusCode
! optional
#Un "Drawing User Data" ! optional - data must be between double
quotes
"IsoType"
! optional literal string double quotes
LineId
! required
#L2 LineId2
! optional
#L3 LineId3
! optional
#S NumSections
! optional
#B BatchRefNum
! optional
#M ModelStatusCode
! optional
#Un "Drawing User Data" ! optional - data must be between double
quotes
End Area
! required - End Area 1
Begin Area
PIPE01
AF7701PQ
End Area
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
Begin Area 2
Iso Area Name
Line ID
End Area 2
If Iso Type is not defined, ISOGEN defaults to Fabrication. Refer to

Isometric Types, page 21 - 1 for more information on Iso Type.
Where the keyword:
Begin Area
End Area
#E
#C
#Un
#L2
#L3
#S
#B
#M
!
is the beginning of an area record.

is the end of area record.
is the continuation equipment areas.
is the continuation pipe areas.
is user data and a number 1 - 10.
is LineId 2.
is LineId 3.
is the number of sections.
is the batch reference number.
is the model status code.
is a comment line
The keywords listed above must precede any information they are
associated with. For example, a batch reference number called steam unit
would have to appear in the ASCII file as: #B STEAM_UNIT.
5 - 70
No spaces are allowed between the # and the letters.

KEYWORDS are not case sensitive. For example, Begin Area = BEGIN
area = BEGIN AREA, #E = #e
User data, #Un, must be enclosed in double quotes.
Tabs, spaces and blank lines are allowed anywhere within the file.
The project name will be used as a check to verify that the file belongs to
the current project. The project name must be on the first line in the first
column.
Comments may be included on any row by using a !. Anything after the !
up to a newline <CR> is considered part of the comment.
5.
Process another file

Select the Process another file button to dismiss the displayed warning/error
messages and display the Filename and Log Filename fields. Return to step 2.
6.
Process "Areas With No Syntax Errors"

Select the Process "Areas With No Syntax Errors" button to continue processing
areas that have the correct syntax.
5.3.9.3
Isometric Symbol Editor
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
ISOGEN provides an extensive library of symbols that you can select to map PDS symbol
names to isometric drawing symbols. If the drawing symbology for some of these symbols is
inadequate, you can redefine them to have new symbology.
It is recommend that you copy the provided design files and index files when
creating new symbols. These files are the symbol.dgn and symbol.ndx files that
are located in the directory /pdiso/dat.
The symbol definition process consists of the following steps:
1.
Draw the symbol in graphics by using the Symbol Definition Software.
2.
Create a symbol library from the graphics generated in step 1.
3.
Add the symbol library to the options file.
4.
Change the PDS to ISOGEN symbol map, as needed, so that PDS items are mapped to
the appropriate ISOGEN SKEY.
The working units of the copied symbol.dgn file are defined as the following:
Master Units
: M
Sub Units
: MM
sub units per master unit: 1000
uor per sub unit
: 1000
The Data readout accuracy is set to .02. The scale and angle locks and grid display may be
turned ON to make symbol construction easier.
The following grid setup works well and can be saved using the MicroStation
file designed option:
GU=0: .10
GR=10
5 - 72
Entering the Iso Symbol Editor Environment
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1.
Select the Iso Symbol Editor button from the Utilities form.
The system displays the Isometric Symbol Editor form.
2.
Define the Symbol Design, Symbol Index and Symbol Library fields to define the
location of those files. Use the format nodename:path to define the location of each
file. For example: mynode:/usr/ip32/pdiso/dat/symbol.dgn.
You can set the PDS Environment Variables: SYMDGN, SYMNDX and
SYMLIB to define default values for these fields.
You can key in the name of a previously-created, symbol index file name
by two methods. You can key in the name when revising a symbol that
has been defined in a previous session. Also, you can key in the name
when adding a new symbol to a 2-D design file that already contains one
or more user-defined symbols.
If a single index file is not maintained for each design file that contains
user-defined symbols, you will have difficulty converting the design file
graphics into an ISOGEN symbol library.
It is recommended that all symbols be defined in one design file with one
corresponding index file.
3.
After defining the fields in the previous step, select the Symbol Editor button to enter
the MicroStation environment and activate the Isometric Symbol Definition form.
Input Area Options
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Various components of the isometric symbol can be created and/or revised using the
commands in the Input area and the Symbol Origin command located on the Isometric
Symbol Definition form.
Old Skey
Select the Old Skey field, and key in an old skey for the symbol you are defining. The old
skey is an existing symbol key chosen from Appendix B: Alias ISOGEN Tables.
When defining a new symbol, some of the default properties of the new symbol
are inherited from the old one. The basic skeleton or connect point geometry of
a new symbol may not vary from that of the old symbol. For example, you must
not define a new angled fitting based on a straight-through fitting.
5 - 74
New Skey
Select the New Skey field, and key in a new skey. The new skey is the symbol key of the
symbol that is currently being defined.
The following notes apply to new skey:
If you leave the new skey blank, the old symbol will be redefined. If the old
skey is variable end prep (that is, the old skey ends with the characters **), the
symbol will be redefined for all end preps. If the old skey is specified with a
specific end prep, only the symbol with that end prep will be redefined.
If you specify a new skey, a new symbol of that name will be created. The new
skey may end with the characters ** to indicate that the symbol is variable end
prep.
If the old skey is a valve operator and the new skey is left blank, all valve
symbols that currently use that operator symbol will be redefined with the new
operator.
If the old skey is a valve operator and a new skey is specified, the operator must
be explicitly attached to new valve symbols (using the spindle key input field).
The new skey must never be the same as one of the old skeys that have been
previously defined for ISOGEN.
The system checks the index file to see if the current combination of old and new skey already
exists.
THEN
If the combination exists, the software recognizes that an existing user-defined symbol
definition is being revised. The software will then perform a window area about the redefined
symbol graphics that you previously placed in the design file.
OR
If the combination does not exist in the index file, the software knows that the symbol is being
redefined for the first time.
Symbol Origin
If you are revising an existing iso symbol, do not define a symbol origin.
The Symbol Origin command defines an area in which the new iso symbol will be created.
All iso symbol graphics must be contained within the defined area.
Select the Symbol Origin button from the Isometric Symbol Definition form.
The symbol origin is the lower left hand corner of a rectangular area in which the new
symbol will be drawn. The rectangular area is approximately 20 x 25 mm.
Position the rectangular area and place a data point to place it. Once the area is placed, you
must draw the iso symbol using only MicroStation Line and Linestring commands.
No circles or closed shapes can be used. Keep the symbol as simple and as
symmetrical as possible. Use approximately one-fourth of the block for the right
proportion of your new symbol.
Do not move or change the area once it is placed.
Spindle Key
Spindle Key defines the operator subsymbol that will be attached to this symbol when it is
drawn in the isometric. There are 12 existing spindle keys defined in the table in Appendix
B: Alias ISOGEN Tables. You can also define new spindles (operators). If the symbol does
not require a spindle, this field can be left blank if the symbol does not require a spindle.
ScaleFactor
ScaleFactor is used to scale the plotted shape up or down relative to the dimensions used in
drawing the symbol. A value of 100 (which is recommended) will give a scaling factor of 1.
Orientation
Orientation is used to define the type of fitting drawn. This number is used for
automatically creating a mirror image symbol.
Available options include:
Symmetrical - none (symbol is symmetrical)
Flow Direction Dep - flow direction dependent (for example, check valve)
Large to Small Bore - large to small bore (for example, reducer)
Flange Start - flange start (for example, has a gasket to the left)
Flow Arrows
Flow Arrows defines the flow arrow for the symbol. Available options include:
Use Old SKEY - same as the old skey
No - never has a flow arrow
Yes - has a flow arrow
Dimensions
Dimensions control how the fitting or symbol is dimensioned. Available options include:
Use Old SKEY - same as the old skey
Off - dimensions off
On - dimensions on
5 - 76
Lagging/Tracing
Lagging/Tracing controls the insulation and heat tracing display on the fitting.
Available options include:
Use Old SKEY - same as old skey
Both Off - both off
Lagging On - lagging on
Tracing On - tracing on
Both On - both on
Setting values in option block words 61 and 62 causes ISOGEN to draw
insulation and tracing on every component. These symbols definition options
enable you to override the options block switches. For example, even though
insulation and tracing on components are enabled, the previous options allow
you to specify that for a specific component neither value should be displayed.
Assembling an Isometric Symbol
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The different components that make a user-defined isometric symbol include:

Symbol Origin
Dynamically displays a drawing symbol area (discussed

previously).
Start Point
The in point of the symbol; analogous to a connect point in PDS

terminology. The point where the symbol will connect to adjacent
symbols.
End Point
The out point of the symbol. Also, a point where the symbol will
connect to an adjacent symbol.
Spindle Point
The point where a valve operator attaches to a symbol. Similar to

the symbol origin in the PDS world.
Tap Points
Branch points on a symbol. Points where other piping components

can be attached to the symbol. Tap points are not exactly
analogous to PDS taps. A redefined symbol will usually have
several tap points; however, when a drawing is created normally,
only one or two will be used.
Symbol
Symbol graphics consist of the lines and line strings that are
always drawn when a symbol is drawn in a drawing.
Lagging
Lagging graphics consist of the lines and line strings that are only
drawn when the lagging on the symbol is enabled.
Tracing
Tracing graphics consist of the lines and line strings that are only
drawn when the heat tracing on the symbol is enabled.
The following are guidelines that should be used when assembling components into a symbol.
1.
In this example, the symbol is created in a coordinate system where the x-axis is
horizontal and the y-axis is vertical. The origin of the coordinate system should fall on
a point of symmetry of the symbol. Thus, the y-axis will bisect the symbol. The symbol
start point will usually fall on the x-axis.
2.
The only valid connect point geometries that you can define are the following:
End point (for example, caps, plugs, blind flanges)
Straight through (for example, valves, flanges)
Offset (for example, eccentric reducer, flange)
90 degree change of direction (for example, angle valve)
3-way (for example, 3-way valve)
4-way (for example, 4-way valve)
Other geometries must be obtained through the use of fitting taps. This requirement
impacts the definition of symbols in the PDS environment.
When defining a symbol in PDS, you must consider the ISOGEN symbol to which you
will map when selecting the connect point geometry. If any connect point geometry
does not map to an ISOGEN connect point geometry, extraction will not be performed
properly.
Example:
In this example, a specialty item that resembles a lateral needs to be defined in both
PDS and within ISOGEN, so that it properly extracts to a drawing.
Appendix B states that no symbols exist with connect point geometry that satisfies the
requirements of the speciality item. (In fact, you can map the specialty item to a TEXX
(which is a tee); however, the symbology for a TEXX is not acceptable, and the TEXX
can not be redefined.)
In one solution, you can define the basic connect point skeleton of the item in both PDS
and ISOGEN as a straight-through component. Although, the branch off the side can
be a tap, you can not draw graphics that extend from the ISOGEN symbol for the
branch. This is because you can not force ISOGEN to use a specific tap on the iso
symbol. You must define several tap points and allow ISOGEN to choose the one that
gives the best graphic representation of the component and connecting piping.
3.
When defining graphics that are drawn between the end prep symbols, your symbol
definition should not contain any end prep graphics.
4.
When defining an offset fitting, the flow should go from top left to bottom right in the
symbol coordinate system. For example, an eccentric reducer would be drawn with the
large end on the left and the small end on the right, with the flat side down or at the
bottom of the symbol. Flanged offset fittings must be created with the end prep
graphics drawn integrally with the symbol.
5 - 78
5.
If angled fittings consist of two or more legs, all legs of a redefined angled fitting must
be identical. When you define the angled fitting, you draw only a single leg. The other
legs are created automatically by ISOGEN. The leg that you draw must be
symmetrical about the x-axis of the symbol coordinate system. The start point of the
leg must be to the left of the y-axis and the end point must be the pivot point or the
origin of the symbol. All legs of an angled fitting must have a common pivot point (this
requirement excludes redefinition of symbols like the angle block BA**).
Allowable and unallowable angled shapes

6.
A symbol can have up to nine tap points. When distributing tap points, observe the
following rules.
No more than three tap points can be placed on the x axis.
No more than three tap points can be placed on the y axis.
No more than three tap points can be placed above the x axis.
No more than three tap points can be placed below the x axis.
No more than three tap points can be placed left of the y axis.
No more than three tap points can be placed right of the y axis.
The previously-listed rules are not checked during symbol creation, but
are verified when the symbol is written to the symbol library. The symbol
will not be written if any of the limits are exceeded.
To use tap points that are not on the x or y axis, when the symbol is drawn, observe the
following rules:
Outer tap points in the y-axis direction must be located at least 5 mm from the yaxis if they are to be used.
Outer tap points in the x-axis direction must be located by at least the greater of 5
mm or 10% of the symbol length down the x-axis if they are to be used.
When a component with taps in the model is mapped to a symbol without taps, the tap
point is assumed to be at the center of the symbol. None of the default ISOGEN
symbols have defined tap points.
A symmetrical symbol should have symmetrically distributed tap points so that
ISOGEN always finds an appropriate tap point no matter how the symbol is oriented in
a drawing.
Tap points on a flange

7.
Redefined symbols can not be too large. Otherwise, problems may occur with graphic
interferences within the drawings.
The amount of space reserved in a drawing for a symbol is always based on that of the
old skey. Therefore, you should keep your symbol approximately the same size as the
one it is based on. Using this criteria, most symbols should be between 8 and 12 mm
long and 4 to 8 mm tall. Sketches of several of the original ISOGEN symbols appear in
Appendix E: ISOGEN SKEY Dimensions.
8.
In redefining a valve operator symbol, you must follow these rules:

The start point of the symbol must be the point where the operator attaches to the
valve.
The operator must be defined on its side with the stem lying along the x-axis and
the handwheel lying along the y-axis.
9.
Two alternatives exist for defining pipe supports:

The pipe support symbol does not have an orientation (like the default ISOGEN
pipe support symbol). In this case, the start and end points of the symbol should
be located at the same point. The graphics should be symmetrical about the xaxis.
5 - 80
The pipe support symbol has an orientation much like a valve operator does.
In this case, the symbol definition should take place in two steps.
Redefine the pipe support so that it consists of only a start point, an end point, and a
spindle point all located at the same place. The spindle key for this pipe support
should be set so that a valve operator is attached when the symbol is placed.
Define the valve operator that will actually be the pipe support graphics.
With these guidelines, you should select commands from the tutorial and locate the
various symbol components. Each tutorial command is described in the following
sections.
Start Point
You use this command to specify the start point of the symbol. After you select the
command, you must identify the point with either a data point or an XY= key-in. A symbol
must contain one and only one start point.
You can use the MicroStation view manipulation commands while drawing the
symbol graphics. You must cancel out of view commands, however, before
making subsequent tutorial selections.
You can use the MicroStation element manipulation commands to modify
graphics that you place to build the symbol.
The system responds by placing a heavy cross at the point you specify.
End Point
Use this command to define the end point of the symbol. After you select the command, you
must identify the point with either a data point or an XY= key-in. A symbol must contain
one and only one end point.
Fit Symbol Command

The Fit command is used to perform a fit operation on the symbol definition area. Select the
Fit command and place a data point in the view to fit the symbol.
The system responds by doing a window area about the box that encompasses the current
symbol definition.
Solid Line
Select this command just prior to drawing symbol graphics with the MicroStation place line
and place linestring commands. Symbol graphics can consist of lines and linestrings only.
The system responds by setting the line code to solid.
Lagging
Select this command just prior to drawing insulation graphics using the MicroStation place
line and place linestring commands. Insulation graphics can consist of lines and linestrings
only.
The system responds by setting the line code to long dash.
Tracing
Select this command just prior to drawing heat tracing graphics using the MicroStation place
line and place linestring commands. Heat tracing graphics can consist of lines and
linestrings only.
The system responds by setting the line code to dot dash.
Spindle Point
Use this command to define the spindle point of the symbol. After selecting this command,
you must identify the point with either a data point or an XY= key-in. A symbol can contain
only one spindle point.
Tap Points
Use the Tap Points command to define tap points on the symbol. After you select this
command, identify a point with either a data point or an XY= key-in. A symbol can contain
up to 9 tap points.
Accept
Choose Accept to indicate that the symbol definition is complete.
The system responds by checking your definition to confirm that it contains a start point and
end point. The system then adds a new record to the symbol index file.
5 - 82
Clear Command
Choose Clear to stop work on the current symbol and reinitialize the tutorial.
The system responds by erasing all tutorial inputs and a fit operation is performed on the
design file.
Delete Command
Choose Delete to delete the current symbol.
The system responds by deleting all of the symbol graphics and any record that may have been
written to the symbol index file.
Exit
Select the Exit command when you are finished redefining symbols.
The system responds by closing the symbol index file and deactivating the symbol definition
tutorial.
Creating a User-defined Symbol Library
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
After drawing the symbol graphics with the Symbol Definition Software, you must generate a
symbol library. To create the symbol library, select the Update Symbol Library button
from the Isometric Extraction Utilities form.
Before Using This Command

You must have created a design file containing user-defined symbols, and you must also have
the corresponding symbol index file. The system performs the following processes when
updating the symbol library.
The system verifies that the symbol file (defined in the Isometric Symbol Editor Screen
form) exists. If the file does not exist, the system displays an error message and returns to the
Isometric Symbol Editor Screen form.
The system verifies that the index file (defined in the Isometric Symbol Editor Screen
form) exists. If the file does not exist, the system displays an error message and returns to the
Isometric Symbol Editor Screen form.
The system displays the following messages at the start of each phase of processing.
Stroking design file contents...
Converting ASCII symbols to binary...
Upon completion, the system prompts
Symbol library successfully created
If any errors are encountered during processing, refer to the log file that is
written to the /pdiso/dat directory.
5 - 84
Using the Newly-created Symbol Library
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
To use the newly-created symbol library, you must first perform three actions:
1.
Edit the options file, and add the binary symbol library file name to the FILES table.
Refer to The Options File, page 7 - 1 for more information on the FILES table.
2.
Edit the NEW_SYMBOL_KEYS table in the options file where necessary. Refer to The
Options File, page 7 - 1 for more information on the NEW_SYMBOL_KEYS table.
3.
Modify the PDS to ISOGEN symbol map so that PDS symbols map to the newly-defined
ISOGEN symbols.
5.3.9.4
Delete Drawing Records With Undefined Iso Type
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This command deletes all isometric drawings that do not have an associated Type
(fabrication, Spool, etc.). If you need to assign a Type to a drawing, one can be assigned by
using the Revise Drawing command.
All records that have been written to pdtable_185 in the project database must
have an assigned iso Type or they cannot be extracted.
5 - 86
5.3.9.5
Generate FrameWorks Reference Dimension File
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The FrameWorks Reference Dimension File command allows you to generate an ASCII
file that is used by Intergraph option 71 to place reference dimension in the isometric
drawing. For more information on Intergraph option 71 refer to the section, The Options
File.
Structural elements are placed in FrameWorks Plus by using one of ten
available cardinal points. Each cardinal point represents a different point on
the cross-section of a structural member. For example, an I-beam can be placed
using cardinal point 5 (CP5)which is the center of its cross section or it can be
placed by CP6 the right-center point on the beams cross-section. The choice of
cardinal point takes on additional relevance when using the Isometric Column
Reference (Intergraph option 71) because this is the point that the pipeline will
use as a reference.
In the previous graphic, the same pipeline is extracted twice. In the top
extraction, column C_25 was placed using CP5 (center-center) while the bottom
extraction was placed using CP6 (right-center). In both cases, the referenced
column is in the same physical location and the position of the pipeline is
unchanged. However, note that the easterly dimension varies by half the
thickness of the column.
Since the Structural Column Reference option (Intergraph option 71) references
structural elements according to their active cardinal point at the time of placement.
It is highly recommended that structural columns be placed by CP5 (center-center).
1.
Select the Frameworks Reference Dimension File button from the Isometric
Extraction Utilities form.
The system activates the Create Reference Dimension File form.
The information in the FrameWorks ASCII Data Filename and the

Log Filename fields is for display purposes only. The fields display the
nodename and location to which the dimension file and log file will be
written.
2.
Select the Batch Queue pulldown gadget and select the queue that will be used to
generate the dimension file.
3.
Set the Submit Batch Immediately/Delay Batch Submit Time toggle.

Select the Submit Batch Immediately option to run the job immediately.
Select the Delay Batch Submit Time to specify a run time for the job. Define the run
time by keying in the day of the week (Mon, Tue, etc.), the time and then select AM or
PM.
5 - 88
4.
After the Batch Queue and the Submit Batch toggle have been set, select the accept
button.
The system generates the FrameWorks ASCII Data file and log file.
5.3.10
Create Batch Job Input
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
To extract isometrics using the batch software, you must create a batch job input file. The
batch job file is an ASCII data file that is submitted to the batch extraction software as an
input file.
You create the batch input file by identifying which lines to create drawings for and setting
the options that determine how the job will be processed. Lines can be selected for the batch
input file using one of two methods. These include defining search criteria to select large
groups of lines and selecting lines by line ID.
Once a batch input file is created, it can be scheduled by using the Schedule Batch Job
command. Refer to Schedule Batch Job, page 5 - 100 for more information.
1.
Select the Create Batch Job Input button from the Batch Environment form.
The system displays the Create Batch Job Input form.
When the accept button is selected on this Create Batch Job Input form,
line ID records will be written to the batch job input file using this forms
current search criteria. Be sure that you do not select accept on this form
unless you have set the appropriate search criteria. Select cancel (X) to exit
the form without writing line records.
5 - 90
2.
Batch Job Input File

Key in the batch job input file name. If a file name is not keyed in, the system options
to the exported variable ISOBATCH.
The system checks that the existing file is a valid batch job input file and that it was
generated from the same Project Control Database.
If the file already exists the system will display the Overwrite, Append and
Review/Edit buttons. Select the Overwrite to overwrite the batch input file or select
Append to append the information to the existing batch input file information. Select
Review/Edit to display the batch input file in the default editor.
The default editor is notepad. You can use the export variable
PD_EDITOR to define a different default editor.
3.
Default Set Option

Select the Default Set Option field to select another default set from the Isometric
Select a default set from the form and select the accept button.
The system returns to the Create Batch Job Input form and displays the selected
default set and description in the Default Set Option field.
4.
Delete Existing Files / Save Existing Files toggle

If the Delete Existing Files option is selected, the system will overwrite all
miscellaneous files that were created as a result of a previous isometric generation.
These files include any ISOGEN output you have enabled using the options file and
error message files produced by the ISOGEN software.
If the Save Existing Files option is selected, the system will not delete any of the
generated miscellaneous files.
This toggle will not purge old versions of the MTO neutral files. The
batch extraction software uses the extraction number to name the neutral
files.
Example:
The MTO neutral file is named as follows:
iso name + sheet number + .b + extr number
So, a MTO file named CW10022.b7 is the MTO neutral file for iso CW1002, sheet 2,
from extraction number 7.
As shown in the above example, the MTO neutral file generated by the ISOGEN
interface is split up into multiple files by the batch extraction software. Each new MTO
file contains the material associated with a single isometric drawing sheet.
5 - 92
If you choose not to delete the existing files, the existing iso will be copied
to "output path"/isolast/.
5.
Do Not Save Details/Save Previous Details toggle

If the Do Not Save Details option is selected, the system ignores any previously added
graphics.
If the Save Previous Details option is selected, the system adds all manually added
MicroStation graphics of the previous isometric drawing version to the new version.
Before using the Save Previous Details option, the MicroStation file, edg.exe,
must be loaded locally to the workstation that will be used to process the
isometric drawings.
The software looks in the output directory (as specified in the area level data) for each
drawing sheet as it is produced. If a drawing sheet is found, then all graphics that
reside on levels 0 and 60 through 63 are merged into the new version of the drawing.
This allows you to add manual details that will be retained from version to version of the
drawing.
Some changes, particularly those made to the isometric drawing itself, will
not be acceptable or correct when merged into a new version of the
drawing.
6.
Submit for Plotting / Do Not Plot toggle

If the Submit for Plotting option is selected, the selected isometric drawings will be
submitted for plotting.
A Plot Request file name must be specified in the default set. For more
information, see Define Default Sets, page 5 - 13 .
If the Do Not Plot option is selected, none of the isometric drawings will be plotted.
7.
Increment Revision Number/Do Not Increment Revision Number toggle

If the Increment Revision Number option is selected, the system will update the
drawing revision block when an isometric is successfully generated.
If you plan to export the isometric drawing documents to PDME (Plant Data
Maintenance Environment), the revision toggle must be set to Increment
Revision Number. For more information on exporting isometric drawing
documents, refer to the PD Project Administrator (PD_Project) Reference
Guide.
If the Do Not Increment Revision Number option is selected, the system will not
update the revision block. You will encounter problems later when attempting to delete
a drawing if a revision history does not exist for a drawing. Refer to Delete Drawing,
page 5 - 46 for more information about deleting drawings.
When the batch job is run, the system will use the inputs for By, Chk,
Date and Descr to update the revision block for the drawing in the Project
Control Database.
8.
By, Chk, Date, Descr

To increment drawing revision numbers, key in information to these fields to specify the
revision block data.
The data will be written back to the Project Control Database only if the
isometric is successfully extracted. If you leave the Date field blank, the
current date will be used.
The Date field allows you to specify an issue date for the isometric that is different
from the current date. If, for example, you are extracting a number of drawings over a
period of a few days for issue on a given date, you should key in that issue date to this
field.
Rather than key in Chk initials at extraction time, you might want to
update the Project Control Database with Chk and Aprv initials after the
drawing has been plotted.
9.
Search Criteria:
Type
this option will help limit the number of drawings displayed.
Iso Area
OR
a.

5 - 94
b.

The system returns to the Create Batch Job Input form with the selected area in
the Iso Area field.
To restrict the list further, you must supply additional criteria such as
batch reference numbers and drawing numbers.
Batch Reference
Database.
Model Status Code
range of lines to extract.
Key in a drawing number in each field to identify the lines to extract.
OR
a.
Activate a cursor in the Drawing Number Low field by placing a data point.
b.
Select the Drawing List button.

The system activates the List Drawings form.
c.
Select the drawing that will represent the low drawing number and select the
accept button.
The system returns to the Create Batch Job Input form with the selected
drawing displayed in the Drawing Number Low field.
d.
10.
Repeat the above steps for the Drawing Number High field.
Do Not Use Model Revised Date / Use Model Revised Date toggle
Select the Use Model Revise Date option to specify that only lines whose Model
Revised date is greater than the last drawing revision date can be included in the list of
lines to extract.
11.
Once all of the necessary search criteria has been set, select the accept button to begin
processing.
If enabled, the system displays the Write to Batch Input File Cancel/Accept form.
5 - 96
12.
Select the Accept button to begin posting the list to the batch input file.
The Write to Batch Input File Cancel/Accept form is an added feature
to help prevent new users from writing an unnecessary number of lines to
the batch input file. To prevent the form from being displayed, add the
following environment variable:
In the pds.cmd file, $ENV{NO_CONFIRM_WRITE_BJ} = anything;
13.
Select By Line ID
The Select by Line ID button can be used instead of the various search criteria to
select lines for the batch input file. It allows you to select individual lines for extraction
as opposed to defining different search criteria to select a specific group of lines.
a.
Select the Select By Line ID button.

Select an iso area and the accept button.

The system displays a second Create Batch Job Input form which lists all lines
contained within the selected iso area.
b.
Select the lines to be included in the batch file.

OR
Using this option will help limit the number of drawings displayed for selection.
OR
Select the Select All button to include all of the listed files in the batch file.
OR
Select the Iso Area List button to select a different iso area from the List Iso
Areas form.
Use the Reset Selection button at any time to cancel all previous
line selections.
c.
Select the accept button once all of the appropriate lines have been selected.
The system activates the third Create Batch Job Input form. The By, Chk,
Date and Description fields will be initialized with the input values that were
entered in step 8.
5 - 98
d.
If necessary, select the By, Chk, Date, and Description fields on the form and
key in the appropriate information for each line.
If any of the previously mentioned fields are revised, each line is
posted to the batch input file with separate option lines. If the fields
are not revised, all of the selected lines will be posted to the batch
input file under the same option lines.
e.
Select the accept button

The system posts the list to the batch input file.
14.
Iso Type
This field is for review purposes only. It displays the type of drawings that are listed.
15.
Iso Area List

This button displays the List Iso Areas form. When an Iso Area is selected from the
form and accepted, the system returns to the Create Batch Job Input form with the
iso area in the Iso Area field.
16.
Drawing List
This button displays the List Iso Areas form. Once an area(s) is selected and accepted,
the systems displays the List Drawings form. Select the cancel button to dismiss the
form and return to the Create Batch Job Input form.
17.
Schedule Batch Job

This button displays the Schedule Batch Job form. Refer to the next section,
Schedule Batch Job, for more information.
5 - 100
5.3.11
Schedule Batch Job
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The Schedule Batch Job command allows you to schedule a batch job for isometric extraction.
1.
Select the Schedule Batch Job button from the Batch Environment form.
The system activates the Schedule Batch Job form.
2.
Batch Input File

Key in the name of the batch input file that was previously created using the Create
Batch Job Input command from the Batch Environment form. Blank fields in the
file specification will be defaulted according to the current default directory.
If the file name does not exist, an error message will be displayed at the bottom of the
form.
If the file name is valid, the remaining fields in the form will be given default values
with the exception of the Run Time fields.
3.
System Log File

Key in the name of a log file.
This field allows you to create a log of the command execution as the job processes in
batch. This log is useful when you are having difficulties getting the batch software to
operate. It contains a log of all error messages issued by the various software modules
used to create an isometric.
The System log file (.job file) is different from the batch log file (.log file) created by the
batch procedure. The system log file is named using the batch input file name together
with a file extension of .job. The batch log file contains an entry for each attempted run
together with an error code and/or message when the run fails.
All .job and .log files are written to the same directory as the batch job
input file. If this is not the case, have your system administrator check
the hosts.nqs file to verify write permissions.
If the batch job input file name remains the same, the .log file will
maintain a cumulative history of each successive run.
4.
Job Name
Key in a batch job name. This is the name for the batch run which will show up in the
batch queue when you key in the qstat PDisocreate command. The default job
name is the batch input file name.
5.
Process Queue
Select one of the queues from the pull down list. The selected batch queue will extract
the lines as defined in the batch input file.
The queues displayed in the Process Queue field are chosen first from
the queues defined in the PDiso_batch portion of the queue_descript file
(located in the project directory). If no queues are defined in the
queue_descript file, the system generates a Process Queue list from
locally defined queues.
Valid queue names include: PDiso_batch, PDiso_bat_1, PDiso_bat_*.
6.
Mail Notify
Key in the email path of the machine that will be sent a mail message when the batch
iso processing completes. A default for this field is provided by your system manager
when the iso extraction product is installed on your system.
The mail message contains the identification of the batch job input file, the Project
Control Database name, a brief error message, and an error code. The error code is
explained in more detail in Appendix A.
7.
Plot Queue
Select one of the queues from the pull down list. This field is only displayed if the file
defined in the Batch Job Input File field was created with the Submit for Plotting
toggle turned on. Refer to Create Batch Job Input, page 5 - 89 for more information on
defining batch job input files.
5 - 102
The queues displayed in the Plot Queue field are chosen first from the
queues defined in the PDiso_plot portion of the queue_descript file (located
in the project directory). If no queues are defined in the queue_descript
file, the system generates a Plot Queue list from locally defined queues.
If locally defined queues are used, only the pipe queues that are defined
will be displayed in the Plot Queue pull down list. To display local device
queues, create a pipe queue that points to the device queue.
Valid queue names include: PDiso_plot, PDiso_plot_1, PDiso_plt_*.
8.
Plot Copies
Keyin the number of copies to be plotted for each extracted line.
9.
Do Not Generate PDME Data / Generate PDME Data

When set to Generate PDME Data, ISOGEN creates a
<isogen_drawing_name>.p<sheet_no> file for each extracted iso sheet in the iso output
directory. The resulting .pXX file is used when exporting data to PDME (Plant Data
Maintenance Environment). Refer to the Export to PDME command in the PDS
Project Administrator document for information.
When using this option, Intergraph options 4 (ISOGEN component vs
sheet number file) and 20 (Intergraph MTO Neutral File) must be set to 1
(active).
10.
Do Not Extract Existing Sheets / Re-Extract Existing Sheets

When set to Do Not Extract Existing Sheets, ISOGEN extracts the line and
determines the amount of information that will be placed on each sheet and splits them
accordingly.
When set to Re-Extract Existing Sheets, ISOGEN extracts the line normally.
However, unlike the previous toggle setting, the system honors the previous extractions
pagination. Refer to Repeatability, page 15 - 1 for additional information.
This toggle should be set to Do Not Extract Existing Sheets if extensive
changes are being made to a pipeline. If extensive revisions are made to a
line and the previous pagination is honored, the result may be a sheet that
contains too much information to decipher.
11.
Do Not Save Sheet Extraction Data / Save Sheet Extraction Data

When the toggle is set to Save Sheet Extraction Data, the system generates and
stores repeating data in the project and design databases. Repeating data includes
such information as: traversal startpoint (saved to the project database) and the
extracted items iso sheet number (saved to the design database). Refer to
Repeatability, page 15 - 1 for additional information.
This toggle should be set to Do Not Save Sheet Extraction Data until
the design is stable and your isometrics are ready to be issued for the first
time.
12.
Verify On / Verify Off toggle

Select the Verify On option to turn on batch job verification.
Select the Verify Off option to turn off batch job verification.
When verification is on, a log of all system commands executed by the batch extraction
procedure is saved in the iso output directory.
Do not enable verification when large numbers of isos are being created
since the resulting log files will use a large amount of disk space.
13.
Debug On / Debug Off toggle

Select the Debug On option to enable the debugging logic in the batch job.
Select the Debug Off option to disable the debugging logic in the batch job.
The debugging logic causes the values of several batch procedure variables to be
displayed in the system log file. This option is useful for tracking down problems or
submitting problems to Intergraph.
14.
Submit Batch Immediately/Delay Batch Submit Time toggle

Select the Submit Batch Immediately option to run the job immediately.
Select the Delay Batch Submit Time to specify a run time for the job. Define the run
time by keying in the day of the week (Mon, Tue, etc.), the time and then select AM or
PM.
15.
After all fields contain the appropriate information, select the accept button.
As described earlier, a batch job log file (containing an entry for each attempted
extraction) is created and updated as the batch job executes. Examine this log after the
job finishes to see that all drawings were successfully completed. When drawings fail,
consult Appendix A for a more detailed explanation of the error code and message found
in the log file. Also, check the .err files produced by the ISOGEN interface to make sure
that the drawings do not contain errors.
The batch shell marks each entry in the batch job input file as it is processed.
Therefore, the batch procedure can be stopped and then restarted at any later time
without causing drawings that have already completed to be rerun. If the system goes
down and the job is not restarted automatically, it can be restarted using the Schedule
Batch Job command. Drawings that have already been created will not be re-executed.
5 - 104
5.3.12
Reports
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The Reports command allows you to define the report type and to choose whether or not an
area or drawing will be included in the report.
Before reports can be printed, a pipe queue named PDprint must exist. For
information on creating pipe queues for PDS, refer to the section Printer/Plotter
Setup in the PD Project Administrator (PD_Project) Reference Guide.
1.
Select the Reports button from the Batch Environment form.

The system displays the Batch Data Reports form.
2.
Key in the report filename in the Output File field. If the system default variable,
ISOREPORT, is exported in the control.sh file, the system will default to that value.
For example: ISOREPORT=node:/usr/directory.
3.
Choose a report type.
Area Summary
creates an area summary report which shows all of the data associated with one or
more piping areas. This report lists information such as:
Equipment Areas
Continuation Areas
The Current Default Set
User Data
Default (Options) Summary
creates an options summary report which shows all default sets. This report lists
information such as:
ISOGEN Project Options
Information on Each Default Set (such as the seed file, plot file, the default output
path and border file defined for each default set)
Drawing Summary
creates a drawing summary report which shows selected data about each drawing that
you are reporting. This reports lists information such as:
Drawing Number
Revision Number
Most Recent Revision Date
Drawing Number
Number of Sheets
Most Recent MTO Date
Drawing Revision History
creates a revision history report which shows the revision dates for each revision of the
drawings being reported. This report lists information such as:
Line Number
Type of Isometric
Drawing Number
5 - 106
List of Drawing Revision Dates (up to the last five)

Search Criteria:
met before a drawing can be included in the report list.
If no search criteria is defined, the system generates reports on the entire
project control database.
Iso Area
OR
a.

b.

The system returns to the Batch Data Reports form with the selected area in the
Iso Area field.
If you want to restrict the list further, you must supply additional criteria
such as batch reference numbers and drawing numbers.
Type
this option will help limit the number of drawings displayed.
Batch Reference
OR
Select the List Drawing button for a list of batch reference numbers.
Database.
Model Status Code
range of lines to extract.
Key in a drawing number in each field to identify the lines to extract.
OR
a.
Activate a cursor in the Drawing Number Low field by placing a data point.
b.
Select the Drawing List button.

The system activates the List Drawings form.
5 - 108
c.
Select the drawing that will represent the low drawing number and select the
accept button.
The system returns to the Batch Data Report form with the selected drawing
displayed in the Drawing Number Low field.
d.
4.
Repeat the above steps for the Drawing Number High field.
Model Revised Date toggle field

Select the Use Model Revise Date option to specify that only lines whose Model
Revised date is greater than the last drawing revision date can be included in the list of
lines to extract.
5.
Select one of three print options.

Print/Delete Print/Save Save
If the Print/Delete or Print/Save option is selected, the system displays a scroll field
that lists available printing queues.
Select a print queue. If there is no queue connected to the client workstation, the
system defaults to the Save option.
6.

The system initiates report generation.
5 - 110
Interpreting the HITS Report 6 - 1
6. Interpreting the HITS Report
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The HITS report is a diagnostic tool generated by the Intergraph interface to ISOGEN. You
can use this report to analyze the data collected from the 3-D piping model when a problem
extracting an isometric occurs. This report can help you determine whether or not the
problem exists in your model, in the ISOGEN interface or in ISOGEN itself.
The HITS report filename is formed from the output isometric design filename. Isometric
design filename is concatenated with the file extension .h. For example, if the isometric
design filename is OWS1101.ISO then the HITS report filename will be OWS1101.h. The
report is created in the default directory at the time the iso is created.
One of the options in the ISOGEN interface defaults file allows you to generate a HITS
report only and not an intermediate data file (IDF). You may not always want to generate
an IDF with a HITS report. The run time to generate both an IDF and a HITS report is
significantly longer than the run time to generate a HITS report only.
6-2
6.1
Example HITS Report
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The following section discusses an example of a HITS report. The HITS report is composed
of 5 basic sections. Refer to the following figure for an illustration of each of the five sections.
The example HITS report in this section was generated using the following line.
Sheet One of Two
Sheet Two of Two

Date: 30-MAR-1994 02:03:53
Project Database: pd_stdeng_o43
Model Files: skiso3
skiso1
38eqp01
40eqp01
Raw design file data
Name
Occ
COMP
16
cp #
0
1369.58
421.10
13.46
Node Direct Section

0
Flags
3
Topo
0
Seq Branch Sg_occ

0
COMP
16
1369.58
420.95
13.46
COMP
16
1369.58
421.24
13.46
COMP
14
1363.08
422.45
15.18
COMP
14
1363.08
422.45
14.42
COMP
14
1363.08
422.45
15.94
COMP
14
1362.40
422.45
15.18
COMP
27
1362.35
422.45
15.18
COMP
27
1362.40
422.45
15.18
COMP
29
1369.58
422.45
18.46
16
10
COMP
29
1370.05
422.45
18.46
16
11
COMP
29
1369.11
422.45
18.46
17
12
COMP
29
1369.58
422.45
17.99
14
13
COMP
32
1373.58
422.45
18.46
16
14
COMP
32
1373.58
423.20
18.46
16
15
COMP
32
1372.83
422.45
18.46
16
16
COMP
33
1373.58
429.80
18.46
16
17
COMP
33
1372.83
429.80
18.46
16
18
COMP
33
1373.58
429.05
18.46
16
19
COMP
34
1364.58
429.80
18.46
16
20
COMP
34
1364.58
429.80
19.21
16
21
COMP
34
1365.33
429.80
18.46
16
22
COMP
35
1364.58
429.80
19.35
16
23
COMP
35
1364.58
429.80
19.51
16
24
COMP
35
1364.58
429.80
19.21
16
25
PIPE
1370.05
422.45
18.46
16
26
6-4
PIPE
1372.83
422.45
18.46
16
27
PIPE
1373.58
423.20
18.46
16
28
PIPE
1373.58
429.05
18.46
16
29
PIPE
1372.83
429.80
18.46
16
30
PIPE
1365.33
429.80
18.46
16
31
COMP
30
1363.08
422.45
18.46
32
COMP
30
1363.08
422.45
17.71
33
COMP
30
1363.83
422.45
18.46
17
34
PIPE
1369.11
422.45
18.46
17
35
PIPE
1363.83
422.45
18.46
17
36
COMP
17
1369.58
421.47
13.41
11
37
COMP
17
1369.58
421.70
13.37
11
38
COMP
17
1369.58
421.24
13.46
10
39
COMP
17
3T
1369.58
421.47
13.18
12
40
COMP
1363.08
421.10
13.46
41
COMP
1363.08
420.95
13.46
42
COMP
1363.08
421.24
13.46
43
COMP
15
1363.08
422.45
16.38
44
COMP
15
1363.08
422.45
15.94
45
COMP
15
1363.08
422.45
16.82
46
COMP
31
1363.08
422.45
16.97
47
COMP
31
1363.08
422.45
16.82
48
COMP
31
1363.08
422.45
17.12
49
PIPE
1363.08
422.45
17.71
50
PIPE
1363.08
422.45
17.12
51
COMP
1363.08
421.47
13.41
52
COMP
1363.08
421.70
13.37
53
COMP
1363.08
421.24
13.46
54
COMP
3T
1363.08
421.47
13.18
55
COMP
1363.08
421.47
13.06
56
COMP
1363.08
421.47
13.18
57
COMP
1363.08
421.47
12.93
58
COMP
1363.08
421.47
12.82
59
COMP
1363.08
421.47
12.93
60
COMP
1363.08
421.47
12.71
61
COMP
10
1363.08
421.47
12.58
62
COMP
10
1363.08
421.47
12.71
63
COMP
10
1363.08
421.47
12.46
64
COMP
11
1363.08
421.47
12.43
65
COMP
11
1363.08
421.47
12.46
66
COMP
26
1364.58
429.80
19.54
15
67
COMP
26
1364.58
429.80
19.58
15
68
COMP
26
1364.58
429.80
19.51
15
69
COMP
22
1369.58
422.45
13.37
11
70
COMP
22
1369.58
421.70
13.37
11
71
COMP
22
1369.58
422.45
14.12
11
72
COMP
23
1369.58
422.45
14.27
11
73
COMP
23
1369.58
422.45
14.42
11
74
COMP
23
1369.58
422.45
14.12
11
75
COMP
24
1369.58
422.45
15.18
11
76
COMP
24
1369.58
422.45
14.42
11
77
COMP
24
1369.58
422.45
15.94
14
78
COMP
24
1368.90
422.45
15.18
13
79
SUPP
1369.58
422.45
13.37
11
80
SUPP
1369.58
422.45
12.30
11
81
COMP
12
1363.08
422.45
13.37
82
COMP
12
1363.08
421.70
13.37
83
COMP
12
1363.08
422.45
14.12
84
COMP
13
1363.08
422.45
14.27
85
COMP
13
1363.08
422.45
14.42
86
COMP
13
1363.08
422.45
14.12
87
SUPP
1363.08
422.45
13.37
88
SUPP
1363.08
422.45
12.30
89
COMP
25
1369.58
422.45
16.38
14
90
COMP
25
1369.58
422.45
15.94
14
91
COMP
25
1369.58
422.45
16.82
14
92
COMP
305
1369.58
422.45
16.97
14
93
COMP
305
1369.58
422.45
16.82
14
94
COMP
305
1369.58
422.45
17.12
14
95
PIPE
103
1369.58
422.45
17.12
14
96
PIPE
103
1369.58
422.45
17.99
14
97
COMP
18
1369.58
421.47
13.06
12
98
COMP
18
1369.58
421.47
13.18
12
99
COMP
18
1369.58
421.47
12.93
12
100
COMP
19
1369.58
421.47
12.82
12
101
COMP
19
1369.58
421.47
12.93
12
102
COMP
19
1369.58
421.47
12.71
12
103
COMP
20
1369.58
421.47
12.58
12
104
COMP
20
1369.58
421.47
12.71
12
105
COMP
20
1369.58
421.47
12.46
12
106
COMP
21
1369.58
421.47
12.43
12
107
COMP
21
1369.58
421.47
12.46
12
108
COMP
28
1368.85
422.45
15.18
13
109
COMP
28
1368.90
422.45
15.18
13
110
Design file data sorted by coordinate

Name
Occ
COMP
27
1362.35
422.45
15.18
-2
COMP
27
1362.40
422.45
15.18
COMP
14
1362.40
422.45
15.18
1363.08
420.70
13.46
-1
11
22
NOZ
cp #
Node Direct Section
Flags
Topo
Seq Branch Sg_occ
NOZ
1363.08
420.95
13.46
40
11
22
COMP
1363.08
420.95
13.46
40
11
COMP
1363.08
421.10
13.46
11
COMP
1363.08
421.24
13.46
11
COMP
1363.08
421.24
13.46
12
COMP
11
1363.08
421.47
12.43
-2
13
10
COMP
11
1363.08
421.47
12.46
13
11
COMP
10
1363.08
421.47
12.46
13
12
COMP
10
1363.08
421.47
12.58
13
13
COMP
1363.08
421.47
12.71
13
14
COMP
10
1363.08
421.47
12.71
13
15
COMP
1363.08
421.47
12.82
13
16
COMP
1363.08
421.47
12.93
13
17
COMP
1363.08
421.47
12.93
13
18
COMP
1363.08
421.47
13.06
13
19
COMP
3T
1363.08
421.47
13.18
13
20
COMP
1363.08
421.47
13.18
13
21
COMP
1363.08
421.47
13.41
13
22
COMP
12
1363.08
421.70
13.37
15
23
COMP
1363.08
421.70
13.37
12
24
SUPP
1363.08
422.45
12.30
-3
25
COMP
12
1363.08
422.45
13.37
15
26
SUPP
1363.08
422.45
13.37
27
COMP
13
1363.08
422.45
14.12
28
COMP
12
1363.08
422.45
14.12
29
COMP
13
1363.08
422.45
14.27
30
COMP
13
1363.08
422.45
14.42
10
31
COMP
14
1363.08
422.45
14.42
10
32
COMP
14
1363.08
422.45
15.18
33
COMP
15
1363.08
422.45
15.94
11
34
COMP
14
1363.08
422.45
15.94
11
35
COMP
15
1363.08
422.45
16.38
36
COMP
31
1363.08
422.45
16.82
12
37
COMP
15
1363.08
422.45
16.82
12
38
COMP
31
1363.08
422.45
16.97
39
COMP
31
1363.08
422.45
17.12
13
40
PIPE
1363.08
422.45
17.12
13
41
COMP
30
1363.08
422.45
17.71
14
42
6-6
PIPE
1363.08
422.45
17.71
14
COMP
30
1363.08
422.45
18.46
43
44
PIPE
1363.83
422.45
18.46
15
17
45
COMP
30
1363.83
422.45
18.46
15
17
46
COMP
34
1364.58
429.80
18.46
16
47
COMP
35
1364.58
429.80
19.21
16
16
48
COMP
34
1364.58
429.80
19.21
16
16
49
COMP
35
1364.58
429.80
19.35
16
50
COMP
35
1364.58
429.80
19.51
17
16
51
COMP
26
1364.58
429.80
19.51
17
15
52
COMP
26
1364.58
429.80
19.54
15
53
COMP
26
1364.58
429.80
19.58
41
15
54
NOZ
1364.58
429.80
19.58
41
22
15
55
NOZ
1364.58
429.80
20.58
-1
22
15
56
COMP
34
1365.33
429.80
18.46
18
16
57
PIPE
1365.33
429.80
18.46
18
16
58
COMP
28
1368.85
422.45
15.18
-2
13
59
COMP
24
1368.90
422.45
15.18
19
13
60
COMP
28
1368.90
422.45
15.18
19
13
61
PIPE
1369.11
422.45
18.46
20
17
62
COMP
29
1369.11
422.45
18.46
20
17
63
NOZ
1369.58
420.70
13.46
-1
22
64
NOZ
1369.58
420.95
13.46
39
22
65
COMP
16
1369.58
420.95
13.46
39
66
COMP
16
1369.58
421.10
13.46
67
COMP
16
1369.58
421.24
13.46
21
68
COMP
17
1369.58
421.24
13.46
21
10
69
COMP
21
1369.58
421.47
12.43
-2
10
12
70
COMP
21
1369.58
421.47
12.46
22
10
12
71
COMP
20
1369.58
421.47
12.46
22
10
12
72
COMP
20
1369.58
421.47
12.58
10
12
73
COMP
20
1369.58
421.47
12.71
23
10
12
74
COMP
19
1369.58
421.47
12.71
23
10
12
75
COMP
19
1369.58
421.47
12.82
10
12
76
COMP
18
1369.58
421.47
12.93
24
10
12
77
COMP
19
1369.58
421.47
12.93
24
10
12
78
COMP
18
1369.58
421.47
13.06
10
12
79
COMP
17
3T
1369.58
421.47
13.18
25
10
12
80
COMP
18
1369.58
421.47
13.18
25
10
12
81
COMP
17
1369.58
421.47
13.41
10
11
82
COMP
22
1369.58
421.70
13.37
26
14
11
83
COMP
17
1369.58
421.70
13.37
26
11
84
SUPP
1369.58
422.45
12.30
-3
11
85
COMP
22
1369.58
422.45
13.37
14
11
86
SUPP
1369.58
422.45
13.37
11
87
COMP
22
1369.58
422.45
14.12
28
11
88
COMP
23
1369.58
422.45
14.12
28
11
89
COMP
23
1369.58
422.45
14.27
11
90
COMP
23
1369.58
422.45
14.42
29
11
91
COMP
24
1369.58
422.45
14.42
29
11
92
COMP
24
1369.58
422.45
15.18
11
93
COMP
24
1369.58
422.45
15.94
30
14
94
COMP
25
1369.58
422.45
15.94
30
14
95
COMP
25
1369.58
422.45
16.38
14
96
COMP
25
1369.58
422.45
16.82
31
14
97
COMP
305
1369.58
422.45
16.82
31
14
98
COMP
305
1369.58
422.45
16.97
14
99
PIPE
103
1369.58
422.45
17.12
32
14
100
COMP
305
1369.58
422.45
17.12
32
14
101
PIPE
103
1369.58
422.45
17.99
33
14
102
COMP
29
1369.58
422.45
17.99
33
14
103
COMP
29
1369.58
422.45
18.46
16
104
COMP
29
1370.05
422.45
18.46
34
16
105
PIPE
1370.05
422.45
18.46
34
16
106
PIPE
1372.83
422.45
18.46
35
16
107
COMP
32
1372.83
422.45
18.46
35
16
108
PIPE
1372.83
429.80
18.46
36
16
109
COMP
33
1372.83
429.80
18.46
36
16
110
COMP
32
1373.58
422.45
18.46
16
111
COMP
32
1373.58
423.20
18.46
37
16
112
PIPE
1373.58
423.20
18.46
37
16
113
COMP
33
1373.58
429.05
18.46
38
16
114
PIPE
1373.58
429.05
18.46
38
16
115
COMP
33
1373.58
429.80
18.46
16
116
Tracing data
Occ
Cp
5 Next
Action
Name
NOZ
Node
39
Ref Design
112
5 Next
16
COMP
39
5 Next
16
COMP
21
5 Next
17
COMP
21
39
6 Push
17
COMP
25
40
5 Next
17
COMP
26
38
5 Next
22
COMP
26
71
5 Next
22
COMP
28
72
5 Next
23
COMP
28
75
5 Next
23
COMP
29
74
5 Next
24
COMP
29
77
10
6 Push
24
COMP
19
79
5 Next
24
COMP
30
78
11
5 Next
25
COMP
30
91
12
5 Next
25
COMP
31
92
13
5 Next
305
COMP
31
94
14
5 Next
305
COMP
32
95
15
5 Next
103
PIPE
32
96
16
5 Next
103
PIPE
33
97
17
5 Next
29
COMP
33
13
18
6 Push
29
COMP
20
12
5 Next
29
COMP
34
11
5 Next
PIPE
34
26
5 Next
PIPE
35
27
5 Next
32
COMP
35
16
5 Next
32
COMP
37
15
5 Next
PIPE
37
28
5 Next
PIPE
38
29
5 Next
33
COMP
38
19
5 Next
33
COMP
36
18
5 Next
PIPE
36
30
10
5 Next
PIPE
18
31
11
5 Next
34
COMP
18
22
12
5 Next
34
COMP
16
21
13
5 Next
35
COMP
16
25
14
5 Next
35
COMP
17
24
15
5 Next
26
COMP
17
69
16
5 Next
26
COMP
41
68
17
5 Next
NOZ
41
116
18
5 Next
NOZ
-1
115
7 Pull
29
COMP
20
12
5 Next
29
COMP
20
12
-1
5 Next
PIPE
20
35
-2
5 Next
PIPE
15
36
-3
5 Next
30
COMP
15
34
-4
5 Next
30
COMP
14
33
-5
5 Next
PIPE
14
50
-6
5 Next
PIPE
13
51
-7
5 Next
31
COMP
13
49
-8
5 Next
31
COMP
12
48
-9
5 Next
15
COMP
12
46
-10
5 Next
15
COMP
11
45
-11
++++
++++
++++
19
0
6-8
5 Next
14
COMP
11
6 Push
14
COMP
5 Next
14
COMP
10
5 Next
13
COMP
10
5 Next
13
COMP
5 Next
12
COMP
5 Next
12
5 Next
6 Push
2
++++
-12
-13
86
-14
87
-15
84
-16
COMP
83
-17
COMP
53
-18
COMP
55
5 Next
COMP
54
5 Next
COMP
5 Next
COMP
40
5 Next
NOZ
5 Next
7 Pull
5 Next
++++
-19
43
-20
42
-21
40
114
-22
NOZ
-1
113
-23
COMP
55
COMP
55
5 Next
COMP
57
5 Next
COMP
58
5 Next
COMP
60
5 Next
COMP
61
5 Next
10
COMP
63
5 Next
10
COMP
64
5 Next
11
COMP
66
5 Next
11
COMP
-2
65
7 Pull
14
COMP
5 Next
14
COMP
5 Next
27
COMP
5 Next
27
COMP
-2
7 Pull
24
COMP
19
79
5 Next
24
COMP
19
79
5 Next
28
COMP
19
110
5 Next
28
COMP
-2
109
7 Pull
17
COMP
25
40
5 Next
17
COMP
25
40
5 Next
18
COMP
25
99
5 Next
18
COMP
24
100
5 Next
19
COMP
24
102
5 Next
19
COMP
23
103
5 Next
20
COMP
23
105
5 Next
20
COMP
22
106
5 Next
21
COMP
22
108
5 Next
21
COMP
-2
107
-1
39
21
26
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
37
38
36
18
16
17
41
20
15
14
13
12
11
10
40
19
25
24
23
22
9
0
3
0
3
0
0
# Sections: 1
Design file data sorted by topo

Name
Occ
COMP
16
cp #
0
1369.58
421.10
13.46
Node Direct Section

0
Flags
3
Topo
0
Seq Branch Sg_occ

0
COMP
1363.08
421.47
12.82
13
COMP
30
1363.08
422.45
18.46
COMP
14
1363.08
422.45
15.18
COMP
10
1363.08
421.47
12.58
13
COMP
305
1369.58
422.45
16.97
14
COMP
32
1373.58
422.45
18.46
16
COMP
17
1369.58
421.47
13.41
10
11
COMP
26
1364.58
429.80
19.54
15
COMP
29
1369.58
422.45
18.46
16
10
COMP
18
1369.58
421.47
13.06
10
12
11
COMP
22
1369.58
422.45
13.37
14
11
12
COMP
13
1363.08
422.45
14.27
13
COMP
1363.08
421.47
13.06
13
14
COMP
23
1369.58
422.45
14.27
11
15
COMP
15
1363.08
422.45
16.38
16
COMP
33
1373.58
429.80
18.46
16
17
COMP
24
1369.58
422.45
15.18
11
18
COMP
31
1363.08
422.45
16.97
19
COMP
34
1364.58
429.80
18.46
16
20
COMP
12
1363.08
422.45
13.37
15
21
COMP
19
1369.58
421.47
12.82
10
12
22
COMP
35
1364.58
429.80
19.35
16
23
COMP
1363.08
421.10
13.46
11
24
COMP
25
1369.58
422.45
16.38
14
25
COMP
20
1369.58
421.47
12.58
10
12
26
COMP
1363.08
421.47
13.41
13
27
SUPP
1369.58
422.45
13.37
11
28
SUPP
1363.08
422.45
13.37
29
SUPP
1363.08
422.45
12.30
-3
30
SUPP
1369.58
422.45
12.30
-3
11
31
NOZ
1369.58
420.70
13.46
-1
22
32
NOZ
1369.58
420.95
13.46
39
22
33
COMP
16
1369.58
420.95
13.46
39
34
COMP
16
1369.58
421.24
13.46
21
35
COMP
17
1369.58
421.24
13.46
21
108
10
36
COMP
17
1369.58
421.70
13.37
26
108
11
37
COMP
22
1369.58
421.70
13.37
26
14
11
38
COMP
22
1369.58
422.45
14.12
28
11
39
COMP
23
1369.58
422.45
14.12
28
11
40
COMP
23
1369.58
422.45
14.42
29
11
41
COMP
24
1369.58
422.45
14.42
29
10
105
11
42
COMP
24
1369.58
422.45
15.94
30
11
105
14
43
COMP
25
1369.58
422.45
15.94
30
12
14
44
COMP
25
1369.58
422.45
16.82
31
13
14
45
COMP
305
1369.58
422.45
16.82
31
14
14
46
COMP
305
1369.58
422.45
17.12
32
15
14
47
PIPE
103
1369.58
422.45
17.12
32
16
14
48
PIPE
103
1369.58
422.45
17.99
33
17
14
49
COMP
29
1369.58
422.45
17.99
33
18
-73
14
50
NOZ
1363.08
420.70
13.46
-1
11
22
-23
51
NOZ
1363.08
420.95
13.46
40
11
22
-22
52
COMP
1363.08
420.95
13.46
40
11
-21
53
COMP
1363.08
421.24
13.46
11
-20
54
COMP
1363.08
421.24
13.46
12
-19
93
55
COMP
1363.08
421.70
13.37
12
-18
93
56
COMP
12
1363.08
421.70
13.37
15
-17
57
COMP
12
1363.08
422.45
14.12
-16
58
COMP
13
1363.08
422.45
14.12
-15
59
COMP
13
1363.08
422.45
14.42
10
-14
60
COMP
14
1363.08
422.45
14.42
10
-13
102
61
COMP
14
1363.08
422.45
15.94
11
-12
102
62
COMP
15
1363.08
422.45
15.94
11
-11
63
COMP
15
1363.08
422.45
16.82
12
-10
64
COMP
31
1363.08
422.45
16.82
12
-9
65
COMP
31
1363.08
422.45
17.12
13
-8
66
PIPE
1363.08
422.45
17.12
13
-7
67
PIPE
1363.08
422.45
17.71
14
-6
68
COMP
30
1363.08
422.45
17.71
14
-5
69
COMP
30
1363.83
422.45
18.46
15
-4
17
70
PIPE
1363.83
422.45
18.46
15
-3
17
71
PIPE
1369.11
422.45
18.46
20
-2
17
72
COMP
29
1369.11
422.45
18.46
20
-1
50
17
73
COMP
29
1370.05
422.45
18.46
34
50
16
74
PIPE
1370.05
422.45
18.46
34
16
75
PIPE
1372.83
422.45
18.46
35
16
76
6 - 10
COMP
32
1372.83
422.45
18.46
35
16
77
COMP
32
1373.58
423.20
18.46
37
16
78
PIPE
1373.58
423.20
18.46
37
16
79
PIPE
1373.58
429.05
18.46
38
16
80
COMP
33
1373.58
429.05
18.46
38
16
81
COMP
33
1372.83
429.80
18.46
36
16
82
PIPE
1372.83
429.80
18.46
36
10
16
83
PIPE
1365.33
429.80
18.46
18
11
16
84
COMP
34
1365.33
429.80
18.46
18
12
16
85
COMP
34
1364.58
429.80
19.21
16
13
16
86
COMP
35
1364.58
429.80
19.21
16
14
16
87
COMP
35
1364.58
429.80
19.51
17
15
16
88
COMP
26
1364.58
429.80
19.51
17
16
15
89
COMP
26
1364.58
429.80
19.58
41
17
15
90
NOZ
1364.58
429.80
19.58
41
22
18
15
91
NOZ
1364.58
429.80
20.58
-1
22
19
15
92
COMP
3T
1363.08
421.47
13.18
13
-55
93
COMP
1363.08
421.47
13.18
13
94
COMP
1363.08
421.47
12.93
13
95
COMP
1363.08
421.47
12.93
13
96
COMP
1363.08
421.47
12.71
13
97
COMP
10
1363.08
421.47
12.71
13
98
COMP
10
1363.08
421.47
12.46
13
99
COMP
11
1363.08
421.47
12.46
13
100
COMP
11
1363.08
421.47
12.43
-2
13
101
COMP
14
1362.40
422.45
15.18
-61
102
COMP
27
1362.40
422.45
15.18
103
COMP
27
1362.35
422.45
15.18
-2
104
COMP
24
1368.90
422.45
15.18
19
-42
13
105
COMP
28
1368.90
422.45
15.18
19
13
106
COMP
28
1368.85
422.45
15.18
-2
13
107
COMP
17
3T
1369.58
421.47
13.18
25
10
-36
12
108
COMP
18
1369.58
421.47
13.18
25
10
12
109
COMP
18
1369.58
421.47
12.93
24
10
12
110
COMP
19
1369.58
421.47
12.93
24
10
12
111
COMP
19
1369.58
421.47
12.71
23
10
12
112
COMP
20
1369.58
421.47
12.71
23
10
12
113
COMP
20
1369.58
421.47
12.46
22
10
12
114
COMP
21
1369.58
421.47
12.46
22
10
12
115
COMP
21
1369.58
421.47
12.43
-2
10
12
116
Design file data in IDF order
Name
Occ
NOZ
33274000
10480294
501904
33274000
10480294
477520
in_cp Out_cp Leg Dn_occ Sg_occ

1
in
26
15
BLSP
33274000
10480294
477393
33274000
10480294
475615
26
in
35
15
FWN
33274000
10480294
475615
33274000
10480294
468376
35
in
34
16
E90L
33274000
10480294
468376
33274000
10480294
450088
34
in
16
E90L
33274000
10480294
450088
33292288
10480294
450088
34
ou
16
PIPE
33292288
10480294
450088
33475168
10480294
450088
in
33
16
E90L
33475168
10480294
450088
33493456
10480294
450088
33
in
16
E90L
33493456
10480294
450088
33493456
10462006
450088
33
ou
16
PIPE
33493456
10462006
450088
33493456
10319258
450088
in
32
16
E90L
33493456
10319258
450088
33493456
10300970
450088
32
in
16
E90L
33493456
10300970
450088
33475168
10300970
450088
32
ou
16
PIPE
33475168
10300970
450088
33407350
10300970
450088
in
29
16
33407350
10300970
450088
33395920
10300970
450088
29
in
16
33395920
10300970
450088
33395920
10300970
438658
29
b1
103
14
PIPE
33395920
10300970
438658
33395920
10300970
417449
103
in
305
14
FWN
33395920
10300970
417449
33395920
10300970
410210
305
in
25
14
GAT
33395920
10300970
410210
33395920
10300970
388620
25
in
24
14
Dash
STRT
33395920
10300970
388620
33395920
10300970
370078
24
in
14
STRT
33395920
10300970
370078
33379283
10300970
370078
24
b1
28
13
FBLD
33379283
10300970
370078
33378140
10300970
370078
28
in
13
STRT
33395920
10300970
370078
33395920
10300970
351536
24
ou
23
11
FWN
33395920
10300970
351536
33395920
10300970
344297
23
in
22
11
E90L
33395920
10300970
344297
33395920
10300970
326009
22
in
11
PSP2
33395920
10300970
326009
33395920
10300970
299847
in
11
E90L
33395920
10300970
326009
33395920
10282682
326009
22
ou
17
11
REDE
33395920
10282682
326009
33395920
10271506
328168
17
in
16
11
REDE
33395920
10277094
327089
33395920
10277094
321501
17
ta
18
12
NIP
33395920
10277094
321501
33395920
10277094
315405
18
in
19
12
GATR
33395920
10277094
315405
33395920
10277094
309817
19
in
20
12
NIP
33395920
10277094
309817
33395920
10277094
303721
20
in
21
12
CAPO
33395920
10277094
303721
33395920
10277094
303213
21
in
12
FWN
33395920
10271506
328168
33395920
10264521
328168
16
in
NOZ
33395920
10264394
328168
33395920
10258298
328168
in
33395920
10300970
450088
33384490
10300970
450088
29
ou
17
PIPE
33384490
10300970
450088
33255712
10300970
450088
in
30
17
E90L
33255712
10300970
450088
33237424
10300970
450088
30
in
17
E90L
33237424
10300970
450088
33237424
10300970
431800
30
ou
PIPE
33237424
10300970
431800
33237424
10300970
417449
in
31
FWN
33237424
10300970
417449
33237424
10300970
410210
31
in
15
GAT
33237424
10300970
410210
33237424
10300970
388620
15
in
14
STRT
33237424
10300970
388620
33237424
10300970
370078
14
in
STRT
33237424
10300970
370078
33220787
10300970
370078
14
b1
27
FBLD
33220787
10300970
370078
33219644
10300970
370078
27
in
STRT
33237424
10300970
370078
33237424
10300970
351536
14
ou
13
FWN
33237424
10300970
351536
33237424
10300970
344297
13
in
12
E90L
33237424
10300970
344297
33237424
10300970
326009
12
in
PSP2
33237424
10300970
326009
33237424
10300970
299847
in
E90L
33237424
10300970
326009
33237424
10282682
326009
12
ou
REDE
33237424
10282682
326009
33237424
10271506
328168
in
REDE
33237424
10277094
327089
33237424
10277094
321501
ta
NIP
33237424
10277094
321501
33237424
10277094
315405
in
GATR
33237424
10277094
315405
33237424
10277094
309817
in
10
NIP
33237424
10277094
309817
33237424
10277094
303721
10
in
11
CAPO
33237424
10277094
303721
33237424
10277094
303213
11
in
FWN
33237424
10271506
328168
33237424
10264521
328168
in
NOZ
33237424
10264394
328168
33237424
10258298
328168
in
End
End
End
Dash
End
End
End
Dash
6 - 12
6.2
Section 1: Basic Input Data and Raw Design File Data
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The first section of the HITS report consists of basic input data and raw design data. The
basic input data consists of the date the report was executed, project name and a list of model
names that were extracted.
Each column of the raw design file data is described below.
Name
If Intergraph option 61 is set to 1, the name will be the first four characters of
the component item name. Otherwise, a generic item name will be output.
occ
The component database occurrence number (excluding the partition

number).
Note that some PIPE components have an occurrence number greater than
30000. This occurs whenever olet type components are attached to a pipe.
The software breaks these pipes into multiple sections. The newly created
pieces of pipe receive occurrence numbers in the 30000+ range to distinguish
them from the original pipe.
cp #
The connect point number
x,y,z
The coordinate in the design file coordinate system and is not adjusted for the
global origin
node
A node number assigned to all connect points other than the origin. A special
node number, -1, is reserved for line endpoints. Two connect points that have
the same node number are connected to each other in the model.
direct
A direction list number. The direction list number identifies all those connect
points that lie together on a straight line.
sect
Section number [always 0]
flags
A bit mask used internally by the software
topo
Topos [always 0]
branch
Branch flag [always 0]
sg_occ
The segment occurrence number. All connect points belong to or are owned
by a segment in the piping model. This is the occurrence number of that
owner segment.
6.3
Section 2: Design File Data Sorted by Coordinate
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The second section of the HITS report consists of raw design file data for each connect point
of the piping components that make up the network that is being extracted. The database
search criteria (as defined in the options file LINE_ID_DEFINITION) from section 1 is used
to find all of the appropriate segments. Once the segments are found, the software collects
all of the components that are attached to the segments. Section 2 is the result of this
activity.
Section 2 contains several columns of data. Each column is described below:
Name
If Intergraph option 61 is set to 1, the name will be the first four characters of
the component item name. Otherwise, a generic item name will be output.
occ
The database occurrence number of the component (excluding the partition

number). [Note that some PIPE components have an occurrence number
greater than 30000. This occurs whenever olet type components are attached
to a pipe. The software "breaks" these pipes into multiple sections. The
newly created pieces of pipe receive occurrence numbers in the 30000+ range
to distinguish them from the original pipe.]
cp #
The connect point number.
x,y,z
The coordinate in the design file coordinate system and is unadjusted for the
global origin.
node
A node number assigned to all connect points other than the origin. A special
node number , -1, is reserved for line endpoints. Note that two connect points
that have the same node number are "connected" to each other in the model.
direct
A direction list number. The direction list number identifies all those connect
points that lie together on a straight line.
sect
Always 0 here. Section number is discussed later in this section.
flags
A bit mask used internally by the software.
topo
Always 0 here. Topos are discussed later in this section.
branch-
Always 0 here. The branch flag is discussed later in this section.
sg_occ-
The segment occurrence number. All connect points "belong to" or "are
owned" by a segment in the piping model. sg_occ is the occurrence number of
that owner segment.
Section 2 is primarily used for examining the amount of data pulled in from the models
through the database search criteria. Some of the data for a specific connect point is
sometimes useful particularly the occurrence number.
6 - 14
6.4
Section 3: Tracing Data
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Section 3 of the report, Tracing Data is a record of the actions the software is taking in
building the internal data structure of the piping network. This section is primarily useful to
Intergraph for investigating software problems.
The last statement in section 3 states how many disconnected sections of piping exist in the
network identified in the database search criteria. If the number of sections is greater than 1
then the line is not extracted and the intermediate data file is not generated. ISOGEN does
not allow multiple, disconnected sections of piping to be extracted into a single iso.
The following is a list of possible reasons why a network might be disconnected and some
suggested solutions:
1.
The database search criteria identified more than one pipeline and the pipelines are not
connected together. The solution here is to change the search criteria so that only the
piping that you really want to extract is pulled in.
2.
The pipeline being extracted is incomplete and portions of it do not have components on
it. The solution is to place all of the components on the line.
3.
Although the line is finished, there is a part of it that appears to be connected, but is
not. For a line to be considered connected the connect points from two different
components must be within 20 uors of each other.
In this case you should examine section 2 of the HITS report to find a connect point
whose node number is -1 (which indicates that it is a line endpoint) even though you
know it should be connected to something. This is usually quite simple when the line is
small. When you find the connect point, use the coordinate to view and repair the
disconnected graphics. When the line is complicated, you can use section 4 of the HITS
report (see the section Tracing Data) to make a sketch that identifies the disconnected
point.
6.5
Section 4: Design File Data Sorted by Topo
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Section 4 of the HITS report is probably the most important one. This section is really a
printout of the internal data structure that represents the piping network. This data is
organized on the basis of topos.
A topo is a construction used to group the data representing the pipeline topology. By
definition a topo is a string of piping that starts at a network endpoint or a branch point and
ends at a network endpoint or another branch point. A pipeline network may consist of a
single topo or dozens of topos depending upon its configuration.
Figure 6-1. Example line consisting of one topo.

The line in Figure 6-1 consists of one topo because it does not contain any branch points. The
beginning of the topo is a line endpoint as is the end of the topo.
Figure 6-2. Example line consisting of two topos
6 - 16
The line in Figure 6-2 contains two topos due to the branch component in it (the tee). The
first topo consists of the line from endpoint 1 to endpoint 2 (the header of the pipeline). The
second topo consists of the piping from the center of the tee to line endpoint 3.
Figure 6-3. Example line consisting of three topos

The line in Figure 6-3 contains three topos because there are two branches in it. The first
topo again consists of the line from endpoint 1 to endpoint 4. The second topo consists of the
line from connect point 1 of weldolet 1 to endpoint 2. The third topo consists of the line from
connect point 1 of weldolet 2 to endpoint 3.
Figure 6-4. Topos on a line that contains a loop

The line in Figure 6-4 consists of two topos. One topo is comprised of the line header from
endpoint 1 to endpoint 2. The other topo starts at the center of one tee and goes to the center
of the other tee.
The data in section 4 of the HITS report is sorted primarily by topo number. At the very
beginning there are several lines where the topo number is zero. These are component
origins which do not receive topo numbers or node numbers they should be ignored.
Subsequent to the lines where the topo number is zero are lines for the first, second and
subsequent topos.
The secondary sort key for the data in section 4 of the report is node number. Thus, within a
topo the data is sorted by node number. This results in connect points with the same node
number being adjacent to each other in the report. The result is that section 4 of the HITS
report contains a trace of each topo of the line.
Example 1:
The following is an excerpt from a HITS report section 4:
Name
cp#
node
E90L
E90L
PIPE
PIPE
E90L
E90L
PIPE
PIPE
GATR
GATR
PIPE
PIPE
1
2
1
2
2
1
2
1
1
2
1
2
-1
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
-1
topo
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
This trace consists of a single topo. The first endpoint is connect point 1 of a 90 degree elbow.
Connect point 2 of the elbow is connected to connect point 1 of a pipe. Following this logic,
the sequence of components starting from the top is: elbow -> pipe -> elbow -> pipe -> valve
-> pipe.
This same procedure may be followed to sketch out each network topo. Topo sketches are
useful if you are interested only in the sequence of components in a particular region of the
line. If you are interested in the entire network, connect the topos together.
The topos are connected together by the branch column in section 4 of the report. The
branch column is used together with the last column. The last column in section 4 is a report
line number. You can see by looking back at Figure 6-1 that the last column starts out at 1
and is incremented for each line in section 4. When the branch column contains a nonzero
value then this indicates that the node is a branch point. The value of branch refers you to
the line number of the report where the connecting topo begins.
Example 2:
The following is an excerpt from a HITS report section 4:
Name
occ#
cp#
node
topo
branch
PIPE
PIPE
PIPE
10
10
30001
1
2
1
-1
1
1
1
1
1
0
5
5
1
2
3
6 - 18
PIPE
WOL
WOL
PIPE
PIPE
30001
15
15
35
35
2
1
2
1
2
2
1
3
3
-1
1
2
2
2
2
0
-2
0
0
0
4
5
6
7
8
The network is composed of two topos. Topo 1 is simply two pipes. Topo 2 consists of a
weldolet connected to a piece of pipe. Note that the occurrence number of the second pipe in
topo 1 indicates the model contains a single pipe which the software split into two at the olet.
Figure 6-5 shows the Network for Example 5.
Figure 6-5. Network for Example 2

The value for branch at node 1 is 5. Looking at line 5 in the report we see that it is the first
line of topo 2. Thus topo 2 connects to topo 1 at node 1. This is confirmed by the fact that the
node numbers where topo 2 connects to topo 1 match. That is, the WOL cp1, PIPE (occ 10)
cp2, and PIPE (occ 30001) cp1 are all node number 1.
The value of branch for cp1 of the WOL is -2. The negative sign indicates that this is a "back
pointer". The back pointer is exactly the same as any other branch value except that it
(usually) points back to a previous topo rather than forward to a subsequent topo. Note that
where two or more topos are connected together the branch numbers must agree. In
Example 5 they do. The back pointer on topo 2 points back to line 2 while the forward
pointer on topo 1 points to line 5.
In Example 2, the branch flag pointed to the start point of the connecting topo. It can also
happen that the branch flag points to the endpoint of the connecting topo. In this case you
traverse the topo in reverse order.
Example 3:
Name
PIPE
PIPE
90E
90E
PIPE
PIPE
occ#
10
10
35
35
46
46
cp#
node
topo
branch
1
2
2
1
1
2
.
.
.
20
21
21
22
22
23
3
3
3
3
3
3
0
0
0
0
0
53
20
21
22
23
24
25
PIPE
PIPE
30003
30003
1
2
PLUG
PLUG
BLV
BLV
NIPL
NIPL
SOL
SOL
76
76
82
82
103
103
110
110
2
1
1
2
2
1
2
1
23
24
.
.
.
-1
10
10
11
11
12
12
23
.
.
.
3
3
53
0
26
27
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-25
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
In Example 3, topo 3 consists of pipe, elbow, pipe, pipe. Topo 7 is a typical drain assembly
plug, block valve, nipple, sockolet. Topo 7 connects to topo 3 at line 53 in the report (the
value of branch on line 25 is 53 and the value of branch of line 53 is -25). In this case, the
value of branch on topo 3 points to the bottom of topo 7 and the network structure is obtained
by moving up topo 3 rather than down (See Figure 6-6).

Example 4:
The following data is from section 4 of a HITS report:
Name
90E
90E
PIPE
PIPE
FLWN
FLWN
GAT
GAT
FLWN
FLWN
T
Occ
37
37
101
101
22
22
54
54
11
11
36
cp#
Node
Topo
1
2
1
2
2
1
1
2
1
2
1
-1
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Branch
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
15
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
6 - 20
T
PIPE
PIPE
T
PIPE
PIPE
36
11
11
36
12
12
2
1
2
3
1
2
6
6
-1
7
7
-1
1
1
1
2
2
2
15
0
0
-11
0
0
12
13
14
15
16
17
In Example 4, the tee is slightly different from the olet type components. Branch flags are
set on both connect points 1 and 2 of the T and the node numbers do not match where topo 2
connects to topo 1. This is a consequence of the fact that node numbers are not assigned to
component origins. See Figure 6-7 which shows the Network for Example 4.
Figure 6-7. Network for example 4

Example 5:
Name
PIPE
PIPE
REDE
REDE
PIPE
PIPE
SOL
SOL
PIPE
PIPE
PIPE
PIPE
Occ
23
23
24
24
13
13
56
56
42
42
26
26
cp#
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
Node
Topo
-1
1
1
2
2
-1
3
4
4
-1
5
-1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
3
3
Branch
0
0
7
11
0
0
-3
0
0
0
-4
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
In Example 5, topo 1 consists of a pipe connected to an eccentric reducer which in turn is

connected to another pipe. Notice, however, that the branch flag is set to two different
numbers on the reducer. This indicates that the reducer is tapped twice. The branch flag on
the first connect point points to the topo connected at the first tap while the branch flag on
the second connect point points to the topo connected to the second tap. A tap is always a
branch starting point and thus is always the start point of a new topo. Refer to Figure 6-8,
which shows the network for Example 5.

If you generate some HITS reports and practice sketching out the pipeline networks, you will
become familiar with the report contents and better understand the concepts presented in
the examples above.
6 - 22
6.6
Section 5: Design File Data in IDF Order
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Section 5 of the HITS report contains a record of how the network is traversed as the
intermediate data file is being generated. The software examines the network of piping and
chooses the best
(that is, the one least likely to result in problems from ISOGEN) topo to begin the network
traversal on. ISOGEN prefers certain navigation sequences over others and the interface
software tries to choose the optimal sequence.
ISOGEN also requires that the traversal of the network be branch first order. This means
that whenever a branch is encountered in the network, the traversal must head down the
branch before continuing down the header.
To traverse the network in branch first order manner you start on the header topo and travel
connect point by connect point until the value of branch is greater than 0 at some node.
When branch is positive then you jump down to the new topo and start traversing it until
you come to another branch or to the end. If you encounter another branch then you must
jump again to another topo. When the end of the topo is found then you return to the topo
from which you jumped and continue tracing.
Example 6:
The following is an example of a network:
Name
PIPE
PIPE
T
T
PIPE
PIPE
T
PIPE
PIPE
Occ
10
10
11
11
12
12
11
13
13
cp#
1
2
1
2
1
2
3
1
2
Node
Topo
-1
1
1
2
2
-1
3
3
-1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
Branch
0
0
7
7
0
0
-3
0
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
In Example 6, topo 1 consists of a header, two pipes, and the run of a tee. Topo 2 consists of
a branch, the branch leg of a tee and a branch pipe. Following the rules given above for
traversal of the network would yield the following trace:
Name
PIPE
T
T
PIPE
T
PIPE
Occ
10
11
11
13
11
12
cp in
1
1
0
1
0
1
cp out
Leg
2
0
3
2
2
2
1
1
2
1
4
1
Step 1 travels from one end of the first pipe to the other. Following the first pipe we travel
into the tee. Notice that although the origins do not have node numbers they appear in the
traversal whenever a change in direction occurs. This means that, for the tee, the traversal
occurs from connect point 1 to the origin in step 2. At this point the branch flag is positive
and so a jump occurs to topo 2. On topo 2 we travel from the origin of the tee to connect point
3 (which is the branch connect point) in step 3. In step 4 we travel down a pipe which is the
last component on the topo. We then jump back to topo 1 and in step 5 travel from the tee
origin to connect point 2. Finally, in the last step we traverse the remaining pipe on topo 1.
Refer to Figure 6-9 for an illustration of this traversal.
The header topo number can be found by examining the first line in the traversal. In this
case the first line consists of PIPE occurrence 10. Looking at the network description,
observe that PIPE occurrence 10 is on topo number 1. This makes topo 1 the header topo.
Figure 6-9. Traversal in Example 6

In ISOGEN terminology one step in the above trace is termed a component leg. Straight
through components like pipe, flanges, and valves consist of one leg. Change of direction
components like elbows, angle valves and so on consist of two legs. Branch components like
tees, olets, 3-way and 4-way valves and crosses consist of three or four legs. In Example 9,
the last leg of the tee is given a leg number of 4. By definition only 4-way components have a
leg 3 (which would correspond to the 2nd branch leg).
Branches off from components formed by taps are termed branch legs and are not given a
number. Branch legs are treated as other branches are though. When a tapped component
is encountered in the network then all the tapped legs must be traced before continuing down
the topo. Although olet type components have a different connect point skeleton than tees do
they are treated similarly in the network trace. This is highlighted in the next example:
6 - 24
Example 7:
The following is a network:
Name
Occ
90E
90E
PIPE
PIPE
PIPE
PIPE
WOL
WOL
PIPE
PIPE
8
8
10
10
30001
30001
6
6
9
9
cp#
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
2
1
Node
Topo
Branch
-1
1
1
2
2
-1
1
2
2
-1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
0
0
0
7
7
0
-4
0
0
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
The network trace for this network is:
Name
Occ
90E
90E
PIPE
WOL
WOL
PIPE
WOL
8
8
10
6
6
9
6
cp in
cp out
leg
1
0
1
1
1
2
1
0
2
2
1
2
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
4
In Example 7, the first leg of the olet goes from connect point 1 to connect point 1. It is
analogous to the step with the tee where traversal goes from connect point to the origin. In
this case the traversal does not go anywhere and therefore is called a zero length leg. The
second leg traverses from cp1 to cp2 analogous to the previous examples traversal from
the tee origin to cp3. After the branch topo has been traversed we return to the olet for leg 4
which again goes from cp1 to cp1 another zero length leg. This step is analogous to going
from the origin to cp3 in the previous example.
Notice also the traversal through the elbow. Since the elbow causes a change of direction, it
is traversed in two legs: 1) from cp1 to the origin and 2) from the origin to cp2.
Sometimes the traversal of the network requires traveling into the branch leg of a branch
component. When this happens the leg numbers are assigned somewhat differently on the
branch component.
Example 8:
The following is a partial network:
Name
PIPE
Occ
cp#
10
Node
Topo
.
.
.
20
Branch
46
PIPE
T
10
15
2
3
PIPE
PIPE
T
T
PIPE
PIPE
12
12
15
15
17
17
1
2
1
2
2
1
21
21
.
.
.
-1
52
52
53
53
-1
4
4
0
-61
47
48
7
7
7
7
7
7
0
0
48
48
0
0
59
60
61
62
63
64
In Example 8, a lower numbered topo (topo 4) contains a back pointer to a higher numbered
topo (topo 7). Whenever this happens, the traversal will enter branch.
The trace for this part of the network would be:
Name
Occ
PIPE
T
T
PIPE
T
PIPE
10
15
15
12
15
17
cp in
1
3
0
2
0
2
cp out
2
0
1
1
2
1
leg
1
1
2
1
4
1
In this example, the branch leg of the tee is leg 1 since it is traversed first. Legs 2 and 4 are
assigned arbitrarily in this situation and so tracing may go either way (ISOGEN has no
preference). Refer to Figure 6-10 which shows this network traversal.
Figure 6-10. Network traversal in example 8
6 - 26
6.7
Using the HITS Report to Solve Problems
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
When you have difficulty extracting a line, the first thing you should do in analyzing the
problem is to sketch out the network. Often this is enough to identify the problem. If the
structure in section 4 of the report is incorrect that is, the topos are not correctly defined
and connected or the pointers appear incorrect then ISOGENs input will be wrong and
the drawing will definitely be incorrect.
When the data structure represented in section 4 of the report is incorrect then you can
conclude that either the interface has a bug or there is a problem in the model. Typical
model problems include such things as disconnected sections and overlapping components or
pipes.
When the modeler has inadvertently placed two pipes on top of each other you will get an
error message at the top of the HITS report stating this. The message will also report a node
number where the problem was detected. By getting the coordinate of the node you can
pinpoint where in the model the problem occurs. This can also occur where the connect
points of components overlap each other and are not properly connected.
Notice that one of the columns in section 4 of the report is called section. In a correct
network all of the topos should have a value of 1 in this column. When the network is
composed of multiple disconnected sections, however, some topos will contain a value other
than 1. In this case the network for each section should be sketched out. It should be
apparent after doing this where the different sections should have been connected in the
model and, therefore, where the trouble spot is.
Another problem that might occur is that components that should all be colinear are not.
This is detected by examining the direction list number. If the direction list changes for
example from one pipe to another then a problem exists in the model and the line can not be
extracted properly.
Mismatches between the design file and database can also cause iso extraction failures but
these types of problems should be trapped and reported adequately in other areas of the
software. You should not need to rely on the HITS report to find these kinds of problems.
When the data structure in section 4 of the report is correct then the traversal in section 5
should be examined. Even if the network is correct, some other bug can cause the network
traversal to fail. Again, if the traversal is incorrect then ISOGEN will definitely fail. When
both the network and the traversal are correct, there is most likely a problem with ISOGEN.
When ISOGEN is at fault, then one of the following scenarios is true:
1.
The drawing appears correct for the most part but some aspect of it is incorrect.
When this happens there is usually some option or combination of options that have
been enabled that resulted in the problem. The best way to find the cause of the
problem is to start with a basic drawing generation setup that contains few "special"
options. Then add a few options at a time until the problem is reproduced. Finally,
through a process of elimination identify the option that is causing the problem. All
failures of this type should be reported to Intergraph.
2.
The drawing or one sheet of it is scrambled a total failure. When this happens it is
usually the case that disabling options will not result in the drawing working though
sometimes it does. The best thing to do when this happens is to try and reextract a
smaller portion of the line if possible. The failure should also be reported to Intergraph.
When any sheet of an ISOGEN drawing fails, ALL sheets from the same
pipeline may contain errors and are suspect.
6 - 28
The Options File 7 - 1
7. The Options File
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The options file consists of a set of options and tables that drive the interface to ISOGEN.
You can modify the options file to customize the drawings that are produced by ISOGEN.
See the appendices for an example of an options file.
Information contained in the remainder of this manual assumes that you have knowledge of
the following:
The PDS database structure
PDS Reference Database

The Label Description Library Utility
The Standard Note Library
Material Description Libraries
7-2
7.1
File Structure
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The options file is composed of two sets of options and several tables. Each option block and
table is preceded in the options file by a keyword that identifies it. The keyword must begin
in column 1 and should NOT be surrounded by single quotes. The keywords and data that
follow them can appear in any order in the options file.
You can put comments to the right of any table entry but not to the right of a keyword. You
can also have comments preceding any keyword or following the last entry in a table.
Comments either preceding a keyword or following the last table entry must have an
exclamation point (!) in column 1 to identify it as a comment.
Keywords are always followed by a number - starting in any column - that identifies the
number of table entries. It is valid for the number to be zero, indicating that there are no
table entries. If the number that precedes a table does not match the number of entries in
the table, a warning message is generated at the time the table is read in.
Entries in tables consist of a row of numbers and sometimes character strings that are
separated by commas ( , ). Character strings that are part of a table entry MUST be
surrounded by single quotes ( ).
A typical table in the options file might appear as:
TABLE_KEYWORD
nrows
n1, n2, c1, n3, ...
.
.
.
m1, m2, cm, m3, ...
Where:
TABLE_KEYWORD
is the table key word discussed above.
nrows
is the number of table entries.
n1, n2, ...
are numbers in the first table entry.
c1
is a character string in the first entry.
m1, m2, ...
are numbers in the last table entry.
cm
is a character string in the last entry.
The options file keywords consist of the following:

ISOGEN_OPTIONS_BLOCK
INTERGRAPH_OPTIONS_BLOCK
FILES
USER_DEFINED_WELDS
WELD_PREFIX
DETAIL_SKETCH_FACILITY
PIPELINE_HEADER
ATEXT_SPECIFICATIONS
INGR_ATEXT_SPECIFICATIONS
LINE_ID_DEFINITION
TYPE_1_LABELS
TYPE_2_LABELS
TYPE_3_LABELS
START_POINT_NOTES
SECONDARY_ORIENTATION_NOTE
END_POINT_COMPONENT_LABELS
NOZZLE_NOTE
DOTTED_SYMBOLOGY_CODE_LIST_VALUES
NOMTO_CODE_LIST_VALUES
SHOP_FABCAT_CODE_LIST_VALUES
OFFSHORE_FABCAT_CODE_LIST_VALUES
MOVABLE_TEXT
NEW_SYMBOL_KEYS
GENITM_NOTE_FORMAT
ALTERNATE_DESCRIPTION_INDEX
USER_DEFINED_IMPLIED_ITEM_BOM
USER_DEFINED_GENERATED_ITEM_BOM
USER_DEFINED_COMPONENT_BOM
NON_DIMENSIONED_SUPPORTS
When an option in an option block is set to 1, it is enabled.
7-4
7.2
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The ISOGEN options block is a group of options that are input directly to ISOGEN. These
options do not effect the ISOGEN interface but, control the different characteristics of
drawing output. However, some options selected in the ISOGEN options block might require
that entries be defined in certain of the options file tables in order to work properly.
The ISOGEN options block consists of 140 numbers arranged in 10 rows of 14. Each number
is referred to as a "word" in the options block. Row 1 contains words 1 through 14, row 2
contains 15 through 28 and so on. The positioning of a number within a word is important.
Thus, in editing the options block be sure to keep the units digit of the entry in the same
column.
The following options should not be changed from their default settings. These options are
not used in the Intergraph environment.
Words
______
Function
_________
1
7
31
32
33
43-51
55-57
58
131
Plot length control

Drawing control
Iso output file
Plotter scale factor
Pipe detailed
Wastage factors
Diagnostic printing
Clear screen
Test parameter
Be careful when changing words 34 (picture scale) and 38 (split control).
Values other than the default sometimes result in drawing failure.
Be careful modifying words 115 (angular tolerance) and 116 (linear

tolerance). Large values of these options can cause sloped lines to be
shown incorrectly.
The Drawing control option (word 7) must be left at 0. ISOGEN will

sometimes fail if forced to put more information on a sheet than it
determines it can fit. You can minimize the number of sheets produced by
increasing the sheet size.
Option 8 (dimension line distance) does not work when it is set to give a
dimension standout greater than 25 mm.
In general, ISOGEN is more successful with a large sheet size than a

small one.
You can create virtually any size sheet - including one with a user-defined
title block by using the drawing margin options (words 10-13) and the
drawing size options (words 14-16). User-defined graphics in reference
files must be positioned in drawing margins or in a reserved strip along
the bottom of the drawing (option 35) in order for stacking of multisheet
drawings to work properly.
ISOGEN drawing layout
7-6
7.3
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The Intergraph options block is a group of options, numbered in the same way as the
ISOGEN options (Appendix B), that directly control the actions of the ISOGEN interface.
The specific meaning of each option is outlined below:
Word
_____
Value
______
Meaning
_ _______
0
1
Do not produce the ISOGEN MTO neutral file.

Produce the ISOGEN mto neutral file. (isoname.bom)
THIS OPTION MUST BE SET TO ZERO
0
1
Do not produce the ISOGEN printed parts list.

Produce the ISOGEN printed parts list. (isoname.prt)
Do not produce the ISOGEN component vrs sheet number

file. This setting will not split the MTO neutral file.
Produce the ISOGEN component vrs sheet number file,
isoname.sed. If the MTO map file includes component
occurrence numbers and record types, this setting splits the
MTO neutral file by sheet. Neutral files created by the split
are named: isoname(sheet#).b(extnum).
0
1
Do not produce the ISOGEN cut pipe report.

Produce the ISOGEN cut pipe report. (isoname.cut)
When any of options 1-5 are set 0 (not generating a file), the files are in fact still
created. However, the command procedures which run ISOGEN delete these
files after the drawing is generated.
Disable the "CONNECTION NOT FOUND" message at line

endpoints where no connecting component is found.
Enable "CONNECTION NOT FOUND" message at line end

points where no connecting component is found. (Does not
apply to plugs, caps, and blind flanges.) This option can be
used to highlight the fact that no connecting component was
found at a line endpoint. When no connecting component is
found then implied materials cannot be generated at that
endpoint. This option can make checking of the drawings
easier.
Do not adjust connect point coordinates to the face-of-flange.
Adjust connect point coordinates to the face-of-flange. In the

piping model, component connect points are placed midway
through the gasket at flanged connections. When this option
is disabled, dimensioning on the iso also goes to the center of
the gasket. When the option is enabled, dimensioning is to
the face-of-flange.
7-8
Position A
Bolt Length
This Intergraph option has multiple switch settings (such
as A, B, C, D). Intergraph switch settings are read from
right to left (D-C-B-A). For example, if this option is set
to 21, 1 represents switch position A and 2 represents
switch position B. When setting an option with multiple
switches, leading zeros may be omitted, but trailing zeros
must be included.
Output bolt lengths in inches in the BOM printed on the

iso.
Output bolt lengths in millimeters in the BOM printed on

the iso.
Position B
Bolt Diameter
0 or blank
Output bolt diameter in the default units (as defined in

ISOGEN option switch 41 and Intergraph option 43) in
the BOM printed on the iso. When using this setting,
AText -359 must be left blank.
Output bolt diameter in inches in the BOM printed on

the iso. This setting overrides the setting defined with
ISOGEN switch 41 (position A). When using this setting,
AText -359 should be set to NPD and ISOGEN switch 65
(position B) must be set to 1.
Output bolt diameter in millimeters in the BOM printed

on the iso. This setting overrides the setting defined
with ISOGEN switch 41 (position A). When using this
setting, AText -359 should be set to NPD and ISOGEN
switch 65 (position B) must be set to 2.
val
Tolerance for considering valve operators and eccentric

reducers to be skewed. Val is the maximum direction cosine
times 1000. The default value is 10 (or .01).
10
The commodity code description includes consideration of

component schedule. Therefore, do not append the component
schedule to the material description
Commodity code description does not include consideration of

schedule. Therefore, the component schedule is appended to
the material description.
Option 10 is not needed if label description library numbers,

which output schedules, are embedded ([ ]) within material
descriptions found in the Material Description Library.
During extraction, the labels are expanded in the material
description.
For more information on the Label Description Library and
the Material Description Library, refer to the Reference Data
Manager document.
The material description for an elbow appears as follows in

the material description library where label 403 is defined to
Output Component Schedule:
"WELD ELL BE [403] CS ASTM A234-WPB"
7 - 10
At extraction time, the label description library number

[403] is expanded so that the description placed in the
drawing is:
"WELD ELL BE STD WT CS ASTM A234-WPB"
These embedded attributes can also be included in the

material descriptions for implied items like bolts and
gaskets.
11
val
Piping component connection tolerance in uors. The default

value is 20 uors. If the space between connect points is
greater than the value defined by this option, the
pipes/components are not considered connected.
12
val
Number of characters after which a line feed should be

inserted in instrument tag numbers for display in an
instrument bubble. (See also ISOGEN option number 123.)
The following example assumes that the instrument tag
number is INST-001.
When set to 1, a line feed is inserted after the first character.
10
Replace an embedded dash within the tag number with a

linefeed.
13
0
1
14
Display all valve operators on the isometric regardless of

whether or not they are displayed in the piping model.
Do not display valve operators on the isometric that are
turned off within the model.
NOTE:
This option can also be used in conjunction with Intergraph
options 59 and 48 that deal with valve operator display and
orientation notes.
Generate implied materials. These include bolts, gaskets and

field welds.
Do not generate implied materials.
7 - 12
This option allows you to do testing without incurring the

overhead of generating implied materials. Execution of the
ISOGEN interface takes a significantly longer time when
bolts and gaskets must be generated.
15
16
Spool Numbering On (Uses consecutive numbering)
1
10
Spool Numbering Off

Spool Numbering On (This option uses consecutive numbering
with the exception that spool numbering is set back to 1 for
each new sheet.)
Generate the HITS report and the intermediate data file.
Generate only the HITS report.

When generating only a HITS report an iso cannot be
generated since no input to ISOGEN is produced.
Generate only the intermediate data file for batch extraction.

(DO NOT generate the HITS file)
Setting two should only be used with batch extraction. If
DEBUG is ON for batch extraction, position A is reset to 0.
The HITS file is automatically generated when using
interactive extraction.
17
0
1
18
0
1
3
Continue trying to extract the line if a component is

encountered that is not in the PDS to ISOGEN symbol map.
Stop extraction if a component is encountered that is not in
the PDS to ISOGEN symbol map.
Generate coordinates in the DESIGN VOLUME coordinate
system.
Generate coordinates in the PLANT coordinate system.
Generate coordinates in the DESIGN VOLUME coordinate
system using large coordinates.
Generate coordinates in the PLANT coordinate system using

large coordinates.
Option 3 or 4 should be used if any coordinate can be outside
the range plus or minus 13.3 miles in an English project or
plus or minus 21.4 kilometers in a metric project.
NOTE:
Coordinate System data is stored in the type 63 data of the
piping model. For Interactive Extraction, the software reads
the type 63 of the first model entered on the form. For Batch
Extraction, the software reads the type 63 data from the first
piping model in the area specified in each record of the batch
input file.
19
THIS OPTION MUST BE SET TO 1.
20
0
1
Do not generate an Intergraph mto neutral file.

Generate an Intergraph mto neutral file. The naming
convention: isoname+sheet number.b# (where # is the
extraction number) is used when an Intergraph mto neutral
file is generated. MTO neutral file generation is discussed in
detail in the section The MTO Neutral File Record Map.
NOTE:
Intergraph option 4 must be set to 1 in order to generate an
mto neutral file.
21
22
0
1
Do not generate welds in the mto neutral file.

Generate welds in the mto neutral file where the welds listed
on the mto do not appear on the corresponding isometric
sheet.
Generate welds in the mto neutral file where the welds listed
on the mto appear on the corresponding isometric sheet. As a
result, using this option setting slightly increases run time
and generates a larger intermediate data file.
0
1
Extract by substring of the line name attribute.

Extract by equality of the line ID attributes.
The meaning of this option is discussed at length in the
section Interactive Isometric Generation.
NOTE:
Option 22 must be set to 1 when running batch isometric
extractions
23
Use the system-defined nozzle connection note.

The system-defined nozzle connection note is formatted as
follows:
NOZ: xxx - where xxx is the nozzle tag
ITEM: xxx - where xxx is the equipment tag
For flanged and female ends: size - rating - facing
7 - 14
For male ends: size - facing - SCH
Use the NOZZLE_NOTE table in the options file to form the

nozzle connection note.
24
0
1
Generate pipe supports in the intermediate data file.

Do not generate pipe supports in the intermediate data file.
25
Show bare branch weld as a length of pipe - with coordinate

label pointing to CP2 of branch weld.
26
Position A
Show bare branch weld as a dot - with coordinate label

pointing to CP1 of branch weld.
Inspection Number
must be included.
0
1
2
27
Inspection Numbers
Do not extract inspection numbers.
Extract inspection numbers. Do not display blank
inspection number.
Extract inspection numbers. Display blank inspection
numbers as defined by INGR_ATEXT_SPECIFICATION
16 (default as ****).
Position B
Inspection Number Enclosure Type
0
1
2
3
4
5
bubble (default)
rectangle
rectangle with arrowed ends
rectangle with rounded ends
triangle
diamond
0
1
Generate component tags as -37 records in the intermediate

data file.
Generate component tags as -22 records in the intermediate
data file. This option must be set to 1 in order to generate
instrument bubbles properly on both in-line and off-line
instruments.
7 - 16
28
Do not replace the ISOGEN instrument dial symbol (IDPL or

IDFL) with the instrument balloon.
Replace the ISOGEN instrument dial symbol with an

instrument balloon.
Regardless of which setting is used, the instrument tag

number is displayed inside of a circle.
29
Do not make off-line instruments no-mto.
Make all off-line instruments no-mto.
Offline instruments are defined as any instrument mapped to

the ISOGEN symbol IDPL or IDFL.
30
Do not show reinforcing pads in the ISOGEN BOM.
7 - 18
Show reinforcing pads in the ISOGEN BOM.
A reinforcing pad can only be shown in the ISOGEN BOM

when the PDS branch component in the model is mapped to
the ISOGEN component named TERF. The component in the
model should have the commodity code and material
description for the reinforcing pad.
31
0
1
Do not access the VALOPR table to map PDS symbol names

and valve operator names to ISOGEN symbols.
Access the VALOPR table to map PDS symbols and valve
operators to ISOGEN symbols.
This option is provided because there are two ways to map a
PDS symbol and valve operator to an ISOGEN symbol. One
way is through the VALOPR table described in the section
The Valve/Operator Table. The other way is through the
PDS-to-ISOGEN symbol map discussed in the section The
PDS-to-ISOGEN Symbol Map. When this option is set to 1,
the ISOGEN symbol name obtained from the symbol map is
replaced by an entry in the VALOPR table if it exists.
32
Do not generate implied materials from the reference

database using table 212.
Generate implied materials from the reference database using

table 212.
This option must be enabled (set to 1) in order to generate

implied materials in the mto neutral file and/or to generate a
note on the drawing for the implied materials. Also, see
Intergraph option 45.
NOTE:
The generation of implied items from the Implied Material
Data Table is triggered by special definitions you make in the
reference database. Refer to the Reference Data Manager
document for details.
7 - 20
Refer to the Material Take-Off Options material in the Project

Administrators Reference Guide for more information.
Material Takeoff Options that could effect the implied
material output on the iso are stored in the type 63 data of
the piping model. For Interactive Extraction, the software
reads the type 63 of the first model entered on the form. For
Batch Extraction, the software reads the type 63 data from
the first piping model in the area specified in each record of
the batch input file.
33
0
1
Do not generate chain wheel operators, extension stems or

floor stands.
Generate chain wheel operators, extension stems and floor
stands. Output information is based on the setting of INGR
Word 45.
This option must be set in order to generate chain wheel
operators, extension stems and floor stands in the mtoneutral file or to generate a note on the drawing.
The generation of chain-wheel operators, extension stems and
floor stands is triggered by definitions you make in the model
for specific valves. Refer to the Piping Design Graphics
Reference Guide for details on making these definitions. For
these items the material description library is accessed by
adding the operator number to the following strings:
Item
_____
Prefix
______
Example
_ _______
Chain Operators
Extension Stems
Floor Stands
CHAIN_
XSTEM_
FSTAND_
CHAIN_1001
XSTEM_2001
FSTAND_3001
34
0
1
Do not generate the title block data files.

Generate the title block data files.
The title block data files are used by the batch extraction
software to fill out drawing title blocks. If this option is
enabled you must also specify a title block tables File under
the FILES section of the options file (refer to The Files Table,
page 7 - 42 for more information).
35
THIS OPTION MUST BE SET TO ONE.
36
Do not remove unexpanded attribute specifications from

material descriptions.
Remove unexpanded material descriptions from material

descriptions.
This option allows you to remove any embedded attribute

specifications (labels) that are not expanded when the
material description is generated. Thus, if a material
description contains labels that refer to unrelated tables, the
unused label can be removed from the description. However,
labels that cannot be expanded because of error will also be
removed - leaving the description incomplete although it may
appear complete on the drawing.
7 - 22
37
Disable use of the alternate index into the material

description libraries.
Enable use of the alternate index into the material

description libraries.
This option allows you to access the material description

libraries by using an attribute other than commodity code or
specialty tag number. Library access is first attempted using
the commodity code or tag number. If no material description
is found, the attribute defined in the
ALTERNATE_DESCRIPTION_INDEX table (discussed in the
section ALTERNATE_DESCRIPTION_INDEX) is used to
retrieve a description from the appropriate library.
This option also allows you to establish a generic description
for instruments, specialties and pipe supports. This can be
used as an alternative to creating a material description
library entry for each item.
38
val
Format of date strings output in the title block text files. Set
val as follows:
0 - DD-MMM-YYYY
1 - DD-MMM-YY
2 - MM/DD/YY
3 - DD/MM/YY
4 - MMM DD, YYYY

5 - DD MMM YYYY
6 - MM/DD
7 - DD/MM
39
0
1
Disable flow arrows on pipe.

Enable flow arrows on pipe.
40
0
1
Assign pipe flow arrows during traversal.

Assign pipe flow arrows by segment.
When assigned during traversal, the first pipe receives a flow
arrow. Arrows are then generated on the first pipes
downstream of branch components. When assigned by
segment, the first pipe encountered on each segment receives
a flow arrow.
41
Disable multi-endprep components.
Enable multi-endprep components.
This option controls the display of end-prep graphics on

components that have more than one end-prep such as the
flanged and welded valve shown above.
7 - 24
42
Disable boxed tag numbers on commodity items.
Enable boxed tag numbers on commodity items.

This option allows you to show tag numbers on the isometric
for commodity items (that is, items other than specialty items,
instruments and pipe supports).
43
0
1
2
Output all bores in inches on the isometric.

Reserved for future use
Output all bores in millimeters on the isometric.
NOTE:
The settings for Intergraph option 43 should correspond with
the settings for ISOGEN Option 41, Position A (Dimensional
Units).
44
THIS OPTION MUST BE SET TO ZERO.
45
val
These options determine how implied materials from the

reference database (212) (other than bolts and gaskets) are
handled.
Do not generate either a note in the drawing (based upon the

GENITM_NOTE_FORMAT table) or an entry in the ISOGEN
bill of material.
Generate an entry in the bill of material, but not a note in the

drawing.
7 - 26
Generate a note in the drawing based upon the

GENITM_NOTE_FORMAT table, but not an entry in the bill
of material. (This option does not apply to implied items from
the spec.)
Generate a note in the drawing and an entry in the bill of

material. (This option will not result in a note for implied
items from the spec.)
NOTE:
Material Takeoff Options that could effect the implied
material output on the iso are stored in the type 63 data of
the piping model. For Interactive Extraction, the software
reads the type 63 of the first model entered on the form. For
Batch Extraction, the software reads the type 63 data from
the first piping model in the area specified in each record of
the batch input file.
46
0
1
Do not label the drawing with segment node numbers.

Label the drawing with segment node numbers for those
segments where data originated from the P&ID.
47
Do not generate weight information in the BOM on the face of

the iso.
Generate weight information in the BOM on the face of the
iso using Imperial Units (raw weight).
Generate weight information in the BOM on the face of the
iso using Metric Units (raw weight).
1
2
NOTE:
Raw weight implies that the insulation of the component is
not included.
Intergraph option 47 should be used in conjunction with
ISOGEN option switch 41.
48
Disable secondary orientation notes for valve operators.
Enable secondary orientation notes. See also the section

SECONDARY_ORIENTATION_NOTE.
7 - 28
49
50
Disable induction bend groups.
Enable induction bend groups.

NOTE:
For Intergraph option 50 to function properly, pipes and pipe
bends must be grouped so that they are included in an
induction bend group with the Data/Revise/Component Group
command from within PD_DESIGN.
51
val
Nozzle connection tolerance scaling factor. The default nozzle

connection tolerance is 4 mm. The default will be scaled
according to the val entered divided by 100. Thus, to double
the tolerance set val to 200.
52
Do not append the number of nuts per bolt to the material

description of bolts.
Append the number of nuts per bolt to the material
description of bolts.
NOTE:
INGR_ATEXT_SPECIFICATIONS ATEXT number 3 allows
for a comment to be appended to the numeric value. For
example, nuts per bolt.
53
54
Use the pipe support tag number as the index into the
specialty material description library for pipe supports.
Use the pipe support commodity code, which must be upper

cased, as the index into the specialty material description
library for pipe supports.
7 - 30
55
0
1
2
Do not alter extraction criteria case

Convert extraction criteria to Lower-case.
Use upper-case extraction criteria.
This option performs pipeline extractions where attribute
data has been stored in a lower-case format in the database.
All text generated in the resulting isometric drawings will
still be upper-case. Note that when extracting by line ID, and
code listed attributes are involved, that the code list set must
be stored in lower-case.
56
Form the commodity code for chain operators using the

operator type attribute.
57
Form the commodity code for chain operators using the chain
operator number.
Do not generate labels consisting of segment node numbers.
Generate labels consisting of segment node numbers to assist

flow sheet checking. However, if the node number is blank,
labels will not be generated.
7 - 32
58
Always generate labels consisting of segment node numbers

even when the node number is blank. An * is displayed if the
node number is blank.
Append the bolt length to the material description for bolts.
59
Do not append the bolt length to the material description for

bolts.
0
1
Display valve operator when it is not in a primary direction.

Do not display valve operator when it is not in a primary
direction.
NOTE:
This option is used in conjunction with ATEXT -213, spindle
direction.
60
Search continuation areas defined in the Add Iso Area or

Revise Iso Area forms for continuation items only. The
database partitions of the models contained in the primary
area (the area listed in the batch input file) are the only
models scanned for the pipeline to be extracted as defined by
the LINE_ID_DEFINITION section of the options file. The
remaining models that are attached as references are scanned
for continuation items, both pipeline and equipment nozzles.
If the same pipeline, as defined by the
LINE_ID_DEFINITION, continues into another area, a
continuation note is displayed on the iso that points to the
same line name as the iso being extracted.
Search continuation areas for LINE_ID_DEFINITIONs and
continuation items. Any items that match the line ID will be
included in the output isometric. All of the models from all of
the pipeline continuation areas defined in the Revise Iso
Area form is scanned for the line to extract. Also, all of the
reference models are scanned for continuation items (both
pipeline and equipment nozzles). If the same pipeline, as
defined by the LINE_ID_DEFINITION, continues into
another area, and the area is listed in the Revise Iso Area
form, the pipeline is included in the extraction.
NOTE:
When set to 1, option 60 increases iso extraction time. It is
recommended that option 60 be set to 0 unless the line to be
extracted extends across multiple areas.
Search all areas of the project for LINE_ID_DEFINITIONs

and continuation items ignoring the continuation settings in
the Revise Iso Area form. ISOGEN searches every piping
model in the project for the pipeline to be extracted and also
searches every equipment model for nozzle continuation
items.
NOTE:
7 - 34
Because there is no direct control over the number of models

scanned by the software, setting 2 will take longer to process
that setting 0 or 1.
61
Generic item names such as COMP, INST, and SUPP will be

generated in the HITS file until the last section "Design file
data in IDF order" is printed. This section will print four
characters of the actual item name from the database.
Name
Occ
PIPE
30
cp #
1
13.69
-28.50
10.00
Node Direct Section

0
Flags
5
Topo
0
Seq Branch Sg_occ

0
27
PIPE
30
15.69
-28.50
10.00
27
COMP
51
16.44
-28.50
10.00
27
COMP
51
15.69
-28.50
10.00
27
COMP
51
16.44
-29.25
10.00
27

Name
Occ
PIPE
30
cp #
1
13.69
-28.50
10.00
Node Direct Section

-1
Flags
5
Topo
0
Seq Branch Sg_occ

0
27
PIPE
30
15.69
-28.50
10.00
27
COMP
51
15.69
-28.50
10.00
27
COMP
51
16.44
-29.25
10.00
-1
27
COMP
51
16.44
-28.50
10.00
27
Tracing data
Occ
Cp
Name
Node
5 Next
Action
30
PIPE
5 Next
51
COMP
5 Next
51
COMP
-1
-1
Ref Design
# Sections =

Name
Occ
COMP
51
cp #
0
16.44
-28.50
10.00
Node Direct Section

0
Flags
3
Topo
0
Seq Branch Sg_occ

0
27
PIPE
30
13.69
-28.50
10.00
-1
27
PIPE
30
15.69
-28.50
10.00
27
COMP
51
15.69
-28.50
10.00
27
COMP
51
16.44
-29.25
10.00
-1
27
Name
Occ
PIPE
333756
-694944
243840
382524
-694944
243840
30
in
51
27
E90L
382524
-694944
243840
400812
-694944
243840
51
in
27
E90L
400812
-694944
243840
400812
-713232
243840
51
ou
27
61
End
Item names from the database will be generated for all

sections of the HITS file. Setting this option to a 1 will
increase extraction time by approximately 25%. Intergraph
recommends this option be used for debug purposes only.
Name
Occ
PIPE
30
cp #
1
X
13.69
Y
-28.50
Z
10.00
Node Direct Section

0
Flags
5
Topo
0
Seq Branch Sg_occ

0
27
PIPE
30
15.69
-28.50
10.00
27
E90L
51
16.44
-28.50
10.00
27
E90L
51
15.69
-28.50
10.00
27
E90L
51
16.44
-29.25
10.00
27

Name
Occ
PIPE
30
cp #
1
13.69
-28.50
10.00
Node Direct Section

-1
Flags
5
Topo
0
Seq Branch Sg_occ

0
27
PIPE
30
15.69
-28.50
10.00
27
E90L
51
15.69
-28.50
10.00
27
E90L
51
16.44
-29.25
10.00
-1
27
E90L
51
16.44
-28.50
10.00
27
Tracing data
Occ
Cp
Name
Node
5 Next
Action
30
PIPE
5 Next
51
E90L
5 Next
51
E90L
-1
-1
Ref Design
# Sections =

Name
Occ
E90L
51
cp #
0
16.44
-28.50
10.00
Node Direct Section

0
Flags
3
Topo
0
Seq Branch Sg_occ

0
27
PIPE
30
13.69
-28.50
10.00
-1
27
PIPE
30
15.69
-28.50
10.00
27
E90L
51
15.69
-28.50
10.00
27
E90L
51
16.44
-29.25
10.00
-1
27
Name
Occ
PIPE
333756
-694944
243840
382524
-694944
243840
30
in
51
27
E90L
382524
-694944
243840
400812
-694944
243840
51
in
27
E90L
400812
-694944
243840
400812
-713232
243840
51
ou
27
62
Position A
End
Weld Number Display

must be included.
0
1
Do not display PDS generated weld numbers.

Display PDS generated weld numbers on Iso drawings.
Position B
0
Weld Number Display on the BOM

Do not write weld numbers on isometric drawings.
Instead, display the welds in the bill of material (BOM).
Display weld numbers on isometric drawings and in the
bill of material (BOM).
7 - 36
Position C
0
Weld Display at Sheet Breaks

Place the weld at the line name break on the sheet
containing the component that has the higher east, north
and elevation coordinate.
Place the weld at the line name break on both sheets.
The weld is displayed as non-dashed on both isometrics
and appears in the BOM and MTO for both lines.
NOTE:
Intergraph option 62, position C, must be set to 1 for
ISOGEN option 22 (Field Fit Length) to work properly.
ISOGEN option 53, Weld Numbers, must be turned on in
order to display the generated weld numbers on
isometric.
By default, this option generates a normal un-boxed
arrowed message. If an enclosure is chosen using
ISOGEN option 75,switch position A, only options 1, 2
and 5 should be used.
Information on the Drawing and/or the parts list will be
as follows:
COMMODITY CODE (-20 record): SHOP or FIELD or
OFFSHORE
DESCRIPTION (-21 record): Weld Type, Material A,
Material B
For example:
Part
No.
____
Weld
Description
___________
NPD
(IN)
____
CMDTY
Code
_____
QTY
_____
SHOP WELD, 5 IN OD, B166-600

(N06600) HOT FIN
SHOP WELD, B166-600 (B0660)
HOT FIN, 5 IN OD
SHOP
SHOP
10
63
0
1
Do not calculate the isometric center of gravity and the total

isometric weight.
Calculate the isometric center of gravity and total isometric
weight.
NOTE:
A center of gravity weight library must be defined in the
ninth entry under the FILES section of the Options file for
option 63 to function properly. Refer to The Files Table, page
7 - 42 for more information.
64
0
1
Uses the standard MTO-Neutral file length of 256 bytes.

Uses the expanded MTO-Neutral file length of 1024 bytes.
65
1
66
0
1
Dimensions on supports are determined by the ISOGEN

option switches 8, 9 and 40 and the
NON_DIMENSIONED_SUPPORTS section of the Intergraph
options file.
Disable dimensioning for all supports.
Do not use the detail sketch facility.
Use the detail sketch facility.
When option 66 is set to 1, the section
DETAIL_SKETCH_FACILITY must exist in the options file.
The syntax of this section is similar to the TYPE_2_LABEL
section. A note, referring you to the appropriate sketch, will
be automatically generated and placed on the iso.
NOTE:
ISOGEN switch 71 must be set to 8000 for option 66 to
function properly.
67
0
1
2
Do Not generate shop welds.

Generate shop welds.
Generate shop welds, but do not generate shop welds at pipeto-pipe connections.
68
0
1
Extract drawing even if original start point cannot be used.

Stop extraction for a drawing if the original start point cannot
be used.
NOTE:
This option is used in conjunction with ISOGENs
repeatability function.
69
0
1
Do not produce the ISOGEN weld summary report.

Produce the ISOGEN weld summary report.
70
Generate isometric limit points (sheet split record) in the

intermediate data file (IDF) file as defined in PD_Design.
Do not generate isometric limit points (sheet split record) in
the intermediate data file (IDF).
71
Structural
Column
Reference
This option allows you to place reference dimensions

from a structural column or grid line to one item on the
isometric.
WARNING:
Before using option 71 you must have an up-to-date
FrameWorks Reference Definition File that provides the
location of all structural components and grid lines in the
project. See Generate FrameWorks Reference Dimension
File, page 5 - 86.
7 - 38
This option references structural elements according to

their active cardinal point at the time of placement. It is
highly recommended that structural columns be placed
by CP5 (center-center) if it is anticipated that the Iso
Structural Reference feature will be used. See Generate
FrameWorks Reference Dimension File, page 5 - 86.
NOTE:
Since a single reference file is used for the entire project,
no structural models can be excluded from being
referenced. Hence, there is no selectivity as to what
structural column or grid line will be referenced on the
iso. The referenced structural element will always be the
one nearest to the start of the pipeline being extracted.
If a FAIL message appears on the isometric drawing and
the .err file is reporting a (35:2012) DATA FAULT,
DOUBLEBACK PIPE error, refer to ISOGEN message
file errors section of this document for information on the
nature of this error.
must be included.
Position A
0
1
Reference Dimension Control

Do not place reference dimensions.
Place structural reference dimension at the first
component encountered from the start point.
Place structural reference dimension at the start point of

the pipeline.
Position B
0
1
Reference Location
Reference to the closest column.
Reference to the closest horizontal and vertical grid lines
ignoring elevation changes.
7 - 40
Reference to the closest horizontal and vertical grid lines

and display elevation changes.
Position C
0
Skew Box Display

References with skewed movements will not be displayed
with a skewed box.
References with skewed movements will be displayed
with a skewed box.
Position D
0
1
2
3
Enclosure Type
No enclosure for the reference.
Use a rectangle for an enclosure.
Use an arrow-ended rectangle for an enclosure.
Use a round-ended rectangle for an enclosure.
Position E
0
1
2
3
4
Line Style
Use the default line type. (short dash line)
Use style 1 line type (long dash/short dash line)
Use style 2 line type (dash/dot-dot line)
Use style 3 line type (dotted line)
Use style 4 line type (dash/dot-dot line)
72
Breaks on
Flanged
Pipe
This option controls whether flanged pipe will report as

one peice or will break at pipe supports or olet branches.
Break flanged pipe into pieces when there is a pipe

support or olet branch along the pipe.
Report flanged pipe as one piece even when there is a
pipe support or olet branch along the pipe.
NOTE:
If this option is set to 1 and there are olet branches on
the flanged pipe, the weldolets (WOL) are mapped to
ISOGEN symbol key WTBW and represented with
coupling record 126 in the Intermediate Data file (.idf
file).
7 - 42
7.4
The Files Table
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The Files table contains the names of several external files which are used by the ISOGEN
interface. The entries in this table are order dependent and must be in the order shown
below.
All files may be defined as: network address: /directory path/file
name.
For example: pdscert: /usr/isofiles/symbol.map
1.
The PDS to ISOGEN symbol map

This table maps PDS component names to ISOGEN symbol names. The format and
contents of the table are discussed in more detail in the section PDS-to-ISOGEN
Symbol Map.
This library is required and must be specified.
2.
The ISOGEN user-defined symbol library

This is a library of ISOGEN symbols that has either been translated from the VAX (see
the README file for translation information) or has been added to those delivered with
the ISOGEN product.
This library is optional and need not be specified.
3.
The label description library

This is a library of user-defined labels which are based on database attributes.
Creation of library entries is discussed in the PDS Reference Data Manager document.
This file specification is redundant in that a label description library is already
referenced by piping model files. However, if you specify it here, you can have a
separate library that is used specifically for iso extraction and for no other purpose.
If this entry is left blank then the library referenced by the piping model file is used
instead.
4.
The valve / valve operator symbol map (VALOPR table)

This file contains a table that can be used to map a PDS valve and valve operator
combination to a different symbol than that mapped by valve alone. This table is
discussed in the section The Valve/Operator Table.
In order to use this file, Intergraph options block option 31 must be set to
1.
This is an optional file name.
5.
The mto neutral file map

This file contains the tables which govern the format of the Intergraph mto neutral file.
Refer to The MTO Neutral File Record Map, page 12 - 1 for more information.
In order to use this table, Intergraph options block option 20 must be set
to 1.
6.
Reserved
7.
The Title Block Tables File

This is an optional file containing tables that govern the generation of text that is to be
inserted into a drawing title block by the batch extraction software.
When you specify this table, you must also enable option 34 in the
Intergraph options block.
8.
The Notes Table

This file is optional and contains data that can be mapped to the title block by the batch
extraction software. The table is accessed through the Title Block Tables File. The
Notes Table allows you to map data to the title block which is not stored in the
database.
9.
Center of Gravity Weight Library

This is an optional library that generates center of gravity calculations for ISOGEN.
For more information on center of gravity calculations, see Center of Gravity
Calculation, page 19 - 2 .
In order to use this library, Intergraph options block option 63 must be set
to 1.
10.
Detail Sketch Facility Cell Library

This is a cell library which contains the cells specified in the
DETAIL_SKETCH_FACILITY section of the options file.
7 - 44
11.
Drawing Definition File

This file allows you to customize line weight, size and output level of the data on the
isometric drawing.
12.
Welds Definition / Format File

This file specifies the format of the weld box that will be appear on the isometric
drawing. It is also used to define the weld report.
13.
Material List Definition File

This file allows you to define the format of a STYLE 2 or STYLE 3 Material Take Off.
14.
Basic Bending Parameters File

This file can be used as a basic set of input to a bending machine. The 14th entry in the
FILES section of the options file will contain the name of this file. If the first character
of the entry is *, the generated file will be isoname.bnd; where isoname is the name
used in creating the isometric design file name.
If this entry contains a node, directory and filename, the bending information is
appended to that filename for each extracted line.
If this entry is left blank, a bending parameters file will not be generated.
7.5
USER_DEFINED_WELDS
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This table allows you to to assign a weld symbol to a particular weld type.
ISOGEN, versions 5.0 or later, allow you to create a user-defined weld symbol
by using the symbol definition software. Once created, the new weld symbol
graphics should be proportionate to other user-defined symbols.
The newly created symbol should be mapped to a specific weld type in the
USER_DEFINED_WELDS section of the options file. Note that the weld
symbol is not mapped in the isomap.tbl file.
By using the following table format, you can define which SKEY is used with each weld type.
For example, if a weld type codelist number is defined to use the SKEY FFWT, ISOGEN
generates the appropriate text and adds extra material as defined in the ISOGEN section of
the options file.
The format of a table entry is:
VTF, VAL1, VAL2, ...,VALn, WELDTYPE, SYM
Where:
VTF
is a number indicating the number of values to follow (maximum of

20 values per line.
VAL1-VALn
are the weld type attribute values that will be mapped to the symbol
defined (SYM).
WELDTYPE
is a number 1-3 where:

1: SHOP
2: FIELD
3: OFFSHORE
SYM
is the ISOGEN weld symbol name.
7 - 46
If the table is not defined or a weld type code list value is not included in the
table, the following action is taken:
For more information, see Weld Types and Mapping, page 16 - 3 .
codelist value (from codelist 1100, Weld Type)

1 = No weld
11-20 = WW (shop weld)
else = WF (field fit weld)
Example 1: Generating a user-defined weld from codelist values Show the required
entries to generate the following welds:
a site weld symbol when codelist value 22 is used. This is a field weld, but does not
require extra material to be added.
an offshore field fit weld symbol for code list values 30-33 inclusive.
a mitre offshore weld symbol for codelist value 40.
The format of the table entry is:
USER_DEFINED_WELDS
3
1, 22, 2, WS
4, 30, 31, 32, 33, 3, WOF
1, 40, 3, WM
7.6
WELD_PREFIX
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This table is used to add a prefix to an isometric weld number that is contained within an
enclosure. The WELD_PREFIX table also allows the prefix to be positioned on the drawing
frame as a form of general note about weld identification. The weld prefix may also be
included as part of the output in the user-defined weld summary report.
WELD_PREFIX
1
#, TEXT
Where:
#
is a number 0 through 3 where:

0 - is a general weld prefix to apply to all weld types
1 - is a shop weld prefix to apply only to fabrication welds
2 - is a site/field weld prefix to apply only to erection welds
3 - offshore weld prefix to apply only to offshore welds
TEXT
is the actual prefix to be used

If all four prefixes are defined, the general weld prefix (setting 0) will be
ignored.
Example 1: Defining a Weld Prefix Determine the table entry that would have all
offshore welds have the prefix OFFSHORE- on the iso drawing.
The table entry would be:
WELD_PREFIX
1
3, OFFSHORE-
7 - 48
7.7
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This table is used to generate a detailed sketch or information note for specific item. Any
component meeting the specified value defined in this table generates a defined detail sketch
or note. The defined value must exactly match the attribute or label.
You can generate general or specific notes for components and spools. The general
information note places a note on each isometric sheet of the pipeline. The specific
information note only places a note on the specific isometric sheet that contains the item
generating the note.
You can define up to 300 Detail Sketch Facility table entries.
TABLE, COL, LABEL, COL VAL, DET NAME
Where:
TABLE,
COL
is the table, column specification of the attribute that will be checked

and compared with COL VAL.
LABEL
is the label description library number that defines the format of the
note that will be checked and compared with COL VAL. When using
LABEL, TABLE must be set and COL must be 0.
COL VAL
is the value that when equal to TABLE,COL or TABLE,LABEL will

trigger the detail to be placed on the isometric.
DET
NAME
is the name of the detail cell from the cell library (defined by the
tenth entry under the files section of the options file) to place on the
isometric.
Information Note Entries

Two types of information notes are available:
General Notes are indictaed by a _N at the end of the cell.
Specific Notes are indictaed by a _S at the end of the cell.
All cell names that end with _N or _S are treated as Information Notes and placed
accordingly. ATEXT numbers -541 and -542 also effect these criteria.
-541 _N is used as the delimiter/identifier in the general note name.
-542 _S is used at the delimiter/identifier in the specific note name.
Example 1: Example of the DETAIL_SKETCH_FACILITY Table
5
34, 0, 900, 6Q1C01 GAT, det_4
34, 3,
0, 6Q3C74, det_1
34, 20,
0, 90.0000, det_2
34, 0, 924, H,
HOLD_N
12, 12, 0, SYS1,
I5_S
!5 entries to follow
!label 900: piping_comp_no, commodity_name
!commodity_name, character(6)
!bend_angle, double
!Comp HOLD status note
!Specific Note Package #
7 - 50
7.8
PIPELINE_HEADER
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The pipeline header table is used to generate records in the intermediate data file that cause
attribute change graphics to be generated in the isometric drawing. Attribute change
graphics can be used at changes in piping materials class, insulation type, and so on, along a
pipeline. This table allows you to control the database attributes that are used to generate
attribute breaks on the drawing.
Example attribute change graphics

This table is also used to generate a note when some database attribute of a component
overrides that of the pipeline. For example, a new pipeline might contain an existing valve.
This table can be used to generate a note on the drawing that points to the valve and
identifies it as existing.
The format of a row (or a single entry) in this table is:
RECNO, ST, SC, SN, DFLT, PREFIX, CT, CC, CN, PT, PC, PN, IT, IC, IN
Where:
RECNO
is the ISOGEN record number used for an attribute whose value can
change along the length of a pipeline. Record numbers from the
following table must be used for this item:
Table 7 - 1. ISOGEN record numbers for pipeline attributes

ISOGEN
No
_Rec
______
Attribute
_________
ATEXT
No
_____
-6
-7
-11
-14
-15
-16
-17
-41
-42
-43
-44
-45
Line name
Spool number prefix
Piping materials class (spec)
Date Record
Insulation type
Heat tracing type
Paint code
User-defined 1
User-defined 2
User-defined 3
User-defined 4
User-defined 5
-288
n/a
-289
-250
-290
-291
-292
-293
-294
-295
-296
-297
An entry in the PIPELINE_HEADER table with an ISOGEN record

number of -7 is used to define a spool number prefix. If defined, the
prefix is used by ISOGEN to form spool number labels in the
drawing.
When defining spool number prefixes, use a single ? symbol to
generate spool numbers only. Use two ? symbols for the spool number
prefix to generate spool numbers and sheet numbers.
As shown in the previous figure, the actual attribute values at an
attribute change are preceded by some clarifying text. That text is
"MATL," which identifies that the attributes shown are piping
materials classes. For information on modifying this text, refer to
ATEXT_SPECIFICATIONS, page 7 - 56 .
The Atext numbers you will need in the ATEXT_SPECIFICATIONS
table to change the clarifying text are shown above in Table 7-1. In
the case of the user-defined attribute changes the default Atexts are
blank. In order to generate attribute change graphics in the drawing
you MUST define nonblank Atexts that correspond to the ISOGEN
record numbers you use. For example, if you want to use ISOGEN
record number -41 for a user-defined attribute change then you must
define ATEXT number -293 with a nonblank value if you want to see
the attribute change on the drawing.
The Atext numbers shown in Table 7-1 modify only the clarifying text
shown with the attributes in the drawing. They do not modify the
title block entries for these attributes. Different Atext numbers are
used to modify this text. Refer to Appendix B for details.
7 - 52
ST, SC
is a table, column specification for the segment attribute whose value

might change along the pipeline. This attribute specification can be
any segment level attribute in the material database. The segment
level table is table 12. The specification for piping materials class, for
example, would be table 12, column 12.
SN
is an optional label description library number that you can use to

specify the segment attribute(s) that might change. By using the
label description library number rather than than ST, SC (above) you
can define composite attributes that are combinations of 2 or more
database attributes.
The label description library holds a definition of each label
description library number. The number and its description in the
label library can be used to form a text string (a label) that is formed
from database columns. You define which columns are used in the
label as well as the label format when making a definition in the label
library.
Iso extraction treats a string based on a label library number as a
pseudo attribute. A pseudo attribute can be used to generate
attribute breaks just the same as regular database attribute can.
DFLT
is an optional string used to define a default value for an attribute or

label. When the attribute defined by ST,SC or SN is undefined
(blank) then DFLT will be used. This shows attribute breaks for
attributes that you normally do not want to provide values for. If you
do not provide a value for this field the string "UNDEFINED" is used
for undefined attributes.
PREFIX
is an optional prefix used in forming a note from a database attribute

when a component attribute overrides a segment attribute. The
override note is formed by appending the database attribute to the
prefix defined here. The note formed in this manner points to the
appropriate component in the drawing.
When the ISOGEN record number for the spool prefix is -7, PREFIX
is used as a separator between the spool prefix and the spool number.
CT, CC
is the table, column specification for the component level attribute

that can override the pipeline level attribute defined by ST, SC.
These items are optional. Some pipeline level attributes cannot be
overridden at the component level (pipeline name and piping
materials class are examples). When there is no override attribute
these items should be set to 0.
Attribute specifications for CT, CC apply to the component table (34)
in the design database.
CN
is the component level counterpart to SN. If the label generated by

CN differs from that generated by SN then an override note will be
generated. In order to avoid generating override notes on every
component you must either define CN in exactly the same way as SN
except for the table and attribute numbers or not use the component
override feature.
PT, PC
is the same as CT, CC except that this attribute specification applies

to pipe rather than components. Attribute specifications can only
refer to table 50 in the design database.
PN
IT, IC
is the same as CN except that it applies to pipe.

is the same as CT, CC except that this attribute specification applies
to instruments rather than components. Attribute specifications are
from the instrument table (67).
IN
is the same as CN except that it applies to instruments.
Example 1: Breaking Supply Responsibility Along a Pipeline

Since there is no predefined ISOGEN record number for supply responsibility, you must use
one of the user-defined records. Record -41 is used in this example. Referring to the database
table format, the following database attributes apply:
Segment
Component
Pipe
Instrument
12, 39
- does not apply - does not apply - does not apply -
The table entry would appear as follows:
-41, 12, 39, 0, , SUPPLIED BY, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
Example 2: Changing Construction Responsibility Along a Pipeline

As in the previous example, there is no predefined ISOGEN record number for construction
responsibility. So, you must use one of the user-defined record numbers. Record -42 is used
in this example.
The applicable database attributes are:
Segment
Component
Pipe
Instrument
12, 38
- does not apply - does not apply 67, 29
The appropriate table entry would be:
7 - 54
-42, 12, 38, 0, , CONSTR BY, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 67, 29, 0
Example 3: Breaking Composite Attributes by Combining Insulation Purpose and

Thickness
For this example, we can use ISOGEN record number -15. Since the change that will be
shown is made up of multiple attribute changes, we must use the label description library to
form a pseudo attribute. Using the label library utility we have defined the following library
numbers:
956 - segment insulation purpose and thickness 957 - instrument insulation
purpose and thickness
The table entry for this case would be:
-15, 0, 0, 956, , , 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 957
The first entry in the PIPELINE_HEADER table MUST be for line name
(using the -6 record). Otherwise, the ISOGEN interface will stop with an
error.
The attribute that is used for this entry is displayed in the pipeline ID box
in the lower right hand corner of the drawing. You can use either the line
name attribute (table 12, attribute 2) or the line ID (specified by using
table 12, attribute -2) for ST, SC. Refer to
LINE_ID_DEFINITION, page 7 - 59 for information on how a line ID
differs from a line name.
The table entries should be in order of increasing absolute value of

ISOGEN record number.
Attribute changes in the drawing can be inhibited by either removing the

entry for the attribute from this table or by setting the Atext for the
clarifying text to blank in the ATEXT_SPECIFICATIONS table.
When attributes are specified, the label library number should be 0.

When the label library number is specified then the attribute
specifications should be 0.
The line ID (COL = -2) can be used for the spool prefix.
ISOGEN word 39 must be set to 0 in order to display spool number labels

formed using the spool prefix.
If ST is less than 0, the attribute is checked for component overrides but

no segment level breaks will be shown in the drawing. When ST is made
negative, set RECNO to an undefined record number (such as -99).
7 - 56
7.9
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This table is used to modify the values of text strings that ISOGEN puts on drawings. A
table entry can also "turn off" a text string so that it does not appear. The format of a table
entry is:
ATEXT number, new text
Where:
ATEXT number
is one of the ATEXT numbers defined in Appendix B of the

ISOGEN Facilities Guide (which is Appendix B of this
document).
new text
is the new text string to be applied to the Atext number. The

new text will be used instead of the text defined in Appendix
B of the facilities guide.
A particular text string can be turned off by setting its Atext value to blank.
Example 1: Modifying Text
Modify the clarifying text that precedes a piping materials class that is generated at a spec
change by changing "SPEC" to "MATL".
-289, MATL
Example 2: Modifying Text for an Eccentric Reducer

Turn on the "FLAT SIDE DOWN" message that points to eccentric reducers (this message is
off by default). Refer to Appendix B for further explanation.
-243, FLAT SIDE DOWN
The table entries must be in order of increasing absolute value of Atext

number. That is, -206 should precede -207 and so on. If one specification
is out of order then all of the following entries will be ignored.
In order to turn off all ISOGEN generated title block data the following
Atext specifications can be used:
-250,
-253,
-270,
-271,
-272,
-317,
-318,
-400,
-401,
-402,
-403,
-404,
-405,
-406,
-407,
-410,
-411,
7 - 58
7.10
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This table is used to modify the values of text strings that PD_ISO puts on drawings. The
format of a table entry is:
ATEXT number, old text, new text
Where: ATEXT number is 1-15

1: NOT FOUND
2: BOLT LENGTH
old text
is the text string to be substituted.
new text
is the new text string to be applied to the Atext number.

The old text value is used if the new text value is left blank or if the
INGR_ATEXT_SPECIFICATIONS records are omitted from the Options file.
INGR_ATEXT_SPECIFICATIONS include:
1,
2,
3,
4,
5,
6,
7,
8,
9,
10,
11,
12,
13,
14,
15,
16,
NOT FOUND,
BOLT LENGTH,
NUTS PER
BOLT,
CHAIN_,
FSTAND_,
XSTEM_,
HOR,
VOR,
DEG,
E,
N,
U,
W,
S,
D,
****
!Used based on Intergraph option 6 and ATEXT -209

!Used based on Intergraph option 58
!Used based on Intergraph option 33,56

!Horizontal - Used for an operator in a 2plane ske
!Vertical - Used for an operator in a 2plane ske
!Degree - Used for an operator in a 2plane ske
!Used with skewed operator orientation notes
!Default text used for unassigned inspection
numbers
7.11
LINE_ID_DEFINITION
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This table is used to define the format of the line ID. The line ID is a composite attribute
that should be formed from a subset of those attributes which are used to form the line name
attribute. The line ID is intended to be a simpler way of referring to a pipeline.
ST, SC, SUFFX
Where:
ST, SC
is the table, column specification for one of the attributes making up the
line ID. Any attribute from the segment level (table 12) can be used.
SUFFX
is an optional, single character, suffix used to terminate the attribute in

the line ID. A null entry (two successive single quotes) is valid.
The line ID itself is formed by linking all the attributes together with their suffixes if
defined. The result is the line ID label.
In order to use the Display Iso feature from an interactive piping session, this
table and column must be set to 12, 3
Example 1: Defining a Line ID
Define a line ID composed of fluid code, sequence number and unit code. The column
numbers involved are:
Fluid code
Sequence no
Unit no
12, 9
12, 10
12, 4
The table is defined as:

12, 9, -
12, 10,
12, 4,
Using the previous line ID, what is the line ID for a line named 16IN-P12002-1C003?
Assuming that a single digit unit number follows sequence number in this line number, the
line ID would be P-12002.
The suffix character defined in the table is used only in generating the text
string for display purposes. When inputting line names for extraction every
attribute forming the line ID MUST be separated by dashes. For instance, to
input the line ID in Example 8 you must key in P-1200-2.
7 - 60
7.12
TYPE_1_LABELS
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This table is used to generate notes on drawings that point to specific components. This
table causes a note to be generated when some database attribute which you define in the
table has a value. When the attribute is undefined (that is, does NOT have a value) then no
note is generated.
When a line is extracted, each component is processed one at a time. This table allows you
to generate a note, based on the value of a components attribute, at the time it is being
processed.
You can define up to 50 table entry lines for Type 1 Labels.
COMP TYPE, TABLE, COL, LDL NO, ENC TYPE (optional)
Where:
COMP TYPE
is the component type to which the note should apply. Allowable

values for component type are:
1 - Commodity item
2 - Specialty item
3 - Pipe
4 - Instrument
5 - Pipe support
TABLE, COL
is the table, column specification for the attribute that should be

checked. If this attribute is defined, the note will be generated.
An attribute is considered undefined based on its data type as
follows:
Integer - set to 0
Real - equal to -32768
ASCII - blank or null
Coded - 0 or 1
Any attribute that is not undefined is defined and will cause a note
to be generated.
You can also specify that a Real attribute be considered undefined
if it contains the value 0.0. To do this, make the value of TABLE
negative in the table (such as use -34 instead of 34 to designate
table 34).
LDL NO
is the label description library label number that defines the

format of the note that is to appear on the drawing. You must
define this note in the label description library as defined in the
PDS Reference Data Manager document. If the label references
attributes from the database, the attributes must be from the
table defined by TABLE or its associated table.
ENC TYPE
is the enclosure type. There are five text-type records that trigger
the different enclosures shown below. If an enclosure is not
required, use 0 as the enclosure type.
Type 1 Enclosure
This enclosure type can handle an unlimited number of characters
on a single line.
Type 2 Enclosure
on a single line.
Type 3 Enclosure
on a single line.
Type 4 Enclosure
This enclosure type can handle a maximum of three characters on
a single line.
Type 5 Enclosure
a single line.
Example 1: Defining Type 1 Labels

Define a table entry that would generate a note (without an enclosure) when the REMARKS
field attribute for the component is defined. Using the label library utility, we have defined
label 910 as shown below:
7 - 62
The attribute referred to is table 34, column 46. The table entry would be:
1, 34, 46, 910
Where:
910 is the label number which defines the exact format of the note to be generated. The note
would point to the item (or items) in the drawing that corresponds to the component(s) in the
model whose remarks attribute has been defined.
The database table defined by TABLE must correspond to the component type
identified by COMP TYP. Thus, the following restrictions exist:
COMP
TYP
___________
Allowable
values of TABLE
__________________________
1
2
3
4
5
12, 34
12, 34
12, 50
12, 67
12, 80
When LDL NO is set to 0 in the table, no note is generated.

The note that is defined by LDL NO need not use the attribute that is defined
in the table as TABLE, COL. TABLE, COL is only the trigger in the note
generation process.
A dollar sign ("$") embedded in a label is treated as a line feed by ISOGEN.
7.13
TYPE_2_LABELS
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This table is used to generate notes that point to specific components. Use this table to
generate a note whenever a specific attribute (user-defined in the table) is defined with a
specific value (also defined by you in the table).
Notice the difference between this table and the TYPE_1_LABELS table. Note that
generation from the TYPE_1_LABELS table is triggered by an attribute having ANY value.
This table is more selective in that you specify the value of the attribute that is to trigger
note generation.
You can define up to 99 table entry lines for Type 2 Labels.
TABLE, COL, COL VAL, LENGTH, LDL NO, ENC TYPE (optional)
Where:
TABLE, COL
is the table, column specification of the attribute that will be

checked and compared with COL VAL.
COL VAL
is the value of TABLE, COL that will trigger note generation. If

COL VAL is the same as the value of TABLE, COL then a note
will be generated that points to the item.
LENGTH
is an optional specification of the number of characters from the

database attribute that should be compared with COL VAL. If
set to 0, all characters of the attribute will be compared with COL
VAL.
LDL NO
is the label description library number that defines the format of

the note that will be generated when the attribute identified by
TABLE, COL has the value COL VAL or the first 1 through
LENGTH characters of the attribute are the same as COL VAL.
If the label references attributes from the database, the attributes
must be from the table defined by TABLE or its associated table.
ENC TYPE
is the enclosure type. There are five text-type records that trigger
the different enclosures shown below. If an enclosure is not
required, use 0 as the enclosure type.
7 - 64
Type 1 Enclosure
on a single line.
Type 2 Enclosure
on a single line.
Type 3 Enclosure
on a single line.
Type 4 Enclosure
a single line.
Type 5 Enclosure
a single line.
Define a table entry that would generate a note (with a type 3 enclosure) that points to all
blind flanges.
One way to accomplish this would be to check the value of the PDS commodity_name
attribute for the string "6Q2C08", the PDS commodity name for a Blind Flange. The
appropriate attribute is table 34, column 3. The table entry would be:
3, 3, 6Q2C08, 0, 911, 3
Where 911 is the label description library label number which defines the format of the note.
Label 911 is defined as follows:
Refer to notes 2, 3, 4, and 5 under the description of the TYPE_1_LABELS

table. These notes also apply to the TYPE_2_LABELS table.
To test on code list number values rather than code list text, set LENGTH to 0
and set COLVAL to the code list number. For example, to generate a note when
the fabrication category 50(table), 14(col) is 25 use: 50, 14, 25, 0, 986.
7 - 66
7.14
TYPE_3_LABELS
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This table is used to generate a note when the value of a code-listed attribute matches one of
the values specified in the table entry. This table is similar to TYPE_2_LABELS except that,
rather than being triggered by a single value, a note can be triggered by one of several
values.
You can define up to 50 table entry lines for Type 3 labels.
The format of a table entry is as follows:
TYPE, TABLE, COL, LDL NO, NVALS, VAL1, VAL2, ... VALN, ENC TYPE
(optional)
Where:
TYPE
is the component type that the note should apply to. Use the
following values for TYPE:
1- Commodity item
2- Specialty item
3- Pipe
4- Instrument
5- Pipe Support
TABLE,COL
defines the attribute that triggers note generation.
TABLE
must correspond to TYPE as follows:

TYPE
______
ALLOWABLE
TABLES
_ _____________________
1
2
3
4
5
12, 34
12, 34
12, 50
12, 67
12, 80
LDL NO
Defines the format of the note to be generated if triggered. If the

label references attributes from the database, the attributes must
be from the table defined by TABLE or its associated table. If
LDL NO is set to 0, the value of TABLE,COL is generated as the
note.
NVALS
Defines the number of code list numbers in the list to follow.
VAL1...VALN
Code list numbers that should trigger note generation.

Show the table entry needed to generate a note when the component fabrication category is
set to code list values 5, 7, or 17.
1, 34, 10, 994, 3, 5, 7, 17
Where:
Label 994 would define the format of the note that would be generated.
When LDL NO is set to 0 so that the code listed text is generated as the
drawing note, the short form of the code list text (that to the left of the "=" in
the code list source) can be generated by making COL negative. Therefore, in
the previous example, the following would be used to generate the short form of
the code list text as the note.
1, 34, -10, 0, 3, 5, 7, 17
7 - 68
7.15
START_POINT_NOTES
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This table is used to generate notes at the beginning of a pipeline. The format of a table
entry is as follows:
TYPE, TABLE, LDL NO, ENC TYPE (optional)
Where:
TYPE
TABLE
Currently, TYPE must be set to 0.

TABLE defines the tables that will be referenced by LDL
NO as follows:
TABLE
_______
Valid
tables in label LDL NO
_ __________________________
12
34
50
67
SEGMENTS
COMPONENTS
PIPE
INSTRUMENT
LDL NO
Label library number which defines the format of a note

to be generated on the first component of the pipeline.
ENC TYPE
is the enclosure type. There are five text-type records

that trigger the different enclosures shown below. If an
enclosure is not required, use 0 as the enclosure type.
Type 1 Enclosure
on a single line.
Type 2 Enclosure
on a single line.
Type 3 Enclosure
on a single line.
Type 4 Enclosure
a single line.
Type 5 Enclosure
a single line.
Example 1: Defining Start Point Notes
Define a table entry that would generate the line name attribute at the start of a pipeline.
0, 12, 900, 0
Where:
Label 900 returns the line name (T12C2) followed by a dash and the text, "Starts Here".
7 - 70
7.16
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This table is used to define the format of notes that are generated at line endpoints when the
line endpoint connects on to another pipeline. The note defined by this table is NOT
generated at line endpoints that are not connected to other pipelines. The note itself is
formed from the attributes of the connecting component.
Each entry in the table is used to form one line of the note. Multiline notes are shown as a
block of text on the drawing. The format of a table entry is:
PREFIX, CT, CC, CN, PT, PC, PN, IT, IC, IN
The attribute that is used for this entry is displayed in the pipeline ID box in the lower right
hand corner of the drawing. You can use either the line name attribute (table 12, column 2)
or the line ID (specified by using table 12, attribute -2) for ST, SC. Refer to
LINE_ID_DEFINITION, page 7 - 59 for information on how a line ID differs from a line
name.
Where:
PREFIX
is a short prefix for the attribute that will be displayed at the line
endpoint.
CT, CC

displayed when the connecting component is a commodity item or
a specialty item.
CN
is a label description library number that defines the format of the

note line when the connecting component is a commodity item or a
specialty item.
When CN is used then CT should be set to a value that defines the
tables referred to in the note description, held in the label library.
That is, if the note definition uses table 12 then CT should be set
to 12. If the note definition uses table 34, then CT should be set to
34.
In generating a line in the line endpoint note either column CT,
CC is appended to PREFIX or the line is generated using the label
description library note identified by CN. When CT, CC is defined
then CN should be 0. When CN is not 0 then CC should be set to
zero.
PT, PC

displayed when the connecting item is a pipe. These entries are
analogous to CT, CC for components.
PN

the note line when the connecting component is a pipe. PN is
analogous to CN for components. When using PN you must set PT
to a value that reflects the tables used in the note definition. For
example, if the note uses table 12 then PT must be set to 12. If it
uses table 50 then PT must be set to 50.
IT, IC

displayed when the connecting item is an instrument. These
entries are analogous to CT, CC for components.
IN

the note line when the connecting component is an instrument. IN
is analogous to CN for components.
When using IN you must set IT to a value that reflects the table
used in the note definition. For example, if the note uses table 12
then IE must be set to 12. If it uses table 67 then IE must be set
to 67.
Example 1: Defining Continuation Notes Define the table entries that would generate a
continuation note that consists of one line for the connected lines line name.
For the note, the applicable database attribute is table 12, column 2. The table entry would
be:
LINE:, 12, 2, 0, 12, 2, 0, 12, 2, 0
Example 2: Defining Continuation Notes Redo example 1 using label description library
numbers rather than column numbers.
The table entry for the line name would be:
, 12, 0, 951, 12, 0, 951, 12, 0, 951
The label description library number option is useful when you want to display
more than one attribute on a single line in the note.
CT, PT, and IE are restricted as follows:
CT- 12 or 34
PT- 12 or 50
IT- 12 or 67
7 - 72
7.17
NOZZLE_NOTE
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This table is very similar to the END_POINT_COMPONENT_LABELS table except that it is
used to form a note when the line endpoint is connected to an equipment nozzle. The
primary difference is that with the NOZZLE_NOTE table some lines in the connection note
can be generated based on the generic termination type of the nozzle.
GEN TYP, TABLE, LDL NO
Where:
GEN TYP
is a number that indicates those generic termination types for

which this note line should be generated. The allowable values of
GEN TYP are:
-1- to indicate that the note line should be generated for ALL
generic termination types.
1- to indicate that the note line should only be generated when the
generic termination type of the nozzle is FLANGED.
generic termination type of the nozzle is FEMALE.
generic termination type of the nozzle is MALE.
TABLE
is the database table from which attributes are taken in defining

the label description library entry that is identified by LDL NO. If
the attributes defined in the note are from the equipment table
then TABLE should be 21. If the attributes used in defining the
note are from the nozzle table then TABLE should be 22.
LDL NO

the note.
Example 1: Defining a Nozzle Connection Note

Define a table that generates a nozzle connection consisting of the following lines:
Line 1
Line 2
Line 3
Equipment item name

Nozzle tag number
A line that depends on end prep as follows:
A) Flanged - size-rating-facing
B) Socket weld - size-rating-facing
C) Welded - size-schedule-end prep
The appropriate database attributes are:
Equipment name - table 21, column 2

Nozzle tag table 22, column 2
size table 22, column 4
rating table 22, column 5
end prep table 22, column 6
schedule table 22, column 17
The table would be:
-1,
-1,
1,
2,
3,
21,
22,
22,
22,
22,
952
953
954
954
950
A note formed by this table for a flanged nozzle might be:

ITEM: 2103-C
NOZ: N11
6"-CL150-RFFE
If TABLE < 0 (such as -21 or -22) then the line will be appended to the previous
line in the table without a linefeed. This allows you to combine attributes from
tables 21 and 22 onto a single line in the note block.
The Intergraph Options_Block word 23 controls whether the software uses the
ISOGEN default nozzle note or the note defined by this keyword.
7 - 74
7.18
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This table is used to define valve operators that require a secondary orientation in order to
install them. For each operator it also defines the prefix for the secondary orientation label.
A table entry is as follows:
OPER_NAME, NOTE_PRFX
Where:
OPTR_NAME
is the symbol name of the valve operator which requires a second

orientation.
NOTE_PRFX
is the prefix that should be used for second orientation.
Example 1: Defining Secondary Orientation Notes

Define the table entry that would result in a secondary orientation note for the valve
operator OP_9.
OP_9, ORIENT WRENCH
The above table entry creates the following note in a drawing:
The Intergraph Options_Block word 48 controls whether the software uses the
ISOGEN default secondary orientation note or the note defined by this
keyword.
7.19
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This table is used to allow the values of certain database attributes to determine whether or
not the piping in the isometric should be shown in dotted symbology or not. By using this
table you can, for example, make all "existing" piping show up in the iso in dotted symbology
rather than with solid lines.
Only code-listed attributes can be used to determine whether or not a section of piping or a
component is to be dotted. Code-listed attributes are displayed as text strings when the
Piping Review Attributes command is used. Attributes are displayed as having an integer
data type in the database table format.
The format of an entry in this table is:
ST, SC, CT, CC, PT, PC, IT, IC, VTF, VAL1, VAL2, ... VALn
Where:
ST, SC
defines a segment level column (from table 12) whose value might
cause the piping to be dotted.
CT, CC
defines a component level column (from table 34) whose value

might cause a commodity item or specialty item to be dotted.
PT, PC
defines a pipe column (from table 50) whose value might cause a
piece of pipe to be dotted.
IT, IC
defines an instrument column (from table 67) whose value might

cause an instrument to be dotted.
VTF
is the number of values to follow in the list VAL1 through VALn.
VAL1-VALn
are the values of the code-listed column which will force the
symbology to be dotted.
Example 1: Defining Dotted Symbology

Determine the table entry that will result in dotted symbology on the isometric when the
construction status is "existing".
The relevant database attributes are:
segment:
component:
pipe:
instrument:
table
table
table
table
12,
34,
50,
67,
column
column
column
column
20
32
27
29
7 - 76
Looking at the code-list number 130 (the construction status code-list) we can find that the
code-list number for "existing" is 3.
Thus, the table entry would be:
12, 20, 34, 32, 50, 27, 67, 29, 1, 3
Whenever the value of the segment level attribute matches one of those in the
list VAL1 through VALn, all of the components attached to the segment will be
drawn with dotted symbology in the isometric. When the value of a component
level attribute (defined by CT,CC, PT,PC, or IT,IC) matches a value in the list,
only that item will be drawn with dotted symbology.
Example 2: Defining Dotted Symbology
Determine the table entry that will result in the dotted symbology on the isometric when the
construction status is EXISTING, REVAMPED, RELOCATED, TEMPORARY, DISMANTLE
or FUTURE.
7.20
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This table is very much the same as the DOTTED_SYMBOLOGY_CODE_LIST table except
that it is used to imply a status of no-mto based on the value of a code-listed attribute. When
a component has a status of no-mto then it does not appear in the ISOGEN bill-of-material.
This table can be used in addition to the no-mto attribute that explicitly defines a component
to be no-mto.
Again, only code-listed attributes can be used in this table. Refer to
DOTTED_SYMBOLOGY_CODE_LIST_VALUES, page 7 - 75 for information on identifying
a code-listed column.
ST, SC, CT, CC, PT, PC, IT, IC, VTF, VAL1, VAL2, ... VALn
Where:
ST, SC
defines a segment level column (from table 12) whose value might
cause the piping to be no-mto.
CT, CC
defines a component level column (from table 34) whose value

might cause a commodity item or specialty item to be no-mto.
PT, PC
defines a pipe column (from table 50) whose value might cause a
piece of pipe to be no-mto.
IT, IC
defines an instrument column (from table 67) whose value might

cause an instrument to be no-mto.
VTF
is the number of values to follow in the list VAL1 through VALn.
VAL1-VALn
are the values of the code-listed column which will imply that the
item to be no-mto.
Example 1: Defining Components as No MTO

Determine the table entry that would result in all components with the construction status of
existing to be no-mto. This example is very similar to the example covered in the section
DOTTED_SYMBOLOGY_CODE_LIST_VALUES and requires an identical table entry:
12, 20, 34, 32, 50, 27, 67, 29, 1, 3
7 - 78
7.21
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
If the codelist number is not listed in the option file sections for
SHOP_FABCAT_CODE_LIST_VALUES or OFFSHORE_FABCAT_CODE_LIST_VALUES,
the item defaults to field.
This table is used to identify those values of the fabrication category attribute that are to be
interpreted as meaning shop. This is necessary because ISOGEN only allows the two options
of either shop or field and does not distinguish (as PDS does) between supplier and fabricator
of a component.
"SHOP_FABCAT_CODE_LIST_VALUES" or
"OFFSHORE_FABCAT_CODE_LIST_VALUES" the item will default to field.
ISOGEN lists shop materials separately from field materials. In erection-only isometrics
ISOGEN does not list shop materials. Also, some end-prep graphics are changed to
distinguish between connections made in the shop and those made in the field. Field
connections are implied when the fabrication category changes from shop to field or viceversa.
VTF, VAL1, VAL2, ... VALn
Where:
VTF
is a number indicating the number of values to follow.
VAL1-VALn
are the values of the fabrication category attribute that are to be

interpreted as meaning shop by ISOGEN.
Example 1: Segregating Fabrication Categories

Define the table entry that would result in the fabrication categories Contractor supplied,
shop fabricated (codelist value 5) and Shop supplied, shop fabricated (codelist value 15) being
interpreted as meaning shop by ISOGEN.
1
2 5, 15
If needed, more than one row can be made in the table if the number of codelisted values per row exceeds 25.
Example 2:
7 - 80
7.22
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SHOP_FABCAT_CODE_LIST_VALUES or OFFSHORE_FABCAT_CODE_LIST_VALUES,
the item defaults to field.
The OFFSHORE section is optional and is not required in the options file.
Also, refer to Offshore Material Category, page 8 - 9 and Offshore Fabrication Category,
page 16 - 4 for related material.
VTF, VAL1, VAL2, ... VALn
Where:
VTF
is a number indicating the number of values to follow.
VAL1-Valn
are the values of the fabrication category attribute that are to be

interpreted as meaning offshore by ISOGEN.
Example 1: Segregating fabrication categories

Define the table entry that would result in the fabrication categories contractor supplied,
offshore fabricated (code list value 39) and shop supplied, offshore fabricated (code list value
49) being interpreted as offshore by ISOGEN.
The table entry is:
1
2, 39, 49
If needed, more than one row can be made in the table if the number of codelisted values per row exceeds 25.
7.23
MOVABLE_TEXT
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This table allows you to relocate or turn off certain text strings and the north arrow
generated by ISOGEN. If an item is not turned off, it can either be moved to its proper
position in the drawing title block or moved into a drawing margin so this it is not a part of
the plotted drawing.
The maximum number of movable text entries is twenty five.
This table is also used to set-up/ define a table or matrix of spool numbers that you locate in
your drawing.
RECNO, X, Y, TXTHGT, XOFF, YOFF, DIR
Where:
RECNO
is the record number of the item to be moved or turned off. When

setting up a spool number table you set RECNO to -7. Other valid
entries include any of the header record numbers defined for the
PIPELINE_HEADER table (refer to PIPELINE_HEADER, page 7
- 50 ) or one of the following:
Recno
______
Item
_____
-25
-700
-701
-702
-703
System ID for multi-line isometrics

drawing north arrow
(reserved)
sheet number on a drawing
number of sheets on a drawing
is the x offset in 1/100ths mm from the bottom left corner of the

sheet.
is the y offset in 1/100ths mm from the bottom left corner of the

sheet. Use x and y equal to 0 to turn off a text string.
TXTHGT
is the text height of the string being moved in 1/100s mm (that is,
text in mm X 100). 0 is the default setting as defined in the
ISOGEN option switches.
7 - 82
XOFF
is the horizontal distance in 1/100ths mm between spool numbers

in a spool number table. XOFF also defines the direction of travel
for locating the next table entry in the row. If XOFF is negative
the next table entry is to the left, otherwise it is to the right.
Should be set to zero if RECNO is not -7.
YOFF
is the vertical distance in 1/100ths mm between spool numbers in

a spool number table. YOFF also defines the direction of travel for
locating the next table entry in the column. If YOFF is negative
then the next entry is located below the current one, otherwise it is
located above it. Should be set to zero if RECNO is not -7.
DIR
is a compound number that defines the size and filling order of a

spool number table as follows:
ROWS defines the maximum number of rows in the spool number

table. COLS defines the maximum number of columns in the
table. TABLE DIRECTION defines the order in which the table is
filled with values. If TABLE DIRECTION is set to 0 then rows of
the table are filled in succession. If TABLE DIRECTION is set to
1 then columns are filled in succession.
This parameter should be set to 0 if RECNO is not -7.
Example 1: Defining Movable Text
Define table entries that would turn off the system ID for multi-pipeline isometrics and any
title block text generated by -41 through -45 records in the PIPELINE_HEADER table.
The following table would accomplish this:
-41, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
-42, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
-43, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
-44, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
-45, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
Example 2: Defining Movable Text
The following spool table would result from the values XOFF=-700, YOFF=800, and
DIR=1003004 (such as Table entry -7, 100, 100, 0, -700, 800, 1003004).
Certain ISOGEN text strings like the line name (-6 record) cannot be
turned off. Do not set X and Y to 0. You can move these items outside the
plotted area of the drawing to eliminate them.
Text is justified by the lower, left corner of the string.
If the number of spools on an iso sheet exceeds the number of table entries
defined for a spool number table then the table is filled and an error
message is written to the error file.
To position the default spool numbers (that is, where the spool number is
surrounded by square brackets) in a spool number table you should not
have a -7 entry in the PIPELINE_HEADER table. If you want to position
only the number (without the square brackets) then insert an entry into
the PIPELINE_HEADER table for the -7 record but set ST, SC, and SN to
0. Also set PREFIX to a blank. If you have defined a spool prefix in the
PIPELINE_HEADER table then the entire spool number, including the
prefix, will be positioned in the table.
7 - 84
7.24
NEW_SYMBOL_KEYS
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Certain ISOGEN interface logic depends on the ISOGEN symbol name. When ISOGEN
symbols are redefined and renamed, this logic can not be properly executed. This table
allows you to tell the interface software which user-defined symbol your new symbol is based
upon so that the special logic can be properly executed.
SYMBOL KEY, OLD SYMBOL KEY
Where:
SYMBOL KEY
is the name of your new ISOGEN symbol.
OLD SYMBOL KEY
is the name of the ISOGEN symbol upon which your symbol is

based.
Example 1: >Defining ISOGEN Symbol Keys

Define a table entry which indicates that the symbol RVXX has been redefined and named
RRVV:
RRVV, RVXX
An entry in this table is only required when the old symbol key (or the symbol
upon which your symbol is based) is one of the following:
CVXX, SVXX, MVXX, HVXX, XVXX, RVXX, IIXX, OPXX, PRXX, DRXX, CTXX
or any symbol which you redefine and intend to map to a multi-endprep
component in the model.
7.25
GENITM_NOTE_FORMAT
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This table is used to format notes for items that imply materials through the Implied
Material Data Table and for valves with chain wheel operators, extension stems or floor
stands.
This table is enabled by Intergraph option 45.
The table can contain up to four entries that are used to format notes.
The first entry is for valves with chain wheel operators.
The second entry is for valves with floor stands.
The third entry is for valves with extension stems.
The fourth entry is for the note pointing to a component that generates implied items
through the specification database. One note is formatted for each item implied
through the specification database.
A table entry is a text string as follows:
Label Definition
Where:
The label definition is formed from text together with embedded specifications for attributes
pertaining to the implied item. An embedded specification is formed by a number within
square brackets (such as [n]). Valid numbers that can be used together with their meanings
are:
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
The item code or commodity code of the implied item.

The quantity of implied material.
The material description of the implied material.
The chain operator number, for chain wheel operators.
Example 1: Defining General Item Notes

Show a note format that would display item code and quantity for an implied item:
INCL. [2] - [1]
When an implied item is generated through the reference database, the following example
note might be generated in the drawing:
INCL. 1 - WBAAACFHNB
7 - 86
Example 2: Defining General Item Notes

Show an example note format for a chain wheel operator.
INCL. CHAIN WHEEL OPTR. [1]$WITH [2] CHAIN
The note generated on the iso might be:
INCL. CHAIN WHEEL OPTR. CHAIN_3001
WITH 21-0" CHAIN
The note formats should be defined with upper case characters.
A dollar sign ($) embedded within the note will act as a line feed.
7.26
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This table is used to define which database attributes should be used as a secondary or
alternate index into the material description libraries.
Intergraph option 37 controls the use of this table.

TYPE, TABLE, COL, LDL NO
Where:
TYPE
is a number that indicates the component type that is to have an

alternate index into a material description library. Valid values
for type are:
1 - Commodity item
2 - Specialty item
3 - Pipe
4 - Instrument
5 - Pipe support
TABLE, COL
LDL NO
is the table, column specification of the attribute that is to serve as

the alternate index into a material description library. TABLE
must correspond to TYPE as follows:
TYPE
______
ALLOWABLE
VALUES OF TABLE
__________________________________
1
2
3
4
5
34
34
50
67
80
is a label description library number that defines a composite

attribute that should be used in place of TABLE, COL for the
alternate index.
Example 1: Defining Secondary or Alternate Indices for the Material Description

Library
Show the table entry that defines the secondary index for a pipe support to be the fixed
string "PSUPPORT".
5, 80, 0, 972
7 - 88
Where:
Label 972 returns the string "PSUPPORT". It does not reference any attributes in the
database record for the support.
The attribute used as the primary index into the material description
libraries is shown for each type below:
TYPE
______
Primary Index
(TABLE,
COL)
______________
1
2
3
4
5
34, 8
34, 2
50, 12
67, 2
80, 4
It is not possible to define a secondary index for implied materials (bolts

and gaskets), for generated items (like the stub end for a lap joint flange)
from the spec or for generated items from the Implied Material Data
Table.
7.27
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This table is used with the user-defined material take off feature. For more information,
refer to User-Defined BOM / Material Control File, page 8 - 1 .
Fields defined in this table will write information to the -80:-89 records for bolts and gaskets.
The implied items table provides a means to map attributes that are:
from the component that caused the item to be generated (e.g. flange pressure).
from the spec entry for the implied item (e.g for the commodity code).
from data calculated when the item is generated (e.g. bolt length).
TYPE, CT, CC, CLBL, PT, PC, PLBL, IT, IC, ILBL, ST, SC, CPF, ITEM,
COLUMN, FLAG
Where:
TYPE
defines the type of implied component that the table entry is to apply
to.
TYPE
______
TABLE
ENTRY APPLIES TO
____________________________
1
2
3
4
Gaskets Only
Bolts only
Welds only
All of the above items
Where:
CT, CC
defines a table, column specification from a generating component

that is to be mapped when the generating component is a
COMPONENT or SPECIALTY ITEM. Valid values for CT are 0, 12
and 34.
CLBL
is the label description library number that defines the note format
that will be retrieved and associated with the COLUMN field.
PT, PC

that is to be mapped when the generating component is a PIPE.
Valid values for PT are 0, 12 and 50.
PLBL
is the label description library number that defines the format of note
which will be retrieved and associated with the COLUMN field.
7 - 90
IT, IC

that is to be mapped when the generating component is an
INSTRUMENT. Valid values for IT are 0, 12 and 67.
ILBL
ST, SC
defines a table, column specification that is to be mapped when the

attribute is taken from the reference database entry for the implied
item. Valid values for ST are 0 and 202.
CPF
is a connect point flag. When CPF is set to 1, it indicates that the

attribute should be retrieved from the generating item s connect
point (that is, the connect point from the item generating the implied
material).
NOTE:
When this flag is set, CT, PT and IT should be set to 0. CC, PC, and
IC should be set to a value selected from the Connect Point Attribute
index in the USER_DEFINED_COMPONENT_BOM section.
ITEM
When this value is nonzero it indicates that either the attribute to be

mapped is data that was generated along with the implied item, or
the attribute to be obtained from the spec. Values for item are
dependent on the implied item type as shown below.
Item
Type
_____
Item
_____
Description
___________
ALL
-1
BOLT
1
2
Use ST, SC to obtain the attribute from the

reference database.
Number of bolts
Bolt Length in Project Units
English for English Project
Metric for Metric or Mixed Project
Bolt diameter in Project Units
Number of nuts
Bolt diameter - English Units
Bolt length in English Units
GASKET
WELD
4
5
6
0
1
2
3
4
Weld ID number
Weld Type
Material A
Material B
COLUMN
is a number -80:-89 defined in the MATERIAL LISTING

DEFINITION (MLD) file where the value will be displayed on the iso.
FLAG
is a special flag used to inhibit conversion of code-listed attributes to

their ASCII string equivalents.
When information is generated for an item, the item type is determined and one
of the previously listed table, column pairs is selected. The selected table,
column pair is then used to retrieve an attribute from the database.
All pairs need not be defined. If a component data table entry should apply to
only one type of item, set the table, column pairs for other types to zero.
If the label number is defined as anything other than 0, that value will be used
in place of the table, column value or the value from connect point attributes.
Example 1:
1,
0,
1,
0,
0,
1,
0,
0,
1,
0,
0,
0,
1,
0, -80, 0
3,
0, -1, -81, 0
This table entry maps the gasket size to the -80 record.
2,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0, 202,
This table entry maps the item name from the reference database for the bolt to the -81
record.
2,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
2, -82, 0
This table entry maps the bolt length to the -82 record.
4, 34,
0,
996,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
1,
0, -83,
This table entry will generate a note to the -83 record when the current item is a bolt or
gasket and the generating component is a COMPONENT or SPECIALTY ITEM. Label 996
defines the format of the note that would be generated and in this case the label will output
the generating component fabrication category as the note.
7 - 92
7.28
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Fields defined in this table write information to the -80 - -89 records for items generated
through the reference database (Table 212 Implied Items) and for chain wheel operators.
The generated items table provides a means to map attributes that are:
from the component that caused the item to be generated.
from the reference database entry for the implied item (that is, for the commodity code).
CT,CC, CLBL, ET,EC, ELBL, PT,PC, PLBL, IT,IC, ILBL, ST,SC, SLBL, CPI,
ITEM, COLUMN, FLAG
Where:
CT, CC

COMPONENT. Valid values for CT are 0, 12 and 34.
CLBL
ET, EC

SPECIALTY ITEM. Valid values for ET are 0, 12 and 34.
ELBL
PT, PC

PLBL
IT, IC

INSTRUMENT. Valid values for IT are 0, 12 and 67.
ILBL
ST, SC

that is to be mapped when the generating component is a PIPE
SUPPORT. Valid values for ST are 0, 12 and 80.
SLBL
CPI
is a connect point identifier that is used to access connect point

attributes by connect point color (green or red) rather than by
attribute number. When CPI is set (nonzero), CT, ET, PT, IT and ST
should be set to zero and CC, EC, PC, and IC should be set to a value
selected from the Connect Point Attributes index.
ITEM
CPI
____
Definition
__________
1
2
retrieve a green connect point property

retrieve a red connect point property
ATT
_ ___
Connect
Point Attributes
_ ______________________
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
nominal piping diameter

outside diameter
end preparation
schedule/thickness
pressure rating
stress analysis node number
face to center distance
bolt type override
gasket separation
stress intensification
head loss factor
signal line type (instruments only) where *C
represents either CC, EC, PC, or IC
When the value is set to 1 it indicates that the attribute to be mapped

is data from the reference database. The value for CC, EC, PC, IC and
SC should be set according to the table shown below when ITEM is
set to 1.
ATTR
______
Description
___________
1
2
Generated item commodity code

Generated item quantity
COLUMN
is a number -80 - -89 defined in the MATERIAL LISTING

FLAG
is a special flag that is normally 0 but is set to 1 to inhibit conversion

of code-listed attributes to their ASCII string equivalents. When
FLAG is set to 1, the code-list number will be placed in the record.
7 - 94
Example 1:
34,
3,
0, 34,
3,
0, 50,
3,
0, 67,
3,
0, 80,
4, 0, 0,
0, -80, 0
This entry maps the item name of the component that generates some implied material to
the -80 record.
0,
2,
0,
0,
2,
0,
0,
2,
0,
0,
2,
0,
0,
0, 0, 0,
1, -81, 0
This entry maps the generated item quantity to the -81 record. In the case of a chain wheel
operator, this entry corresponds to the length of chain.
7.29
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Fields defined by this table appear in component, specialty item, pipe, instrument and pipe
support records.
CT, CC, CLBL, ET, EC, ELBL, PT, PC, PLBL, IT, IC, ILBL, ST, SC, SLBL,
CPI, COLUMN, FLAG
Where:
CT, CC
defines a table, column specification for the case when the current
item is a component. Valid values for CT are 0, 12 and 34.
CLBL
ET, EC
item is a specialty item. Valid values for ET are 0, 12 and 34.
ELBL
PT, PC
item is a pipe. Valid values for PT are 0, 12 and 50.
PLBL
IT, IC
item is an instrument. Valid values for IT are 0, 12 and 67.
ILBL
ST, SC
item is a pipe support. Valid values for ST are 0, 12 and 80.
SLBL
CPI
is a connect point identifier. It is used to access connect point

attribute number. When CPI is set (nonzero) then CT, ET, PT, IT and
ST should be set to zero and CC, EC, PC, and IC should be set to one
of the values shown in the following index.
7 - 96
CPI
____
Definition
__________
1
2

ATT
_ ___
Connect
Point Attributes
_ ______________________
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

outside diameter
end preparation
schedule/thickness
pressure rating
face to center distance
bolt type override
gasket separation
stress intensification
head loss factor
signal line type (instruments only) where *C
represents either CC, EC, PC, or IC
COLUMN
is a number -80:-89 defined in the MATERIAL LISTING

FLAG
is a special flag that is normally 0 but is set to 1 to inhibit conversion

of code-listed attributes to their ASCII string equivalents. When
FLAG is set to 1, the code-list number will be placed in the record.
Example 1:
34, 3, 0, 34, 3, 0, 50, 3, 0, 67, 3, 0, 84, 4, 0, 0, -80, 0

This table entry maps the item name attribute for all component types to the -80 record.
34, 4, 0,
0, 0, 0, 50, 4, 0,
0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0, 0, -81, 0
This table entry maps the new item name attribute for component types of COMPONENT
and PIPE to the -81 record. Nothing is generated in the record for SPECIALTY ITEMS,
INSTRUMENTS or PIPE SUPPORTS by this table entry.
0, 1, 0,
0, 1, 0,
0, 1, 0,
0, 1, 0,
0, 0, 0, 1, -82, 0
This table entry maps the GREEN nominal pipe size (also referred to as size 1) to the -82
record. Since PIPE SUPPORTS do not have connect point properties, no number is specified
for them in the table entry.
0, 1, 0,
0, 1, 0,
0, 1, 0,
0, 1, 0,
0, 0, 0, 2, -83, 0
This table entry maps the RED nominal pipe size (also referred to as size 2) to the -83
record.
0, 4, 0,
0, 4, 0,
0, 4, 0,
0, 4, 0,
0, 0, 0, 1, -84, 0
This table entry maps the GREEN schedule (schedule 1) to the -84 record.
12, 14, 0, 12, 14, 0, 12, 14, 0, 12, 14, 0,
0, 0, 0, 0, -85, 0
This table entry maps the insulation purpose attribute from the segment to the -85 record for
all items except PIPE SUPPORTS.
12, 22, 0, 12, 22, 0, 12, 22, 0, 12, 22, 0,
0, 0, 0, 0, -86, 1
This table entry maps the paint code CODE_LIST VALUE from the segment to the -86
record. The code-list value is put in the record rather than the attribute itself because FLAG
is set to 1 and the attribute being mapped is code-listed.
34,
0, 994,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0, 0,
0,
0, 0,
0, 0, 0, 0, -87, 0
This table entry will generate a note to the -87 record when the current item is a component.
Label 994 defines the format of the note that would be generated, and in this case the label
will output the component fabrication category as the note.
7 - 98
7.30
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This feature allows you to select all pipe supports and hangers without dimensioning that
are displayed on an isometric.
1
3, PS1, PS2, PSP1
Where:
1
is the number of lines to follow
is the number of values to follow
PS1, PS2,
PSP1
are the pipe support model codes that will be displayed, but not
dimensioned.
For more information on other ISOGEN dimensioning features, refer to
Dimensioning and Coordinate Output, page 17 - 1 .
User-Defined BOM / Material Control File 8 - 1
8. User-Defined BOM / Material Control File
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The ISOGEN package allows you to define (within certain limits) the layout and content of
the ISOGEN generated Material List and related Material Control File. By making
modifications to the Material List Definition (MLD) file and options file you can:
Revise the Material List Style.
The current basic style with new optional column for weight - Style 1.
Placing user-defined data in a column-type layout - Style 2. This style is defined
and controlled by the new Material List Definition (MLD) file. MTO list header
information is included in the material list definition file (MLD).
Placing data in a column-type format (no headings) on a user-defined drawing sheet
- Style 3. This style will be defined and controlled by the new Material List
Definition (MLD) file. The MTO list header information is displayed in the iso
border file.
Create a user-defined Material Control File.
This file is defined and controlled by the new Material List Definition (MLD) file. The
MLD file is the 13th entry in the FILES section of the ISOGEN options file.
Create a new Offshore Material category.
Define optional material accumulation parameters.
Select part number ID box format on the plotted isometric
Define the Optional output of the Length format of pipes, miscellaneous components
and pipe length.
Define a full range of Bolt Units (size X length).
Revise the format of the cut list.
Define welds to be included on the material list.
Re-position the tile block.
Reserve an area for a user-specified title block.
When using the new user defined formats, it is recommended that several trial
runs are done. This way, you can verify that the layout is practical and that the
requested data is both valid and available, before committing to project use.
8-2
Validity checks will be performed on the contents of the MLD file and warning
messages output when necessary. Typical checks validate all major headings
and all data identifiers. A check is also done to confirm that all mandatory data
is included in the file.
User-defined MTO - Related Information

The following is a list of related elements within the ISOGEN software that may be
manipulated when creating a user-defined BOM or Material Control file.
Related ISOGEN Options (Appendix B)
ISOGEN Options: 2, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 35, 65, 73, 74
Related Intergraph Options (Section 7)
Intergraph Option:
8, 10, 14, 22, 29, 30, 33, 36, 37, 45, 47, 50, 52, 54, 56, 62
Related Options File Material (Section 7)

Also: The thirteenth entry in the FILES Section of the options file: MLD file (See Chapter 8)
Related ISOGEN ATEXT Records (Appendix B)
-322, -323, -339, -356 - -363, -365, -367, -368 - -378, -415 - -419, -421 - -423, -455
8.1
Types of Material List
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Three types of material lists are available Style 1, Style 2 and Style 3. ISOGEN option
switch 23 controls which Style material list is used. The MLD file contains the definition of
the content and format of Style 2 and Style 3 Material Lists.
Style 1 - Standard Material List
To produce a material list identical to those produced prior to the 5.0 ISOGEN software
release, turn off the intermediate sub-headings (PIPE, FITTINGS, FLANGES, etc). This can
be done by setting the appropriate Atexts to BLANK. This will continue to provide the
capability of producing a continuous-type material list.
A 4.3 version of the ISOGEN options file can be used without any modifications
to produce an iso with the 5.0 software that looks as it did when it was produced
with the 4.3 software.
Style 2 - User-defined Variation of the Standard Material List
Style 3 - User-defined Text and User-positioned Text

Only text is output. No headings are output. Style 3 works well for boxed or column type
bills of material.
The Cut List and Center Line Summary facilities are not available for Style 3.
Basic Contents of a Style 1 Material List

Standard form Material List (as currently output and using all current sort criteria)
New column for component weight (optional)
New section for Offshore materials
Revised Cut List (optional)
New form of the Bolt size x length output
An option for repositioning the title block when Material List on the right is used.
Basic Contents of a Style 2 Material List
User variation of the Style 1 material list
User-definable column headings/data content for horizontal layout (done in the MLD
file)
Extra data attributes available for listing (This can be done by using the 80- 89 record
identifiers in the MLD file.)
Similar vertical layout to Style 1. (uses the same sort criteria)
All options listed for Style 1
Facility for User to change sort group of components. (For example, move Blank Flange
from Valve/In-Line Item group to Flange group)
Basic Contents for a Style 3 Material List
Fully user-defined drawing backing sheet (All column, boxes, headings, etc pre-defined
in the seed isometric or border file)
Three major categories of Materials to be identifiable (For example, FABRICATION,
ERECTION, OFFSHORE)
No intermediate Material Type headings to be output
User-definable data content and data output positions for all material list information
in the MLD file
8-4
Extra data attributes available for listing (This can be done by using the 80- 89 record
identifiers in the MLD file
Material Listing UP/DOWN facility For example:
listing
listing
listing
listing
TOP to BOTTOM
BOTTOM to TOP
Fab Materials DOWN/ Erec Materials UP
Erec Materials DOWN/ Fab Materials UP
If the Offshore category is used, you are restricted to using a continuous

list (Top to Bottom/Bottom to Top) and should use the column for category
identification (For example, FAB, EREC, OFF ).
Automatic ISO overflow facility (used if there are too many parts for the given backing
sheet)
8.1.1
Operating Requirements
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The following requirements must be met to successfully use the user-defined BOM / Material
Control File functionality.
Material List Definition (MLD) File
This will be a required entry when using the user-defined bill of material (Style 2 or
Style 3). The options file section titled FILES will require a new entry (the 13th entry)
defining the location and name of the user-defined MLD file.
Bill of Material Columns.
You must define data to be output on the MTO for each component type in the MLD
file. This done by using new or existing data identifiers. Existing BOM identifiers are
Commodity Code (-20 record) or Commodity Description (-21 record). New BOM
identifiers consist of user-defined identifiers:
-80 - -89 record types
PT-NO, QTY, N.S., WEIGHT, CATEGORY, GROUP
The user-defined identifiers can contain anything from the database for a specific
component.
Three sections (see below) of the Intergraph options file define reported information and the
identifier that is associated with that information (-80 - -89 record types) per item type.
The -20 and -21 record types can not be redefined. You will not be required to
output either of these record types on the user-defined BOM, but the .idf file
will always contain these two records.
Type -80 identifiers, if any, will always follow the -21 record type in the .idf file.
User-defined information can be formatted by manipulating the following three sections in

the options file.
USER_DEFINED_COMPONENT_BOM - used with components, engineered items, pipe,
instruments and supports.
USER_DEFINED_IMPLIED_ITEM_BOM - used with bolts, gaskets and welds.
USER_DEFINED_GENERATED_ITEM_BOM - used with cap screws and chain wheel
operators.
To generate an entry in the bill of material for generated items, Intergraph
option 45 must be set to 1 or 3.
8-6
8.2
Material List Definition (MLD) File
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The options file section titled FILES will require a new entry (the 13th entry) defining the
location and name of the user-defined MLD file. The new entry in the FILES section will be
verified, mounted and included as a -122 record type in the .idf file. This entry is required
when using the user-defined bill of material.
The MLD file allows you to define (with certain limits) the style and content of the following:
The Heading content and layout of a PRINTED Style 1 (Weight Heading only) or Style
2 Material List.
The column headings, data content definitions and positional coordinates of the main
body of a plotted and/or printed Style 2 Material List.
The main body of a Style 1 (current style) plotted or printed material list
can not be changed.
For a Style 2 type Material List the BASIC FORMAT is the same as the
current style. The number, position, and content of the various vertical
data columns is the part of the list that is user definable.
The data content and positional coordinates for all items on a plotted Style 3 Material
List.
When using a Style 3 Material List, the option of obtaining a printed list is
not available.
The layout/data content of a user-specified Material Control File.
Because of the current methods used within the ISOGEN program, the
quantities included in the Material Control File must be identical to the
quantities generated for the Material List. This is because the same
accumulation rules are used for both.
8.3
User-Defined Material Control File (.bom file)
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
When Intergraph option 1 is set to 1, the MLD file allows you to define the layout and
content of the printed Material Control File (M/C File). The Material Control File is intended
to be used as a vehicle for data transfer between Systems.
There will be several differences in layout when compared with the file
generated for a Printed Material List (.prt file).
Basic Requirements for a Material Control File
Allow any width (Not limited to 132 characters).
Allow any length of file.
No Paging functionality is required.
Include any Title Headings/Column Headings (if user-defined) once at the start of the
file.
Output of lengths in any quantity (QTY) column should be in the format set in ISOGEN
option switch 24.
Bolts to be included in the file should follow the same rules as the bolts used for the
associated material list.
Size and length units are set by ISOGEN option switch 65. Use ATEXT
-359 to reformat the size and length information.
The ISOGEN software allows you to identify all UNITS used within the M/C file through the
use of Unit Identification entries. There is no limit on the number of Unit Identification
entries and the format is user-definable. Unit ID entries must be included in the MLD file
and immediately follow the MATERIAL-CONTROL-FILE identifier. Any unit id entries will
be the first items output in the M/C file.
Unit identification entries will not impact the ISOGEN system. Their only
purpose is to identify the UNITS used for size and lengths in the M/C interface
file.
Some typical unit ID entries:
UNITS-BORE data
UNITS-LENGTH data
UNITS-BOLT-DIA data
UNITS-BOLT-LENGTH data
Where: data identifies the units used in the M/C file.
8-8
A user-defined Material Control file will be triggered by the identifier MATERIALCONTROL-FILE which is located in the MLD file. The definition of the required file
(layout/content) will follow the MATERIAL-CONTROL-FILE identifier. The file can be
generated either with or without Titles and/or Column Headings.
The definition of Title Headings, Column Headings and Data Items will use the same basic
rules as a Style 2 printed material list. The key identifiers to be used are:
PRINTED-M/C-TITLES
PRINTED-M/C-COLUMN-HEADINGS
PRINTED-M/C-DATA-ITEMS
In the case of Data Items, the -39 IDF RECORD IDENTIFIER can be included in the
Material Control file, but not on the Material List. This can only be used when using the
Material List Non-Accumulation facility (ISOGEN option 74).
Available Data Items for the Material Control File
Unique
Name
_____________
IDF
Record Number
___________________
PIPELINE-REFERENCE
DRG
PIPING-SPEC
PT-NO
QTY
N.S.
ITEM-CODE
DESCRIPTION
WEIGHT
CATEGORY
GROUP
-6
-11
-20
-21
(uses ATEXT -376 - 378)
uses ATEXT -307, -308, -309, -311 - -315,
-339, -375
-80 - -89 (user-defined attributes)
-39 Segment and Component Occurrence
Numbers
UNIQUECOMPONENTIDENTIFIER
If Unique Name and associated IDF Record Number both exist, either may be used.
UNIQUE NAMES with no IDF Record Numbers are shown with a - in the IDF
RECORD NUMBER column. When this occurs, you must use UNIQUE NAME.
IDF Record Numbers with no UNIQUE NAME are shown with a - in the Unique Name
column. When this occurs, use IDF Record Number.
8.4
Offshore Material Category
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Any item designated as Offshore will be treated as an ERECTION type item in the drawing,
but will be listed on the Material List under a new main heading as defined by ATEXT -371.
All materials sorted are within the new heading category.
The M/C file will contain a 3 in word 6 of existing component records when the
item is designated as Offshore.
8.5
Transferring Components Between Sort Groups
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The MLD file has a TRANSFER feature that will allow you to move components from one
sort group to another.
The identifier TRANSFER must be followed by any relevant information that would identify
the component to be transferred and the new group under which it will be listed. Component
identification will be done by record ID numbers. Refer to the Record Identification Numbers
listed in Appendix B of this document (35 =Elbow, 100 = pipe).
Available sort Group identifiers include:
PIPE
VALV
FITT
INST
FLAN
SUPP
GASK
MISC
BOLT
WELD
pipe
valves + inline items
fittings
instruments
flanges
supports
gaskets
miscellaneous components
bolts
welds
If you plan to list any of the above Group Identifiers on a Style 2 or Style 3
Material List, ATEXTs -307, -308, -309, -311, -312, -313, -314, -315, -339, and
-375 must be set in the options file.
A typical entry in the MLD file might be:
TRANSFER
107
FLAN
Where:
8 - 10
107
is the record ID for BLANK FLANGES and FLAN is the

NEW sort group under which Blank Flanges should be listed.
Any number of blank characters between record ID and
Group identifiers are allowed.
8.6
Generating an Optional Format for Length Output
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
By default, length output on the Material List for PIPE, MISCELLANEOUS COMPONENTS
and CL LENGTH is set to the nearest 1/10 M or 1/10 FT and is formatted:
Metric 10.4 M
English 10.4
ISOGEN option 24 allows for an alternative format to output either in millimeters or feet
and inches.
Metric 1040 mm
English 10-5"
(rounded to the nearest mm)

(rounded up to the nearest inch)
8.7
Bolt Units (size x length)
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Option switch 65, Bolting Length in the M/C file, allows you to define bolt length/bolt
diameters. Any value set in the last position of ISOGEN option switch 65 is output in the
second digit (tens position) of word 2 in the 60 type record in the M/C file.
Any value set in the second position of ISOGEN option switch 65 is output in the third digit
(hundreds position) of word 2 of the 60 type record in the M/C file. Bolt diameters (in word 2)
and bolt lengths (in word 7) of 500 (bolt) records in the M/C file will be generated in the units
appropriate to the various ISOGEN switch settings.
The Material List also allows an alternative output format for bolts. The alternative output
will be used whenever ATEXT -359 is set to any value other than blank.
The suggested setting is diameter x length.
ISOGEN will always output in a bolt-diameter-by-bolt-length order. Bolt Units will be

placed just below the new heading using a program generated text string. The text string is
created by using a combination of ATEXTs -330 and -331.
Typical Bolt Unit Output:
BOLTS
_______
Bolt
Descr.
DIA x LENGTH
(INS x INS)
3/4 x 2.1/2
(ATEXT -359)
(Generated)
8.8
Generating a Revised Format of the Cut List
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Modifications made to the current cut list format
ATEXT -322 (Cut) is ignored.
ATEXT -323 (Length) is moved up to the top line of the headings.
Set ATEXT -361 so that the default text, Ft-Ins, will be positioned below LENGTH
when imperial units are being used.
Place ATEXT -331(mm) below LENGTH when mixed or metric units are being used.
Set zero inches to output as 20" and not 2.
The revised layout still has two cut pieces on each line.
Typical layout:
PIECE
NO.
LENGTH
N.S.
(FT-INS) (INS)
REMARKS
PIECE
NO.
LENGTH
(FT-INS)
N.S.
(INS)
REMARKS
New cut list format

The new cut list format has a revised layout with only one cut piece per line. To request the
new cut list format, use ISOGEN option 2.
Typical new layout:
PIECE
NO.
LENGTH
(FT-INS)
N.S.
(INS)
END
ONE
END
TWO
ITEM
CODE
OR
PIECE
NO.
LENGTH
(FT-INS)
N.S.
(INS)
END
ONE
END
TWO
ITEM
CODE
Gaps between new heading elements are handled by the ISOGEN software based on either
the actual Atext heading or the length of the information items that are printed under each
heading. This will be either the standard Atext or any user-modified Atext.
8 - 12
When using the new cut list format, you must verify that the total width of the cut list is less
than the width of the requested material list. This will prevent the cut list from overflowing
onto the drawing section of the isometric.
Use ATEXTs -362, -363, -364, -365 when using the new cut list format.
If PART NO. is required on the cut list instead of ITEM CODE, ATEXT -364
should be blank and ATEXT -365 set to PART$NO.
The Cut List Remarks Column
Current Atexts for cut list REMARKS (-326, -327, -328) are still used. If any of these Atexts
are changed, sufficient space should be left between column headings to accommodate data.
In the new cut list format layout, multiple remarks are allowed. Each remark is located on a
separate line. For example:
REMARK
LOOSE FLG
FF WELD
Multiple occurrences of the same remark will be output in the form PLD BEND
(2) where the last 2 characters are automatically generated.
End One and End Two Columns
Entries in these columns describe the operations performed in order to prepare the ends for
fabrication. Five ATEXTs (-366 - -370) are available to identify the five basic operations
that can be recognized by the ISOGEN system.
For the new cut list format, certain items must be treated as BWs (Butt Welds),
but do not have the BW end condition as part of the SKEY. These items
include:
Flanges (105/106)
FLWN - Flange Weld Neck
FOWN - Flange Orifice Weld Neck
FLSE - LJSE Butt Weld Type
All other 105s and 106s to use Square Cut
The type of end preparation on pipe is determined by the SKEY of the fitting or
by the weld type. For weld types: SKEYS WW, WS, WF, assume BW end
preparation.
8.9
Welds in the Material List
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
When using INTERGRAPH option 62 and ISOGEN option 64, welds can be added to the
Material List. Welds can be displayed in any of the Fabrication/Erection/Offshore sections of
the Material List. To list welds in the last position of each section of the Material List, use
the heading defined by ATEXT -375. Welds added to the Material List will not be included
in the standard M/C interface file. It is a user option in any user-defined M/C file.
Accumulation of welds is controlled by ISOGEN option switch 74.
Weld part numbers are not normally indicated on the plotted iso section of the
isometric. If needed, ISOGEN option 73 with a Style 3 for weld part numbers
can be used to place weld part numbers.
8.10
Style for Fabricated (Pulled) Bends Output
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
By using ISOGEN option 23 (position B), the outputs Bend Angle and Bend Radius can be
displayed for pulled bends. The following is a typical revised output using the Style 1 and
Style 2 Material Lists.
Description
___________
NS
___
QTY
_____
U03 Fabricated (Pulled) Bend 3.0D Bend Radius

Angle 85.0
Part numbers less than 10 have a zero included (For example, U03 and not U3).
Bend radius messages will use ATEXT -337 for bends expressed in number of
diameters. (For example, 3.0D Bend Radius).
A bend radius expressed in mm or Ft/Ins uses ATEXT -338 with the actual radius
listed. (For example, 450 mm Bend Radius or 1-6" Bend Radius).
ATEXT -374 is used to generate the ANGLE text element in a format such as 85.0 (for
an 85 degree angle).
8.11
Style for Material List Output
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
When using ISOGEN option switch 23, position A and B, with setting 10 or 11:
The current form of output is sorted into the categories, Fab/Erec/Offshore, with sub-groups
of Pipe, Flanges, Fittings, etc. within each category. Except for the addition of the new Weld
sub-group, there is no change to the Material List that is currently generated.
When Using ISOGEN option switch 23, position A and B, with setting 20 or 21:
8 - 14
An alternative form of output that has no separate Fab/Erec categories and no sub groups is
generated. This creates a continuous Material List with component and welds listed in the
order they were found in the intermediate data file (.idf file). This does not apply to Gaskets
and Bolts that are accumulated; they are printed in the weld list as the first occurrence of
each type.
8.12
Positioning the Title Block
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
ISOGEN option 25 allows you to either turn off or reposition the Title Block to the bottom of
the Material List.
ISOGEN calculates the height of the Title Block and draws a horizontal line between the two
vertical lines that form the Material List boundaries. Checks are then made on ATEXTs
-317 and -318. If they are not set to blanks and have not been positioned, the CL summary is
positioned above the Title Block.
ISOGEN option switch 35 reserves an area at the bottom of the Material List.
8.13
MLD File Content
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Heading Definitions for a Style 2 printed material list (ISOGEN MTO neutral file) in the
MLD file contain three types of information items:
A Heading Title element
An associated data item to be listed with the Title element
A basic activity identifier.
All data items may be identified by either NAME or their .idf file record ID Number.
A typical MLD file layout for a Style 2 Printed Material List heading would be:
PRINTED-MATERIAL-LIST TITLES
PAGE
Blank
Blank
PIPELINE REF :- -6
PROJECT NO. :- -9
Blank
AREA REF
:- -10
REVISION NO. :- -8
Blank
PIPING SPEC :- -11
DATE OF RUN :- -14
Blank
Blank
The normal Material List would then be printed. This would be either the normal Style 1 list
or any Style 2 list that you have defined.
In the previous example:
is used with the page attribute and indicates a

program generated page number.
Blank
indicates a blank line.

Titles will be output at the top of each new page.
Number of lines per page will be taken from the existing option switch 63.
Items Available for Output as Part of a Printed Material List Heading

Unique Name
_____________
IDF Record Number

___________________
Pipeline-Reference Drawing
Piping-Spec
Nominal-Class
Nominal-Rating
Date-DMY
Pipeline-Temp
System-Reference Page
-6
-11
-12
-12
-14
-19
-25
Column Headings and Data Content Guidelines for Style 2 Material List
Maximum heading width should not exceed 130 characters.
There should always be the same number of data items as column headings unless
space is left for future data additions.
Column headings in the MLD file, must use the exact format of the required listing
followed by the relevant data items to be printed.
Each name (identifier) must be enclosed in single quotation marks.
8.14
MLD File Format Guidelines
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
As a general rule, all heading and title formatting must be positioned in the MLD file exactly
as it is to be positioned on the printed output. Title elements, other than unique identifiers,
can be used with any format. Data item identifiers will be enclosed in single quotation
marks.
Unique identifiers are used to determine what is defined and must match exactly.
These identifiers include:
STYLE2-COLUMN-HEADINGS
STYLE2-DATA-ITEMS
The format must be headings followed by data items.
Blank characters can be used as required.
8 - 16
Blank columns are allowed.

Use a | character to indicate vertical column positions.
Column headings can be any ASCII string.
Data items must carry the following:
A data item identifier
A start position along the horizontal line
A justification marker.
Data Item Identifiers can be defined by using a Unique Name or, where applicable, the
IDF Record Number (For example, Item-Code -30 L or -20 30 L).
If a separation line is required on the generated Material List to separate the PART
NO. column from the rest of the List, a | character should be inserted in the required
position on the last line of the column headings. If an indicator is not found, the
Material List will be generated without a separation line.
If the PT-NO (part number identifier) column is located at the extreme left or right side
of the Material List, ISOGEN will generate the vertical dividing line to separate the
part numbers from the remaining items.
A | character should be inserted end the end of the last line of the column headings to
indicate where the right border line of the Material List is required (For example, two
spaces beyond the maximum width of the last data item).
Justification Markers
R
L
N
Right Justified
Left Justified
A true number field. If N is used as a decimal number (Real)
the decimal point will be positioned in the selected column. If
N is not used as a decimal number (Integer), the units digit is
positioned in the selected column.
Style 2 and Style 3 Data Item Identifiers

The following values are available for use as Data Identifiers in the MLD file for Style 2 and
Style 3 MTOs. The allowable justification for each record is also listed.
Unique
Name
______
IDF
Record
Number
_______________
Allowable
Justification
____________
PT-NO
QTY
N.S.
ITEM-CODE
DESCRIPTION
WEIGHT
CATEGORY
-20
-21
uses ATEXT -376 - 378
L or R
N (fixed)
L (fixed)
L or R
L (fixed)
N (fixed)
L or R
GROUP
-
uses ATEXT -307 - -309, -311

- -315, -339, -375
-80 - -89 (user-defined
attributes)
-39 Only used on Material
Control listings, Segment and
Component Occurrence
Numbers
L or R
L (fixed)
L or R
When Unique Name and associated IDF Record Number both exist, either may be used.
Unique Names with no IDF Record Numbers are shown with a - in the IDF Record
Number column (PT-NO, QTY,N.S., WEIGHT). When this occurs, use the Unique
Name.
IDF Record Numbers with no Unique Name are shown with a - in the Unique Name
column. When this occurs, use IDF Record Number.
8.14.1
Style 3 Material List
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
A Style 3 Material List requires a backing sheet (drawing frame) that contains a reserved
area for Material List information. The precise format is user-definable, but no column
headings are defined in the MLD file. All column headings must already exist in the seed or
border design files.
Set the margins so that drawing graphics do not overlap the style 3 MTO. For
style 3 MTO isometrics, margins (set by ISOGEN options 10, 11, 12 and 13)
control the drawing graphics boundaries.
This style of output requires two types of information.
STYLE3-CONTROLS
STYLE3-DATA-ITEMS
Basic Control Information for a Style 3 Material List
Unless otherwise stated, where a number is required it will be integer or in real
mms with only one decimal place allowed.
Unless otherwise stated, all of the following inputs are mandatory.
Define the type of list that will be generated (sectionalized, continuous, etc.). Valid
types include:
Continuous-Down
Continuous-Up
Fabrication-Down
Fabrication-Up
Erection-Down
Erection-Up
Offshore-Down
8 - 18
Offshore-Up
Erection/Offshore-Down
Erection/Offshore-Up
These will be used as either single entries or multiple entries depending

on the form of list required.
Identify start positions for information using the format:
Start-Position XPOS YPOS
Where: XPOS and YPOS is the x and y location in the design file
Define vertical spacing between each line of horizontal text using the format:
VERTICAL-SPACING value
Define the maximum number of lines that can be printed before automatic overflow
onto another sheet occurs. This number can be defined for the complete list or on a
section-by-section basis if the section function is being used. Use the format:
MAXIMUM-ENTRIES value
Where: value is an integer

Define the character height to be used for material list information using the format:
TEXT-HEIGHT value
Define the level where material list information should be placed (optional). Using the
format:
DRAWING-LAYER value
Where: value is a level 1 - 63

Define character weight (optional). Using the format:
TEXT-THICKNESS value
Where: value is a weight 0 - 10
Style 3 Data Item Information
Data items must specify a data item identifier and start position information.
Identifiers -80 - -89 must carry the maximum number of characters allowed on each
print line.
Start position is the x position in mms that identifies the bottom left hand point of the
text string to be plotted. All text will be LEFT justified.
Example Input:
Data Item Identifier
ITEM-CODE
-80
Xpos
225.0
280
Max char
47
See the previous table under the heading Style 2 and Style 3 Data
Identifiers for a list of Style 3 Data Identifiers.
8.15
Example User-defined Material List - Style 2
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
STYLE2-COLUMN-HEADINGS
PART SIZE
NO. (INS)
ITEM
CODE
COMPONENT
DESC.
QTY
BLT
DIA
BOLT
LNGTH
NUTS/
BLT
MODEL
CODE
SCH/
RAT
END
PREP
MATL GEOM
GRADE STD
blank
STYLE2-DATA-ITEMS
PT-NO
2
N.S.
6
ITEM-CODE
13
DESCRIPTION 26
QTY
58
-80
79
-81
85
-82
92
-83
97
-84
107
-85
68
-86
73
-87
62
R
L
L
L
N
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
11
28
5
5
5
10
15
10
!Model Code
!GCP Sch/Rat
!End Prep
!Matl Grade
!Geo Std
!Bolt Length
!Nuts/Bolt
!Bolt Diameter
8.16
Example User-defined Material List - Style 3
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Continuous Down Type :
STYLE3-CONTROLS
START-POSITION
VERTICAL-SPACING
TEXT-HEIGHT 2.5
DRAWING-LAYER
CONTINUOUS-DOWN
MAXIMUM-ENTRIES
TEXT-THICKNESS
STYLE3-DATA-ITEMS
|
225.0
4.5
15
55
2
190.5
8 - 20
Typical Data
Fabrication-Down, Erection-Up Type:
STYLE3-CONTROLS
VERTICAL-SPACING
TEXT-HEIGHT 2.5
TEXT-THICKNESS
DRAWING-LAYER
MAXIMUM-ENTRIES
FABRICATION-DOWN
START-POSITION
ERECTION_UP
START-POSITION
4.0
3
15
37
225.0
190.5
225.0
42.0
STYLE3-DATA-ITEMS
|
Typical Data
Split Type:
STYLE3-CONTROLS
VERTICAL-SPACING
TEXT-HEIGHT 2.5
TEXT-THICKNESS
DRAWING-LAYER
FABRICATION-DOWN
START-POSITION
MAXIMUM-ENTRIES
ERECTION_DOWN
START-POSITION
MAXIMUM-ENTRIES
Offshore_DOWN
START-POSITION
MAXIMUM-ENTRIES
4.0
2
15
225.0
14
190.5
225.0
14
130
225.0
7
70
STYLE 3-DATA-ITEMS
Typical Data
Creating Seed Files for Extraction 9 - 1
9. Creating Seed Files for Extraction
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
To extract and plot isometrics, create a seed design file and a seed plot request file. The seed
file names are keyed in at the Interactive Isometric Extraction form and the Define Default
Set form (see
Interactive Isometric Extraction, page 3 - 1 and Define Default Sets, page 5 - 13 for more
information).
9.1
Creating an Isometric Seed File
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The isometric seed file is an empty MicroStation design file that the system copies before
creating a new isometric. The seed file usually contains a single reference file consisting of
the drawing border and title block.
To create an isometric seed file:
1.
Copy one of the product option files (defaults.dat, mxdefaults.dat, etc.) and set ISOGEN
options block word 14 for one of the standard drawing sheet sizes, or words 15 and 16
for a nonstandard sheet size. Setting these option block words defines a box within
which your drawing border, title block and the ISOGEN drawing will reside.
2.
Set ISOGEN option 3 to 1 so that you can see the corners of the drawing border box
when an isometric is created. Also, set the ISOGEN options block word 35 to define the
reserved area for the title block.
9-2
3.
Set ISOGEN options 10 - 13 to create margins from the edge of the box created in Step
1. All of your user-defined border and title block graphics must be drawn within these
margins; one or more of them will probably be quite large. You cannot reserve
irregularly shaped areas within the drawing box for your border and title block. You
must fit them into the rectangular margin areas.
4.
Generate an isometric using the interactive software (see Interactive Isometric

Extraction, page 3 - 1 section Interactive Isometric Generation). The iso should be small
enough so that only one sheet is generated.
5.
Call up the iso in graphics and plot it with the appropriate drawing size. Plot the area
that will contain both your user-defined graphics and the ISOGEN drawing. Do not
plot a small strip along the bottom of the drawing (appx. 1/8") since you will probably
want to move into that area some ISOGEN-generated text strings that cannot be
turned off.
You do not have to plot an ISOGEN D size drawing with D size
dimensions. You can use ISOGEN switches to make any size drawing you
wish. You can then scale the drawing to have any plotted size you like.
For this reason, experimentation is usually needed to arrive at a suitable
combination of ISOGEN and plotting parameters.
6.
Examine the plot. There must be sufficient space for your user-defined border and title
block graphics. Also, the drawing graphics and text size must be suitable for the plot
size. Adjust ISOGEN option 14 or options 15 and 16 to adjust the scale of the drawing.
Adjust options 4 and 27 to change the text size.
7.
Cycle through Steps 2 through 5 until you are satisfied with the resulting plot.
In general, ISOGEN seems to perform better with a larger drawing area
than a smaller one (the drawing area is increased with option 14 or
options 15 and 16).
Try to find a median between providing ISOGEN a large drawing area
and scaling down the drawing for plotting purposes. At some point,
scaling down a large drawing results in text that is too small. If the text
size cannot be increased, then you will either have to plot with a bigger
scale (resulting in a larger drawing) or reduce the ISOGEN drawing area
(to reduce the amount of scaling needed at plot time).
8.
After completing Steps 1 through 6, create a drawing border in a separate design file.
Create a 2D design file for your border and attach the drawing file created above as a
reference file. Use the drawing to locate your border and title block.
9.
Use the reference file attachment from the border file and attach the new border to the
new seed.
10.
Place the required text nodes in the new seed file for use with the Title Block Tables
file.
11.
Turn off the ISOGEN border with ISOGEN word 18.
Creating Seed Files for Extraction 9 - 3
9.2
Creating a Plot Request File
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The plot request file is a special file used by the plotting software when processing a plot job.
It contains values for plotting options and, sometimes, a definition of the plot itself. The
format of the plot request is standard IPLOT format.
9.2.1
IPLOT Plot Request Files
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
An IPLOT plot request file is necessary if you want to plot isometrics using the IPLOT
software.
Use the following steps to create an IPLOT plot request file:

1.
Copy your isometric seed file and get into the copy in graphics. Set up view 1 to have
all of the parameters that you wish to be active for the plotted drawings (that is, turn
off text node display, turn on/off levels to be plotted, etc.). Save this set-up with FILE
DESIGN. Determine the coordinates, in working units, of the area to be plotted. These
should be the lower left and upper right corners of the fence that would have been used
for plotting.
Write the coordinates down.
2.
From the command line prompt, key in the following command to create the IPLOT plot
request file:
$iplot create "plot parameter filename" -design=design name -queue=queue name

-region=[x1, y1, x2, y2] -scale=design units:plotter units -view=#
where:
plot
parameter
filename
plot parameter filename to be generated
design name
is the name of the design file created by copying the seed file in step 1
above.
queue
identifies the plot queue on the plot node.
region
identifies the area to plot. Use the coordinates determined from step 1.
9-4
design units:
plotter units
is an option scaling ratio for the plotted area. If you prefer, you may
use -XSIZE=x size or -YSIZE=y size instead of the -SCALE= parameter
to define the scaling. You may also leave this parameter off if no
scaling is needed.
#-
view number
Example 1:
iplot create test.i -design=test.dgn -queue=muxque -region=[0,0,17:0,11:8] -view=1
The system creates the file test.i.
Mapping Attributes to the Title Block 10 - 1
10. Mapping Attributes to the Title Block
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The Title Block Tables Files are used to associate database attribute data and other data
with text nodes in an isometric design file. You make this association between attribute data
and design file text nodes so the batch iso extraction software can automatically fill out the
drawing title block.
Intergraph option 34 must be set to 1 before the software will generate the title
block data files.
You can obtain title block information from several sources using the Title Block Tables File.
These sources include database attributes from the line being extracted (for example, piping
materials class), data stored within the project control database information (for example,
revision block data), from the Notes Table and internally generated information (for example,
sheet number).
The format of the tables and the table entries in the Title Block Table Files are identical to
that of tables and table entries in the iso extraction Defaults file. The format is as follows:
The body of the table is preceded by a keyword.
Each keyword is followed by a number that defines the number of table entries.
The elements of each table entry are separated by commas.
The following three tables are used to map attributes to the drawing title block:
The text node number can not be greater than 999. Also, the number of text nodes in
a seed file can not exceed 250.
1.
Notes Table (Table keyword is SEGMENT_DATA_TABLE)

You can use this table to identify the attributes that should be summarized in tabular
form on each sheet of a multisheet isometric. Usually, data summarized in this form
will be from piping segments, but it may also originate from the Notes Table. When the
title block for a particular sheet is filled in, only data from segments extracted to that
sheet is placed in the title block.
2.
Drawing Data Table (Table keyword DRAWING_DATA_TABLE)

You can use this table to identify attributes from the first piping segment, the largest
piping segment, from the Notes Table or from the project control database. Attributes
mapped through this table will appear on every sheet of a multisheet isometric.
10 - 2
3.
Sheet Data Table (Table keyword SHEET_DATA_TABLE)

You use this table to place the sheet number and number of sheets in each drawing.
You can also use this table to append the sheet number onto the drawing number for
each sheet, making the drawing number unique for each sheet.
10.1
SEGMENT_DATA_TABLE
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Each sheet of a multisheet iso consists of the piping from one or more segments in the piping
model. You can use the SEGMENT_DATA_TABLE to define a summary block of segment
information in a drawing title block.
The ISOGEN interface uses this table to create an output file containing data for all of the
segments that make up the pipeline. Next, ISOGEN creates an output file that identifies
which segments appear on each sheet of a multisheet iso. These two files are then used to
determine the information that must be summarized on each individual sheet.
Example 1:
Suppose that for each sheet of an isometric, you want to summarize, in a table, data from all
of the piping segments that appear. Here is an example table for a specific sheet:
Piping Spec
Design Pressure
Design Temperature
Insulation Type
Insulation Thickness
1C0031
150
300
C
6"
1C0031
150
300
D
8"
1C0080
150
600
C
6"
In this example, there are three segments where the data being summarized is different.
This does not mean that the sheet contains only three segments, but that there are only
three different segments (where the difference is defined only by the attributes in the table).
The segment attributes shown in the table above are:
Piping Spec
Design Pressure
Design Temperature
Insulation Type
Insulation Thickness
Table 12,
Table 12,
Table 12,
Table 12,
Table 12,
Column 12
Column 28
Column 29
Column 14
Column 15
The purpose of the SEGMENT_DATA_TABLE is to allow you to define all of the attributes
that make up a single column in the title block summary table. Once you have defined these
attributes, the batch extraction software determines how many columns of actual data are
needed based upon the specific segments that appear on each sheet.
You must have one table entry in the SEGMENT_DATA_TABLE for each attribute you want
to summarize in the Segment Summary Table. An entry in the table has the following form:
TBLNO, ST, SC, SN, OFF, LEN, FLAG, NODE, INC
where:
10 - 4
TBLNO
is a table number that ranges from 1 to 9. You can define up to 9 different

tables in your title block. For each different table number you should define
the attributes and other information that comprise the table definition.
For each table number defined, one output file record is generated for each
segment in the pipeline. Therefore, if you use two table numbers and a
pipeline contains 10 segments, 20 records are generated in the output file.
To eliminate trailing zeros from isometric attributes, create an isometric label
for the appropriate attributes (temperature, pressure, etc.) then call the
isometric label (instead of the table/column) from the title block mapping file.
ST, SC
defines a segment column that will appear in the table. Valid values for ST
are 12 and 1.
SN
is a label description library number used to define an attribute or a

composite attribute that should appear in the title block table. When SN is
specified (as non-zero), ST and SC should be set to 1.
If SN is a negative value, the Notes Table is accessed. Text is then extracted
from the Notes Table based on the value defined by the absolute value of SN.
OFF
is a byte offset (relative to 0) to the start of the field in the output file record.
Set OFF as follows:
The minimum offset must be 11. The first 11 bytes of each output record are
reserved for the table number and segment occurrence number.
Fields from different table numbers must not overlap. For example, data in
table number 1 might be mapped to fields 12 through 100, while data in table
number 2 might be mapped to fields 101 through 200. If you do overlap fields,
the data might not be sorted properly in the title block.
Do not map any field to an offset greater than 255.
LEN
is the length of the field in the output record. The offset plus length of any
field must not exceed 255.
FLAG
is a special sort flag that indicates that the field is to be considered a sort
field for purposes of sorting the data prior to placing it in the title block. Set
FLAG to:
to specify that the field should be sorted in descending order.
-1
to specify that the field should be sorted in ascending order.
When multiple fields are used for sorting the data, the most important sort
field should appear in the notes table prior to the least important.
NODE
is the initial text node number in the summary table for the attribute. The
summary information is mapped to a matrix of text nodes in the seed
isometric design file. The size of the matrix needed is not known until after
the isometric is extracted. Specify here the lowest text node number for an
attribute in the table.
INC
is the increment for the text node number. Text node numbers for each item
in the attribute summary are determined by taking the base node number
and adding a multiple of the increment whenever a new column (or row) of
data is added.
Example 2:
Define the notes table for the data summarized in Example 11.1.
Assume that the seed isometric design file has been created with the following set up:
Piping Spec
Design Pressure
Design
Temperature
Insulation Type
Insulation
Thickness
+10
+11
+12
+20
+21
+22
+30
+31
+32
+40
+41
+42
+50
+51
+52
+60
+61
+62
+70
+71
+72
+80
+81
+82
+13
+14
+23
+24
+33
+34
+43
+44
+53
+54
+63
+64
+73
+74
+83
+84
The numbers represent the text nodes that have been placed in the seed design file. Since
there are only eight columns of node numbers, at most only eight segments can be
summarized in the title block. If there are more than eight different segments on a sheet,
some are ignored and not summarized in the title block.
The table needed to summarize this information would be:
1,
1,
1,
1,
1,
12,
12,
12,
12,
12,
12,
28,
29,
14,
15,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
11,
17,
21,
25,
27,
6,
4,
4,
2,
4,
1,
0,
0,
0,
0,
10,
11,
12,
13,
14,
10
10
10
10
10
!piping spec
!design pressure
!design temperature
!insulation type
!insulation thickness
The first entry in the table maps the piping spec to column 12 for a length of 6 bytes. The
piping spec field is a sort key that alphabetizes the columns of data in the table so that they
appear in alphabetical order by spec name. The beginning node number for spec is 10 and
each new column of data has an increment of 10. In this example, the first spec is placed at
node 10, the second at 20, the third at 30 and so on.
If you put an attribute like segment npd in a table such as the one in Example
2, a typical line could generate a large number of columns or rows in the
summary table. A better solution might be to use a different TBLNO for this
type of attribute and summarize in a separate table on the drawing.
Example 3:
Summarize the data shown in Example 2 in one table. Summarize all of the npds and line
names shown on a sheet in separate tables.
10 - 6
The following notes table would accomplish this:

1,
1,
1,
1,
1,
2,
3,
12,
12,
12,
12,
12,
12,
12,
12,
28,
29,
14,
15,
11,
-2,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
11,
17,
21,
25,
27,
31,
37,
6,
4,
4,
2,
4,
6,
8,
1,
0,
0,
0,
0,
1,
-1,
10,
11,
12,
13,
14,
100,
150,
10
10
10
10
10
1
1
!piping spec
!design pressure
!design temperature
!insulation type
!insulation thickness
!npd
!line id
In this example, the fields defined in tables 2 and 3 do not overlap the fields defined in table
1.
If the seed isometric design file contains only text nodes 100, 101, and 102 for npds, only the
three largest sizes on the sheet are displayed. This happens because FLAG is set to 1
indicating that the npd field is a sort field.
10.2
DRAWING_DATA_TABLE
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
You can use the Drawing Data Table to define attributes that should be placed in every
drawing sheet title block. Data that you can place in every title block can originate from the
first segment of the pipeline processed by the ISOGEN interface, from the largest npd
segment of the pipeline, from the Notes Table, from the project control database, or it can be
an internally generated attribute.
An entry in the drawing data table consists of the following:
SOURCE, TBL, COL, NUM, FLAG, NODE
where:
SOURCE
is the source of the attribute that is to be mapped to the title block.

Set the value of SOURCE to one of the following:
TBL, COL
if the attribute is from the first segment of the pipeline.
if the attribute is from the largest npd segment of the pipeline.
if the attribute is from the Project Database.
if the attribute is one of the special items as defined in the description of

TBL, COL that follows.
if the attribute is from the Notes Table accessed with attributes from the
first piping segment.
if the attribute is from the Notes Table accessed with attributes from the
largest piping segment.
defines the specific attribute that you want to map to the title block. The
exact interpretation of TBL, COL depends upon SOURCE as follows:
SOURCE is 1 or 2
TBL, COL is the database table, column pair of the attribute to map.
SOURCE is 3
TBL, COL identifies the attribute to retrieve from the Project Control
Database. The following index must be used for TBL, COL.
Set TBL to 1 for data from the area level of the file (that is, any data which
appears in the Revise Iso Area form while in the batch iso environment).
Set the value of COL as follows:
COL
Data Item for TBL = 1
10 - 8
1
2-21
22
23
24
25
26
27
90-99
Piping area
Model design files
Options file
Seed isometric file
Plot request form
Output file directory
Iso design file name option
Drawing number option
User data 1 through 10
Set TBL to 2 for data from the drawing level of the file (that is, any data
from the Revise Drawing form while in the batch iso environment). Set the
value of COL as follows:
COL
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
65
90-99

Piping area
Primary line id
Secondary line id 1
Secondary line id 2
Drawing number
Batch reference
Iso file name
Model status code
Model revised date
Current extraction date
Current extraction number
Number of sheets from previous extraction
Date MTO neutral file was generated
Date MTO was sent for Material Control
Current revision number
Revision block Revision number
Revision block By initials
Revision block Chk initials
Revision block appv initials
Revision block issue date
Revision block extraction number
Revision block number of sheets
Revision block Description
Number of Sections
User data item 1 through 10
Set TBL to 101 for project description data (as in the project.ddl file). Set
the value of COL as follows:
COL
2
3
4
5
6
project number
project name
job number
company name
plant name
SOURCE is 4
Set the value of COL as follows for special items:
COL
1
2
3
Data item for SOURCE=4

Project Database name
Mto neutral file name
Options file name
SOURCE is 5 or 6
TBL should be 1. COL defines which value to return from an entry in the
Notes Table. For more information, refer to Creating a Notes Table, page
11 - 1 .
NUM
NUM functions differently depending upon SOURCE as follows:

SOURCE is 1 or 2
NUM is a label library number used to define composite database attributes
as an alternative to TBL, COL. When NUM is defined COL should be 0.
TBL should be set to 1. The label must refer only to segment table 12.
SOURCE is 3
NUM defines which revision level to return data from.
NUM
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
Revision level for TBL=2, COL=16-23

Current revision
Revision prior to the current revision
Revision prior to that for NUM = 1
If the value of NUM is such that the revision that it identifies is less than 0,
no output is generated.
When the batch run option INCREMENT REVISION NUMBER is in effect, the
current revision number is one plus the latest revision number stored in the
project database Table 185 Column 17. If the option is not in effect, the current
revision number is the latest revision number stored in the project database
Table 185 Column 17.
SOURCE is 4
NUM must be 0
SOURCE is 5 or 6
NUM is a label library label that, when expanded, becomes the input into
the Notes Table. TBL must be 1. Refer to Creating a Notes Table, page 11
- 1 for more information.
10 - 10
FLAG
When SOURCE is 1 or 2, you should set FLAG to 1 if you want to inhibit

the conversion of code-listed attributes to their text-string equivalents. For
other values of SOURCE, FLAG should be set to 0.
NODE
is the text node number to which the attribute should be mapped.
Example 1:
1, 12, 0, 951, 0, 5
Maps the string defined by label number 951 to text node number 5. Label 951 is expanded
using attributes from the first piping segment of the pipeline.
3, 2, 91, 0, 0, 97
Maps the first user data field for a drawing to text node 97.
3, 1, 22, 0, 0, 96
Maps the defaults file stored at the area level in the Batch Data File to text node number 96.
4, 0, 3, 0, 0, 95
Maps the options file used for the current extraction to text node number 95.
6, 1, 3, 979, 0, 11
Maps the 3rd output field from a Notes Table record to text node number 11. The Notes
Table record key is defined by label library label number 979, which is expanded using
attributes from the largest piping segment in the pipeline.
Example 2: Mapping Values to Title Blocks
It is possible to map a value that is not stored in the database to the title block of an iso
using the Title Block Table, isoc.blk, in conjunction with the Notes Table, isoc.note.
When entries contain a source of 5 or 6 in the DRAWING_DATA_TABLE section of the Title
Block Table, isoc.blk, as shown below, the system references the Notes Table, isoc.note, for
the data to use on the text node of the iso title block.
Examples of a Title Block Table isoc.blk and the Notes Table, isoc.note, are shown below.
Title Block Table entry: isoc.blk
DRAWING_DATA_TABLE
2
5, 1, 1, 992, 0, 12
5, 1, 1, 982, 0, 15
Notes Table entries: isoc.note
1C0031
2C0032
SS
CS
>150# CS
>300# CS
>Stainless Steel
>Carbon Steel
In the example above, the line containing 5, 1, 1, 992, 0, 12 uses label 992. Label 992 is
defined as Table 12, Column 12 (piping_materials_class). The system reads Table 12,
Column 12 and extracts the data.
For instance, the extracted data might be piping_materials_class 1C0031. The system then
compares 1C0031 with the Notes Table and prints the corresponding value of 150# CS on
text node 12. If the piping materials class value is 2C0032, 300# CS is placed on text node
12. Likewise, the line containing 5, 1, 1, 982, 0, 15 uses label 982.
Label 982 is the attribute value defined for the Materials of Construction Class. The system
reads the attribute value and extracts it. For instance, the extracted data might be CS. The
system then compares CS with the Notes Table and prints the corresponding value, Carbon
Steel, on text node 15. If the extracted data is SS, Stainless Steel is placed on text node 15.
When there is no match in the Notes Table for a specific piping materials class entry, the
error message Notes table look-up failed is displayed in the .err file.
10 - 12
10.3
SHEET_DATA_TABLE
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
You can use the Sheet Data Table to map the sheet number and number of sheets into the
drawing title block and to append the sheet number to the drawing number prior to its
placement in the title block.
A table entry is defined as follows:
SOURCE, TBL, COL, FLAG, NODE
where:
SOURCE
is the data item source. Set the value of SOURCE as follows:

SOURCE
0
3
TBL, COL
Attribute source
Internally generated attribute
Attribute from the Project Database
identifies a data item only when SOURCE is set to 3. (Use TBL=2, COL=5
to specify the drawing number.) For each sheet in the isometric, the sheet
number is appended to the data item before it is placed in the title block.
If SOURCE is set to 0, TBL and COL must also be set to 0.
FLAG
identifies internally generated attributes. FLAG is also used to append the

sheet number to the attribute defined by TBL, COL. Set the value of FLAG
as follows:
FLAG
Data item
1
2
-1
-2
Sheet number when SOURCE = 0

Number of sheets when SOURCE = 0
Append sheet num to attribute defined by TBL, COL
Append sheet num prefixed by a "-"
Sheet number and number of sheets can also be located in a title block using
the MOVABLE_TEXT table in the options file. However, that method will not
result in correct sheet numbers when a multi-section isometric is extracted.
NODE
is the text node number to which the attribute should be attached.
Example 1:
Develop the table to map sheet number and number of sheets to the title block. Show the
entry needed to append the sheet number to the drawing number for each sheet.
The table needed to accomplish this would be:

0,
0,
3,
0,
0,
2,
0,
0,
5,
1,
2,
-1,
160
161
200
!sheet number
!number of sheets
!drawing number
10 - 14
Creating a Notes Table 11 - 1
11. Creating a Notes Table
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This section describes how to create a Notes Table. A Notes Table is a user-defined table
that you can use to map nondatabase attributes into an iso drawing border during batch iso
extraction. The table consists of one input together with a variable number of outputs. The
input to the table is either a fixed string, such as "PROJECT DATA", or is derived from
segment level database attributes.
During a batch run, a table input is determined by expanding a label library number that
you define in the Title Block Map (refer to DRAWING_DATA_TABLE, page 10 - 7 and
SEGMENT_DATA_TABLE, page 10 - 3 for more information). The label is used as the key
or index into the notes table. The table is searched until a match is found with the key.
When a match is found, one of the table outputs is mapped to a text node. You define which
output is mapped to which text node in the Title Block Map.
Table Format
The Notes Table is an ascii data file you create with the text editor. In the file one record or
line is an entry. The number of table entries is unlimited. A single entry is limited, however,
to 256 bytes or characters. The key and table outputs are separated from each other with the
greater than (>) character. For more information, refer to DRAWING_DATA_TABLE, page
10 - 7 . The format of a table entry is:
TBL INPUT > OUTPUT1> OUTPUT2> ... >OUTPUTn
Example 1:
PROJECT DATA > PROJECT ABC> ANYWHERE, USA> REFINERY EXPANSION>
6368-20
The key for this table entry is the fixed string "PROJECT DATA". The outputs are the
strings "PROJECT ABC", "ANYWHERE, USA", "REFINERY EXPANSION", and "6368-10".
U50-A10> RED
The input for this table entry is U50-A10 (unit 50 - area 10). The only output is the string
"RED".
11 - 2
11.1
Using the isoc.note File
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The notes file, isoc.note, in conjunction with the title block tables file, isoc.blk allows you to
map a value, not stored in the database, to the title block.
The files isoc.note and isoc.blk are delivered examples of a Notes file and a Title
Block Tables file.
Example Title Block Table entry:
Example DRAWING_DATA_TABLE entry:

2
5, 1, 1, 992, 0, 12
5, 1, 1, 982, 0, 15
Example Notes Table entry:
1C0031
2C0032
SS
CS
>150# CS
>300# CS
>Stainless Steel
>Carbon Steel
Entries in the DRAWING_DATA_TABLE section of the Title Block Tables file that have a
source of 5 or 6 cause the software to search the Notes Table for information to output onto a
text node in the iso title block. For more information, see DRAWING_DATA_TABLE, page
10 - 7 .
In the previous example, line 5, 1, 1, 992, 0, 12 uses label 992 (table 12, column 12; piping
material class) to define search/access criteria that will be used to search line segments in
the piping model. The output of the piping model segment search is used as input to the
Notes Table (see previous example). If the value returned from the search was piping
material class 1C0031, it would be used as input into the Notes Table. The resulting output
of piping material class 1C0031 would be 150# CS. The software would then place the output
value, 150# CS, on text node 12.
If the piping material class had been 2C0032, the resulting text on text node 12 would be
300# CS. Any other piping material class found as a result of the search would output an
error Notes table look-up failed. This is because the input value is not in the Notes Table.
The second line in the Title Block Table entry (5, 1, 1, 982, 0, 15) will write a note to text
node 15 on the iso if the Materials of Construction Class attribute value stored with the line
segment is SS or CS. If SS is returned from the search of the previously mentioned Title
Block Table Entry, "Stainless Steel" would be placed on text node 15. If CS was returned,
"Carbon Steel" would be placed on text node 15.
The MTO Neutral File Record Map 12 - 1
12. The MTO Neutral File Record Map
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The MTO neutral file record map consists of a set of tables that is used to format records in
the MTO neutral file. A record is generated in the MTO neutral file for each component that
is MTO-able in the extracted pipeline. The neutral file record length can be either the
standard 255 byte or the expanded 1024 byte depending on the setting of Intergraph option
64.
The format of a record in the neutral file varies depending on the type of component that
generates the record. The following record types may exist in a neutral file:
Commodity item record
Pipe record
Engineered item record
Instrument item record
Pipe support record
Implied bolts record
Implied gasket record
Implied weld record
Generated item record
While each of these record types can have several fields that contain the same data, each can
also contain additional data that is unique to its type (for example, number of bolts in the
bolt record).
The neutral file map tables tell the iso extraction software which design database attributes
to place in each record and where to place them. The map is composed of four tables:
1.
Common data table (Table keyword is COMMON_RECORD_DATA)

The common data table defines attributes that are to be placed into each record
regardless of the type of the record.
2.
Component data table (Keyword is COMPONENT_ATTRIBUTES)

The component data table defines the attributes that are to be placed into commodity
item, pipe, specialty item, instrument and support record types.
12 - 2
3.
Implied item table (Keyword is IMPLIED_ITEMS)

The implied item table defines the attributes that are to be placed into bolt, gasket and
weld type records.
4.
Generated item table (keyword is GENERATED_ITEMS)

The generated item table defines the attributes that are to be placed into the records of
items that generated through the reference database.
The tables themselves are similar to options file tables in that the body of a table is preceded
by a keyword that identifies the table. The keyword is followed by a number that indicates
the number of table entries. One row or line constitutes a table entry. One table entry
defines a neutral file record field. Each table is discussed in detail in this section.
12.1
COMMON_RECORD_DATA
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Fields defined in this table appear in every neutral file record. An entry in this table has the
following form:
TABLE, COL, OFFSET, LENGTH, FLAG
Where:
TABLE, COL
is the table, column specification for a segment level attribute that

is to be mapped into the record or is set as shown in the index
below for a special data item.
TABLE
_______
COL
_____
Special
data item mapped to the record
_____________________________________
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
-1
13
-1
14
-1
15
component occurrence number

segment occurrence number
commodity code
commodity item material description
record type (required)- see note below
RESERVED FOR LATER USE
file units - see note below
specialty item material description
instrument item material description
pipe support item material description
generated item material description
dry component center of gravity X coordinate reported in sub-units
dry component center of gravity Y coordinate reported in sub-units
dry component center of gravity Z coordinate reported in sub-units
wet component center of gravity X coordinate reported in sub-units
-1
16
-1
17
-1
-1
-1
18
19
20
wet component center of gravity Y coordinate reported in sub-units

wet component center of gravity Z coordinate reported in sub-units
model name
area name
partition number
The commodity code can be mapped through this table or through

the component level tables. It should be mapped here when
commodity codes are size dependent.
The record type is a simple character string as follows:

COMP - for commodity items
PIPE - for pipe
ENGR - for specialty items
INST - for instruments
SUPP - for pipe supports
GASK - for gaskets
BOLT - for bolts
WELD - for welds
GENR - for generated items
File units is a simple character string as follows:
ENGL - for English units
MIX - for mixed units
METR - for all Metric units
can also use COL=-2 to obtain the line ID rather than the line name.
Generated items consist of chain wheel operators and items implied

through the reference database.
OFFSET
Is the offset (relative to 0) in the record for the start of the field.
LENGTH
Is the length of the data items field. The sum of offset + length
must not exceed the length of the output record (255 characters).
FLAG
Is a special flag that is normally 0 but is set to 1 to inhibit

conversion of code-listed attributes to their ASCII string
equivalents. When FLAG is set to 1, the code-list number will be
placed in the record.
Example:
12, 12, 14, 6, 0
maps the piping materials class into EVERY MTO neutral file
record starting at output field 15 (offset 14) for 6 bytes.
12 - 4
12, -2, 4, 10, 0
maps the line id (defined in the defaults file) into EVERY MTO
record starting at output field 5 for 10 bytes.
-1, 1, 20, 8, 0
maps the component database occurrence number into EVERY

record starting at output field 21 for 8 bytes. Note that for
implied materials this is the occurrence number of the
GENERATING component.
-1, 5, 0, 4, 0
maps the record type of each record into output field 1 for 4
bytes.
12.2
COMPONENT_ATTRIBUTES
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Fields defined by this table appear in component, specialty item, pipe, instrument and pipe
support records. An entry in the table has the following form:
CT, CC, ET, EC, PT, PC, IT, IC, ST, SC, CPI, OFFSET, LENGTH, FLAG
Where:
CT, CC
item that is generating a neutral file record is a component. Valid
values for CT are 0, 12 and 34.
ET, EC
item is a specialty item. Valid values for ET are 0, 12 and 34.
PT, PC
item is a pipe. Valid values for PT are 0, 12, and 50.
IT, IC
item is an instrument. Valid values for IT are 0, 12, 67.
ST, SC
item is a pipe support. Valid values for ST are 0, 12, and 80.
When the MTO neutral file record is being generated for an item
then its type is determined and one of the entity, attribute pairs
above is chosen for purposes of fetching an attribute from the
database.
Not all pairs in the above set need to be defined. If a component
data table entry should apply only to one type of item, set the
entity, attribute pairs for other types to zeroes.
CPI

attribute number for the COMPONENT_ATTRIBUTES table.
CPI is also used by the IMPLIED_ITEMS table when set to 1 to
indicate that the attribute will be retrieved from the connect point
of the item generating the implied material.
When set to 1, CPI is used by the IMPLIED_ITEMS table to

When CPI is set (nonzero), CT, ET, PT, IT, and ST should be set to
zero and CC, EC, PC, and IC should be set to one of the values
shown in the following index.
CPI
____
Means
_ _____
1
2

Index
______
Connect
Point Attributes
_ ______________________
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13

outside diameter
end preparation
schedule thickness
pressure rating
face-to-center distance/pipe length
weld number
weld type
gasket gap
stress intensification factor
head loss factor
inspection number
OFFSET
is the offset into the neutral file record to the start of the field.
LENGTH
is the length, in bytes, of the field.
FLAG
Is a special flag that is normally 0 but is set to 1 to inhibit

conversion of code-listed attributes to their ASCII string
equivalents. When FLAG is set to 1, the code-list number will be
placed in the record.
If lap joint flanges are mapped to ISOGEN record number 106 to generate both
the stub and flange in the ISOGEN material list, a separate record generated is
in the MTO neutral file for the stub as well (refer to the section The PDS-toISOGEN Symbol Map, page 13 - 1 .) The MTO record for the stub is generated
by overlaying attributes from the reference database entry for the stub onto the
database record for the flange and then applying the
COMPONENT_ATTRIBUTES table to this temporary occurrence.
Example 1:
34, 3, 34, 3, 50, 3, 67, 3, 80, 4, 0, 53, 6, 0
This table entry maps the item name attribute for all component types into the neutral file
record starting at column 53 for 6 bytes.
12 - 6
34, 4, 0, 0, 50, 4, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 60, 6, 0

This table entry maps the new item name attribute for component types of COMPONENT
and PIPE. Nothing is generated in the record for SPECIALTY ITEMS, INSTRUMENTS or
PIPE SUPPORTS by this table entry.
0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 66, 8, 0
This table entry maps the GREEN nominal pipe size (also referred to as size 1) into the
neutral file record. Since pipe supports do not have connect point properties, no number is
specified for them in the entry.
0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 2, 74, 8, 0
This table entry maps the RED nominal pipe size (also referred to as size 2) into the neutral
file record.
0, 4, 0, 4, 0, 4, 0, 4, 0, 0, 1, 94, 6, 0
This table entry maps the GREEN schedule (schedule 1) into the neutral file record.
12, 14, 12, 14, 12, 14, 12, 14, 0, 0, 0, 118, 2, 0
This table entry maps the insulation purpose attribute from the segment into the neutral file
record for all items except pipe supports.
12, 27, 12, 27, 12, 27, 12, 27, 0, 0, 0, 126, 2, 1
This entry maps the paint code CODE-LIST VALUE from the segment into the MTO neutral
file record. The code-list value is put in the record rather than the attribute itself because
FLAG is set to 1 and the attribute being mapped is code-listed.
Example 2:
The following is an example of how to set the COMPONENT_ATTRIBUTES to extract item
inspection number and inspection numbers for item connect point one.
34, 121, 34, 121, 50, 59, 67, 128, 80, 38, 0, 96, 4, 0 !item insp key
34, 122, 34, 122, 50, 60, 67, 129, 0, 0, 0, 100, 4, 0 !cp1 insp key
12.3
IMPLIED_ITEMS
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Fields defined in this table appear in neutral file records for bolts, gaskets and welds. The
implied items table provides a means to map attributes that are:
from the component that caused the item to be generated (for example: flange pressure
rating)
from the spec entry for the implied item (for example: for the commodity code)
from data calculated when the item is generated (for example: bolt length)
An entry in this table has the following form:
TYPE, CT, CC, PT, PC, IT, IC, ST, SC, CPF, ITEM, OFFSET, LENGTH,
FLAG
Where:
TYPE
defines the type of implied component that the table entry is to

apply to.
TYPE
______
TABLE
ENTRY APPLIES TO
____________________________
1
2
3
4
Gaskets only
Bolts only
Welds only
All of the above items
CT, CC

COMPONENT or SPECIALTY ITEM. Valid values for CT are 0,
12 and 34.
PT, PC

IT, IC

instrument. Valid values for IT are 0, 12 and 67.
ST, SC
defines a table, column specification that is to be mapped when the

attribute is taken from the reference database entry for the
implied item. The only valid values for ST are 202 and 0.
CPF
is a connect point flag. When this item is set to 1 it indicates that

the attribute will be retrieved from the connect point of the item
generating the implied material. When set other than zero, CT,
PT and IT should be set to 0. CC, PC and IC should be set to one
of the values shown in the following Connect Point Attributes
index.
Index
______
Connect
Point Attributes
_ ______________________
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

outside diameter
end preparation
schedule thickness
pressure rating
weld number
weld type
12 - 8
10
11
12
13
ITEM
gasket gap
head loss factor
inspection number
When this value is other than zero, it indicates that either the
attribute to be mapped is data that was generated along with the
implied item, or the attribute is to be obtained from the spec.
Values for item are dependent on the implied item type as shown
below.
Item
type
_________
ITEM
______
Description
___________
ALL
-1
Use ST,SC to obtain the attribute from

the spec database
BOLT
1
2
Number of bolts
Bolt length in Project Units
Bolt diameter
Number of nuts
Bolt diameter in English Units
Bolt length in English Units
Bolt weight in English Units (pounds)
Bolt weight in English Units
(kilograms)
4
5
6
7
8
GASKET
WELD
0
1
2
3
4
Weld ID number
Weld Type
Material A
Material B
OFFSET
LENGTH
FLAG
is a special flag used to inhibit the conversion of code-listed

attributes to the ASCII string equivalents.
You cannot map attributes for a weld from the reference database into the
neutral file record. However, you can use a component TYPE of 4 (for ALL
implied items) when mapping attributes from the spec for bolts and
gaskets. In the case of a weld the field will be left blank.
Two welds may be generated on olet-like components. The first weld,

which corresponds to the weld that attaches the olet to the header, is
given the size from the header pipe as a safe estimate of the weld size.
The second weld, which corresponds to the point where the branch pipe
attaches to the olet, is given the branch pipe size.
No welds are generated at branch welds. Branch welds are defined as

those components that are mapped to the ISOGEN symbol TESO. The
reason for this is that the component itself represents a weld and it is
generated in the neutral file.
One weld is generated at a reinforcing pad. The weld represents the

attachment of the pad to the header pipe. The reinforcing pad component
represents the attachment of the branch pipe to the header.
Example:
This table entry maps the gasket size into the neutral file record starting at output field 67
for 8 bytes.
1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 66, 8, 0
This table entry maps the item name from the reference database for a bolt into the neutral
file record.
2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 202, 3, 0, -1, 53, 6, 0
This table entry maps the bolt length into the neutral file record.
2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 2, 127, 8, 0
This table entry maps the inspection number for welds, bolts and gaskets into the MTO
neutral file record.
4, 0, 13, 0, 13, 0, 13, 0, 0, 1, 0, 51, 4, 0
12.4
GENERATED_ITEMS
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Fields defined in this table appear in neutral file records for items generated through the
reference database and for chain wheel operators. The generated items table provides a
means to map attributes that are:
from the component that caused the item to be generated
from the reference database entry for the implied item (for example: for the commodity
code)
12 - 10
An entry in this table has the following form:

CT, CC, ET, EC, PT, PC, IT, IC, ST, SC, CPI, ITEM, OFFSET, LENGTH, FLAG
Where:
CT, CC

COMPONENT. Valid values for CT are 0, 12 and 34.
ET, EC

SPECIALTY ITEM. Valid values for ET are 0, 12 and 34.
PT, PC

IT, IC

instrument. Valid values for IT are 0, 12 and 67.
ST, SC

that is to be mapped when the generating component is a pipe
support. Valid values for ST are 0, 12 and 80.
CPI

attribute number for the COMPONENT_ATTRIBUTES table.
When set to 1, CPI is used by the IMPLIED_ITEMS table to
When CPI is set (nonzero), CT, ET, PT, IT, and ST should be set to
zero and CC, EC, PC, and IC should be set to one of the values
shown in the following index.
CPI
____
Means
_ _____
1
2

Index
______
Connect
Point Attributes
_ ______________________
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

outside diameter
end preparation
schedule thickness
pressure rating
weld number
weld type
gasket gap
11
12
13
ITEM

head loss factor
inspection number
When this value is set to 1 it indicates that the attribute to be

mapped is data from the reference database. The value for CC,
EC, PC, IC, and SC should be set according to the table shown
below when ITEM is set to 1.
Attr.
_____
Description
___________
1
2
Generated item commodity code

Generated item quantity
OFFSET
LENGTH
FLAG
is a special flag used to inhibit the conversion of code-listed

attributes to the ASCII string equivalents.
Example:
34, 3, 34, 3, 50, 3, 67, 3, 80, 4, 0, 0, 53, 6, 0
This entry maps the item name of the component that generates some implied material into
the MTO neutral file record at offset 53 for 6 bytes.
0, 2, 0, 2, 0, 2, 0, 2, 0, 2, 0, 2, 75, 8, 0
This entry maps the generated item quantity into the MTO neutral file record at offset 75 for
8 bytes. In the case of a chain wheel operator, this entry corresponds to the length of chain.
12 - 12
The PDS-to-ISOGEN Symbol Map
13 - 1
13. The PDS-to-ISOGEN Symbol Map
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
You can use the PDS-to-ISOGEN symbol map table to tell the ISOGEN interface software
which ISOGEN graphics symbol to use for a specific PDS component when it generates the
Isometric drawing. The table is composed of 9 columns of data that are position-dependent
(that is, the data must appear in specific columns in the table). You can add comments to the
table by placing an an exclamation point (!) in column 1. A table entry consists of one row of
data.
The format for a table entry is as follows:
PDS Item name:
Columns 2-7, left justified
ISOGEN symbol name:
ISOGEN record number:
Columns 14-16, right justified
Number of connect points:
Tap name:
Tap record number:
PDS operator name:
end prep low:
end prep high:
13.1
The PDS Item Name
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The PDS item name is the primary index into the table. Each PDS item that exists in a
pipeline must have an entry for it in this table. As each component is processed, the table is
searched for a corresponding table entry or entries.
13.2
The ISOGEN Symbol Name
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The ISOGEN symbol name is the primary output from the symbol map table. All of the
ISOGEN symbols available with ISOGEN are shown in Appendix B. Look especially at the
notes at the end of the appendix. The symbol names are generally four characters in length.
The first two characters identify the type of symbol and the last two identify the end
preparation. For many symbols, the end prep characters are double asterisks (**). The **
indicate that the symbol may end in one of the following sets of characters:
13 - 2
BW - indicating buttweld ends

FL - indicating flanged ends
SC - indicating threaded ends
SW - indicating socket weld ends
CP - indicating compression ends
PL - indicating plain ends
You can carry the variable end prep notation into the symbol map by substituting the
characters XX for the characters **. For example, the ISOGEN symbol name for a ball valve
is BV** and the table entry would be BVXX. When a line is extracted, the XX is converted to
one of the end prep codes shown above based on the end prep of the component in the model.
When you map a PDS component to an ISOGEN component, you must be sure that the
connect point skeletons (that is, configuration or geometrical arrangement of the connect
points) are the same. You cannot, for example, map a gate valve (whose connect points lie on
a straight line) to an elbow (whose connect points define a 90-degree change-of-direction).
The basic connect point skeletons handled by ISOGEN are:
end point component (plug, blind flange)
straight-through component (gate valve, flange)
offset component (eccentric reducer)
return component (u bend)
change-of-direction component (elbow, angle valve)
single branch component (tee, olet, 3-way valve)
double branch component (cross, 4-way valve)

The change-of-direction components for elbows are not restricted to 90-degree
changes of direction. Other change-of-direction components, such as 2-way
valves, are restricted.
The tee components TESO and TEXX can have variable angle changes of
direction. Other branch components, such as 3-way valves, must have 90degree changes in direction.
13.3
The ISOGEN Record Number
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Another primary output from the symbol map table is the ISOGEN record number. It is
critical that the ISOGEN record match the component type identified by the symbol name.
ISOGEN record numbers are defined in Appendix B.
13 - 3
The symbols in Appendix B are grouped by component type. The component type is
identified at the top of the first page of each group of symbols. For example, a CV** is an
instrument while a VG** is a valve. Appendix B, Record Identification Numbers, shows that
the record number for an instrument In Leg is 90. The record number for a valve is 130.
The PDS symbol for a lap joint flange represents two components: the flange
ring and the stub. You can generate either one or two components in the
isometric when you extract the line. If the ISOGEN record number for the lap
joint is set to 105, only one component (one entry in the BOM) is generated. If
the ISOGEN record number is set to 106, the ISOGEN interface automatically
generates a component representing the stub. In this case, you must have an
entry in the reference database for the stub. The spec access data for the stub
is identical to that for the flange except that the option code is that of the flange
plus 5000.
13.4
Number of Connect Points
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Another table output is the number of connect points for the component. This number does
not include taps that the symbol may have. It is used both for identifying closure
components (plugs, caps, blinds) and for processing tapped components. It is most important
that this number be correct for components that may be tapped.
The number of connect points is also used to distinguish tee type components (which have
three connect points) from branch weld type components (which have two connect points).
The number of connect points must be correct for these types of components. Incorrect
values will cause incorrect entries in the bill-of-material and/or cut pipe report.
13.5
Tapped Component Name
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The tapped component name is used in special situations. When it is used, the ISOGEN
symbol key is taken from this field, rather than the ISOGEN symbol key field.
13.5.1
Tapped elbows
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
An elbow is one of the components that ISOGEN considers special. Because it is special, you
may not redefine it to add tap points as you can with most other symbols. This results in the
need for special handling of tapped elbows.
Symbol keys exist for elbows that have a single tap (see Appendix B). For an elbow that is
tapped in the model, the symbol key that is passed to ISOGEN is taken from the tapped
component name field of the table. Since there are no symbol keys for elbows with more than
one tap, you will not be able to extract a doubly tapped elbow.
13 - 4
13.5.2
Olets attached to fittings
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Normally, olet type components are used as branch or tee-type components. However,
sometimes an olet is attached to a fitting such as a reducer. ISOGEN does not allow the
normal olet type fittings to be used in this case and so you must match an olet attached to a
component to a different symbol (you must use one of the coupling components).
In this situation, connect point 1 of the olet will be attached to a tap. Whenever an olet is
found to be connected to a tap, then the symbol key that is passed to ISOGEN is taken from
the tapped component name field (rather than the ISOGEN symbol name field).
13.6
Tapped component record number
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The tapped component record number corresponds to the tapped component name just as the
ISOGEN record number corresponds to the ISOGEN symbol name. For a tapped elbow, the
record number changes from 35 to 70. For the olet attached to a component, the record
number changes from 40 to 126.
Example 1:
Show the required ISOGEN table entries needed to map socket weld GAT valves to the
ISOGEN symbol VTSW, flanged GAT valves with the operator OP_100 to the symbol VTFL
and all other GAT valves to the symbol VV**.
PDS
NAME
_______
ISG
NAME
_______
ISG
_REC
____
NO
CP
___
GAT
GAT
GAT
VTFL
VTSW
VVXX
130
130
130
2
2
2
TAP
_NAME
______
TAP
_REC
____
PDS
OPER
______
END
LOW
_____
END
HIGH
______
OP_100
1
400
199
429
The table entries must be defined in the same order as shown above.
13.7
PDS Valve Operator Name
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The PDS valve operator name is an optional table input. This input is used when it is
defined in the model and when it is defined in this table. When a component has a valve
operator, the valve operator name from the model is compared to the valve operator name in
the table (if it is defined). If they are the same, the table entry is checked further. If they
are not the same, the table entry is rejected. If the valve operator is not defined in the table,
then it is not considered in the table lookup.
13 - 5
13.8
End Prep Low and End Prep High
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The end prep low and end prep high table entries define an end prep range, a range of end
preparation values, which makes component end prep an optional table input. If the end
prep range is defined, the components end prep is checked to see whether or not it falls
within the range defined by end prep low and high. If it does fall within the range, a match
has occurred and the table entry is accepted. If it does not, the table entry is rejected. If no
range is defined, the components end prep is not considered in the table lookup.
13.9
Order of Table Entries
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Due to the manner in which the table lookup is performed, it is necessary to put the most
restrictive table entries prior to the least restrictive. Entries should be in the following order
in the table:
1.
Entries with PDS name, operator name and end prep range.
2.
Entries with PDS name and either valve operator name or end prep range.
3.
Entries with only PDS name and neither valve operator or end prep range.
When table entries are placed in the above order, the software can choose the proper table
entry, for each case.
13 - 6
The Valve / Operator Table 14 - 1
14. The Valve / Operator Table
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The valve / operator table is used to map a PDS valve and valve operator to an ISOGEN
symbol different from the one mapped by the valve item name alone. This enables you to
take better advantage of the variety of valve symbols that are defined within ISOGEN. It
also gives you more flexibility in how you map PDS symbols to user-defined ISOGEN
symbols. A valve / operator table is an ASCII file created with the editor. The format of the
table is as follows:
m,n
OPER1,
OPER2,
.
.
.
OPERm,
VALV1,
SYM11,
SYM12,
.
.
.
SYMm1,
VALV2,
SYM12,
SYM22,
.
.
.
SYMm2,
...
...
...
VALVn,
SYM1n,
SYM2n,
.
.
.
SYMmn
Where:
m-
is the number of rows in the table or the number of operators.
n-
is the number of columns in the table or the number of valves.
VALVp-
is the pth column heading in the table where p is less than or equal to n.
OPERq-
is the qth row heading in the table where q is less than or equal to m.
SYMpq-
is the table entry corresponding to VALVp and OPERq.
Example 1:
Develop an example valve / operator table.
4, 2
OP_3,
OP_5,
OP_9,
OP_11,
GATR,
VTXX,
VKXX,
VSXX,
VGXX,
GAT,
VVXX,
VDXX,
VNXX,
VPXX
You do not need to define every table entry with a value for SYMpq.
If VALVp and OPERq should not map to a new symbol, make the table
entry a blank ().
14 - 2
Every entry in the table, except for m and n, must be surrounded by

single quotes and separated by commas. Otherwise, an error will occur
when the table is read in.
Each valve defined in the VALOPR table must still be defined in the PDS
to ISOGEN symbol map. When a valve and operator map to a new symbol
in the VALOPR table, the new symbol must have the same ISOGEN
record number as the one defined for the valve in the PDS-to-ISOGEN
symbol map.
For example, you can map a PDS symbol named GLOR to an ISOGEN
symbol named VVXX with an ISOGEN record number of 130. However,
you can not map the GLOR with an operator symbol of OP_3 to the
ISOGEN symbol CVXX, because CVXX is an instrument with an ISOGEN
record number of 90.
Intergraph option 31 must be enabled in order for the VALOPR table to be

accessed.
The capability provided by this table is similar to that provided through

the PDS to ISOGEN symbol map. If you are mapping valves and valve
operators to ISOGEN symbols, then using the VALOPR table is much
more efficient than having multiple records in the PDS to ISOGEN symbol
map.
If, however, you are utilizing the end prep range in the symbol map, you
should also use the PDS operator name which is input in the symbol map
to map valves and valve operators. The reason for this is that references
to the VALOPR table overlay references to the PDS to ISOGEN symbol
map. That is, VALOPR table access occurs subsequent to the lookup in
the PDS to ISOGEN symbol map.
Repeatability 15 - 1
15. Repeatability
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
ISOGENs Repeatability facility allows isometric drawings to be re-extracted. When a

drawing is re-extracted, its repeating data is recalled for purposes of extracting the isometric
after modifications have been made in the piping model. Repeating data includes:
The Isos Traversal Start point - (saved to the project database)
The Extracted Items Iso Sheet Number - (saved to the design database)
The extracted Items Piecemark Number
Repeatability can be enabled and disabled via the Schedule Batch Job
form.
Repeatability - Related Information

manipulated when using the repeatability feature.
38, 108, 109
4, 68
NONE
NONE
15 - 2
15.1
Repeatability Restrictions and Limitations
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The following is a list of restrictions, limitations and rules that must be followed to ensure
success when using the repeatability facility.
Since there is only one place in the piping design file for sheet and spool numbers,
repeatability will only be supported for one type of isometric.
Split points placed in piping will be ignored during re-extraction.
Implied items are not saved in the database and have no record kept that identifies the
sheet to which they apply. Therefore, implied items will always be re-extracted on the
same sheet as the item which implied them.
The ISOGEN software will decide if a sheet will break at a flange. All
bolts and gaskets for the flange will be on the same sheet as the flange.
The repeatability facility should not be used if the design is not stable or if extensive
changes are being made to a pipeline. If extensive revisions are made to a line and
repeatability is used, the result may be a sheet that contains too much information to
decipher.
If this situation occurs, it may be necessary to disable repeatability and extract the
drawing normally so that it can be repaginated.
Commands that maintain the old database record are preferred during piping design
after the option to use repeating isometrics has been used. Delete Component deletes
the database record, and there is no way of knowing the sheet to which it belongs. This
is especially true if the item prior to it is on sheet 1, and the item after it is on sheet 2.
If you plan on re-extracting an isometric drawing, it must first be extracted with
ISOGEN option 108 set to 1 or 2. Once set, this option will not allow pipe splits.
When a line is re-extracted, items with a sheet number of 0 will be placed on the same
sheet as the item just prior to it.
When a line is re-extracted, items that were added before the previous traversal start
point will be placed on sheet one.
It will not be possible for a multi-sheet iso to contain only disconnected
pipelines. For example, if sheet 1 has two notes CONT ON DRG 2,
drawing 2 will connect these ends.
If an entire sheet is deleted, the sheet numbering will be incorrect when re-extracting a
drawing. For example, the initial extraction generates three sheets. A redesign is done
and the second sheet is deleted. When this line is re-extracted, it will produce two
sheets since blank sheets can not be output.
New spool numbers will not be generated when additional piping is added to the
drawing. Since new spool numbers are not identified by ISOGEN, the spool number in
the design database will not be updated when extracting with existing sheets.
15.2
Extraction Information in the Database
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Extraction information, depending on its classification, is written to either the project or
design database.
Extraction Information in the Project Database

Re-extraction information saved to the project database includes the original start traversal
point, section number, entity, component occurrence and segment occurrence numbers. The
project database table pdtable_189 contains re-extraction information.
The following is the format for the table, pdtable_189.
# Isometric Drawing Re-Extraction Data

table number = 189 , number of columns = 8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
drawing_indx_no
, integer
section_no
, short
start_traversal_X , integer
start_traversal_Y , integer
start_traversal_Z , integer
start_entity , short
start_comp_occ, integer
start_seg_occ , integer
Extraction Information in the Design Database

When the repeatability is used and the option Save Sheet Extraction Data has been set,
existing columns in the design database will be updated in tables 34, 50, 67, and 80. These
columns include:
iso_dwg_index_no
, integer
isometric_sheet_no , character(2)
piece_mark_no , character(10)
Where:
iso_drawing_index_no
isometric_sheet_number
will be the number in table 185 column 1 of

the project database.
will be the number of the sheet on which the
item appears.
15 - 4
piece_mark_no
will be the number of the spool on which the

item appears.
When a component belongs to a spool that starts on a different sheet, the

piece_mark_no value is reported as a three digit number in the format: xyy.
Where x is the iso sheet number on which the spool starts and yy is the
components spool number (on the x sheet).
Only shop items can receive piece mark numbers. All field items are assigned a
piece_mark_no of 0.
15.3
Determining the Traversal Start Point
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
When using the repeatability function, the ISOGEN software will determine the traversal
start point for the extraction. In order of highest priority, the following is a list of rules for
determining a traversal point.
1.
Compare the start_entity and start_comp_occ with each item that has been determined
to be an end point. If a match occurs, use this as the start point.
End point marked as -1, or -2 for a cap, is a valid start point.
End points marked as -3 for pipe support are not considered as a valid start point.
Refer to Section 4: Design File Data Sorted by Topo, page 6 - 15 for more
information.
2.
The original start component is not an endpoint. Compare the start_seg_occ with each
item that has been determined to be an end point.
If one end matches, use this end point as start point.
If two ends match, pick the end that is the closest to the last traversal start point.
3.
The original start component and segment occurrence are not considered endpoints.
The last start point component exists, but it is no longer an end point. Choose the end
point that is closest to the original start component.
Intergraph option switch 68 can be used to stop the extraction process if
the original start item can not be used.
The ISOGEN software will generate informational-type messages that
show the decision process that lead to selecting a traversal start point.
15.4
Determining Sheet Split Points
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
A sheet split location is determined by comparing the current isometric_sheet_no (sheet
number) with the previous item sheet number (excluding sheet 0). Split point location is
saved and output after the .idf file has completed and all split locations have been
determined.
Sheet split locations will be determined using the following rules:

Sheet numbers that are 0 will not be considered for sheet split records. Unless
otherwise stated, they will not be considered as a sheet change.
When a component is processed and that component has a sheet number different from
previously processed components, a sheet split record is created. Until a new sheet
number is read, all processed components will be output to that sheet.
An informational-type message will be output if the previous items sheet
number was set to 0 and the current sheet number is a new sheet. This
reminds you to verify that all items were put on the correct sheet. The message
will include the occurrence number of the item with sheet set to 0. A message
to be used by the piping software is output in the MTO format.
Error and Warning messages concerning sheet splits are output to the end of idf
generation.
Correcting Incorrect Splits

If an item has a 0 in the isometric_sheet_no column of the database, it is treated as either an
additional item or the previous item was deleted and replaced with a new item. In this
situation, a general rule has been established:
Items whose sheet number is set to 0 will be output on the previous items sheet. Such that,
when a starting item has its sheet number set to zero, the item would appear on sheet
number 1.
If necessary, this situation can be corrected by setting the isometric_sheet_no of the
appropriate item to the correct sheet number in the design database. If more than one item
in a series of items have sheet numbers set to 0, find the item that should start the new sheet
and change the isometric_sheet_no to the correct number.
15.5
Determining Spool Split Points
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Like sheet split points, a spool split location is identified by comparing current
piece_mark_no (spool number) with previous items spool number (excluding spool number 0).
Location of the split between spools will be saved and output after the .idf file has been
generated and all split locations have been determined.
Items with spool number 0 will be placed on the current spool being processed. The spool
split locations are determined using the following rules:
Sheet numbers that are 0 are not considered for sheet split records. Unless otherwise
stated, they are not considered as a sheet change.
When a component is processed and has a sheet number different from previously
processed components, a sheet split record is created. Until a new sheet number is
read, all components processed will be output to that sheet.
15 - 6
An informational-type message will be output if the previous items spool

number was set to Blank and the current spool number is a new spool. This
reminds you to verify that all items were put on the correct spool. The message
will include the occurrence number of the item with spool set to 0. A message to
be used by the piping software is output in the MTO format.
Welds 16 - 1
16. Welds
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The following is a list of weld features available in the ISOGEN software:

Delivered weld symbols
Dotted weld symbols
User-defined weld symbols
Codelist values for standard notes 180 and 1100
Weld type and mapping
Offshore fabrication category
Unique weld numbering
User-defined weld prefix
User-defined weld summary report
Welds listed in the bill of materials
A weld type defined as codelist value 2 will be interpreted as a no weld
connection. This can be used when a weld is not wanted on match lines or pipe
and pipe bends. All PDS applications recognize codelist value of 2 (from codelist
1100: weld type) as a no weld connection.
For pipe bends, change skey PB to PBBW designates to the ISOGEN software
that the connection is a butt weld. ISOGEN will automatically place a shop
weld symbol at the connection and include the correct data in the cut list. The
delivered map file will not change (set to PB by default).
Weld Enhancements - Related Information

manipulated when creating a Weld Enhancement.
22, 53, 54, 74, 75
16 - 2

62, 69
Also: The twelfth entry in the FILES Section of the Options File: Weld Definition Report
Format File (WDF) (See Chapter 8)
USER_DEFINED_WELDS
WELD_PREFIX
-414, -415, -416, -417, -418, -419, -421, -422, -423, -457
Delivered weld symbols
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SKEYs for Existing Weld Types

Description
___________
SKEY
______
Field Fit
Weld Mitre
Weld Mitre field fit
Offshore Weld
Offshore Weld Field Fit
Workshop
Site
Erection Weld Connection
WF (Can add extra length to pipe)

WM
WMF
WO
WOF
WW
WS
XX (Where XX would be for fittings
with SW, SC, CP)
16.1
Dotted Weld Symbols
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Dotted weld symbols can not be redefined, and are intended for internal program use
only. They are automatically selected when the need for a dotted weld is detected by the
ISOGEN software. Dotted welds should be used when:
a dotted pipeline continuation situations occurs
dealing with a pipeline that has a special status of dotted
open ends of a pipeline terminate with a welded end
Welds 16 - 3
New Dotted SKEYs for Weld Symbols

Description
___________
SKEY
______
Workshop
Site
Field Fit
Weld Mitre
Weld Mitre
Offshore Weld
Offshore Weld Field Fit
Erection Weld Connection on fittings
with SW, SC, CP
WWD
WSD
WFD
WMD
WMFD
WOD
WOFD
XXD
16.2
User-defined Weld Symbols
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The following is a list of guidelines that must be followed when creating a new weld symbol.
Mitre welds can not be redefined. All other weld symbols can be user-created.
New weld symbols can be generated just as any other user-defined symbol with the
Isometric Symbol Editor, located under the Utilities option. Refer to Entering the
Iso Symbol Editor Environment, page 5 - 72 for more information.
16.3
Codelist Values for Standard Note 180 and 1100
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
When the ISOGEN software is used to segregate offshore welds and identify mitre welds,
standard note tables 180 and 1100 should be revised to accommodate this functionality.
Changes to these tables will allow you to define which items will be in the offshore category
of the bill of materials. Making revisions to standard notes 180 and 1100 will also allow
different graphics symbologies of weld connections (offshore, mitre.). For more information,
see Weld Types and Mapping, page 16 - 3 .
16.4
Weld Types and Mapping
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
To define a weld type (shop, field, offshore) and weld symbology, revise the options file table
USER_DEFINED_WELDS. This allows you to create a weld symbol and identify those
weld-type codelist numbers (CL 1000) that will have a different weld symbol on the isometric
drawing. It is also possible to map the weld symbol (existing or user-defined) to the
appropriate weld-type codelist number by revising the USER_DEFINED_WELDS section.
For more information, see
USER_DEFINED_WELDS, page 7 - 45 .
When the USER_DEFINED_WELDS section is not added to the options file:
Shop welds (WW SKEY) and field fit welds (WF SKEY) are the only available
types of welds.
16 - 4
Shop welds are given fabrication codelist value numbers 11 through 20

inclusive.
No Weld is given fabrication codelist value 1.
Field fit welds are given all other fabrication codelist value numbers with the
exception of 1, and 11 through 20.
16.5
Offshore Fabrication Category
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The ISOGEN software offers and optional feature for segregating offshore fabrication
category in the bill of materials. The OFFSHORE_FABCAT_CODE_LIST_VALUES section
in the options file is used in the same way as the Shop FABCAT section. For more
information, see OFFSHORE_FABCAT_CODE_LIST_VALUES, page 7 - 80 .
SHOP_FABCAT_CODE_LIST_VALUES or
OFFSHORE_FABCAT_CODE_LIST_VALUES the item will default to field.
16.6
Unique Weld Numbering
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The ISOGEN software has the ability to display unique weld numbers from the piping
database and display them on the isometric drawing. Since a PDS-generated weld number is
eight characters long, the weld number is an arrowed message. If an enclosure is chosen for
weld numbering (see ISOGEN option 75), it must be one of the following:
diamond ended box
round ended box
rectangular box
If an enclosure is not chosen, the default will generate a normal arrowed message with no
box that points to the weld.
16.7
User-defined Weld Prefix
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The ISOGEN software allows the addition of weld prefix when using weld numbering. A
weld prefix may be used:
As a prefix to the actual weld number on the isometric in a box. The box shape to be set
in Isogen option 75.
As a form of general note about weld identification when positioned on the drawing
frame.
Welds 16 - 5
As part of the output in the user-defined weld summary report to identify each weld.
For more information, see WELD_PREFIX, page 7 - 47.
16.8
The Weld Summary Report
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
A printed weld summary report is generated by setting Intergraph option 69. A new file
name in the FILES Table (refer to The Files Table, page 7 - 42 ) of the options file is
required if a user-defined format of the weld summary report is to be used. The designated
file can be used for both the weld summary on the isometric drawing and the printed weld
summary file.
This optional file is referred to as the Weld Definition File (WDF) and is the twelfth entry in
the FILES Table of the options file. The WDF file allows you to specify, within certain limits,
the style and content of:
The headings and data content of an alternative weld box to the normal weld box that
is generated using ISOGEN option switch 53.
Any alternative boxs output on the isometric in the same position as the
normal weld box will be located in the bottom right corner of the isometric
drawing area.
The headings and data content of the weld summary report.
If the Intergraph option to generate a weld summary report is set to 1 and the
WDF file name is undefined, a Warning Error will be issued and the weld
summary report will not be created. The report file name will be isoname.wXX
where XX is the revision number.
16.8.1
Weld Definition File Format
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The Weld Definition File (WDF) allows the user to:
Define the format of an alternative weld box displayed on the isometric drawing
Define a backing sheet on the drawing frame
Define the format of the Weld Summary Report
As a general rule, all heading and title formatting must be positioned in the file exactly as it
is positioned on the printed output. Title elements, other than unique identifiers, can be
used with any format. Data item identifiers will be enclosed in single quotation marks.
Unique identifiers will be used to determine what is defined and must match exactly. These
identifiers include:
WELD-BOX-HEADINGS
WELD-BOX-DATA-ITEMS
WELD-INFO-CONTROLS
WELD-INFO-DATA-ITEMS
WELD-SUMMARY-TITLES
16 - 6
WELD-SUMMARY-COLUMN-HEADINGS
WELD-SUMMARY-DATA-ITEMS
Weld Boxes - Alternative Style

Available formats for Weld boxes include headings, box data items, controls and information
data items.
There is no imposed limit on the width of the user-defined weld box. Although, keep in
mind that the weld box takes up space in the isometric drawing area. Therefore, the
width should be kept to an absolute minimum.
Blank characters can be used as required.
Blank columns are allowed.
Use the | character to indicate vertical column positions.
Weld box headings can be any ascii string.
Weld box data items must carry:
a data item identifier
a start position along the horizontal line
a justification marker
Weld Box Data Item Identifiers:
Identifier
_________
ATEXT
Used
_____________
WELD-NO
WELD-CAT
N.S.
WELD-TYPE
-414, -415, -416

-414, -415, -416
-417, -418, -419,-421, -422, -423
Weld Box Justification Markers

R
L
C
Right Justified
Left Justified
Center Justified
Weld Boxes - Using a Backing Sheet

When this form of weld information output is used, a design file (drawing frame) must be
provided. The design file must contain an area that can receive weld information. The
format is user definable, but no column headings are defined. All column headings must
already exist in the design file.
Welds 16 - 7
This style of output requires two types of information:

Basic Weld Control Information
Weld Data Item Information
Basic Weld Control Information
Unless otherwise stated, where a number is required it will be integer or in real
mms with only one decimal place allowed.
Unless otherwise stated, all of the following inputs are mandatory.
Define the form of list to be output by entering one of the following.
CONTINUOUS-DOWN
CONTINUOUS-UP
Define start positions for information using the format:

START-POSITION XPOS YPOS
Where: XPOS and YPOS is the x and y location in the design file.
Define the vertical spacing between each line of horizontal text on the welding list using
the format:
VERTICAL-SPACING value
Define the maximum number of lines that can be printed before automatic overflow
onto another sheet occurs using the format:
MAXIMUM-ENTRIES value
Where: value is an integer

Define the character height used for weld information using the format:
TEXT-HEIGHT value
Define the level where weld information should be placed. (Optional) Use the format:
DRAWING-LAYER value
Where: value is a level 1 - 63

Define the weight of characters output. (Optional)
TEXT-THICKNESS
Where: value is a weight 0 - 10
16 - 8
Weld Data Item Information

Data items must carry a data item identifier and start position information ( The x position
in mms locates the bottom left hand point of the text string to be plotted. All text will be
LEFT justified).
Weld Box Data Item Identifiers
Identifier
_________
Used
_ATEXT
____________
WELD-NO
WELD-CAT
N.S.
WELD-TYPE
-414, -415, -416

-414, -415, -416
-417, -418, -419,-421, -422, -423
Weld Summary Report

The weld summary report page length is controlled by ISOGEN option switch 63.
When generating this report three sections of data are required in the WDF file. These
include:
The printed weld summary title definitions (WELD-SUMMARY-TITLES) This section
can contain two types of information
Heading titles
Data items to be listed with the title
Unique identifiers available for title information:
PIPELINE-REFERENCE
PIPING-SPEC
DATE-DMY
PAGE
The column heading definitions (WELD-SUMMARY-COLUMN-HEADINGS)

This section can be any ascii string.
The data definitions to be listed in each column (WELD-SUMMARY-DATA-ITEMS)
Refer to the previous definition of Weld Box Data Item for the format of this section.
used with PAGE attribute indicates program generated page number.
Blank indicates a blank line.
The overall width of the weld summary report should not exceed 130 characters.
Welds 16 - 9
16.8.2
Example WDF File
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
An example for an alternative weld list in the WDF file:
WELD-BOX-HEADINGS
| Weld | Weld | N.S. | Weld | Welder |
|
No
| Cat | mm | Type |
ID
|
WELD-BOX-DATA-ITEMS
WELD-NO4 R
WELD-CAT
10 L
N.S. 17 L
WELD-TYPE 25 L
An example for user defined backing weld list in the WDF file:
WELD-INFO-CONTROLS
CONTINUOUS-DOWN
START-POSITION
225.0
VERTICAL-SPACING 4.5
MAXIMUM-ENTRIES 20
TEXT-HEIGHT
2.5
DRAWING-LAYER
16
TEXT-THICKNESS
2
80.5
WELD-INFO-DATA-ITEMS
WELD-NO
225.0
WELD-CAT
235.0
N.S.
245.0
WELD-TYPE 260.0
An example for a user defined weld summary report in the WDF file:
WELD-SUMMARY-TITLES
WELD SUMMARY PAGE
Blank
PIPELINE REF: PIPELINE_REFERENCE
Blank
PIPING SPEC : PIPING-SPEC
16 - 10
WELD-SUMMARY-HEADINGS
Weld
Weld
N.S.
No
Cat
mm
____
____
____
Weld
Type
____
Welder
ID
______
WELD-SUMMARY-DATA-ITEMS
WELD-NO8 R
WELD-CAT
17 L
N.S. 26 L
WELD-TYPE 37 L
16.9
Welds Listed in the Bill of Materials
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
For welds listed in the BOM:
Intergraph option 62 controls material pointers for welds.
The commodity code will be SHOP, FIELD or OFFSHORE.
The description will be weld type, material grade A and material grade B.
Dimensioning and Coordinate Output 17 - 1
17. Dimensioning and Coordinate Output
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Coordinate and Dimensioning Features - Related Information

manipulated to change dimensioning/coordinate output.
9, 41, 66, 80, 81, 119
NONE
NONE
-455
17.1
Dimensioning Features
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
ISOGENs dimensioning features allows you to:
Dimension Valve Centerlines
Suppress Branch Dimensioning
String Dimensioning
Gaskets Included In Flanged Component Dimensions
USA Style Dimensioning
Non-Dimensioned Supports
ISOGEN option 119 controls vertical dimensions/elevations. See Appendix B,
Alias ISOGEN Tables, for more information.
17 - 2
Dimensioning Valve Centerlines

This feature dimensions valves with certain bores and/or end conditions dimensioned to their
centerline only, using string or composite dimension types. This is controlled by ISOGEN
option 80 and 81.
Centerline dimensioning on valves will only work with valves that have a
spindle point define. Refer to Entering the Iso Symbol Editor Environment,
page 5 - 72 for information on defining a spindle point.
ISOGEN option 80 defines the end type that will be dimensioned to the items centerline.
ISOGEN option 81 determines the upper size limit of valves that will be dimensioned to their
centerline. All diameters that exceed the value specified by switch 81 are dimensioned
normally.
ISOGEN options 80 and 81 provide the complete definition of valves which will be
dimensioned to their centerline. Units of input for the size limit are defined with ISOGEN
41.
See Appendix B, Alias ISOGEN Tables, for more information.
Suppressing Branch Dimensioning
This feature suppresses branches and tee bends/elbows with certain bores and/or number of
components. Units of input for the size limit are defined by ISOGEN option 41.
ISOGEN option 81 determines the upper size limit of branches whose dimensioning will be
suppressed. All branch sizes that exceed the value specified by switch 81 are dimensioned
normally.
ISOGEN option 81 also determines the upper limit of components in a branch run that will
have dimensioning suppressed. A branch run that exceeds the number of defined
components is dimensioned normally.
String Dimensioning
This feature allows pipeline components to be dimensioned individually.
ISOGEN option 9 flags individual dimensions to be output for every component in the
pipeline.
Gaskets Included in Flanged Component Dimensions
This feature allows dimensioned flanged components to include gaskets (if present) in the
dimension. Leader lines from adjoining flanges are displayed, while dimension leader lines
from valve ends are not displayed.
Dimensioning and Coordinate Output 17 - 3
ISOGEN option 9 flags dimensioning to include gasket thickness.

USA Style Dimensioning
This feature displays the dimension on top of the dimension line.
ISOGEN option 9, causes dimensions to be displayed on top of the witness line (USA style).
17.2
Coordinate Features
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
ISOGENs coordinate features allow you to:
Extend Witness Lines
Display Elevations at Bend/Elbow Intersections
Display Elevations at Branch Intersections
Display Split Point Coordinates
ISOGEN option 119 controls vertical dimensions/elevations. See Appendix B,
Alias ISOGEN Tables, for more information.
Extend Witness Line
This feature allows elevations/coordinates to be output along an extended witness line at
bends/elbows.
ISOGEN option 66, displays elevations/coordinates along extended witness lines.
Display Elevation at Bend/Elbow Intersections
This feature allows you to:
Suppress Elevations at bend/elbow intersections
Partial set of coordinates at bend/elbow intersections
Only the coordinates that have changed
A full set of coordinates at bend/elbow intersections.
ISOGEN option 66 is used to define the Display Elevation at Bend/Elbow Intersections
feature.
17 - 4

Display Elevations at Branch Intersections
This feature allows you to:
Suppress elevations at branch intersections
Display a partial set of coordinates at a branch intersection
Display only the coordinates that have changed
Display a full set of coordinates at branch intersections
ISOGEN option 66 is used to define the Display Elevation at Branch Intersections feature.
Split Point Coordinate Display
This feature allows a full set of coordinates at iso split points to be grouped with a
continuation note.
ISOGEN option 66 is used to define the Display Elevation at Branch Intersections feature.
Detail Sketch and Information Note Facility 18 - 1
18. Detail Sketch and Information Note Facility
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The Detail Sketch Facility allows pre-defined detail sketches (MicroStation cells) to be
automatically selected and positioned on the isometric drawing. In addition, a cross
reference is added to the referenced item on the plotted pipeline.
The Information Note Facility automatically selects general or specific notes (MicroStation
cells) and positions them on the isometric drawing in the same manner as detail sketches.
The initial information note is placed in the lower left corner of the drawing with additional
notes being placed to the right along the bottom of the drawing.
Information notes and detail sketch cells can be placed on the same drawing.
18 - 2
Detail Sketch/Information Note Facility - Related Information

manipulated when using the Detail Sketch Facility.
71, 92
66
Also: The tenth entry in the FILES section of the options file: cell library. This entry
defines the microstation cell library that contains the detail/note cells.
The eleventh entry in the FILES section of the options file: DDF file. This entry in the
options file defines the DDF (Data Definition File) that will be used to determine graphic
parameters for the detail sketch/note.
-456, -541, -542
18.1
Detail Sketch Entries in the DDF
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This is an example of the portion of the Data Definition File (DDF) that pertains to the
Detail Sketch facility.
DETAIL-SKETCH
FILE-FORMAT
SKETCH-SIZE
CROSS-REFERENCE
TEXT-HEIGHT
TEXT-THICKNESS
DRAWING-LAYER
DXF
50 50
35 5 ALPHA
3
2
1
Where:
DETAIL-SKETCH
is the section header in the DDF.
FILE_FORMAT DXF
determines the format of the detail. This line is

ignored by PD_ISO.
Detail Sketch and Information Note Facility 18 - 3
SKETCH-SIZE 50 50
determines the X-Y size of the detail on the iso.

The value is in either millimeters or inches
(determined by ISOGEN switch 92).
CROSS-REFERENCE 35 5
ALPHA
determines the X-Y cross reference position on

the detail in either millimeters or inches
(determined by ISOGEN switch 92), and the
character type of the cross reference text.
TEXT-HEIGHT 3
determines the text height for the cross reference

identifier.
TEXT-THICKNESS 2
determines the weight of the text for the cross

reference identifier.
DRAWING-LAYER 1
determines the level for the cross reference

identifier text.
For more information about the DDF, refer to Isometric Presentation, page 20 1.
18.2
Information Note Entries in the DDF
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This is an example of the portion of the DDF that pertains to the Information-Note facility.
INFORMATION-NOTE
FILE-FORMAT
DXF
NOTE-SIZE
50
20
Where:
INFORMATION-NOTE
is the section header in the DDF.
FILE-FORMAT DXF
determines the format of the note cell. This line

is ignored by PD_ISO.
NOTE-SIZE 50 20
determines the X-Y size of the detail on the iso.

The value is in either millimeters or inches
(determined by ISOGEN switch 92).
18 - 4
Weight Display 19 - 1
19. Weight Display
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The Weight Display Facility allows the weight stored in the Design database for each
component to be extracted from the 3D model and listed on the isometric material list. Total
weight can be generated for the pipeline, for the Fabrication (Shop) components, for the
Erection (Field) components, and for Offshore components. Spool weight can be generated
for Spool isometrics.
Weight Display - Related Information

manipulated when using the Weight Display Facility.
41
47, 63
NONE
-352, -353, -354, -355, -379, -380, -381
Weight will be interpreted as:
Unit weight of a component
Weight per length of a pipe/tube
Where: length is a foot in Imperial Units, and a Meter in Metric units
A Warning Message will be output to the error file when weight has not been
recorded in the design database for a pipe/component:
(35:1111) Warning - Component(s) with no Weight found
19 - 2
19.1
Center of Gravity Calculation
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Before Calculating the Iso Center of Gravity
1.
Generate an ISAM center of gravity weight library.

From Windows File Manager or the DOS prompt, run the \pdiso\bin\bldwtlib.exe
executable to generate or update an ISAM weight library.
Once initialized, bldwtlib prompts you to input an ASCII weight library neutral file.
The default, weight_lib.neu, is located in the \pdiso\examples directory and contains
entry definitions and example data that can be referenced to make a custom weight
library neutral file.
After a weight library neutral file is defined, you are prompted to enter a name or use
the default name, cog_weight.l, for the resulting ISAM weight library. By default, the
file is written to the examples directory.
2.
Set Intergraph option 63 to 1.
3.
Edit the ISOGEN options file.

Define the name of the ISAM center of gravity library under the ninth entry of the
FILES category. This is the library that will be used to make center of gravity
calculations.
For example, \pdiso\examples\cog_weight.l
!COG WEIGHT LIBRARY
Define the center of gravity entry in the MTO record map, which is the fifth entry of
the FILES category.
For example, \pdiso\examples\cogmto.tbl
!MTO RECORD MAP
If the Debug switch on the Submit Batch Job form is set to on, a center of
gravity report file, <isoname><sheet#>.cog, is written to the output directory.
If the Verify on the Submit Batch Job form is set to on, additional
Intergraph information about each component is added to the center of gravity
report file.
In the STIB data file (used to place drawing title block text), center of gravity x,
y and z coordinates are assigned as node numbers 908, 909 and 910
respectively.
Isometric Presentation 20 - 1
20. Isometric Presentation
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
ISOGENs Presentations feature allows you to customize the presentation of a generated

isometric drawing. ISOMETRIC-DEFINITION is the identifier used when defining
information for Isometric Presentations.
When using the user-defined formats, it is your responsibility to ensure (by doing
trial runs) that the specified options are practical and produce the required
isometric presentation before committing to project use.
The drawing definition file (DDF) contains user-defined requirements that determine the
final plotted isometric presentation. The DDF file is the eleventh entry in the FILES section
of the options file.
In addition to containing isometric presentation information, the DDF also contains Detail
Sketch definition data (DETAIL-SKETCH).
Subsection identifiers for user-defined presentation features include:
PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES
PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES-SPECIAL
PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES-DOTTED
BEND/ELBOW-REPRESENTATION
FITTINGS-GENERAL
FITTINGS-SPECIAL
FITTINGS-UNDIMENSIONED-BRANCHES
MISC-ITEMS
LAYER-NAMES
An example data definition file is located at the end of this section.
20 - 2
The DDF uses the following conventions:

Must be an ascii character file.
All identifiers (Main and Sub-section) plus all data attributes must start in position one
on a new line.
No spaces are allowed in any identifier or attribute name.
Use of any of the subsection identifiers is optional. Program defaults will be used as
required.
Isometric Presentation - Related Information

manipulated when defining a isometric presentation.
NONE
NONE
NONE
The eleventh entry in the FILES Section of the Options File: Data Definition File (DDF) (See
Chapter 8)
NONE
20.1
PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES section of the DDF allows you to define the following
characteristics for a plotted pipeline (Pipe, Elbows, Bends, Tees, Crosses, etc.):
N.S. (Bore Units)
N.S. Range
Plotted Pipe Thickness
Layer (Level) number
Attribute/Data Identifiers
Bore Units
N.S. Data
Data = inches or mm
N.S. Range
N.S.RANGE min
and max bore
min/max bores may be stated in either

Integer or Real (such as, 1 1.0 1.5 10
10.0)
Thickness
THICKNESS data
1 data 2
data 1 = Integer number representing

required thickness.
data 2 = Actual Thickness (width) of
plotted line in mm (Real Number).
Layer
LAYER data
data is an Integer identifying the

required Layer (Level) to which the
Pipeline is to be assigned.
Example PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES Input:

PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES
N.S. INCH
N.S.RANGE
0
2 THICKNESS
N.S.RANGE 2.5 6 THICKNESS
N.S.RANGE
8
* THICKNESS
2
4
6
1.0
2.0
2.5
LAYER
LAYER
LAYER
10
10
10
Guidelines for Defining PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES Input:

Any number of Spaces are allowed between the attribute identifier and data items.
All lines must start in position one.
Allow space for a maximum of five N.S. RANGE records.
Use of LAYER is optional. If LAYER is not set, the ISOGEN default LAYER set will be
used.
An * is allowed in last maximum bore position to signal that there is no maximum bore
limit.
20 - 4
THICKNESS data 1 attribute is used to define required line weight in plotfile output.
THICKNESS data 2 is used by the ISOPLOT module of ISOGEN when positioning
Messages along the pipeline.
20.2
PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES-SPECIAL
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES-SPECIAL section of the DDF is used in the same way as the
PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES feature except that the attributes set only apply to pipeline
sections designated Special Status.
Special Status is recognized when attribute status is set to DOTTED or NOMTO.
20.3
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES-DOTTED section of the DDF allows you to define thickness
and layer attributes for the following three categories of dotted representation.
Dotted Special Status (SPECIAL-STATUS; such as Dotted, NO-MTO Items)
Dotted Pipeline Continuations (PIPELINE-CONTINUATION)
Dotted items at isometric Split Points (DRAWING-SPLIT-POINTS)
Example PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES-DOTTED Input:
SPECIAL-STATUS
THICKNESS
PIPELINE-CONTINUATION THICKNESS
DRAWING-SPLIT-POINTS THICKNESS
3
3
3
1.75
1.75
1.75
LAYER
LAYER
LAYER
15
16
17
Guidelines for Defining PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES-DOTTED Input:

The SPECIAL-STATUS, PIPELINE-CONTINUATION or DRAWING-SPLIT-POINT
identifiers may be included in any order following the main section identifier.
Use the THICKNESS and LAYER data as described for PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES.
N.S.RANGE or Bore Units are not allowed in this section. Dotted representation is the
same for all bores.
If a PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES-SPECIAL section is included in the file, any setting for
SPECIAL-STATUS found in this section will be ignored.
Use of LAYER is optional. If LAYER is not set, the ISOGEN default LAYER setting
will be used.
Care should be taken when specifying the THICKNESS data for any of these Dotted
categories. All three categories can involve the plotting of Dotted Fittings that may
look unacceptable if thickness for Dotted representation is too thick.
20.4
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The BEND/ELBOW-REPRESENTATION section of the DDF allows you to define Elbows
and Bends to be either Round or Square when displayed on the isometric drawing.
Example BEND/ELBOW-REPRESENTATION Input:
BEND data
ELBOW data
Where:
data
can be set to either SQUARE or ROUND

If no setting is defined, ROUND is used as the default.
20.5
FITTINGS-GENERAL
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The FITTINGS-GENERAL section of the DDF allows you to define attributes for all Fittings.
These attributes include:
N.S. (Bore Units)
N.S. Range
Plotted Fitting (Component) Thickness
Layer (Level) number
Fitting Scale (Plotted size of fittings) (to be applied to standard ISOGEN symbols)
Attribute/Data Identifiers Include:
Bore Units
N.S. data
N.S. Range
N.S. RANGE min bore max bore
Thickness
THICKNESS data 1 data 2
Layer
LAYER data
Scale
SCALE data
Where:
20 - 6
data
is a two- or three-digit Integer that represents an

increase or decrease to the basic 100% standard
symbol size for all types of fittings.
Example FITTINGS-GENERAL Input:

FITTINGS-GENERAL
N.S. INCH
N.S.RANGE 0 2 THICKNESS
N.S.RANGE 2.5 6 THICKNESS
N.S.RANGE 8 * THICKNESS
2
3
4
1.5 LAYER
1.75 LAYER
2.0 LAYER
20
20
20
SCALE
SCALE
SCALE
100
150
200
20.6
FITTINGS-SPECIAL
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
This FITTINGS-SPECIAL section of the DDF allows you to define Thickness, Layer or Scale
attributes for specific types of components.
The settings presented in this section will override the Fittings-General settings for the
selected types of components.
Definable Attributes Include:
THICKNESS
LAYER
SCALE
Data requirements for the previous attributes are the same as the data
requirements for FITTINGS-GENERAL.
Any of the previous attributes can be set for a specific type of component. But, if FITTINGSSPECIAL attributes are not defined, ISOGEN defaults to the FITTINGS-GENERAL.
For example:
If LAYER 40 was the only special attribute set for INSTRUMENTS, it would be used for all
INSTRUMENTS (all bores), but any Thickness and / or Scale attributes would be used from
the FITTINGS-GENERAL section.
Whenever a Scale attribute is set in this section, the Scale factor will not be used as a direct
scale to the standard symbol. It will instead be used as a Multiplier to any Scale set in the
FITTINGS-GENERAL section.
For example:
Scale 150 set in Fittings-General
Scale 75 set in Fittings-Special
Scale to be used on nominal Fitting type is 150 x 0.75 = 113 (to nearest whole number).
Example FITTINGS-SPECIAL Input:

FITTINGS-SPECIAL
INSTRUMENTS LAYER 30
OLETS
SCALE 75
SUPPORTS
THICKNESS
2.0
(Put all Instruments on Layer 30)

(Olets to be scaled down)
(All Supports to be plotted)
Fitting type identifiers

OLETS
INSTRUMENTS
SUPPORTS
WELDS
COUPLINGS
CAPS
UNIONS
FLANGES
FILTERS
PIPE-BLOCKS
SAFETY-DISC
TRAPS
REDUCERS
VALVES
VALVES-ANGLE
VALVES-3WAY
VALVES-4WAY
NOZZLE
END-CONNECTORS
HYGENIC-CONNECTORS
MISC-COMPONENTS
MISC-COMPONENT-PLUG
MISC-COMPONENT-RESTRICTOR
MISC-COMPONENT-SLIPPLATE
MISC-COMPONENT-SLIPRING
MISC-COMPONENT-SPECBLIND
20.7
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The FITTINGS-UNDIMENSIONED-BRANCHES of the DDF section allows you to vary the
Thickness, Layer and Scale of any component that is included in any Undimensioned Branch.
Attributes/Data identifiers are the same as the attributes/data identifiers for FITTINGSGENERAL.
Example FITTINGS-UNDIMENSIONED-BRANCHES Input:
N.S. INCH
N.S.RANGE 0 1 THICKNESS 1 1.0
N.S.RANGE 1.5 2 THICKNESS 2 1.5
LAYER
LAYER
10
10
SCALE
SCALE
60
75
These parameters should only be used when the Branch Dimension Suppression
facility is being used (ISOGEN option switch 81). It will be up to you to verify that
any N.S.RANGE set in the FITTINGS-UNDIMENSIONED-BRANCHES section
matches the Bore range set in Option Switch 81.
20 - 8
All Pipe fittings (Elbows, Tees, etc.) are plotted the same thickness as a tube.
20.8
MISC-ITEMS
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The MISC-ITEMS section in the DDF allows you to set the Thickness and Layer data for the
following types of miscellaneous items that appear on an isometric drawing:
DIMENSION-TEXT
DIMENSION-LINES
ISO-TEXT
FRAME-TEXT
SKEWS
HATCHING
LAGGING
TRACING
FRAME
WELD-BOX
SPEC-BREAKS
MATERIAL-LIST (Styles 1 nd 2 only)
Example MISC-ITEMS Input:

MISC-ITEMS
DIMENSION-TEXT
DIMENSION-LINES
SKEWS
HATCHING
THICKNESS
THICKNESS
THICKNESS
THICKNESS
2
1
2
1
0.8
0.6
0.8
0.6
LAYER
LAYER
LAYER
LAYER
22
23
25
25
Any undefined attribute uses the ISOGEN defaults.
20.9
LAYER-NAMES
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The LAYER-NAMES section in the DDF allows you to issue standard Names to any layer
number used in any of the other sections.
Example LAYER NAMES Input:
LAYER-NAMES
10 10
12 12
22 22
Where 10 is the Layer Number and the text

within the is the Layer Name.
10
is the layer number
10
is the layer name.

Because Microstation LAYERS are numbers, NAMES must be the same as the
LAYER. Up to 50 names can be defined.
20.10
Program Defaults
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The table below shows the program default settings for THICKNESS and LAYER for the
various elements that are used in the generation of a plotted isometric drawing.
Element
________
Default
Thickness
__________
Default
Layer
______
Pipeline
(including Elbows, Tees, etc.)
3 (0.6 mm)
All Fittings
2 (0.25 mm)
All drawing Text and other

miscellaneous items
1 (0.1 mm)
Drawing Frame,
Frame text,
Weld Box, etc.
1 (0.1 mm)
Dotted items
1 (0.1 mm)
Material List
1 (0.1 mm)
20 - 10
20.11
Example Drawing Definition File
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
ISOMETRIC-DEFINITION
PIPELINE-ATTRIBUTES
N.S. INCH
N.S.RANGE 0 2
THICKNESS 2 0.65 LAYER 7
N.S.RANGE 2.5 6 THICKNESS 2 0.95 LAYER 29
N.S.RANGE 8 *
DRAWING-SPLIT-POINTS THICKNESS 2 0.35 LAYER 19
SPECIAL-STATUS
PIPELINE-CONTINUATION THICKNESS 2 0.35 LAYER 9
FITTINGS-GENERAL
N.S. INCH
N.S.RANGE 0 2
THICKNESS 2 0.30 LAYER 7 SCALE 105
N.S.RANGE 2.5 * THICKNESS 2 0.35 LAYER 7 SCALE 110
FITTINGS-SPECIAL
INSTRUMENTS THICKNESS 2 0.30 LAYER 10 SCALE 115
NOZZLE
CAPS
COUPLINGS
VALVES
FLANGES
UNIONS
OLETS
WELDS
REDUCERS
VALVES-ANGLE THICKNESS 2 0.30 LAYER 13 SCALE 180
VALVES-3WAY THICKNESS 2 0.30 LAYER 14 SCALE 150
VALVES-4WAY THICKNESS 2 0.30 LAYER 15 SCALE 150
SUPPORTS
PIPE-BLOCKS THICKNESS 2 0.30 LAYER 39
SAFETY-DISC THICKNESS 2 0.30 LAYER 40
FILTERS
TRAPS
END-CONNECTORS THICKNESS 2 0.30 LAYER 50 SCALE 120
HYGENIC-CONNECTORS THICKNESS 4 0.70 LAYER 50 SCALE 300
MISC-COMPONENTS
MISC-COMPONENT-RESTRICTOR THICKNESS 2 0.30 LAYER 44
MISC-COMPONENT-SLIPPLATE THICKNESS 2 0.30 LAYER 45
MISC-COMPONENT-SLIPRING
MISC-COMPONENT-SPECBLIND THICKNESS 2 0.30 LAYER 47
MISC-COMPONENT-PLUG
N.S. INCH
N.S.RANGE 0 2 THICKNESS 2 0.65 LAYER 43 SCALE 300
BEND ROUND
ELBOW ROUND
MISC-ITEMS
DIMENSION-TEXT
DIMENSION-LINES
ISO-TEXT
LAYER 16
LAYER 17
LAYER 20
FRAME-TEXT
SKEWS
HATCHING
LAGGING
TRACING
FRAME
WELD-BOX
SPEC-BREAKS
MATERIAL-LIST
LAYER-NAMES
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
8
8
9
9
10 10
11 11
12 12
13 13
14 14
15 15
16 16
17 17
18 18
19 19
20 20
21 21
22 22
23 23
24 24
25 25
26 26
27 27
28 28
29 29
30 30
31 31
32 32
33 33
34 34
35 35
36 36
37 37
38 38
39 39
40 40
41 41
42 42
43 43
44 44
45 45
46 46
47 47
48 48
49 49
50 50
LAYER
LAYER
LAYER
LAYER
LAYER
LAYER
LAYER
LAYER
LAYER
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
18
20 - 12
Isometric Types 21 - 1
21. Isometric Types
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Isometric Type definitions allow more flexibility with the line name definition. By using
Types feature, you can track drawing records more accurately and efficiently.
Isometric Types also allow you to store the same line name multiple times in the database,
each time as a different Type. For example, line ABC can be stored twice, once as
Fabrication Type and once as Spool Type. The Type attribute creates a unique database
entry.
Isometric Types and Code List 1900
Isometric Types are supported by Code List 1900. Code List 1900, as delivered, contains 3
types. These types include:
Fabrication
Spool
Stress
The following is an example of Code List 1900.
C1900
;
1900, Iso Type
;
NOTE: In editing this codelist set, do not change the meaning
;
of existing codelist values. Some data displays require that only
;
values to the left of the "=" sign be shown; other reports require
;
that only values to the right of the "=" sign be displayed.
1 = Fabrication (Default Setting)
2 = Spool
3 = Stress
You can add more options, if needed, to Code List 1900. For an example of setting isometric
types, refer to Bulk Load Lines, page 5 - 57 .
The Isometric Type is a new column in pdtable_185 of the Project Database. All
records MUST have an Isometric Type, or they will not extract.
Batch Input files contain Type information when they are created on ISOGEN
software version 5.0 or later. Batch Input files created prior to 5.0 will extract,
but a error message will be output that states that the batch input file is out of
date, and needs to be replaced.
21 - 2
Appendix A: Warning and Error Messages A - 1
Appendix A
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Warning and Error Messages
A-2
Appendix A
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Warning and Error Messages

This section lists the warning and error messages that are issued by the various components
of the iso extraction software and suggested corrective action when that is possible. Please
refer to the section entitled Software Organization for a discussion of the each of the
components and how they are related.
A-4
A.1
Intergraph Interface to ISOGEN
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The messages that are issued by the Intergraph interface to ISOGEN are, for the most part,
recorded in an error message file that is created along with the intermediate data file (the
input file to ISOGEN) when errors occur. If no errors occur, then an error file is not created.
Some messages generated in the file are not written to the screen as they only contain
additional data on a reported error.
There are three categories of messages issued by the software:
Information - An error occurred that can result in other errors later on.
Warning - An error occurred that can result in a problem on the drawing. The drawing
should be checked.
Error - An error occurred that is serious enough to cause extraction to abort. The
drawing is not produced.
A.1.1
Information Messages
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
I1 - The Graphic Commodity Library does not exist or an error occurred when it
was opened.
This message indicates a problem with the graphic commodity library. Make sure
that it is properly attached to the primary (the first) model design file. If there is
doubt then you should enter the file in graphics and try to place any component. Iso
extraction requires read access to the file.
I3 - Error opening Material Descriptions Library.
This message indicates a problem with the material description library. The proper
file should be attached to the primary (first) model file via the RDB software. Iso
extraction requires read access to the file.
I4 - Error opening Specialty Material Descriptions Library.
This message is the same as I3 except that it pertains to the piping specialty and
instrument material descriptions library. Note that if this library is not successfully
opened then specialty items will NOT receive material descriptions in the iso bill-ofmaterial. If the file exists and is properly attached make sure that your process has
read access to it.
I5 - Error accessing the Label Descriptions Library.
The label description library should be properly attached to the primary (first) model
file via the RDB software. If this has been done, then a quick test using the drawing
annotation commands might uncover the problem. Make sure that your process has
read access to the file.
I6 -Note file not defined
I8 - Unrecognized key read from MTO Neutral File record map.
This message occurs when the software encounters an unexpected record in the
neutral file map. Usually, this indicated that the number of table entries to follow
(the number following each keyword) is incorrect.
I9 - Unrecognized key read from options file.
This message occurs when the software encounters an unexpected record in the
options file. All keywords are followed by a number that indicates the number of
records to follow until the next keyword. If this number is incorrect then this
message will result.
A-6
I10 - An error occurred while reading the PDS to ISOGEN symbol map.
Some difficulty occurred while the PDS-to-ISOGEN symbol map file was being read
in. Check the symbol map file that is defined in the options file for mistakes.
I11 - Error reading in complete PDS to ISOGEN symbol map.
The internal buffer used for holding the PDS to ISOGEN map has been filled by
entries from the map file and some have thus been ignored. Contact Intergraph with
this problem.
I13 - Physical data library not read.
This message indicates that the physical data library for the current component could
not be read by the mto software for generating bolts and gaskets. If bolt/gasket
generation has failed on the current component then this message indicates that the
most likely reason is that an error occurred while trying to read the physical data
library. If no bolts/ gasket generation failure occurred then the message might be
ignored.
I14 - Unrecognized key read from title block tables file
This message indicates that an unexpected record was encountered in the title block
tables file. It will usually indicate that the number of entries to follow value (on a
record following a keyword) is incorrect.
I16 - Intergraph option 34 reset to zero
Intergraph option 34 applies only to batch extraction. When interactive extraction is
run, this option is ignored.
I17 - Intergraph option 16 reset to 0
I18 - Check number of lines entry in the options file.
I19 - Error accessing specialty material descriptions library
I20 - Error accessing the specified material description library
I21 - Error accessing the specified label description library
I22 - Error opening the label description library
I23 - The last start point is chosen to be the traversal start point
Table: 3 Component Occ: 4195082 Segment Occ: 4194661
I24 - Alternate index is used to read material description library.
The material description is not found with the default primary key, item code. The
alternate index, defined in the ALTERNATE_DESCRIPTION_INDEX table in the
option file, is used to find the material description.
I25 - No existing sheet and no last start point for section 1
Iso extraction will continue as the first time
A-8
A.1.2
Warning Messages
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
W1 - Error computing valve oper or reducer orientation.
An error occurred in the calculations to orient a valve operator or an eccentric
reducer. In both cases the connect point orientations should be checked in graphics
to confirm that they are correct.
W2 - Segment column is undefined.
In checking for an attribute change at a segment endpoint the attribute being
checked has gone from being defined with a value to being undefined (blank). The
attributes defined in the PIPELINE_HEADER table in the options file should be
checked and defined with a value as needed.
W3 - Error forming label from label library.
An error has occurred in creating a note or label using the label description library.
The label (whose label number is also printed in the message) should be checked
using the label description library software.
W4 - Invalid LINE ID format - LINE ID ignored.
A line ID that is either incorrect in format or contains invalid data has been input.
Check the format of the line ID against the definition in the options file. Remember
that each attribute that is part of the line ID must be separated from the others by a
dash ( - ). An example of invalid data in the line ID might be a fluid code that does
not exist in the fluid code codelist.
W5 - Error reading in extraction criteria.
An error has occurred reading in the line identification inputs from the input file.
This might indicate a problem in the software that creates the input file.
W6 - Model design file not found.
This message indicates that the model design file read in from the input file either
does not exist or that your process does not have read access to it.
W7 - Error reading the Label Description Library.
This message probably indicates that the label definition for a specific label does not
exist in the label description library opened by the software. Make sure that the
primary (first) model design file has the proper library attached or that the proper
library is defined in the options file.
W8 - ISOGEN key is undefined in PDS - ISOGEN map.

This message indicates that an entry in the PDS to ISOGEN symbol map exists for
the PDS component but that the ISOGEN symbol name in the table does not. Make
sure that the table contains the ISOGEN symbol name for the component in
question.
W9 - Could not locate item in PDS to ISOGEN symbol map.
This message indicates that the PDS symbol in question could not be located in the
PDS to ISOGEN symbol map.
W10 - No-mto attribute has illegal value.
The no-mto attribute on a component, pipe, or instrument has a value other than 0 or
1. Set the attribute to a legal value.
W11 - Error forming nozzle note.
An error has occurred forming the nozzle connection note generated at equipment
nozzles. Check the label description library labels in the library if you are using the
NOZZLE_NOTE table in the options file. Also review the nozzle entity to make sure
that everything looks fine. If the failure occurs with the default nozzle note then
report the problem to Intergraph.
W12 - The coordinate system option is invalid. Coordinate system is set to PLANT.
The coordinate system defined in the options file is incorrect so it was set to a default
value. Check the option specified in the options file.
W13 - Material description has been truncated.
The material description generated from the material description library and the
label description library has exceeded the maximum size allowed for in the software
and was truncated. Contact Intergraph.
W14 - Error reading Specialty Material Description Library.
An error occurred retrieving the material description for a piping specialty,
instrument or support from the specialty description library. An error message is
generated in the iso bill-of-material.
W15 - Error reading the Material Description Library.
An error occurred retrieving the material description for a commodity item. An error
message is generated in the iso bill-ofmaterial.
A - 10
W16 - Error attaching the design file .

W17 - Error accessing A/N Commodity Library.
An error has occurred searching the alphanumeric commodity library either for an
implied material item or for a size dependent commodity code. Check the library to
see whether or not the item that is being searched on exists.
W20 - Header record attribute is undefined.
Each entry in the PIPELINE_HEADER table in the options file defines a "Header
record" for ISOGEN. These header records simply define the initial value for certain
attributes at the start of the line (that is, spec name, insulation type, and so on).
This message is warning you that for some header record defined in the
PIPELINE_HEADER table the value for it from the database is undefined.
You must either define the attribute in the database or remove the header record
entry from the table.
W23 - An error occurred while generating implied materials. Bolts, a gasket, or a
weld will NOT be generated in the drawing and/or the mto neutral file.
Some error resulted in no implied materials. Check the error message file for details
of the problem.
W25 - Error loading spec attributes for implied component.
An error has occurred while attempting to overlay attributes from the spec for a stub
onto the database record for a lap-joint flange. This overlaying must be performed
just prior to generation of the material description so that attributes embedded in the
material description for the stub can be generated properly. Make sure that the spec
contains a valid entry for the stub. The spec search is performed by using the same
data as for the lap joint flange except that the option code is set to the flange option
code plus 5000.
W26 - Maximum number of implied items exceeded.
A component generates too many implied items from the Material Description
Library and an internal buffer has overflowed. Contact Intergraph to have the buffer
size increased.
W27 - The Material Description Library is required in order to generate implied
materials. Some materials might be missing from the MTO neutral file.
A component indicates that implied material should be generated from the Material
Description Library but the library is either not attached to the model or the library
that is attached does not exist.
W28 - Error accessing the Material Description Library for implied materials.
A component indicates that implied material should be generated from the Material
Description Library but none was found. Check to make sure that the library
contents are correct.
W29 - Title block tables file not found.
The title block tables file identified in the FILES section of the options file does not
exist. This file identifies those attributes that are to be placed in the drawing title
block. When this file does not exist no text can be placed in the title block.
W30 - Error opening title block tables file.
This message indicates that the title block tables file exists, but that for some reason
it could not be opened. Check that your process has proper VMS access to the file.
W31 - Error opening segment data file. File will not be created.
The file holding title block attributes generated from the SEGMENT_DATA_TABLE
(in the title block tables file) could not be opened. No title block data will be
generated.
W32 - Error opening STIB input file. File will not be created.
The file holding title block attributes generated from the DRAWING_DATA_TABLE
(in the title block tables file) could not be opened. No attributes generated by this
table will appear in the title block.
W33 - Error opening sheet specific title block data file.
The file holding title block attributes generated from the SHEET_DATA_TABLE (in
the title block tables file) could not be opened. No attributes generated by this table
will appear in the title block.
W34 - Error opening MTO Neutral File - file will not be created.
A UNIX error occurred when creating a new mto neutral file. Make sure that your
process has write access to the default directory.
W35 - MTO record map not found.
The mto record map, specified in the options file, cannot be located. Check the file
spec in the options file and make sure that your process has read access to the file.
A - 12
W36 - Valve/Operator file does not exist.

A valve/ operator table has been specified in the options file, but it could not be found
while attempting to open it.
W37 - Notes File not found.
A Notes File has been specified in the options file, but it could not be located when an
attempting to open it.
W38 - Error opening the Notes Table.
An error occurred while attempting to open the Notes Table. Make sure that your
process has read access to the file.
W39 - Notes Table lookup failed.
A Notes Table record whose input matches the current one could not be located. The
current key is printed out. Check the Notes Table to ensure that the input has a
corresponding record.
W40 - The number of components exceeds the limit of the maximum allowed
number of components in a multiple bolt-through.
W41 - Error retriving component from linkage. Cannot determine second
orientation for operator.
An error has occurred while scanning the design file for a valve operator that
requires a second orientation. This is probably an Intergraph software problem.
W42 - User Symbol Library not found.
The user symbol library, specified in the options file, cannot be found or the current
extraction process does not have privilege to access it.
W43 - Bolt-thru component encountered at a loop closure
W44 - The last start point is chosen to be the traversal start point
The segment occurrence is different with that of the last start point
Old - Table: 3 Component Occ: 4195082 Segment Occ: 4194661
New - Table: 3 Component Occ: 4195082 Segment Occ: 4194662
W45 - Error locating segment for logical pipe support

W46 - Error computing pipe support orientation.
An error occurred in the calculation to pipe support. The connect point orientations
should be checked in graphics to confirm that they are correct.
W47 - Detail sketch directory not found
W48 - Detail Drawing definition file not found
W49 - Weld Definition Format file not found
W50 - Error retrieving weld numbers
W51 - Very short pipe encountered
W52 - Enclosure type is invalid
W53 - Label: $1 in triangle box exceeds maximum length of two
W54 - Label: $1 in diamond box exceeds maximum length of three
W55 - Overlapping components were detected. Refer to the HITS report for
details.
W56 - Two end points match the last start point segment occurrence
The end closest to the last start point is the chosen start point
W57 - Only one end point matches the last start point segment occurrence
This end point is chosen to be the traversal start point
A - 14
W58 - No end point matches the last start point segment occurrence
The end closest to the last start point is the chosen start point
W59 - Components from spool 1 on sheet 2 were deleted
Refer to sheet 4 for the updated spool 3
W60 - Cannot access material listing definition file
W61 - Intergraph option 15 is 0
Spool number generation will be based on ISOGEN switch 39
W62 - The last component on sheet 1 was added prior to this extraction
Partition: 8 Table: 3 Occ: 32 120
W63 - Cannot access Bending Parameters file <file name>
W64 - Error in rotation matrix for pipe support. Pipe support <Occurance
Number> in Model attachment number <Model number>.
W65 - Error opening PDME neutral file. File will not be created. <File name>.
W66 - No component was encountered. The start point will be referenced for
Structural Dimension.
W67 - FrameWork Ascii file not found in the project directory. <File name>
A.1.3
Error Messages
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
E2 - Error reading type 63 element from design file.
The primary model file (the first model file input) does not contain the proper type 63
elements. Check the file with EDG and/or attempt to work in it in graphics.
E3 - Error opening input data file - pdsidf.dat.
An error occurred when attempting to open the input file to the ISOGEN interface.
Check to make sure that file pdsidf.dat exists in the default VMS directory.
E4 - Error retrieving project information
E5 -Invalid primary model file - file does not exist
E6 - No valid model design file specified.
Of the list of design files input to the ISOGEN interface none were considered valid.
Refer to error messages generated previous to this one for more detail.
E7 - Invalid extraction criteria is defined in Intergraph options block word 22.
Valid values are 0 or 1. The extraction criteria defined in the options file
INTERGRAPH_OPTIONS_BLOCK is invalid. Correct the options file.
E8 - No extraction criteria defined.
No extraction criteria specified in the input file to the ISOGEN interface was found to
be valid. Correct the inputs for identification of the lines to extract.
E9 - First header record must be a line name id (-6) record. Modify the
PIPELINE_HEADER table in the extraction options file.
The first entry in the PIPELINE_HEADER table in the options file must always be a
-6 record for the line name or line id. Correct the table in the options file.
E10 - Error opening intermediate data file.
An error has occurred in creating an output file in the default directory. Make sure
you have write access to it.
A - 16
E11 - Broken pipes exceed the maximum allowed 100 occurrences.

There are more than 100 pipes broken with the branch weld or pipe support for the
extracted pipeline. Reduce the number of pipes broken and contact Intergraph to get
the maximum allowed broken pipes increased.
E12 - Error retrieving type 63 elements.
An error has occurred in retrieving the primary (first) model file type 63 elements.
Check the file with EDG and make sure that you can work in the file in graphics.
E13 - Error opening Standard Notes Library.
An error has occurred in opening the standard notes library that is specified in the
primary model file type 63 data. Check that the library is properly attached with the
RDB software.
E14 - Error opening spec database.
An error has occurred initializing the spec database. Make sure that it is properly
attached to the primary (first) model file using the RDB software.
E15 - Number of connect points exceeded internal limit of 2000 connect points.
The maximum number of connect points per extraction is 2000. Break the line into
two separate line names and re-extract the line as two separate isometrics.
E17 - Attempted to pop nonexistent tap stack entry.
This message indicates an internal software problem that should be reported to
Intergraph. When it does occur it should only be in connection with lines that
contain tapped components.
E18 - Internal stack limit exceeded.
This message indicates an internal software problem that should be reported to
Intergraph. When it does occur it should only be in connection with lines that
contain tapped components.
E19 - Error opening mto tables file.
An error has occurred while trying to open the mto neutral file map that is specified
in the options file. Check the file specification in the options file and make sure you
have read access to the file.
E20 - Error reading mto tables file.

An error has occurred while trying to read an entry in the mto neutral file map.
Check that the table entries have the correct format.
E21 - Error reading database occurrence.
An error has occurred in trying to read a record from the database base on a design
file linkage. This error indicates potentially serious problems in the model. It is
strongly recommended that the model be analyzed to determine the extent of the
problem and to correct the situation.
E22 - Internal table lookup error for IDF record numbers.
The record number taken from the PDS to ISOGEN symbol map for a component
does not exist in an internal table. Check the PDS to ISOGEN symbol map to make
sure that it contains only those record numbers allowed by ISOGEN.
E23 - Environment variable ISOOPTION not defined or file does not exist
E24 - Error opening ISOGEN options file.
The options file exists but it could not be opened. Make sure that proper access to the
file exists.
E25 - Error reading iso extraction options file.
An error has occurred while reading an entry in the options file. Make sure that
options file entries have the proper format. If the return code is -998 then this error
indicates that a options file table has exceeded the maximum allowable size. In this
case you should reduce the number of table entries and contact Intergraph to get the
table size increased.
E26 - Error opening PDS to ISOGEN symbol map.
An error has occurred while opening the PDS to ISOGEN symbol map. Check the
options file entry to make sure that the file is properly specified.
E27 - Error reading the PDS to ISOGEN symbol map - No valid entries defined in
the table.
The PDS to ISOGEN symbol was successfully read but no valid entries were found in
the table.
E28 - Error opening valve/operator file.
An error has occurred while opening the valve / valve operator symbol map. Check
the options file to make sure that the file is properly specified.
A - 18
E29 - Error reading size of valve/operator table.

The first entry in the valve / valve operator table is a record that contains the
number of rows and columns in the table. An error has occurred while attempting to
read these values. Check that the format of the table is correct.
E30 - Valve/operator table is too large.
The valve / valve operator table is larger than the maximum currently allowed by the
software. Reduce the table size and contact Intergraph to get the maximum size
increased.
E31 - Error reading valve/operator table values.
An error has occurred while reading the body of the valve / valve operator table. This
usually indicates that the table sizes defined in the first record of the file are
incorrect.
E32 - Error initializing the piping design database
E33 - No components were found that match the database search criteria.
Either the line name substrings or line IDs that were specified in the input do not
identify any lines that exist in the input model files. Check the inputs to make sure
that they are correct and agree with the line name or attributes that make up the
line id.
E34 - Invalid node or path for iso design file
E35 - Internal error generating material pointer.
An internal software error has occurred in generating a material pointer for an olet
type component. If the software were allowed to continue the bill-of-material would
be generated incorrectly. Contact Intergraph if you receive this error.
E36 - Internal error generating material pointer for downstream component.
This error is the same as error number E35.
E37 - Transformed coordinate exceeds the maximum.
This error is caused from a coordinate that is too large to pass to ISOGEN. All
coordinates are transformed to the output coordinate system (as controlled by the
Intergraph options block) and then converted to 1/100s of millimeters for ISOGEN.
This value must fit within a 4 byte integer. This limitation results in a maximum
coordinate value of 21,474 meters, or 70,450 feet or approximately 13.3 miles.
E38 - Internal error generating component item code.

An error occurred while generating the item code for a stub (from a lap joint flange).
Contact Intergraph if you get this error message.
E39 - Error accessing spec for implied item.
An occurred while attempting to read the spec database entry for a stub. Check that
the entry exists in the database. The stub spec entry should have the same lookup
parameters as the flange except that the option code should be the flange option code
plus 5000.
E41 - Error title block tables file
E42 - Error opening project database
E43 - Error reading database record
E44 - Error reading database record
E45 - Line is composed of multiple disconnected sections.
This error results from trying to extract a pipeline that is either incomplete or
incorrect and exists in the model in multiple unconnected pieces. It is not enough for
all the segments to be connected. There must be components on top of the segments
that are connected.
E46 - Line does not contain a valid traversal start-point.
This error occurs when the ISOGEN interface finds it impossible to obey ISOGEN
rules for traversal of the pipeline network. The only work-around is to split the
pipeline into two smaller sections and then extract the sections individually.
E47 - Number of sections does not match specified value.
For pipelines that are intentionally disconnected (for example, the line leaves the
piping area, goes into the rack and then re-enters the area somewhere else) then you
must specify the number of disconnected sections for the line in the Batch Data File.
When the number of sections you specify does not match the number encountered in
the model, this error occurs. Check the model to determine whether the Batch Data
File or the model is incorrect.
E48 - Invalid section number.
Invalid inputs have been passed to the ISOGEN interface for multi-section pipelines
in pdsidf.dat. Report this error to Intergraph.
A - 20
E49 - Component does not have an entry in the PDS to iso symbol map.
(This error does not apply to ISOGEN.)
E51 - Induction bend stack limit exceeded.
An internal data structure overflowed while processing a line containing induction
bends. Report this error to Intergraph.
E52 - Error initializing DFPI Model number: $1
E53 - Error retrieving component from linkage: cannot determine cog for mto
neutral file
E54 - Error retrieving component from linkage: cannot process offset geometry
component
E55 - Error retrieving component from linkage: cannot process offset geometry
component
E56 - Error retrieving component from linkage: cannot process 180 degree turn
E57 - Total number of segments exceeds the maximum number of segments
E58 - Check the number of table entries specified against the actual number of
table entries. Also, check the format of each table entry
E59 - Error retrieving the graphic commodity library name
E60 - Error initializing the piping project database
E61 - Error accessing the standard note library name
E62 - Error accessing the piping specification database name
E63 - An internal table size limit has been exceeded
E64 - No model was found with the specified discipline
E65 - No components were found that match the database search criteria
E66 - Unable to locate components user data

E67 - Error initializing the project database
E68 - Error reading model $1 from the database
E69 - Error mounting design file $1$2
E70 - Error reading the last traversal start point
Section Number: 1 Drawing Index Number: 150
E71 - Line extends over the maximum limit of 256 design file.
E72 - The chosen starting point is not the last traversal start point
Stop extraction because Intergraph option 68 is set to 1
E73 - Error opening piping job specification table library <Library name>.
E75 - Error updating symbol library.
E76 - Error stroking elements to ascii file.
E77 - Error locating drawing file.
E78 - Error locating index file.
E79 - Error locating library path.
E80 - Error - $1 not found.
E81 - Error - Drawing and Index file must be specified.
E82 - Error - Drawing, Index and Library files must be specified.
E83 - Extraction Failed: Possibly caused by Olet owned by branch.
A - 22
A.2
ISOGEN
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The error messages issued by ISOGEN (through IZOD2) are directed to two places. Errors
issued by ISOGEN proper are directed to the ISOGEN message file. This file is either named
in the options file or has the same name as the output iso file name with an extension of
.msg. Errors generated by the Intergraph design file interface are directed to a file named
IZOD2.ERR. When IZOD2 is run through the delivered command procedures then
IZOD2.ERR is appended to any error message file created by the ISOGEN interface - pdsidf.
A.2.1
ISOGEN message file errors
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
(35:2003) - WELD NUMBERS HAVE CAUSED DATA OVERFLOW
An internal buffer for weld data has overflowed. Try a manual split of the pipeline
into more sections.
(35:2004) - INPUT DATA OVERFLOW
The pipeline is too big. It must be extracted in smaller sections.
(35:2005) - TEE OFF TEE GREATER THAN 20 DEEP
This message indicates that the piping network being extracted contains branches
which are too deeply nested for ISOGEN to handle. A branch off from the pipeline
header is level 1. A branch off from the level 1 branch is level 2. A branch off from a
level 2 branch is a level 3 branch. The maximum level branch that ISOGEN can
handle is a level 20 branch.
(35:2007) - TEE IN SKEW
ISOGEN has detected an internal inconsistency. Check the resulting drawing.
(35:2008) - DATA FAULT SKEW
Same as 35:2007
(35:2009) - SKEW WITH NO CONTENTS
Same as 35:2007
(35:2010) - FITTING WITH OFFSET NOT IN LINE WITH PIPE

The offset of a fitting is not in line with an adjacent item. This is possibly a program
or input data error. Check the resulting drawing.
(35:2011) - ANGLE FAIL
Unacceptable pipeline direction detected. This is possibly a program or input data
error. Check the resulting drawing.
(35:2012) - DATA FAULT
ISOGEN detected a problem in some internal data. This is possibly a program or
input data error. Check the resulting drawing.
(35:2012) - DATA FAULT, DOUBLEBACK PIPE
Occasionally, doubleback pipe errors can be erroneously generated. This occurs when
the extracted pipeline and the grid line or structural column are located in the same
place. In this case, there will be one dimension to the structural element and the
FAIL message will appear on the face of the iso. This can occur regardless if the
isometric extracts with no other errors.
In the following graphic, pipeline and Grid Line 3 are coincident with one another.
This is interpreted by the ISOGEN software as a pipeline that doubles back on itself
which results in the FAIL message on the isometric drawing.
If the reference point on the pipe resides in the same plane as the structural
component or grid line, a FAIL message will appear on the isometric and the .err file
will report a doubleback pipe error. This error is a result of the manner in which the
ISOGEN software interprets the .idf file and should be ignored.
A - 24
(35:2013) - DATA FAULT UP DOWN

Same as 35:2012
(35:2014) - DATA FAULT EAST WEST
Same as 35:2012
(35:2015) - DATA FAULT NORTH SOUTH
Same as 35:2012
(35:2016) - DATA OVERFLOW, DRAWING REJECTED, TOO MUCH DATA, TRY
SMALLER SPLIT
Too much data is being put onto too small a sheet. Either insert some manual
pipeline splits or use a larger paper size.
(35:2017) - MESSAGE FAIL
An error has occurred positioning messages on the drawing. This is caused by too
many messages. Manually splitting the drawing might get around the problem.
(35:2018) - SHAPE FAIL
Drawing generation has failed. It might succeed if viewed from another direction.
(35:2019) - DRAWING HEIGHT EXCEEDS ALLOWED 999 MM
The maximum drawing height is 999 mm.
(35:2020) - TOO MANY COORDINATES IN FITTINGS
Too many user-defined fittings have caused an internal array to overflow. Reduce
the size of the user symbol library.
(35:2021) - TOO MANY FITTINGS
Same as 35:2020.
(35:2023) - WARNING, PAPER SIZE > A1 OR AD - THIS MAY PRODUCE
UNACCEPTABLE RESULTS.
Too large a paper size might result in unacceptable drawings.
(35:2025) - CHECK
ISOGEN considers that the drawing layout requires checking to make sure that it is
satisfactory.
(35:2026) - FAIL
ISOGEN considers that the drawing has failed in one of the stages of setting it up for
plotting.
(35:1001) - OVER 200 ALTERNATIVE TEXT RECS. FOLLOWING DATA IGNORED.
MORE THAN 200 TEXT RECORDS - DEFAULT TABLE USED.
ISOGEN allows a maximum of 200 ATEXTs. Anything more will be ignored.
(35:1002)
Same as 35:1001.
(35:1003)
Same as 35:1001.
(35:1004) - FITTING NOT FOUND - DEFAULT SHAPE USED
A fitting shape key cannot be located. The non-category component is place of the
one specified.
(35:1009) - OVERFLOW IN DATA - PIPELINE REJECTED
The pipeline is too big, causing an internal buffer to overflow. Manual splitting of the
drawing or a larger sheet size might solve the problem.
(35:1015) - INVALID ITEM/ DESCRIPTION POINTER
An mto pointer in the intermediate data file points to an item that doesnt exist. This
is an Intergraph interface error.
(35:1016) - ITEM CODE WIDTH ERROR - APPENDED TEXT LOST
An item code is larger the value specified in the ISOGEN options block.
(35:1018) - NO FITTING DETAILS EXIST FOR FITTING CODE
An internal table lookup failed. This is an ISOGEN bug.
A - 26
(35:1019) - FITTINGS OVERLAP WHICH CANNOT BE CUT BACK

Coordinates of adjacent components overlap and the fittings can be trimmed (that is,
a flanged valve).
(35:1020) - INSUFFICIENT LENGTH ON OVERLAPPING FITTINGS TO ALLOW
CUTBACK
Adjacent fittings which can be trimmed overlap, but not enough for the required
cutback.
(35:1021) - RUN ABORTED. THE WIDTH OR HEIGHT (EXCLUDING BORDERS,
MATERIAL LIST, ETC) IS LESS THAN 50 MM. THIS IS NOT ENOUGH ROOM FOR
THE ISOMETRIC.
The drawing size is too small or the margins are too large.
(35:1022) - THE MATERIAL CODE IS TOO WIDE AND HAS BEEN CHANGED FROM
TO
The material code has been trimmed to the maximum allowable length.
(35:1026) - ERROR - UNABLE TO OPEN INTERMEDIATE DATA FILE
Usually this indicates that you have forgotten to execute the ASCII to binary
conversion program. The ASCII output generated by the ISOGEN interface must be
converted to binary (using DATCON.COM) before executing IZOD2.
(35:1027) - WARNING - ILLEGAL SCALE FACTOR FOUND FOR LINE FLOW
ARROW - DEFAULT SCALE 8 USED
The scale factor used for the pipeline flow arrow was set to an invalid value.
(35:1029) - WARNING - NO POSITION GIVEN FOR RECORD ID. This message indicates an error in the ISOGEN interface.
(35:1030) - ERROR - OVERFLOW IN TEXT POSITIONING ARRAY
The maximum number of text positioning records has been exceeded in the
intermediate data file. Reduce the number of drawing annotations.
(35:1031) - ERROR - OVERFLOW IN PIPELINE HEADER ARRAY
The maximum number of pipeline header attributes has been exceeded. Reduce the
numbers of entries in the options file PIPELINE_HEADER_TABLE.
(35:1032) - WARNING - ONLY NEW FORMAT SPEC BREAK ALLOWED ON SYSTEM

ISOMETRICS. SET SPEC BREAK SWITCH TO NEW FORMAT.
The ISOGEN option controlling the spec break format must be set to 1.
(35:1033) - ERROR - OVERFLOW IN PIPELINE HEADER DATA (PIPELINE
REJECTED)
An internal array holding pipeline header data has overflowed.
(35:1034) - ERROR - OVERFLOW IN USER DEFINED SPOOL NAME ARRAY
Too many spools have been defined in the isometric.
(35:1035) - WARNING - USER DEFINED SPOOL NAME EXCEEDS MAX OF 30 ONLY FIRST 30 WILL BE OUTPUT AT FRAME POSITION.
A user defined spool name is too large.
(35:1036) - WARNING - USER PREFIXED SPOOL NAME EXCEEDS MAX OF 30 ONLY FIRST 30 WILL BE OUTPUT AT FRAME POSITION.
A user prefixed spool name is too large.
(35:1037) - ERROR - OVERFLOW IN PIPELINE HEADER DATA ON SYSTEM ISO
A system isometric is composed of too many pipelines.
(35:1038) - WARNING - USER DEFINED FITTING NEW KEY ALREADY EXISTS OLD SHAPE USED.
The new shape key (skey) for a user defined symbol already exists within ISOGEN.
Another symbol name must be chosen.
(35:1039) - ERROR - USER DEFINED FITTING OLD KEY NOT FOUND
The old shape key (skey) for a user defined symbol does not exist. An existing symbol
key must be used for the old skey.
(35:1040) - ERROR - USER DEFINED FITTING OLD KEY NOT SET
A user defined symbol does not have an old shape key (skey) defined for it. User
defined symbols must have an old or existing shape key as part of the definition of
the new symbol.
A - 28
(35:1041) - WARNING - USER DEFINED FITTING SPINDLE KEY NOT FOUND

The spindle key specified for a user defined ISOGEN fitting cannot be found.
(35:1042) - ERROR - OVERFLOW IN USER DEFINED FITTING ARRAY
An internal buffer has overflowed due to too many user defined components.
(35:1043) - ERROR - OVERFLOW IN FITTING SHAPE ARRAY
An internal buffer has overflowed due to too many user defined symbols.
(35:1044) - WARNING - OVERFLOW IN USER POSITIONED TABLE FOR RECORD
ID
An internal buffer has overflowed due to too many user positioned title block records.
(35:1045) - ERROR - USER TEXT POSITIONED OUTSIDE DRAWING FOR RECORD
ID - TEXT OUTPUT AT DRAWING ORIGIN.
Bad user defined text coordinates have been specified.
(35:1048) - WARNING - ONLY 30 CHARACTERS ALLOWED IN PIPELINE NAME ON
CUT PIPE SUMMARY.
The pipeline name in the cut pipe summary report can not exceed 30 characters.
(35:1052) - WARNING - OVERFLOW IN CUT PIPE REPORT ARRAY, ONLY 2000
ENTRIES ALLOWED.
The maximum cut pipe report size has been exceeded.
(35:1053) - WARNING - OVERFLOW IN USER DEFINED OFFSET FITTINGS, ONLY
100 ENTRIES ALLOWED.
The maximum of 100 user defined offset fittings has been exceeded.
(35:1054) - WARNING - INSTRUMENT NAME RESTRICTED TO TWO LINES.
Instrument tag numbers are restricted to two lines.
(35:1055) - WARNING - INSTRUMENT NAME EXCEEDS BALLOON SIZE.
An instrument tag number is larger than the balloon size specified in the ISOGEN
options block.
(35:1056) - ERROR - UNABLE TO OPEN USER FITTING FILE

ISOGEN is unable to open the user defined symbol library. Check that the file exists
and that ISOGEN has read access to it.
(35:1057) - ERROR - UNABLE TO POSITION SUPPORT/COMMENTS FROM COORDINATES GIVEN - ATTA HAS NOT BEEN DIMENSIONED, CHECK POSITION
ON DRAWING.
ISOGEN was unable to position a pipe support and its comment.
(35:1058) - WARNING - SPLIT POINT POSITIONED AT LINE/BRANCH END SPLIT POINT IGNORED.
A user defined split point was placed at an endpoint of the pipeline.
(35:1059) - WARNING - SPLIT POINT HAS BEEN POSITIONED INCORRECTLY SPLIT POINT HAS BEEN REPOSITIONED.
ISOGEN has rejected a user defined split point and repositioned it.
(35:1060) - WARNING - TAP OFF POINT CONNECTED TO STANDARD FITTING TAP OFF SHOWN FROM FITTING CENTER.
A tap is called for on a fitting that is not user defined. The tap point is taken to be
the center of the fitting.
(35:1061) - WARNING - NO DIRECTION GIVEN FOR UNDEVELOPED FITTING
TAP - DIRECTION ASSUMED FROM FITTING COORDINATES.
ISOGEN cannot determine a direction of a fitting tap. A default direction is
assumed. Cut lengths have been suppressed for pipe not in the material list, check
isometric drawing.
(35:1062) - WARNING - PIPE CONFLICT (PIPE ON/OFF MATERIAL LIST) - CHECK
CUT LIST.
ISOGEN is unable to position comments using the given coordinates.
() (NEW) - WARNING - BATCH INPUT FILE CREATED WITH EARLIER VERSION
OF PD_ISO BATCH INPUT FILE VERSION: BATCH DATA VER 4.0
Iso types are not represented in a batch input file created prior to PD_ISO version
5.00.00.05. You should recreate all batch input files using a PD_ISO version greater
than 5.00.00.05.
A - 30
(35:1099) (New) - ERROR - UNABLE TO POSITION COMMENT USING COORDINATES GIVEN COMMENT RECORD CO-ORDS ARE ***** ***** ***** CHECK
LOCATION OF COMMENT ON DRAWING
ISOGEN is unable to position skey using the given coordinates.
(35:1101) (New) - ERROR - UNABLE TO POSITION skey USING CO-ORDINATES
GIVEN skey RECORD CO-ORDS ARE ***** ***** ***** CHECK POSITION ON
DRAWING
ISOGEN has received an unacceptable position for skey symbol.
(35:1104) (New) - ERROR - UNACCEPTABLE POSITION FOR skey SYMBOL skey
RECORD CO-ORDS ARE ***** ***** ***** SYMBOL NOT ON DRAWING
A.2.2
Design File Interface Error Messages
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
E1 - Error opening IZOD2 error file
For some reason the error file created by the design file interface could not be opened.
Check to make sure that you have write access to the current default directory.
E2 - Logical name ISOSEED is not defined or the iso seed file does not exist
This error message can only be generated when a wildcard character is used in the
output design file name. When this is the case then IZOD2 copies the seed file itself
for each sheet that is generated. If the logical name is not defined or the file does not
exist then the file cannot be copied.
E3 - Iso design file not found
This error message is issued when the output design file cannot be found. It can only
be issued when the output design file name does not contain a wildcard character. In
this case the output file must be created prior to executing IZOD2.
E5 - Error opening the isometric design file
An error has occurred in opening the output iso design file for block i/o. Verify that
the file is not already open, that you have write access to the file and that the file is a
design file.
E6 - Error creating new iso design file
An error has occurred in copying the seed iso file to a new iso design file. This error
can only be issued when the output iso file name contains a wild card character.
E8 - Error opening the isometric design file
This message is the same as E5, except that it is only issued when the iso design file
name contains a wild card character.
E9 - Error writing graphics to design file
This message indicates that a write operation to the design file could not be
completed successfully.
A - 32
A.3
Batch Extraction Software Error Messages
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The following error codes may be reported in the batch extraction log file:
1 - Cannot Mount Batch Input File
When this error is encountered, verify the following:
1.
Check if the Node/path/file exists.
2.
Find out if the remote node is up.
3.
Check if the /etc/exports file of the remote node contains the path to be
mounted.
2 - Error Initializing Project DBS

Verify that you have access the Database Server.
3 - Error Initializing Piping DBS
4 - Error Initializing Job Spec DBS
5 - Error Reading Project Options (Default Set)
System was trying to read the Project Options from the database server.
6 - Error Mounting Working Directory
Probable Reason:
1.
2.
3.
Check if the /etc/exports file of the remote node contain the path to be mounted.
7 - Error Changing To Working Directory

Check Your directory privileges.
8 - Error Creating Temp Sub-Directory in
Check Your directory privileges.
9 - Error Opening Batch Input file
An error occurred when the batch command procedure attempted to open the batch
job input file. Make sure that the file protections on the file are such that the
command procedure can open the file.
10 - Record Too Long In Batch Input File
See the log files for the specific record (line) is causing the problem.
11 - Batch Input File Version Invalid:
The batch input file was created with a previous software version and the format is
no longer valid.
12 - Error Reading Batch Input File
An error has occurred reading a record from the batch job input file. Look in the
batch log file to determine the cause of the problem.
13 - Error Writing To Batch Input File
The command procedure does not have write access to the output file directory that
was specified by the selected default set. The process under which batch isos are
executing must have write access to the output file directory.
The line may have been successfully processed. See the log files to verify successful
processing.
14 - Invalid Default Set Line In Batch Input file
Refer to the logs file to determine cause of this problem.
15 - Error Changing To Master Work Directory
Check Batch Login privileges for write access to the /usr/tmp directory.
A - 34
16 - Work Directory:<directory name>

17 - Error Changing To Working Sub-directory
18 - Cannot Mount Output Iso Directory (ISOPATH)
Most common reasons for this error:
1.
2.
3.
Also,for interactive extraction, verify that the Environment variable ISOPATH, in

control.sh is set to a valid directory.
19 - Error Moving To Output ISO Directory
Check Batch Login privileges for write access to the output path specified by the
selected default set.
20 - Error Changing To Directory
21 - Error Deleting Temp Sub-Directory
22 - Error Renaming pdsidf.dat Or pdsidf.err
One or both of these files could not be renamed to isoname.dat or isoname.err.
23 - Error Starting Iso Interface Process
When this error is encountered, check the following:
1.
Verify that the ISO software has been downloaded by keying in dates PD_ISO
at the UNIX prompt.
2.
Verify that there are not too many process running on the workstation.
3.
Verify that the system has enough memory.
24 - Error Returned From batch.sh

See the log files for more information.
25 - Error Copying/Adding To pdsidf.dat
The command procedure does not have write access to the output file directory
specified in the selected default set. The process under which batch isos is executing
must have write access to the output file directory.
26 - Error Opening/Reading/Closing sheets.tmp
27 - Invalid Options String
Check the default set through Revise Default Set. There might have been an error
setting up the Default Set when it was first defined.
28 - Error Writing To Batch Log
29 - Error Opening/Closing Batch Log
30 - MTO File Name > 14 characters
Filename in Unix are limited to 14 characters
31 - Fatal Error In batch.sh
1.
Verify that the ISO software has been downloaded.
2.
3.
A - 36
32 - Unable To Obtain Local Node Name

Check to see if the workstations node name has been correctly set up. Consult your
system administrator.
33 - Error Creating Directory In <directory name>
34 - Unable To Save Previous Files In <directory name>
35 - Unable To Create Error Directory
36 - Unable To Save In Error Directory
37 - Serious Interface Error
Refer to the log files to determine the cause of the problem. The Problem Line should
be run with Debug & Verify turned on. Contact Intergraph system support and send
them all of the generated files.
38 - Error Returning From Iso Interface
39 - Iso Interface - Abnormal Exit (Unix Error): Due To Signal
This is a UNIX internal error. Check the Unix Signal returned error code to
determine the problem.
40 - Batch.sh - Abnormal Exit (Unix Error): Due To Signal
This is a UNIX internal error. Check the Unix Signal returned error code to
determine the problem.
41 - Batch.sh - returned invalid error code
The ksh has detected a possible UNIX error.
42 - Error Starting batch.sh

This error is usually caused by either a memory or input/output problem.
1.
2.
3.
43 - Error in starting (exec call) batch.sh

The batch.sh cannot be found. Verify that the PD_ISO environment variable in the
control.sh has beed defined properly. This file should be located in
/usr#/ip32/pdiso/bin.
45 - Project Name Format Invalid In Batch Input file
Check if the Project Name in Batch Input File is present or a valid one.
46 - Error In Executing Ksh Command
An error occurred when starting another process.
1.
2.
3.
48 - Run Aborted - Job Log May Have More Info

49 - Problem Line Not Processed After Restart of Iso Interface
There was a problem with a line. The Iso Interface was re-executed to avoid a crash,
the problem line was not processed after restarting the Iso Interface
50 - Error in calling system
An error occurred when starting another process.
1.
A - 38
2.
3.
51 - Could Not Open pdsidf.dat

An error has occurred reading a record from the batch job input file. First, verify
that the file exists. If the file exists, look in the batch log file to determine the cause
of the problem.
52 - Could Not Open seed.dat
An error has occurred reading a record from the batch job input file. First, verify
that the file exists. If the file exists, look in the batch log file to determine the cause
of the problem.
53 - Area Not Found In Project
When this error is encountered, verify that:
1.
the database server is running.
2.
the area name has been altered in the batch input file.
3.
the project area was not deleted before the batch job was submitted.
54 - Area/Line Not Found In ISO Database

1.
2.
the line ID has not been altered in the Batch Input file.
3.
the line was not deleted before the batch job was submitted.
55 - No Model Found for Area

1.
2.
the model name has not been altered in the Batch Input file.
3.
the model was not deleted before the batch job was submitted.
56 - Project Defaults Not Set

1.
2.
the default set name has not been altered in the Batch Input file.
3.
the default set was not deleted before the batch job was submitted.
57 - Error Reading Project Option File Names

1.
2.
3.
58 - Cannot Close File

An error, possibly a UNIX error, was encountered in closing a file.
59 - Unable To Process Area/Line
Refer to the log files for more detailed information.
60 - Error Reading Drawing Revision Records
1.
2.
the line ID has not been altered in the Batch Input file.
3.
the line ID name was not deleted before the batch job was submitted.
61 - Error Updating Drawing Record

Verify that the database server is running.
62 - Defaults Set Not Found
1.
2.
A - 40
3.
64 - Error Updating Drawing Revision Record

Verify that the database server is running.
65 - Error Writing to file
66 - Error Mounting Iso Seed Design File (ISOSEED)
1.
2.
3.
68 - Error Initializing Microstation message

The First Design File in the Current Area being processed could not be initialized by
Microstation.
69 - Error Mounting Iso Plot File (ISOPLOT)
1.
2.
3.
70 - Error Exporting Environment Variable

Unix Error: check the amount of available workstation memory.
71 - Error Mounting Output Directory
1.
2.
3.
72 - Error Mounting Border File (ISOBORDER)

1.
2.
3.
73 - Unexpected Error From JOBCTL

An error has occurred in creating input for the ISOGEN interface using data from the
batch job input file. This error should only occur if the batch job input file is out of
sync with the Batch Data File. The two files can get out of sync if lines are deleted
after they have been added to a batch job input file.
75 - Abnormal Database Error (See System Log)
See the Log files for more information.
99 - Fatal Error while running the Batch Job: batch.sh
See the Log files for more information.
101 - Intermediate File Does Not Exist
A fatal error has occurred in the generating the intermediate file from the ISOGEN
interface. Look in the error log produced by the interface to determine the cause of
the problem.
102 - Error Generating Binary IDF File
An error has occurred in converting the intermediate data file produced by the
ISOGEN interface to binary. This usually indicates an earlier problem in the
ISOGEN interface. Look at the error log produced by the interface to determine the
cause of the problem.
103 - Isometric Seed File Does Not Exist
The isometric seed file specified in the Batch Data File does not exist. Either create
the seed file or change the file specification in the Batch Data File.
A - 42
104 - Error Running ISOGEN Interface (ISOGEN)

A fatal error running ISOGEN has occurred. Look at the error log produced by the
ISOGEN interface and also at the ISOGEN message file. Error messages generated
by the Intergraph design file interface will be written to the error log. Error
messages generated by ISOGEN will be written to the message file.
110 - Error Splitting The MTO Neutral File
When the ISOGEN interface produces an mto neutral file, the batch software
automatically splits it into several files, each containing the mto data for a single
sheet. This error is generated when splitting up the neutral file fails. Make sure
that your MTO record map maps component occurrence numbers into the neutral
file.
115 - Error Generating Title Block Text
An error has occurred while attempting to determine which segment attributes
should be placed in the title block of each isometric sheet. Make sure that you have
properly set your Title Block Table File. Contact Intergraph for help if you cannot
solve the problem.
120 - Iso Sheets File Not Found or Unreadable
An error occurred when the batch command procedure tried to open the file that
contains the number of isometric sheets generated by ISOGEN. This error indicates
an Intergraph software problem.
121 - Error Reading Iso Sheets File
An error occurred while trying to read the number of iso sheets from a file produced
by ISOGEN. This error indicates an Intergraph software problem.
122 - Error Updating Number Of Sheets
Error updating number of sheets An error occurred while updating the number of
drawing sheets for a multi-section pipeline. Refer to the batch (DCL) log file to
determine the cause of the problem.
123 - Error Opening STIB Input File
An error occurred while trying to create an input file for STIB. This error probably
indicates an Intergraph software error.
124 - Error Filling Out Title Block By STIB
An error has occurred while STIB was attempting to fill out the drawing title block.
Make sure that your seed iso design file has plenty of space for both the drawing
graphics and the text that is inserted by STIB. Also make sure that the disk holding
the batch run directory has plenty of contiguous space. STIB creates a 500 block
temporary work file that must be contiguous.
125 - Error Getting Previous Manual Details

An error occurred while attempting to move manual details from a previous version
of a drawing to the latest. Refer to the batch (DCL) log file to determine the cause of
the problem.
130 - Plot Software Does Not Exist
Could not find the Plot Software (IP_IPLOT). If the plotting software is not loaded,
set the plot option to No and rerun the iso.
If attempting to perform a batch process, this error could also indicate that you do
not have access to the requested queue. Verify that the requested queue name is
available to the processing nodes batch login.
131 - Plot Seed File Does Not Exist
The isometric seed file specified in the Batch Data File does not exist. Either create
the seed file or change the file specification in the Batch Data File.
132 - Error Opening Or Writing Plot Job File
An error has occurred creating a command procedure to launch an IPLOT plot job.
This error is probably due to an Intergraph software problem. Refer to the batch
(DCL) log file to determine the cause.
Error occurred while creating the Plot Meta File: Check if there is enough memory
space.
133 - Error Generating Plot Meta File
Error occurred while creating the Plot Meta File. Verify that the system has enough
memory.
134 - Error Submitting A Job To ISO_PLOT
An error occurred submitting a job to launch an IPLOT plot. Make sure that the plot
queue ISO_PLOT is properly set up.
135 - Batch Submitting Error Code: 0x10000XXX
An error has occurred in submitting a batch job where XXX is an error return code
listed in the 0batch0batchapi0batchapi.h file. For example, the return code
0x10000025 is defined as BATCH_ERROR_NO_ACCOUNT_MAPPING (025) IN
THE ntbatchapi.h file. In this case, you would verify that your account is mapped
correctly in the Intergraph Batch Manager.
If the account password has been changed and the password in Account Mapping has
not been updated since the account was mapped to the valid user, the batch job will
still be reported as, Batch Job Submitted Successfully. The invalid password is not be
detected by NTBATCH until the batch job is started.
A - 44
Appendix B: Alias ISOGEN Tables B-1
Appendix B
Alias ISOGEN Tables
B-2 - PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide March 2000
Tables of Intermediate File Records

Record ID. No.
Purpose
-1
Overflow text record

(Used with all types of text records)
-3
-4
Text for Isometric Title Block

Special key input
(That is, in-line items given a -4 key is treated in the special
way that Alias instruments are.)
Spare
Pipeline Reference
Spare
Revision Identifier
Project Identification (Code Number)
Batch Reference (Zone Name)
Piping Specification Name
Nominal Pressure Rating (Class)
Line Type Identifier
Date of Data Transfer
Insulation Specification
Tracing Specification
Painting Specification
Spare
Spare
Item Code
Item Description
Tag Number and Hanger Name
Hanger Tail Reference (ATTA CREF)
Spare
New Pipeline Reference
(Used to indicate start of new pipeline on multi-pipeline
plot.)
Specification Change Identifier
-5
-6
-7
-8
-9
-10
-11
-12
-13
-14
-15
-16
-17
-18
-19
-20
-21
-22
-23
-24
-25
-26
Remarks
Pipeline
Header
Information

Record ID. No.
-27
-28
-29
-30
-31
-32
-33
-34
-35
-36
-37
-38
-39
-40
Purpose
Spare
Spare
Spare
Connection Comment - Continued ON
Connection Comment - Connected TO
HCON/TCON = OPEN (Not used by PDS)
HCON/TCON = CLOS
End Connection Type (such as a cap, blind plug, etc.)
HCON = VENT (Not used by PDS)
HCON = DRAN (Not used by PDS)
Unset HREF or IREF Indicator
(But only when HCON or TCON is not set to OPEN, CLOS,
VENT, DRAN or SCRD)
-36 is used to disable No Connection ... notes from being
displayed. (See also Intergraph Option 6)
Comment on spool, fitting, or hanger
Drawing Split Point Indicator ( + + + + )
Spare
Skewed spindle directions or skewed ecc reducer flat
directions
-51
-52
-53
-54
-55
-56
-57
-58
-59
-60
-67
-80 to -90
-100
-101
-102
-103
-104
-105
-106
-107
-108
Remarks
This block (-51 to -60)

is reserved for internal
Isodat processing.
Intergraph Weld Number Record Key

User-defined Bill of Material Records
Intermediate data transfer file name
Schema plot file name (For drug frame)
Isometric plot file prefix
New/alternative symbol file names
Material Control file name
Message file name
(Error and plot confirmation messages)
PDMS error system file name
(This is not user-definable)
PDMS > ISOGEN
(This is not user-definable)
Printed Parts List file name

Record ID. No.
-109
to
-200
-201
-500
-501
-502
Purpose
Spare
Reserved for ATEX - foreign language or other alternative

text on isometric
(Title Information, End Conditions, etc.)
(Full details are available on a separate list)
Reserved for new or alternative to fitting shape definitions.
(Full details to be provided later.)
Remarks
Record Identification Numbers

Spool and In-Line Fitting Records
Please refer to Appendix E, ISOGEN SKEY Dimensions, for further details.
Spool / Fitting Type
Record ID Numbers
Remarks
In
Leg
First
Branch
Leg
Second
Branch
Leg
Out
Leg
Bend
Elbow
Olet
Tee
Cross
Reducer (Con/Ecc)
Tee Reducer (Con/Ecc)
Reducing Flange
Tee Bend/Elbow
Angle Valve
3 Way Valve
4 Way Valve
Instrument
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70
75
80
85
90
41
46
51
61
71
81
86
91
52
87
92
31
36
42
47
53
62
72
76
82
88
93
Pcom (Misc. Pipe

Component)
Pipe (Tube)
Fixed Length Pipe
Pipe Block
(Fixed Length)
Pipe Block
(Variable Length)
Flange
Lap Joint Stub End
Blank Flange (Blind)
Gasket
Bolt
Weld
Cap
Coupling
Union
Valve
Trap
Vent
95
96
100
101
102
103
105
106
107
110
115
120
125
126
127
130
132
134
Plus a 0 record
Plus a 0 record
Plus a 0 record
Plus a 0 record
Plus a 0 record
Plus a 0 record
Plus a 0 record
Plus a 0 record
Plus a 0 record
A straight through type
instrument only has 90 &
93 record ID Numbers.
Instrument Dials only have
a 90 record.
Spool and In-Line Fitting Records (continued)

Spool / Fitting Type
Filter
User Positioned
Comment
Pipe Hanger/Support
Bore Record
End of File Marker
Record ID Numbers
Remarks
In
Leg
First
Branch
Leg
Second
Branch
Leg
Out
Leg
136
149
150
180 to 199
inc.
0
999
Used to define position
Reserved for internal

ISODAT processing
Option Switches
This is a brief summary of the option switches operated by the 140-word options block. Recommended default values for each
option are shown, together with either a list of alternatives or an indication of appropriate data values. Full details (where
appropriate) can be found in Chapters 3 or 4.
Any standard settings (Std. is =) indicated on the following pages are default settings from Alias; these settings are required to
produce a STANDARD isometric drawing. You can make various alternative settings to meet specific project requirements.
For any switch with multiple switch settingssuch as A, B, C, D, Ethe switches read from right to left, as shown below.
Leading 0s (zeros) can be omitted, but trailing 0s must be included.
The following ISOGEN options must not be changed from their delivered settings.
ISOGEN Option Number
1
7
31
32
33
43-51
55-57
58
131
Function
Plot length control
Drawing control
Iso output file
Plotter scale factor
Pipe detailed
Wastage factors
Diagnostic printing
Clear screen
Test parameter
Option Switches
Isometric
Facility
Word
Number
Switch
Position
File Marker
or Data
Cutting List
Suppress cut pipe list and cut pipe numbers.

(default)
Generate cut piece numbers and a cut pipe list.
Cut piece numbers start at 1 on each sheet.
Use old style (limited information) cut piece

list. (default)
Use new style (full information) cut piece list.
Generate numeric cut piece identifiers. (default)
Parameter Value Options
Generate alphabetic cut piece identifiers.

1
Generate standard cut lengths only. (default)
D
0
1
Cut Marks
Character Size
(Only controls
text on
isometric
drawing)
Generate supplementary output of cut lengths in

decimal inches format in the REMARKS
column of the new style cut piece list. This
setting only applies when using Imperial Units.
Std. is = 0 for no cut marks.
or set:
For plotted cut marks. (Position relative to

drawing frame to be based upon margin
dimension.)
For characters 2.5 mm high (default setting).
For characters 2.1 mm high.
Option Switches (continued)

Isometric
Facility
Suppress
Output Of End
Coordinates
Date in Title
Block
Word
Number
Switch
Position
File Marker
or Data
Std. = 0 for normal end coordinates to be output

for -30 to -36 type records.
data
Optionally set each of the 7 digits in the word to

1 or 0 for selective output or suppression of the
end coordinates.
1101101 = suppress all end coordinates except
for the -31 and 34 types records.
Std. is = 0 for date plotted in the form 14 APR

88.
EUR for date plotted in the format: 14/04/88
USA for date plotted in the format: 04/14/88
For no plotted date.
0
1
Use the date from the IDF file record (-14).

Use the computer system date (taken at run time).
0
1
Output 2-digit year.

Output 4-digit year.

Isometric
Facility
Word
Number
Dimension
Line Standout
Distance
Switch
Position
File Marker
or Data
Data < 11
Default to use Standard Dimension Line

Standouts (see below). Only used if options 40
and 118 are not set
Data 11
Where a value is set to the required basic

standout distance in whole mms.
Standard Dimension Line Standouts:
For SMALL drawing text, set ISOGEN Word 4
to 1.
A) String/Composite Dimension Standout =
12mm.
B) Messages/Support & Reference Dimension
Standout = 6mm
C) Overall Dimension Standout = 18mm
For MEDIUM text, set Word 4 to 0.
A) String/Composite Dimen. Standout = 14mm.
Standout = 7mm
For LARGE text, set ISOGEN Word 4 to 2.
Standout = 8mm
For EXTRA LARGE text, set Word 4 to 3.
Standout = 9mm
B) Messages/Support & Reference Dimen.
Standout = 10mm
C) Overall Dimen. Standout = 30mm
Standout = 11mm

Isometric
Facility
Word
Number
Switch
Position
File Marker
or Data
Dimension
Line Standout
Distance
(continued)

Standout = 9mm
B) Messages/Support & Reference Dimen.
Standout = 10mm
C) Overall Dimen. Standout = 30mm
Dimensions
On Drawing

Standout = 11mm
Std. is = 0 for isometric with dimensions.
For isometric without any dimensions.
For Support dimensions only.
For COMPOSITE dimensions.
FULL STRING dimensioning, ALL

components dimensioned
Do not include gasket thickness in flanged

component dimension
Include gasket thickness in

flanged component
dimension.
Dimension displayed in a
broken dimension line.
USA-style dimensioning,
dimension displayed above
dimension line.

Isometric
Facility
Drawing
Margin
Word
Number
10
Switch
Position
File Marker
or Data
Std. is = 5 mm for left hand margin dimension.

or set:
data
11
data
12
data
13
data
Drawing Size
14
Alternative value for left margin.

Std. is = 5 mm for right hand margin dimension.
or set:
Alternative value for right margin.
Std. is = 5 mm for top margin dimension.
or set:
Alternative value for top margin.
Std. is = 5 mm for bottom margin dimension.
or set:
Alternative value for bottom margin.
Std. is = A2 paper size (420 x 594 mm)

Or set:
For A1 paper size (594 x 841 mm)

Or set:
For AD paper size (22 x 34)
For AC paper size (17 x 22)
For AB paper size (11x17)
For AA paper size (8.5 x 11)
For AE size drawings (33 x 44)
10
For AO size drawings (841 mm x 1189 mm)

Or set:
15
data
New value for drawing height in mms
16
data
New value for drawing width in mms

Isometric
Facility
Word
Number
Flow Arrows
17
Frame Control
Falling Lines
(Slope)
Sloping
Pipeline
Indication
Limit
18
Switch
Position
File Marker
or Data
Std. is = 0 for fluid flow arrows on selected in-line

components.
or set:
To suppress fluid flow arrows.
Std. is = 0 for standard Isoplot drawing frame.

or set:
To suppress standard Isoplot drawing frame.

Used to control how falling sections of pipeline are
actually to be defined on the iso.
19
20
Std. is = 0 to define falling sections of pipeline in

terms of an angle (i.e., FALL 1.5.
or set:
To define falling sections in terms of a falls ration

(i.e., FALL 1:60).
To define falling sections in terms of a falls

percentage (i.e., FALL 1.7%).
To define falling sections in terms of grads

(i.e., FALL 1 GRAD).
To define falling sections in terms of an incline (i.e.,

FALL 3/16 PER FT).
To define falling sections in

terms of an incline (i.e., FALL 16 MM PER M).
To suppress falling line indication.
Used to define the falls definition cut off point

(i.e., to control what degree of steepness should
be treated as a fall and what should not). In this
case, the section concerned is surrounded by the
normal box enclosure.
data
Std. is = 5 degrees or ratio of 1:11 or 9 percent

or 5 gradients or 1" per ft (Imperial) or 88 mm
per meter depending upon which key word is set
as the first parameter. (All these are approx. =
to 5 degrees.)
or set:

Isometric
Facility
Sloping
Pipeline
Indication
Limit
(continued)
Word
Number
Switch
Position
20
File Marker
or Data
data
To the required value for the desired cut-off

value of the previous switch (19). If the correct
parameter for Switch 19 is set then:For 9 degree. cut-off, enter 9.
For 1:6 cut-off, enter 6.
For 16% cut-off, enter 16.
For 10 grad. cut-off, enter 10.
For 2" per foot cut-off, enter 2.
For 166 mm per cut-off, enter 166.
NOTE:
The default cut-off value is 5 degree or its
equivalent as indicated above.
Isometric
Type
Loose Flange
And Field Fit
Weld
Allowance
21
Std. is = 0 for combined isometrics (Fab and

Erec information.).
or set:
For Erection isometrics only.
For Fabrication isometrics only.
For individual Spool isometrics.
For no isometrics from an ISOGEN run.

Used to control the amount of extra pipe that is
added to both the Cut Length dimensions and
the Material List at Loose Flange and Field Fit
Weld (FFW) positions.
22
NOTE:
Intergraph Option Switch 62 (Weld Number
Display), position C, must be set to 1 for
ISOGEN 22 to work properly.
A/B/C
data
Value used for field welds

Standard is 150 mm.
Values are in mm.
D/E.F
data
Value used for offshore welds

Standard is 0 mm.
Values are in mm.

Isometric
Facility
Word
Number
Plotted
Material List
Control
23
Switch
Position
File Marker
or Data

This option allows control of the material list on
the iso and the style of the material control file.
(Material control file generation controlled by
Intergraph Option 1.)
Material list plotted
Material list not plotted
Blank or 0
1
This is a sorted STYLE 1 list.

Individual part numbers and Pulled Bends are
given a U number . (See ATEXT -356)
Gaskets and Bolts are accumulated. Welds are
given W or B numbers. (See ATEXT -357 & 358)
This is a sorted STYLE 2 list . Individual part

numbers and Pulled Bends are given a U
number. (See ATEXT -356) Gaskets and Bolts
are accumulated. Welds are given W or B
numbers. (See ATEXT -357 & -358)
Blank or 1
STYLE 1 Material list

(default)
Blank or 0
1
No action
Old Style of Material Control File (default)

New Style of Material
Control File.
Blank or 0
Sectionalized form of Material List with title for

each group of components (default).
Continuous form of Material List. No headings

other than those set in the Material Definition
file by the user.

Isometric
Facility
Word
Number
Plotted
Material List
Control
(continued)
Material List
Type/Length
Units
Switch
Position
25

(No separate FAB / EREC sections. No
component subgroup headings.)
Components are continued to be sorted into
Groups. Horizontal list is drawn across the
Material List after each group of components.
Category identifiers (ATEXT -376, -377, -378)
and Group identifiers (ATEXT -307, -308, 309, -311 through -315) are both available for
use in any user-specified column position.
Metric or Imperial Units used with this option
are goverened by ISOGEN option 41,
Dimensional Units.
24
Material List
Position &
Title Block
Position
File Marker
or Data
Produce a material list on a per drawing basis

with length units to the nearest 1/10 meter or
1/10 foot (default).
Produce a material list on a per pipeline basis

with length units to the nearest 1/10 meter or
1/10 foot
Output pipe length in a x.xM or x.x format. (for

example, 10.4M or 10.4) (default)
Output pipe length in a x MM or x x" format.

(for example, 1040 MM or 10 5")
Output pipe length in a x.xxx M or x.xxx format.

(for example, 1.040 M or 10.510)
Material List on left side of isometric drawing.

The title block is located in the bottom right
corner of the drawing area.
Material List on right side of isometric drawing.

The title block is located in the bottom right
corner of the drawing area.
Place title block in the bottom right corner of

the drawing area. (default)
Place Title block at the bottom of the material

list.

Isometric
Facility
Word
Number
Material List
Position &
Title Block
Position
(continued)
25
Material List
Descriptions
26
Material List
Text Size
Switch
Position
File Marker
or Data
2

Do not place a title block.
Note:
Check ATEXTs -317 and -318. If they are not
blank and have not been positioned by the user, the
Cut List SUMMARY is positioned above the title
block.
27
Std. is = 0 to have item descriptions listed

or set:
To suppress item descriptions.
For characters 2.5 mm high (default setting).
For characters 2.8 mm high. (Only controls text

on isometric picture.)

NOTE:
Setting 5 is not recommended.

Isometric
Facility
Word
Number
Material List
Item Code
Length
28
Material List
Line Spacing
29
Switch
Position
File Marker
or Data
Controls number of characters in item code.

data
The minimum item code length is 1 character.
100
Controls line spacing on material list.

Std. is = 100.
or set:
data
Material List
Output
Picture Scale
Alternative value to increase/decrease in the

ratio data/100/ (i.e., 105 to obtain 105/100
increase).
Controls how overflow material list are split.
30
0
For automatic overflow onto a second material

list width plotted alongside the normal one.
(default)
Creates an isometric that contains only the

material list extension.
Creates an overflow iso for the material list.

The second iso is given the same number as the
first sheet, but appends a suffix (A, B, C, etc.).
10
Same as 0 except that DRG 1 of 1 is added to

single sheet isometrics.
11

12

34
100
data
Used to enlarge or diminish the isometric

picture image size while keeping the frame size
constant. Size alters in proportion to the
number entered and 100.
Std. is = 100.
or set:
Alternative value to increase/ decrease picture
scale in the ratio to data/100.

Isometric
Facility
Drawing and
Material List
Reserved Area
Word
Number
Switch
Position
File Marker
or Data

Used to define a section along the bottom of the
isometric sheet that is to be reserved for user
use in both the Drawing Area and Material List
Area.
35
A/B/C
Data
Enter a value in mms equal to the depth of

reserved area that is required along the bottom
of the iso above the lower frame line in the
drawing area. When specified, this area always
is left blank.
D/E/F
Data
Enter a value in mms equal to the depth of

reserved area that is required along the bottom
of the iso above the lower frame line in the
Material List area.
When specified, this area is always left blank.
(Measured from the same place as Drawing
Reserve Area)
Checks to make on ATEXT -317 and -318. If
they are not blank and have not been positioned
by the user, the CL SUMMARY is positioned
above the Material List Reserve Area.
Drawing
Stacking
Arrangement
36
data
37
Drawing Split
Control
Std. is = 1 for 1 frame high stacking.

Alternative value for variations on this (i.e., 2
for 2 frame high stacking, or 3 for 3 frame high
stacking , etc.).
Std. is = 0 for plotting along the paper.
For plotting across the paper.
38
100
data
Controls drawing. splitting (i.e., the average

amount of information to be shown on one
drawing).
Std. is = 100 for 100%.
A number >100 to increase content or <100 to
decrease.
NOTE:
ISOGEN option 7 must be set to 0 for this
option to function properly.

Isometric
Facility
Spool
Numbers
Word
Number
Switch
Position
File Marker
or Data
39
Spool numbering On.

(use consecutive numbering - 1, 2, 3...)
Spool numbering Off.
Spool numbering On,

(use consecutive lettering - A, B, C...)
Spool numbering is consecutive and does not

reset to 1 for new sheets.
Spool numbering is consecutive, but resets to 1

for new sheets.
0 or blank
Spool numbers are enclosed in a double box.

(default)
Spool numbers are enclosed in a diamond-ended

box.
Spool numbers are enclosed in a round-ended

box.
Spool numbers are enclosed in a triangle.
Spool numbers are enclosed

in a diamond.
5
Spool numbers are enclosed in a square.
Pipe Supports
Controls pipe support dispaly and dimensioning.
40
STRING type support dimensioning. (default)

A
0
OVERALL type support dimensioning
1
2
Support pipe supports on the isometric and on

the material list.
Use undimensioned pipe supports on the

isometric.

Isometric
Facility
Word
Number
Switch
Position
File Marker
or Data
Pipe Supports
40
Support dimensions are on the same side of the

pipeline as normal pipe dimensions.
Support dimensions are opposite of the pipeline

from normal pipeline dimensions. Standout
distance set in positions C/D of this switch are
ignored
Dimensional
Units
No support dimension standout set. Program

default is used.
0 or Blank
C/D
data
0 or Blank
1
2
3
4
Inch bores with metric (mm) linear dimensions.
Inch bores with imperial (ft/in) dimensions.
Metric (mm) bores with metric (mm) dimensions.
Metric co-ordinates are output as mm.
Metric co-ordinates are output as M.mm.
Standard output in feet and inches. (6 10.1/4)
Same as value 0, but with an added dash. (610.1/4)
Same as value 1, but a blank space replaces the

dot. (6-10 1/4)
Do not output weight info. to the isometric

(includes material lists, drawing frame, etc.).
(default)
Output weight in kilograms.
Output weight in pounds.
41
Support dimension standout in whole mm units.

Dimension all supports.
Dimension Fabrication-type supports only.
Dimension Erection-type supports only.
Dimension Offshore-type supports only.
Dimension Erection & Offshore-type supports
only.
Controls the output units for bore dimensions,
coordinate, weight and what weight information is
output , if any, for an isometric.

Isometric
Facility
Dimensional Units
(continued)
Word
Number
Switch
Position
File Marker
or Data
41
Suppress weight output.

Individual component weights do not appear in
the materials list. Only weight sub-totals and
totals appear.
Component Weight is output as total component

weight. (quantity x unit weight).
Output component weight as individual weight of

each component type. (not multiplied by
quantity).
0 or blank
Change output format from inches to feet/inches

at 24.
value
A number (in whole inches) where the output

format changes from inches to feet/inches. The
minimum valid value is 12.
blank
Output NPD at branches and reducers as normal.
F/G
View Point
Control
42
Suppress NPD at branches and reducers.
N arrow points top left. (default)
N arrow points bottom right.
N arrow points top right.
N arrow points bottom left.
N arrow points top left (boxed in).
N arrow points bottom right (boxed in).
N arrow points top right (boxed in).
N arrow points bottom left (boxed in).

Isometric
Facility
Word
Number
Spare
52
Weld
Numbers
53
Switch
Position
File Marker
or Data
Weld Numbers OFF
Weld Numbers ON
(small characters)
Weld Numbers ON
(medium characters)
Weld Numbers ON
(large characters)
Weld Numbers ON
(small characters)
Only number fabrication welds
Weld Numbers ON
(medium characters)
Weld Numbers ON
(large characters)
Weld Numbers ON
(small characters)
Only number erection welds
Weld Numbers ON
(medium characters)
Weld Numbers ON
(large characters)
Values 1-9 number welds consecutively, starting
at 1, for the entire pipeline.
Blank or 0
1
Blank or 0
Do not generate a weld box.

Generate a weld box.
Welds numbers run consecutively, starting at 1,
for the entire pipeline.
Weld numbers start at 1 on each new sheet
generated for a pipeline.

Isometric
Facility
Word
Number
Weld
Numbers
(continued)
Switch
Position
File Marker
or Data
Generate weld numbers for offshore welds
Generate weld numbers for offshore welds

ONLY
Weld Control
Spare
Instrument
Identification
Tag Numbers
Insulation
Control
54
0 or blank
Single sequence for all welds.
Individual sequence for each weld type
Std. is = 0 to have all welds plotted.

or set:
To have all welds suppressed.
To have only Site welds plotted.
To have only Fabrication welds plotted.
To change Site welds to Fabrication welds.

This setting will not change User Inserted Site
Welds.
56-57
Controls which 3D system parameter is used on
the isometric for the identification of
instruments.
59
60
61
Std. is = 0 for instrument NAME output.

or set:
To output the specification reference (Item

Code/Tag Number) .
Std. is = 0 for no tag numbers on in-line items.

or set:
To plot tag numbers
Std. is = 0 to have the insulation line plotted

alongside the pipe.
Or set:
To suppress insulation lines.
To have insulation on for tube and all insulated

components
B-26 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - March 2000

Isometric Facility
Word
Number
Tracing Control
62
Printed Material
List Length
Control
63
Pipe Support
Information On
Isometric
Drawing
64
Bolting Lengths
and Bolting
Diameters in the
Alias Material
Control File
Only
Switch
Position
File Marker
or Data
Std. is = 0 to have the Tracing lines plotted

alongside the pipe, or set:
To suppress the Tracing lines.
To have Tracing on for tube and all traced

components.
55
Std. is = 55 (for 55 lines per page), or set:
data
Alternative value (for example, 62)
Std. is = 0 for no Support Names on drawing [Use

standard specification reference (Item Code) on
parts list.],or set:
Support Names are output on Iso and are used in the

parts list.
Boxed support Names are output on Iso and

specification references are used on the parts list.
This option allows bolt diameters and bolt lengths to
be reported in different units in the printed material
control file. (See ATEXT -359, -330, and -331.)
Always output in Bolt Diameter X Bolt Length
order.
65
When set to 0, bolt diameters and lengths should be

treated as per the setting of option switch 41.
This position controls the bolt length indicator.
A
0
Imperial diameters -- Metric Lengths
Imperial diameters -- Imperial Lengths
Metric Diameters -- Metric Lengths
No bolts to be included in this file.

Isometric Facility
Word
Number
Switch
Position
Bolting Lengths
and Bolting
Diameters in the
Alias Material
Control File
Only
(continued)
65
Coordinate
Output Control
66
File Marker
or Data

This position controls the bolt diameter indicator.
0 or Blank
Defaults units as set in option switch 41
Imperial bolt diameters
Metric bolt diameters

Control of elevations/ coordinate output on extended
witness line at bend/elbow and branch intersection
positions.
Arrowed message type
New style of output using extended witness line.

Control of coordinate output at bend/elbow
positions.
Default setting. Only output elevations when

changed.
No elevations/coordinates output at any bend/elbow

positions
Only elevations/ coordinates that have changed to be

output at bend/elbow positions
Full set of coordinates to be output at any bend/

elbow positions.
Control of coordinate output at branch intersection
positions.
Default setting. Only output elevations when

changed.
No elevations/coordinates at all branch intersection

positions.
Only elevations/ coordinates that have changed to be

output at branch intersection positions.
Full set of coordinates to be output at all branch

intersection positions.

Isometric Facility
Word
Number
Switch
Position
File Marker
or Data
Control of output of coordinates at isometric split

point positions.
Coordinate
Output Control
(continued)
3D Skews
Drawn As 2D
Skews With Fall
Indication
67
Zero Length
Bends
68
No coordinate output.
Full set of coordinates to be output at all isometric

split point positions.
Std. is = 0 for boxes to be put on 3D Skewed falling

pipelines, or set:
Spare
69
Suppress Skew
Boxes/Triangles
on Branch Legs
70
Detail Sketch
71
Spare
72
For 3D Skews to be drawn as 2D Skews with fall

indication.
Where Zero Length bends are positioned between
vertical branches and connection points on Falling
pipelines.
Std. is = 0 for skewed branch connection

presentation on Falling pipelines, or set:
For vertical branch connection presentation on

Falling pipelines.
This switch is only available for use on straight

through Branches. Any change in direction along
the Branch automatically causes this option to
default to 0.
0
Default setting. All branches are drawn with normal

Skew Box/Triangle depiction.
data
Suppress Skew Box/Triangle depiction on Branch

Legs whose number of components is less than or
equal to the data value set. An orientation message
is output as a result.
8000
This option must be set to 8000 for the Detail

Sketch facility (Intergraph option 66) to operate.

Isometric Facility
Control of Part
Number Box
Enclosure
Word
Number
Switch
Position
File Marker
or Data

This option offers three styles of Part Number boxes.
73
Note:
When style 1 or 2 boxes are being used, ALL pipe
part numbers will be converted to arrowed-out
message style.
Note on Style 3:
The first box identifies the weld type (Site/Shop).
This is controlled from ATEXT
-357, -358. The second box is the generated part
number.
A/B
0
data
C/D
0
data
0
1
2
F/G
blank
data
Use standard part number enclosure.

Use a Style 1 enclosure with X number of blank
characters.
Do not use a Style 2 enclosure.
characters.
Style 1 enclosure with square ends.
Style 1 enclosure with diamond ends.
Style 1 enclosure with round ends.
Do not use a Style 3 enclosure box.
characters.

Isometric Facility
Word
Number
Material List
Category
Accumulation
74
Switch
Position
File Marker
or Data

Allows limited control or variations of accumulation
of materials. This switch does NOT apply to a
STYLE 3 Material List. In all situations, PIPE
accumulates as it always has.
This switch does NOT apply when using option
switch 23 position B1 or B2.
Accumulation ON is the default setting.
A
0
Fabrication Materials:
Accumulation ON
Accumulation OFF (excludes pipe)
Eliminate the Fabrication category from the Material

List.
Accumulation OFF (includes pipe)
Erection Materials:
Accumulation ON
Accumulation OFF
Do not list in the Material List. The category is

eliminated completely.
Offshore Materials:
Accumulation ON
Accumulation OFF

Gaskets:
Accumulation ON
Accumulation OFF


Isometric Facility
Word
Number
Switch
Position
E
Material List
Category
Accumulation
(continued)
Weld Number
Box Enclosure
File Marker
or Data
Bolts:
Accumulation ON
Accumulation OFF

eliminated completely
Welds:
Accumulation ON
Accumulation OFF
Do not list in the Material

List. The category is
eliminated completely
This option gives control over the style of Box
enclosure for individual Weld Numbers.
75
For Shop Welds ONLY:

Determines the enclosure style for weld numbers.
All values, except for 0 weld numbers, are arrowed
messages.
0
Normal weld numbers in small circles local to the

weld.
Weld number in a diamond-ended box.
Weld number in a round-ended box.
Weld number in a triangle.
Weld number in a diamond.
Weld number in a square-ended box.

Dynamically-sized circle.
6
No weld number enclosure.
7

Isometric Facility
Weld Number
Box Enclosure
(continued)
No. of Words
and Record
Format
Word
Number
Switch
Position
File Marker
or Data
B
0
For Shop Welds ONLY:

Weld prefix NOT added to
the weld number.
Weld prefix added to the
weld number.
For Site/Field Welds
ONLY:
Determines the enclosure
style for weld numbers. All
values, except for 0 weld
numbers, are arrowed
messages.
Normal weld numbers in

small circles local to weld.
Weld number in a diamond

ended box.
Weld number in a roundended box.
Weld number in a squareended box.
No weld number enclosure.
Appendix B: Alias ISOGEN Tables
B-33

Isometric Facility
Word
Number
Weld Number
Box Enclosure
(continued)
Switch
Position
File Marker
or Data
D
0
For Site/Field Welds ONLY:

Weld prefix NOT added to the weld number.
Weld prefix added to the weld number

For Offshore Welds ONLY:
Determines the enclosure style for weld numbers.
All values, except for 0 weld numbers, will be
arrowed messages.
Material Part
Number
Enclosure Shape
76
Normal weld numbers in small circles local to the

weld.
Weld number in a diamond-ended box.
Weld number in a round-ended box.
Weld number in a square-ended box.
No weld number encosure.
For Offshore Welds ONLY:

Weld prefix NOT added to the weld number.
Weld prefix added to the weld number.

Note:
ISOGEN option 73 controls the material part
number enclosure style.
Settings 1, 2, and 7 are also applied to style 2
material list part number enclosure as controlled by
ISOGEN option 73.
B-34 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide March 2000

Isometric Facility
Word
Number
Material Part
Number
Enclosure Shape
(continued)
Weld Number
Allocation at
Slip-on Flanges &
Reinforcement
Pads
Spare
Valve Centerline
Dimensioning
Control
Switch
Position
File Marker
or Data
Rectangular-ended enclosure box shape (default)
Diamond-ended enclosure box shape
Round-ended enclosure box shape
Plot material part number only without an enclosure

box.
Do not plot a material part number or enclosure

box. This setting overrides ISOGEN option switch
73.
77
This option MUST Be Set 1 (Meaning One Weld

Number Only) For Intergraph.
78 to 79
80
Dimensioning on valves with butt-welded ends.
A
0
1
Off
On
Dimensioning on valves with compression ends.
B
0
1
Off
On
Dimensioning on valves with screwed ends
C
0
1
Off
On
Dimensioning on valves with socket-welded ends
D
0
1
Off
On
Dimensioning on valves with flanged ends.
E
0
1
Off
On
B-35

Isometric Facility
Word
Number
Switch
Position
File Marker
or Data
Dimensioning on valves with flanged ends.
Valve Centerline
Dimensioning
Control
(continued)
0
1
Off
On
Dimensioning on valves with plain ends.
F
0
1
Off
On
Dimensioning on valves with All Hygenic ends
G
0
1
Dimensioning
Control
81
Off
On
Note:
Branch dimensioning can not be suppressed on any
branch that contains pipe, fixed length pipe or a pipe
block
A/C
data
Defines upper size limit for centerline dimensioning

If option switch 41 set to 0 or 1, sets the upper
nominal size limit in 1/16
If option switch 41 is set to 2, sets the upper nominal
size limit in whole Mms.
D/F
data
Defines upper size limit for branch dimensioning

suppression.
If option switch 41 set to 0 or 1, sets the upper
nominal size limit in 1/16
If option switch 41 is set to 2, sets the upper nominal
size limit in whole mms.
G/H
Defines the upper limit for the number of

components that are required before a branch line is
dimensioned.

Isometric Facility
Word
Number
Switch
Position
File Marker
or Data
Center of
Gravity Weight
Output
82
None of the outputs controlled by this options

switch are required. (default)
All selected outputs are required per drawing or per

spool drawing.
All selected outputsare required per complete

pipeline.
Wet wieght is not required.
Wet weight is required.
Insulation weight not required.
Insuulation weight required.
Dry (empty) center of gravity position is not

required.
Dry (empty) center of gravity position is required.
Dry (empty) plus insulation center of gravity is

required.
Dry (empty) center of gravity and dry (empty) plus

insulation center of gravity are both required.
Wet (full) center of gravity position is not required.
Wet (full) center of gravity position is required.
Wet (full) plus insulation center of gravity is

required.
Wet (full) center of gravity and wet (full) plus

insulation center of gravity are both required.
Spare
Units for Detail
Sketches
Spare
Plotted Leg
Lengths for
Elbows and Tees
83 to 91
92
93 & 94
95
Sets the type of units for detail sketches that have

been used.
0
1
Metric units
Imperial Units
Default plotted leg length of 9 mm
data
User-specified plotted leg length in whole mm units

(12 = 12 mm leg lengths)
Do not set below 6 mm.
B-37

Isometric Facility
Spare
Skew
Box/Triangle
Type
Word
Number
Switch
Position
96
97
Spare
98
Skew Box Style

And
Dimensioning
99
File Marker
or Data
Default for a Single Overall Box/Triangle enclosure

around the complete skew section.
For individual Box/Triangle skew enclosure to each

branch.
Std. is = 0 for Skews enclosed in full boxes with

standard dimensioning.
When value is set to 0, hatching is not performed.
For Skew Triangles with standard dimensioning.
For Skew Triangles with standard dimensioning but

with standout distance as specified by Switch 100.
Skewed Box
Dimension
Standout
(Triangles)
100
data
Skew Triangle
Hatching
101
For Skew Triangles with non-standard dimensioning

(i.e., no leader or dimension lines). Standout
distance for positioning dimension characters as
specified by Switch 100.
Std. is = 0 for normal standout of 4 or 11 mm
dependent on Switch 99.
or set:
For setting dimension standout (i.e., a setting of 120
= 12 mm or a setting of 55 = 5.5 mm). Option
Switch 100 is only obeyed if Switch 99 is set to 2 or
3.
Hatching Off
Hatching On (default; 1 mm)

NOTE:
If set to 1, ISOGEN option 99 must not be set to 0.
Reasonable value from 10 (1 mm) upwards.
A/B
data
0 or Blank
NO cut-off value. Full hatching is performed.
C/D
data
Hatch line cut-off length. Set in WHOLE mm.

Isometric Facility
Gapping
Hatching
Patterns
Word
Number
Switch
Position
File Marker
or Data
102
A/B
Default gap of 25 (2.5 mm) local to skewed sections

of pipeline.
data
C/D
data
E/F
Gap value set in tenths of

mm (20 = 2 mm)
Default gap of 25 (2.5 mm) local to pipeline items in
skewed sections of pipeline
Gap value set in tenths of
mm (20 = 2 mm)
Default gap of 15 (1.5 mm) local to text elements
positioned within hatched triangles.
All default settings can be selected by setting switch
A to 0.
Spare
Automatic Split
Points in Pipe
103 to 107
108
No change to current operation (i.e., split points in

tube are acceptable). All isometrics are generated
normally. If requested, the split point information is
written to new Repeatability Data Return file.
If split points are detected, pipeline is rejected (i.e.,

split points in tube are not acceptable). No
isometrics are generated, and repeatability fails.
If split points are detected, continue to generate the

required number of isometrics. The message
UNACCEPTABLE SPLIT is output in the top left
corner of each affected drawing. Isometrics are
generated, and repeatability fails.
NOTE:
For Option 1 and 2, before re-running the process,
you must change the pipeline data to eliminate split
points. Two solutions are available:
Insert user-positioned split point(s) that avoids
splitting in tube.
Insert erection-type weld at a suitable position
that is local to the previously selected, reported
position. As a result, a position can be
dimensioned without generating a Carry Over
type of dimension.
B-39

Isometric Facility
Word
Number
Switch
Position
Contents of Data
Return File
109
A/E
Spare
Dotted Nozzles
110
111
Flow Arrow Size
File Marker
or Data
Determines the data output to the return file. The

return file is used for repeatability.
Switches must be set to 111111.
Std. is = 0 to have Dotted Nozzles suppressed.

or set:
For all Nozzles to be shown Dotted.

This option is used with 149 record types whose
skey is set to FLOW.
112
Std. is = 0 set at default scale factor size of 8.
Supress pipeline flow arrows.
data
Pipeline
Reference
Format In
Material Control
File
113
Specification
Breaks
114
Offset Angle
Tolerance
115
116
For scale factor size between 5 and 15.
Std. is = 0 for standard Pipeline Reference to output

in the Material Control file.
or set:
Reformat Pipeline Reference for output in Material

Control file (change format such that 6-LNG6412A-CT15 becomes LNG6412A).
Std. is = 0 for standard format Specification Break

identifiers.
or set:
For new format Specification Break identifiers.
Std. is = 0 for no offset tolerance.

or set:
data
Offset
Dimension
Tolerance
data
Any angle value expressed in 1/100ths of a degree.

Thus, any skew below the angle value input is
suppressed.
Std. is = 0 for no offset tolerance.
or set:
Any value expressed in 1/100ths of a millimeter.
Thus, any skew below the given value is suppressed.

Isometric Facility
Dimension
Round Off Carry
Over
Overall
Dimensions
Word
Number
Switch
Position
File Marker
or Data
Std. is = 0 for the carry over of any remaining

dimension after rounding up or down to the nearest
whole unit (i.e., nearest 1 mm or 1/16 inch).
or set:
For no carry over after rounding up or down to the

nearest 1 mm or 1/16 inch.
NOTE:
Overall Dimensions to valve centers are only
available to valves that have a spindle.
Overall dimensions OFF
Overall dimensions ON, going across all branches
Overall dimensions ON, stopping at all branches
Overall dimensions to center line of valves, going

across all Branches
Overall dimensions to center line of valves stopping

at all branches.
0 or Blank
NO overall dimension standout set. Program default

will be used for all overall dimensions.
B/C
data
User-specified overall dimension standout in whole

mm units (9 for 9 mms)
117
118
Vertical
Dimensions/
Elevations
Scale of Tapped
Branch
Tapped Branch
Dimensions
119
120
121
Std. is = 0 for normal dimensions.

or set:
Elevations only output on vertical pipes at points

where dimension lines would normally be.
Elevations and Dimensions output on vertical

pipelines.
Std. is = 0 for 100% pipeline scale.

or set:
data
Value >100 to increase the branch scale.

Value <100 to decrease the branch scale.
Values of less than 50% are not recommended.
Std. is = 0 for dimensions on as set for the main

pipeline.
or set:
For dimensions off.
B-41

Isometric Facility
Word
Number
Coordinates at
Tapping Points
122
Instrument
Balloons
Switch
Position
123
File Marker
or Data
Std. is = 0 for no coordinates output at user-defined

fitting tap points.
or set:
For coordinates output at developed fitting tap

points.
Std. is = 0 for no ballooning of instrument text.

or set:
A number equal to the number of characters allow
on each of the two available lines within an
instrument balloon; i.e.:
For 1 character on each line.
For 2 characters on each line.
This switch position is not used. Set this switch

position to 0 as a place holder when using switch
position C.
NOTE:
When using any of the enclosure options for switch
C, switch A must be set to 0.
NOTE:
Refer to Intergraph Option 12 if a two line message
is required or if the instrument ID is defined using a
$ character. Otherwise, a line feed will occur at the
$ character.

Isometric Facility
Instrument
Balloons
(continued)
Word
Number
Switch
Position
File Marker
or Data
123
0 or blank
Spare
124 to 126
Test Parameter
Block
127 to 140

No enclosure box around the instrument name
(default setting).
Diamond-ended box
Round-ended box
Diamond-ended box
(2 character maximum)
Diamond-shaped box
(3 character maximum)
Square-ended box
Used for Isodat/Isoplot development testing by Alias

ISOGEN Support Team.
Symbol Keys
General Information:
End Prep Connections:
The ** characters in the symbol key may be replaced with one of the following end prep types:
End Type
End Prep Codelist

Value Range
End Prep Type (**)
Flanged
2 - 199
FL (Flanged)
Male
321 - 329
331 - 339
341 - 349
351 - 359
361 - 369
371 - 379
381 - 389
LC (Liner - clamped)
SC (Screwed)
CP (Compression)
SC (Screwed)
SC (Screwed)
Female
401 - 409
440 - 449
501 - 509
CP (Compression)
SC (Screwed)
CP (Compression)
All Other Codelist Values
BW (Butt Weld)
Number of Segments:
The @ character in the symbol key may be replaced with an integer value in the range 1 to 9, inclusive, to denote the
number of segments. Currently, regardless of the value assigned to @, the symbol is drawn per the Skey Plotted
Isometric Shape displayed in this section. However, in a future release of the software, the numeric value assigned to @
will be used in conjunction with a costing package so that the number of segments in the bend can be passed to the
costing system.
Bend Radius:
The + character in the symbol key may be replaced with an integer value in the range 1 to 9, inclusive, to denote the
bend radius.
Skey Connect Points:

Please refer to Appendix E, ISOGEN Skey Dimensions, for the position of Skey connection points.
Symbol Keys for Flanges

Description
Key
Plotted Isometric
Shape
User-Definable
(Yes/No)
Flange - Blind (Blank)
FLBL
Flange - Flared/Loose
Backing
FLFL
Flange - Loose Backing
FLLB
Flange - Reducing
Concentric
FLRC
Flange - Reducing
Eccentric
FLRE
Flange - Slip On
FLSO
Flange - Slip On With J

Type Weld
FLSJ
Flange - Orifice Slip On
FOSO
Flange - Socket Weld
FLSW
Flange - Weld Neck
FLWN
Flange - Orifice Weld

Neck
FOWN
Symbol Keys for LJSE Type Flanges

Description
Key
Plotted Isometric
Shape
User-Definable
(Yes/No)
Lap Joint Ring

(Loose Backing Flange)
FLRG
Lap Joint Stub End

(Loose Backing Flange)
FLSE
Symbol Keys for Miscellaneous Pipe Components

Description
Key
Plotted Isometric
Shape
User-Definable
(Yes/No)
Block - Angle
BA**
Expansion Bellows
EX**
Flame Trap
FT**
Flexible Hose
FX**
Hose Coupling
CH**
Non-Category Item
NC**
Block Offset
BO**
Plug
PL
Restrictor Plate
RP
Block - Return
BR**
Sight Glass
SG**
Slip Plate
SP
Slip Ring
SR
Symbol Keys for Miscellaneous Pipe Components (continued)

Description
Spectacle Blind
Tundish (Funnel)
Key
Plotted Isometric
Shape
User-Definable
(Yes/No)
SB
TU**
Symbol Keys for Miscellaneous Items

Description
Key
Plotted Isometric
Shape
User-Definable
(Yes/No)
Flow Indicator
FLOW
Hanger/Support
01HG
Symbol Keys for Instruments

Description
Key
Plotted Isometric
Shape
User-Definable
(Yes/No)
Instrument
II**
Instrument - Angle
IA**
Instrument - Offset
IO**
Instrument - Return
IR**
Instrument - Dial
IDPL
Symbol Keys for Instruments (continued)

Description
Instrument - Dial
Flanged
Key
Plotted Isometric
Shape
User-Definable
(Yes/No)
IDFL
Orifice Plate
OP
Restrictor Plate
PR
Symbol Keys for In-Line Filters

Description
Key
Plotted Isometric
Shape
User-Definable
(Yes/No)
Filter/Strainer Straight Through
FI**
Filter/Strainer Angle
FA**
Filter/Strainer Offset
FO**
Filter/Strainer Return
FR**
Symbol Keys for Instruments

Description
Key
Plotted Isometric
Shape
User-Definable
(Yes/No)
Rupture Disk
DR
Valve - Angle
Relief/Vent
RA**
Valve - Angle
Pressure Reducing
XA**

Description
Key
Plotted Isometric
Shape
User-Definable
(Yes/No)
Valve - Control
CV**
Valve - Angle Control
CA**
Valve - 3-Way Control
C3**
C4**
Valve - Control
Square Indicator
SV**

Square Indicator
SA**

Square Indicator
S3**

Square Indicator
S4**
Valve - Control
Motorized Indicator
MV**

Motorized Indicator
MA**

Motorized Indicator
M3**

Motorized Indicator
M4**
Valve - Control
Hand Indicator
HV**

Description
Key
Plotted Isometric
Shape
User-Definable
(Yes/No)

Hand Indicator
HA**

Hand Indicator
H3**
Valve - 4-Way
Hand Indicator
H4**
Valve - Pressure Reducing
XV**
Valve - Relief/Vent
RV**
Symbol Keys for Vent

Description
Rupture Disk
Key
Plotted Isometric
Shape
User-Definable
(Yes/No)
Y
RD
Symbol Keys for Traps

Description
Key
Plotted Isometric
Shape
User-Definable
(Yes/No)
Trap - In-Line
(Straight Through)
TI**
Trap - Angle
TA**
Trap - Offset
TO**
Trap - Return
TR**
B-50 PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - August 1999
Symbol Keys for Welds

Description
Key
Plotted Isometric
Shape
User-Definable
(Yes/No)
Weld - Site
WS
Weld - Field Fitted
WF
Weld - Workshop
WW
Weld Mitre (Shop) 14=1
WM
Weld Mitre (Site) 14=2
WM
Weld Mitre (Offshore)

14=3
Weld Mitre (Field Fit)
14=2
Weld Mitre (Field Fit)
14=3
Offshore Weld
WM
WMF
WMF
WO
WOF
Offshore Weld-Field Fit
Symbol Keys for Other End Connections

Description
Erection Weld / Connection
on fittings with an SW end
on fittings with an SC end
on fittings with a CP end
Key
Plotted Isometric
Shape
User-Definable
(Yes/No)
SW
SC
CP
NOTE: For SW, SC, or CP type end connections, the plotted shape is filled in for erection and left
open for fabrication type items. If the connecting pipe fabrication category is erection, then
it will override whatever is defined in the fitting.
Symbol Keys for Elbows and Bends

Description
Key
Plotted Isometric
Shape
User-Definable
(Yes/No)
Elbow - Butt Weld

(90 and 45)
ELBW
Elbow - Butt Weld

(90 and 45)
With A Connection
ETBW
Elbow - Butt Weld

180 Return
(U Elbow)
EUBW
Elbow - Compression
(90 and 45)
ELCP
Elbow - Compression
(90 and 45)
With A Connection
ETCP
Elbow - Screwed
(90 and 45)
With Male Ends
EBSC
Elbow - Screwed
(90 and 45)
With Female Ends
ELSC
Elbow - Screwed - Female

(90 and 45)
With A Connection
ETSC
Elbow - Socket Weld
ELSW
Elbow - Socket Weld

With A Connection
ETSW
Bend - Flanged
(All Angles)
BEFL
Bend - Flanged
(All Angles)
With A Connection
BTFL
Bend - Flanged
180 Return
(U Bend)
BUFL
Bend - Miter
Flanged
MIFL
Symbol Keys for Elbows and Bends (continued)

Description
Key
Plotted Isometric
Shape
User-Definable
(Yes/No)
Bend - Miter
Flanged
With A Connection
MTFL
Bend - Miter
Butt Weld
MIBW
Bend - Miter
Butt Weld
With A Connection
MTBW
Bend - Lobster Back

Flanged
L@FL
Bend - Lobster Back

Flanged
With A Connection
T@FL
Bend - Lobster Back

Butt Weld
L@BW
Bend - Lobster Back

Butt Weld
With A Connection
T@BW
Bend - Pulled
(All Angles)
PB+D
Bend - Pulled
180 Return
(U Bend)
BU+D
Bend - Pulled
(All Angles)
With A Connection
TB+D
Symbol Keys for Couplings

Description
Key
Plotted Isometric
Shape
User-Definable
(Yes/No)
Nipple - Screwed
(Running)
NRSC
Nipple - Screwed
(Barrel)
NBSC
Coupling - Compression
COCP
Coupling - Screwed
COSC
Coupling - Socket Weld
COSW
Elbolet Coupling
Butt Weld
CEBW
Elbolet Coupling
Screwed
CESC
Elbolet Coupling
Socket Weld
CESW
Symbol Keys for Caps

Description
Key
Plotted Isometric
Shape
User-Definable
(Yes/No)
Cap - Butt Weld
KABW
Cap - Compression
KACP
Cap - Screwed
KASC
Cap - Socket Weld
KASW
Symbol Keys for Crosses

Description
Key
Plotted Isometric
Shape
User-Definable
(Yes/No)
Cross - Butt Weld
CRBW
Cross - Compression
CRCP
Cross - Flanged
CRFL
Cross - Screwed
CRSC
Cross - Set On
CRSO
Cross - Set On
Reinforced
CRRF
Cross - Socket Weld
CRSW
Symbol Keys for Fixed Length Pipes

Description
Key
Plotted Isometric
Shape
User-Definable
(Yes/No)
Fixed Length Pipe With Flanged Ends
FPFL
Fixed Length Pipe Without Flanged Ends
FPPL
Symbol Keys for Olets

Description
Key
Plotted Isometric
Shape
User-Definable
(Yes/No)
Olet - Half Coupling

Screwed
HCSC
Olet - Half Coupling

Socket Weld
HCSW
Olet - Latrolet
Butt Weld
LABW
Olet - Latrolet
Screwed
LASC
Olet - Latrolet
Socket Weld
LASW
Olet - Nipolet
Screwed
NISC
Olet - Nipolet
Plain End
NIPL
Olet - Sockolet
SKSW
Olet - Sweepolet
SWBW
Olet - Thredolet
THSC
Olet - Weldolet
WTBW
Instrument Tee Flanged
ITFL
Symbol Keys for Tees

Description
Key
Plotted Isometric
Shape
User-Definable
(Yes/No)
Tee - Butt Weld
TEBW
Tee - Compression
TECP
Tee - Flanged
TEFL
Tee - Screwed
TEFL
Tee - Set On
TESO
Tee - Set On
Reinforced
TERF
Tee - Socket Weld
TESW
Tee - Swept Branch

Butt Weld
TSBW
Tee - Swept Branch

Flanged
TSFL
Tee - Swept Branch

Compression
TSCP
Tee - Swept Branch

Socket Weld
TSSW
Symbol Keys for Reducers

Description
Key
Plotted Isometric
Shape
User-Definable
(Yes/No)
Reducer - Concentric
Butt Weld
RCBW
Fabricated From Plate
CPBW
Swaged From Pipe
CSBW
Reducer - Concentric Butt

Weld
With A Connection
CTBW
With A Connection
CZBW
Swaged From Pipe
With A Connection
CXBW
Compression
RCCP
Flanged
RCFL
Reducer - concentric
Flanged
CPFL
Swaged From Pipe
Flanged
CSFL
Flanged w/ Connection
CZFL
Swaged From Pipe
Flanged w/ Connection
Nipple
CXFL
RNSC
RCSC
Screwed
Symbol Keys for Reducers (continued)

Description
Key
Plotted Isometric
Shape
User-Definable
(Yes/No)
Screwed w/ Connection
CTSC
Screwed Bush
RBSC
Socket Weld Bush
RBSW
Reducer - Eccentric
Butt Weld
REBW
Reducer - Eccentric
EPBW
Reducer - Eccentric
Swaged From Pipe
ESBW
Reducer - Eccentric
Butt Weld
With A Connection
Reducer - Eccentric
With A Connection
OTBW
EZBW
Reducer - Eccentric
Swaged From Pipe
With A Connection
Reducer - Eccentric
Screwed
EXBW
RESC
Reducer - Eccentric
Screwed
With A Connection
Reducer - Eccentric
Flanged
OTSC
REFL
Reducer - Eccentric
Fabricated From Pipe
Flanged
EPFL
Reducer - Eccentric
Swaged From Pipe
Flanged
ESFL
Symbol Keys for Reducers (continued)

Description
Reducer - Eccentric
Flanged
With A Connection
Reducer - Eccentric
Flanged
With A Connection
Reducer - Eccentric
Swaged From Pipe
Flanged
With A Connection
Reducing Block
Key
Plotted Isometric
Shape
User-Definable
(Yes/No)
OTFL
EZFL
EXFL
RFPL
Symbol Keys for Unions

Description
Key
Plotted Isometric
Shape
User-Definable
(Yes/No)
Union - Screwed
UNSC
Union - Socket Weld
UNSW
Symbol Keys for Valves

Description
Key
Plotted Isometric
Shape
User-Definable
(Yes/No)
Valve - Angle
AV**
Valve - Angle
Pressure Reducing
AX**
Symbol Keys for Valves (continued)

Description
Key
Plotted Isometric
Shape
User-Definable
(Yes/No)
Valve - Angle
Relief/Vent
AR**
Valve - Ball
VB**
Valve -Basic
VV**
Valve - Butterfly
VY**
Valve - Check
VC**
Valve - Check
CK**
Valve - Cock
VK**
Valve - Diaphragm
VD**
Valve - Gate
VT**
Valve - Globe
VG**
Valve - Needle
VN**
Valve - Plug
VP**
Valve Pressure Reducing
VX**
Symbol Keys for Valves (continued)

Description
Key
Plotted Isometric
Shape
User-Definable
(Yes/No)
Valve - Relief/Vent
VR**
Valve - Slide
VS**
Symbol Keys for Three-Way Valves

Description
Valve - 3-Way
Key
Plotted Isometric
Shape
User-Definable
(Yes/No)
N
V3**
Symbol Keys for Four-Way Valves

Description
Valve - 4-Way
Key
V4**
Plotted Isometric
Shape
User-Definable
(Yes/No)
N
Symbol Keys for Operators

Description
Key
Plotted Isometric
Shape
User-Definable
(Yes/No)
Fitting used on valves with

AV, V3, V4, VD, VG, VV,
as first two characters of
the SKey
AR, RA, VR as 1st 2 chars
of the SKey
01SP
02SP

VB, VK, VY as first two
characters of the SKey
03SP

VT as first two characters
of the SKey
05SP
Fittings used on valves with

VT as first two characters
of the SKey
06SP

VP as first two characters
of the SKey
07SP

VS as first two characters
of the SKey
08SP
Fittings used on control

valves with AX, VX and
XA as first two characters
of the SKey
09SP

valves with SA, SV, S3 and
S4 as first two characters of
the SKey
10SP
11SP

valves with MA, MV, M3
and M4 as first two
Symbol Keys for Operators (continued)

Description
Key
Plotted Isometric
Shape
User-Definable
(Yes/No)

valves with HA, HV, H3,
and H4 as first two
12SP

valves with CA, CV, C3
and C4 as first two
13SP
Alternative Texts Available

(The AText Facility)
All text on the isometric drawing can be changed or removed. This Appendix lists the default values of the text with their
reference numbers. These alternative texts have been broken down under the following headings:
Numerical Listing of Alternative Texts (AText)
The Isometric Drawing Area
The Title Block Area
The Plotted Material List
The Line Summary Area
The Printed Material List
The Weld Box Summary
If an AText Number is set to blank, both the default text and any associated attribute that has been extracted from the
database is suppressed on the drawing.
Appendix B: AText Facility - by Number
B-65
Numerical Listing of Alternative Texts (AText)

-208 CONN. TO
denotes CONNected TO where a pipe end is connected to a Nozzle.
-209 CONT. ON
denotes CONTinued ON where a pipe end is continued on another Pipeline or

the drawing when a pipeline is split onto two or more drawings (in
conjunction AText -255).
-201 E
denotes East at coordinates.
-202 N
denotes North at coordinates.
-203 W
denotes West at coordinates.
-204 S
denotes South at coordinates.
-205 EL +
denotes a positive Elevation at coordinates.
-206 EL -
denotes a negative Elevation at coordinates.
-207 NS
denotes the pipe Nominal Size.
-210 F
denotes Flange. The letter is used in the material list pointer for flanges.
-211 G
denotes Gaskets. The letter is used in the material list pointer for gaskets.
-212 B
denotes Bolts. The letter is used in the material list pointer for bolts
-213 SPINDLE
is used to give a spindle direction of a valve when it is not in a primary

direction.
-214 MM
denotes Millimeters, used for arrowed dimensions on Angle and Multiway

Valves.
-215 REDUCING FLANGE
Message is pointed at each Reducing Flange.
-216 OFFSET
This message is used where an offset occurs. Examples of locations are

Eccentric Reducers, Offset Reducing Flanges, and Offset Blocks
-217 MITER
This message is used where a Mitered Bend occurs.
-218 LOBSTER
This message is used where a Lobster Back Bend occurs.
-219 REINFORCED
Message is pointed at each reinforced Tee or Cross where the symbol key is
TERF or CREF.
-220 LEFT LOOSE
Message is pointed at any Flange where LOOSE indicator is set.
-221 FFW
Message is pointed at any Field Fit Weld (i.e., Welds with key WF).
-222 FALL
denotes FALLing line.
-223
When left blank, this AText automatically produces the degree symbol for
falling lines specified with angle Fall indication.

-224
This symbol is used for Falling lines specified with a ratio, such as 1:10.
-225
When left blank, this AText automatically produces the % symbol for Falling
lines specified with a percentage.
-226 GRAD
is shown where a Falling line is specified in GRADS.
-227 PER M
is used where a falling line is specified as an incline in Metric units, (such as

Millimeters per Meter).
-228 PER FT
is used where a falling line is specified as an incline in Imperial units, (such as,
Inches per Foot).
-229 SCREWED END
Message is pointed at any pipe (tube) end that has been set to screwed in the
intermediate file.
-241 (default blank)
This AText is blank by default and can be used to produce a message at any
open end item that is identified by a -32 record.
This AText is blank by default and can be used to produce a message at any
open end item that is identified by a -36 record.
This AText is blank by default, but if set to any word, such as FLAT, then
eccentric reducers in orthogonal piping have an indication of the orientation of
their flat side.
Note:
By setting the -243 AText, the Attests -244, -245, -246, -247, -248, and -249
are also used.
-244 UP
used with AText -243.
-245 DOWN
-246 NORTH
-247 SOUTH
-248 EAST
-249 WEST
-250 DATE
This is used in the title block and the actual date is automatically appended in
the required format (whether UK, EUR or USA). This AText also uses the
Attests 258, -259, -269, -261, -262, -263, -264, -265, -266, -267, -268, -269
if the date format is set to UK.
-251 PROJECT NO.
This is used in the title block if the Project Number has been set in a -9
record.
-252 BATCH REF
This is used in the title block area if some form of reference has been set in a 10 record.
-253 PIPING SPEC
This is used in the title block area and the content of a -11 record is appended.
B-67
-254 ISS
-255 DRG
This is only used when a pipeline is split to more than one sheet. Used with
AText -256 to indicate DRG n OF n (for example, drawing 1 of 1). Also used
by AText -276.
-256 OF
-257 SPL
denotes a SPOOL drawing. A sequential number starting at one end of each

pipe is automatically appended.
-258 JAN
-259 FEB
-260 MARCH
-261 APR
-262 MAY
-263 JUN
-264 JUL
-265 AUG
-266 SEP
-267 OCT
-268 NOV
-269 DEC
-270 THERMAL
INSULATION SPEC
is used in the title block and the content of a -15 record is automatically
appended.
-271 TRACING SPEC
appended.
-272 PAINTING SPEC
appended.
-275 SWEPT TEE
Message is plotted and pointed to any tee whose symbol key starts with TS.
-276 CONT. FROM
denotes CONTinued FROM. This message is plotted wherever a pipeline is

split onto two or more drawings (for example, CONT. FROM DRG 1).
Note: The -276 AText also uses AText -255 for the DRG text.
-277 ORIFICE FLANGE
Message is plotted and pointed to Orifice Flanges.
-278 DIAL FACE
Message is plotted next to Instruments Dials (symbol keys IDPL and IDFL)
followed by relevant direction. See note below.
-280 TAPPING
Message is plotted at Orifice Plates followed by relevant direction.

-281 TAIL
-282 WINDOW
Message is plotted at Spectacle Blinds and Slip Plates followed by relevant

direction.
Message is plotted at Site Glass followed by relevant direction.
Note: AText Numbers -278, -280, -281 and -282 are only output if a primary
direction is set in Word 14 of the component record. The appropriate
direction, as defined by ATexts -244 to -249, is appended to the specific
fitting text (such as DIAL FACE WEST).
-283 FLAT
This AText is used to indicate the orientation of the flat side of an eccentric
reducer, when the reducer is in a skew. The contents of this AText is output in
front of the contents of the -40 record containing the Flat direction.
Note: The following six ATexts are used to output directions (with other
ATexts) on items that carry a direction setting in Word 14 of the component
record in the intermediate file.
-284 TEE BEND
used to denote a Tee Bend.
-285 RATING FLANGE
Message is a facility to provide an extra message at a Flange to show different

rating. This is done by giving the mating Gasket a symbol key of the required
rating, such as 300#. Only used for fixed-length piping.
This AText is blank by default, but, if set, outputs a message on screwed

erection fittings.
-287
Message on offset olets, followed by the direction of the off-line leg.
ORIENTATION
DIRECTION
-288 PIPE
used on System Isometrics to denote position(s) of change in Pipeline

Reference.
-289 MATL
used to indicate PIPING MATERIAL Spec. change. Content of -26 record

appended.
-290 INSUL
used to indicate INSULATION Spec. change. Content of -15 record

appended.
-291 TRACE
used to indicate TRACING Spec. change. Content of -16 record appended.
-292 PAINT
used to indicate PAINTING Spec. change. Content of -17 record appended.
To be user-defined. Contents of -41 record appended.

The contents of a MISC-SPEC1 type record in the Pipeline Input Data File is
appended to the AText to form a composite message.


B-69


-298 TEE ELBOW
used to denote a Tee Elbow.
-300 FABRICATION
MATERIALS
is the heading under which components required for SHOP fabrication are
listed. Word 14 of component record set to 1.
-301 PT
is the part number pointer used with AText -302.
-302 NO
-303 COMPONENT
is the heading in the material listing under which components are described
according to their catalogue component description.
-304 N.S.
denotes Nominal Size
-305 ITEM CODE
is the heading under which component identification codes are listed.
-306 QTY
denotes Quantity required.
-307 PIPE
is the subheading under which Pipe is listed. This AText should be used
whenever the GROUP facility is used as a data item on STYLE 2 or STYLE
3 material lists. This AText allows you to set an abbreviation -text that is used
in the designated column for each component listed.
-308 FITTINGS
is the subheading under which Pipe Fittings, such as elbows, tees, etc., are
listed. This AText should be used whenever the GROUP facility is used as a
data item on STYLE 2 or STYLE 3 material lists. This AText allows you to
set an abbreviation text that is used in the designated column for each
component listed.
-309 FLANGES
is the subheading under which all Flanges are listed. This AText should be
used whenever the GROUP facility is used as a data item on STYLE 2 or
STYLE 3 material lists. This AText allows you to set an abbreviation text that
is used in the designated column for each component listed.
-310 ERECTION of
MATERIALS
is the heading under which components required for SITE erection are listed.
Word 14 component record set to 2.
-311 GASKETS
is the subheading under which all Gaskets are listed. This AText should be
-312 BOLTS
is the subheading under which all Bolts are listed. This AText should be used
whenever the GROUP facility is used as a data item on STYLE 2 or STYLE
3 material lists. This AText allows you to set an abbreviation text that is used
in the designated column for each component listed.
-313 VALVES / IN-LINE

ITEMS
is the subheading under which all Valves and In-line Items are listed. This
should be used whenever the GROUP facility is used as an data item on
STYLE 2 or STYLE 3 material lists. This AText allows you to set an abbreviation text that is used in the designated column for each component listed.
-314 INSTRUMENTS
is the subheading under which all Instruments are listed. This AText should
be used whenever the GROUP facility is used as a data item on STYLE 2 or
-315 SUPPORTS
is the subheading under which all Supports are listed. This AText should be
-316 PIPE SPOOLS
is the subheading under which all Spool Numbers are listed.
-317 PIPE NS
is used with AText -318 to which the total Center Line Length per bore is
automatically computed and listed.
-318 CL LENGTH
is used with AText -317.
-319 CUT PIPE LENGTHS
is the heading under which all the Cut Pipe Lengths are listed.
-320 PIECE
is the subheading to AText -319 under which the Cut Pipe piece numbers are
listed. This AText is used with AText -321.
-321 NO
-322 CUT
is the subheading to AText -319 under which the actual Cut Pipe Lengths are lis
This AText is used with AText -323.
-323 LENGTH
is the subheading to AText -319 under which the actual Cut Pipe piece numbers
are listed. AText -361 is positioned below LENGTH when Imperial Units are
used. AText-331 is positioned below LENGTH when Mixed or Metric Units
are used. To be moved up to the top line of the cut list heading.
-323 LENGTH
-324 REMARKS
is the subheading to AText -319 under which one of the ATexts -326, -327, or
-32 if applicable, is listed.
-326 PLD BEND
denotes Pulled BEND remark that is listed under AText -324 if a Cut Pipe
Length contains a pulled bend.
-327 LOOSE FLG
is a remark that is listed under AText -324 if a Cut Pipe Length has a loose flang
attached.
-328 FF WELD
denotes the Fitted Field Weld remark that is listed under AText -324 if a Cut
Pipe Length contains a Fitted Field Weld.
-329 M
denotes lengths of Pipe are in METERS.
-330 INS
denotes Nominal Sizes are in INCHES.
-331 MM
denotes the Nominal Sizes are in MILLIMETERS.
B-71
-332 PAGE
has a Page Number automatically appended.
-333 PIPELINE REF
has the Pipeline Reference automatically appended.
-334 S
is used with Fixed Length Piping and the contents of this AText (default S) is
appended to the Item code when one end of the Fixed Length spool has a
special flange.
-335 WITH SPECIAL

RATING
is used with Fixed Length Piping and the contents of the AText are appended
to the FLANGE(S) (SEE ISO)description. Used with AText -334.
-336 SYSTEM REF
is used as an alternative to AText -333 when producing Material List for

System Isometric. Content of a -25 record is automatically appended.
-338 BEND RADIUS
used to denote a bend radius for a pipe bend.
-339 MISCELLANEOUS
COMPONENTS
is the subheading under which miscellaneous components are listed. This

AText should be used whenever the CATEGORY facility is used as a data
item on STYLE 2 or STYLE 3 Material Lists. This AText allows you to set
an abbreviation text that is used in the miscellaneous column for each
component listed.
-340 INDUCTION BEND ID
used to identify pipe required in the fabrication of induction bends. The

induction bend tag is appended to the AText to form a complete string.
This AText is available as an alternative to the AText used when generating a

Material List over flow at the bottom of the master drawing Material List
(combination of ATexts -206 and -255). Any AText set by the user will have
a program generated cross reference drawing number appended to it.

Material List over flow at the top of the overflow Material List drawings
-349 PP
Is used to indicate Personal Protection type insulation on Insulation Indication

symbols having the symbol key 'INPP.
-350 REDUCING ELBOW
Is used to indicate a REDUCING ELBOW on fittings having the symbol key

ER**.
-351 DRG$
generates DRG nl 1 of 2. This is done by replacing DRG$ with SHT$. With

this configuration, SHT (or sheet) nl 1 of 2 is available.
-352 WEIGHT
column heading on Material List.
-353 KGS
unit indication at all positions where weight is output (used with ISOGEN
switch 41 position D).
-354 LBS
unit indication at all positions where weight is output (used with ISOGEN
-355 TOTAL
weight subtotal identifiers. This AText must be set to BLANK if this type of
output PIPELINE is not required.
-356 U
used to identify all Pulled Bends. Used on the ISO and the material list as
U3.
-357 B
used to identify all ERECTION type Welds (on ISO and Material List) when
positions F/G for option 73 are defined.
-358 W
used to identify all FABRICATION type Welds (on ISO and Material List)
when positions F/G for option 73 are defined.
Bolt size x Length headings. Used with option switch 65 (Material Control
File Only). A suggested setting is "DIA x LENGTH". If this AText is not
blank, ISOGEN outputs in Bolt Diameter x Bolt Length order. Bolt Units are
indicated immediately below this heading using a program-generated text
string using a combination of ATexts -330 (INS) and -331 (MM), depending
on the settings for option switch 65.
For example: DIA x LENGTH (INS x INS)
-360 FT
used with the old style Material List in conjunction with AText -318 (See
ISOGEN option 24).
-361 FT-INS
used with the new style Material List in conjunction with AText -318 (See
ISOGEN option 24).
-362 END$ONE
is the subheading to AText -319. Describes the operations necessary to

prepare the end for fabrication. End connections are listed for pipe. (See
ISOGEN option 2 setting 11 or 12.) (See AText -366 through -370.)
-363 END$TWO

prepare the end for fabrication. (See ISOGEN option 2 setting 11 or 12.)
(See AText -366 through -370.)
is the alternative last column subheading to AText -319 under which cut pipe
item code are listed for pipe. When used for Part Number, a suggested setting
is:"PART$NO"(See ISOGEN option 2 setting 11 or 12). If Part No. is
required on the Cut List instead of ITEM CODE, then AText -364 should be
set to blank and AText -365 set to required heading (for example,
PART$NO.)
-366
SQ.CUT
-367
BEVEL
used for Square Cut in End Condition columns on the Cut Pipe List. (See
ISOGEN option 2 setting 11 or 12).
used for all Butt Welds (BW) Items that are treated as BWs, but do not have
the BW end condition as part of their SKEY. (See ISOGEN option 2 setting
11 or 12)
Flanges:
All other flange type items use Square Cut (AText -366)
-368
SCREWED
used for all Screwed Ends (SC). (See ISOGEN option 2 setting 11 or 12.)
-369
SHAPED
used for all Fabricated Branch connections. (See ISOGEN option 2 setting 11
or 12.)
-370
MITRED
used for all mitred ends at mitre weld positions. (See ISOGEN option 2
B-73
setting 11 or 12.)
-371
OFFSHORE
MATERIALS
Material List main heading for offshore items. All materials sorted within
this new category as for other two categories (where appropriate).
-372
REMARKS
heading for Remarks box.
-373
REM
column heading for Remarks column on material list.
-374
ANGLE
used with description of Pulled Bends in the material list. Bend angle is
output when using ISOGEN option 23 set to 20 or 21.
-375 WELDS
is the subheading under which welds are listed. This AText should be used
whenever the CATEGORY facility is used as a data item on STYLE 2 or
STYLE 3 Material Lists. This AText allows you to set an abbreviation text
that is used in the weld column for each component listed.
-376 FAB
identification of FABRICATION material. To be used whenever the

CATEGORY facility is used as a data item on STYLE 2 or STYLE 3
Material Lists. This AText allows the user to set an abbreviation text that is
used in the fabrication column for each component listed.
-377 EREC
identification of ERECTION material. To be used whenever the

used in the erection column for each component listed.
-378 OFF
identification of OFFSHORE material. To be used whenever the

used in the offshore column for each component listed.
-379
TOTAL FABRICATION WEIGHT
output is not required.
-380
TOTAL ERECTION
WEIGHT
-381 TOTAL OFFSHORE

WEIGHT
-400 TRACED$PIPE
-401 LAGGED$PIPE
-402 PIPE$SUPPORT
-403 COMPN$JOINT
-404 SCREWED$JOINT
-405 SOCKET$WELD
-406 FIELD$WELD
-407 SHOP$WELD

-410 [1] DENOTES PIPE
SPOOL NO$
-1 DENOTES PARTS
LIST NO
If only the bottom line is required, the records in the intermediate file should
be: -410 $ 1 DENOTES -1 PARTS LIST NO
-411 SITE$CONNECTION
-412
WELD|SHOP|WELD
|WELDER|VISUAL
|NOT|HARD|S.R|FAB.QA
weld header box details (line 1).
-413 NO |/FLD|PROC| ID
|ACCEPT| NO| NO |
|ACCEPT
continuation of weld box header details. (line 2)
-414 S
Fabrication/Shop Weld. Used in the Weld Category identification on the Old

Style Weld Box. When using all three weld types, AText -412 and -413
column 2 is probably changed to give a heading that covered all types.
For example:
WELD
CAT
-415 F
Erection/Field/Site Weld. Used in the Weld Category identification on the

Old Style Weld Box.
-416 O
Offshore Weld. Used in the Weld Category identification on the Old Style
Weld Box.
-417 - -423
used for Weld Type in the Weld Box and/or Weld Summary Report.
-417 BW
for All Butt Welds. All fittings with BW end type in addition to:
FLWN and FOWN flanges
FLSE and LJSE type flanges.
-418 SW
for all Socket Welds. All fittings with SW end types.
-419 MW
for all Miter Welds (SKEY WM or WMF).
-421 SOF, FLRC, FLRE
Slip on flange. All welds associated with flanges with SKEY FLSO, FLSJ,
FOSO.
-422 SOB
set-on (fabricated) branch. Set-on Tees. Set-on Cross. Teed Bends/ Elbows
where Branch is made from pipe. Teed reducer where branch is made from
pipe.
-423 LET
at all positions where "LET" type fittings are used to form a branch, and half
coupling type fittings (olet, latrolet, elbolet, half couplings).
-451 TAPPING
CONNECTION
B-75
Output along with coordinate values at the tapping point on a user defined
fitting. Requires option switch 122 to be set to 1 for tapping coordinates
output on the isometric drawing.
-452 UNACCEPTABLE SPLIT Indicates that an unacceptable drawing split point has been found in the Tube.
When used, the message is output in the top left-hand corner of each affected
drawing.
-454 CONNECTION
Used at undeveloped Set-On Tees and Olets (which have no branch leg and
ORIENTATION
are indicated in dotted form on the pipeline) where the intended branch
connection is in a skewed direction. A program generated direction word will
be appended to this text to form a composite message.
-455 Blank
associated with the elevations output at the face of flanges when ISOGEN
option switch 119 is set to 1 or 2.
For example: ?$FLANGE FACE (where: ? = position for coordinate output
$ = line feed.
-456 SEE DETAIL ?
Used to provide a cross-reference message for Detail Sketches. This AText

appears on the drawing part of the isometric. The ? will be replaced by the
identifying number or letter.
-457 MITRE ?
Used to identify Miter Welds. The ? is replaced by the MITRE angle.
-461 COLUMN$?
Identifies vertical steel work element. (SKEY VST*)
-467 GRID LINE$?
Identifies project gridline. (SKEY GRD*)
-468 ?
Used for miscellaneous user defined elements (SKEY XXX*). The default ?
character causes any identification name associated with the miscellaneous
reference to be used when no other AText setting is made.
Used to point to a Site Weld. Setting a value for this AText is optional.
-499 SHOP TEST WELD
Points to either a site weld or a field fit weld that requires a shop test weld to
be performed at the same location. (That is, Welds with the key WSST or
WFST).
Used to point to an Offshore Weld. Setting a value for this AText is optional.
-502 SUPPORT
Used to indicate the orientation of a pipe support.
-541 _N
Used as a delimeter/identifier in General Note names.
-542 _S
Used as a delimeter/identifier in Specific Note names.
Alternative Texts Listed by Category

The Isometric Drawing Area
-201 E
denotes East at coordinates.
-202 N
denotes North at coordinates.
-203 W
denotes West at coordinates.
-204 S
denotes South at coordinates.
-205 EL +
denotes a positive Elevation at coordinates.
-206 EL -
denotes a negative Elevation at coordinates.
-207 NS
denotes the pipe Nominal Size
-208 CONN. TO
denotes CONNected TO where a pipe end is connected to a Nozzle.
-209 CONT. ON
denotes CONTinued ON where a pipe end is continued on another Pipeline or

another drawing when a pipeline is split onto two or more drawings.
-210 F
denotes Flange. The letter used in the material list pointer for flanges.
-211 G
denotes Gaskets. The letter used in the material list pointer for gaskets.
-212 B
denotes Bolts. The letter used in the material list pointer for bolts.
-213 SPINDLE
used to give a spindle direction of a valve when it is not in a primary

direction.
-214 MM
denotes Millimeters, used for arrowed dimensions on Angle and Multi-way

Valves.
-215 REDUCING FLANGE
Message is pointed at each Reducing Flange.
-216 OFFSET
This message is used where an offset occurs (i.e., at Eccentric Reducers,

Offset Reducing Flanges, Offset Blocks).
-217 MITER
This message is used where a Mitered Bend occurs.
-218 LOBSTER
This message is used where a Lobster Back Bend occurs.
-219 REINFORCED
Message is pointed at each reinforced Tee or Cross where the symbol key is
TERF or CREF.
-220 LEFT LOOSE
Message is pointed at any Flange where LOOSE indicator is set.
-221 FFW
Message is pointed at any Field Fit Weld (i.e., Welds with key WF).
-222 FALL
denotes FALLing line.
If left blank, this AText automatically produces the degree symbol for falling
lines specified with angle Fall indication.
This symbol is used for Falling lines specified with a ratio (i.e., 1:10).
Appendix B: AText Facility - by Category
B-77
If left blank, this AText automatically produces the % symbol for Falling lines
specified with a percentage.
-226 GRAD
is shown where a Falling line is specified in GRADS.
-227 PER M
is used where a falling line is specified as an incline in Metric units (i.e.,

Millimeters per Meter).
-228 PER FT
is used where a falling line is specified as an incline in Imperial units (i.e.,

Inches per Foot).
-229 SCREWED
Message is pointed at any pipe (tube) end that has been set to screwed in the
END intermediate file.
-232 SPEC
Message is pointed at any place in the pipe where the Specification changes.
The name of the new Specification is automatically included.
-236 S
is used to denote that a Support exists as a component (i.e., S22 enclosed in a

box).
-237 "
is the Inch indicator.
-238
is the Feet indicator.
This AText is by default blank and can be used to produce a message at any
open-ended pipe that is identified by a -33 record.
This AText is by default blank and can be used to produce a message at any
open-ended pipe that is identified by a -36 record.
This AText is by default blank but is set to any word (i.e., FLAT). Then,
eccentric reducers in orthogonal piping have an indication of the orientation
of their flat side.
Note: By setting the -243 AText, the ATexts -244, -245, -246, -247, -248,
and -249 are also used.
-244 UP
-245 DOWN
-246 NORTH
-247 SOUTH
-248 EAST
-249 WEST
-275 SWEPT TEE
Message is plotted and pointed to any tee whose symbol key starts with TS.
-276 CONT. FROM
denotes CONTinued FROM. This message is plotted wherever a pipeline is

splitonto two or more drawings (i.e., CONT. FROM DRG1).
-277 ORIFICE FLANGE
Note: The -276 AText also uses AText -255 for the DRG text).
Message is plotted and pointed to Orifice Flanges.
-278 DIAL FACE
Message is plotted next to Instruments Dials (symbol keys IDPL and IDFL)

followed by relevant direction. See Note below.
-279 L
denotes Lap joint stub end. The letter used in the material list pointer for
LJSEs.
-280 TAPPING
Message is plotted at Orifice Plates followed by relevant direction. See Note

below.
-281 TAIL
Message is plotted at Spectacle Blinds and Slip Plates followed by relevant

direction. See Note below.
-282 WINDOW
Message is plotted at Site Glass followed by relevant direction. See Note

below.
Note: AText Numbers -278, -280, -281 and -282 are only output if a primary
direction is set in Word 14 of the component record. The appropriate
direction (as defined by ATexts -244 to -249) is appended to the specific
fitting text (i.e., DIAL FACE WEST).
-283 FLAT
This AText is used to indicate the orientation of the flat side of an eccentric
reducer, when the reducer is in a skew. The contents of this AText is output
in front of the contents of the -40 record containing the Flat direction.
Note: The following six ATexts are used to output directions (in conjunction
with other ATexts) on items that carry a direction setting in Word 14 of the
component record in the intermediate file.
-284 TEE BEND
used to denote a Tee Bend.
-285 RATING FLANGE
Message is a facility to provide an extra message at a Flange to show different

rating. This is done by giving the mating Gasket a symbol key of the required
rating (i.e., 300#). Only used for fixed-length piping.
This AText is set to blank by default; however, if set, outputs message on

screwed erection fittings.
-287 ORIENTATION
DIRECTION
Message on offset olets is followed by the direction of the off-line leg.
-288 PIPE
used on System Isometrics to denote position(s) of change in Pipeline

Reference.
-298 TEE ELBOW
used to denote a Tee Elbow.
-338 BEND RADIUS
used to denote a bend radius for a pipe bend.
-349 PP
Is used to indicate Personal Protection type insulation on Insulation Indication

symbols having the symbol key 'INPP".
-350 REDUCING ELBOW
Is used to indicate a REDUCING ELBOW on fittings having the symbol key

ER**.
-450 B.O.P.
If used with the correct record type (i.e., -27), this message, along with B.O.P.
elevation from record -27, is printed on the isometric.
B-79
-451 TAPPING
CONNECTION
Output along with coordinate values at the tapping point on a user defined
fitting. Requires option switch 122 to be set to 1 for tapping coordinates
output on the isometric drawing.
-452 UNACCEPTABLE
SPLIT
Indicates that an unacceptable drawing split point has been found in the Tube.
When used, the message is output in the top left-hand corner of each affected
drawing.
-454 CONNECTION
ORIENTATION
Used at undeveloped Set-On Tees and Olets (which have no branch leg and
are indicated in dotted form on the pipeline) where the intended branch
connection is in a skewed direction. A program generated direction word will
be appended to this text to form a composite message.
-455 BLANK ISOGEN
associated with the elevations output at the face of flanges when ISOGEN
option switch 119 is set to 1 or 2.
For example: ?$FLANGE FACE (where ? = position for coordinate output $
= line feed)
-456 SEE DETAIL ?
Used to provide a cross-reference message for Detail Sketches. This AText

appears on the drawing part of the isometric. The ? will be replaced by the
identifying number or letter.
-457 MITRE ?
Used to identify Mitre Welds. The ? is replaced by the mitre angle.
-461 COLUMN$?
Identifies vertical steel work element. (SKEY VST*)
-467 GRID LINE$?
Identifies project gridline. (SKEY GRD*)
-468 ?
Used for miscellaneous user defined elements (SKEY XXX*). The default ?
character causes any identification name associated with the miscellaneous
reference to be used when no other AText setting is made.
Used to point to a Site Weld. Setting a value for this AText is optional.
-499 SHOP TEST WELD
Points to either a site weld or a field fit weld that requires a shop test weld to
be performed at the same location. (That is, Welds with the key WSST or
WFST.)
-501
(default blank)
Used to point to an Offshore Weld. Setting a value for this AText is optional.
-502
SUPPORT
Used to indicate the orientation of a pipe support.
-541 _N
Used as a delimeter/identifier in General Note names.
-542 _S
Used as a delimeter/identifier in Specific Note names.
Specification Change Indication

The following ATexts are used for indication of Specification Changes on the isometric drawing:
-290 INSUL
used to indicate INSULATION Spec. change. Content of -15 record

appended.
-291 TRACE
used to indicate TRACING Spec. change. Content of -16 record appended.
-292 PAINT
used to indicate PAINTING Spec. change. Content of -17 record appended.
-289 MATL
used to indicate PIPING MATERIAL Spec. change. Content of -26 record

appended.
To be user-defined. Contents of -41 record appended. The contents of a

MISC-SPEC1 type record in the Pipeline Input Data File is appended to the
AText to form a composite message.




The Title Block Area

-250 DATE
This is used in the title block and the actual date is automatically appended in
the required format (whether UK, EUR or USA). This AText also uses
ATexts -258, -259, -269, -261, -262, -263, -264, -265, -266, -267, -268, -269
if the date format is set to UK.
-251 PROJECT NO.
This is used in the title block if the Project Number has been set in a -9
record.
-252 BATCH REF
This is used in the title block area if some form of reference has been set in a
-10 record.
-253 PIPING SPEC
This is used in the title block area and the content of a -11 record is appended
-254 ISS
-255 DRG
This is only used when a pipe is split and this AText is used with AText -256
to indicate DRG n OF n (for example, drawing 1 of 1). Also used by AText 276.
-256 OF
B-81
-257 SPL
denotes a SPOOL drawing. A sequential number starting at one end of each

pipe is automatically appended.
-258 JAN
-259 FEB
-260 MARCH
-261 APR
-262 MAY
-263 JUN
-264 JUL
-265 AUG
-266 SEP
-267 OCT
-268 NOV
-269 DEC
-270 THERMAL
INSULATION SPEC
appended.
-271 TRACING SPEC
appended.
-272 PAINTING SPEC
appended.
-351 DRG$
generates DRG nl 1 of 2. This is done by replacing DRG$ with SHT$. With

this configuration, SHT (or sheet) nl 1 of 2 is available.
The Plotted Material and Pipe Cut Lists Heading Texts

-300 FABRICATION
MATERIALS
is the heading under which components required for SHOP fabrication are
listed. Word 14 of component record set to 1.
-301 PT
is the part number pointer used with AText -302.
-302 NO
-303 COMPONENT
is the heading in the material listing under which components are described
according to their catalogue component description.
-304 N.S.
denotes Nominal Size.
-305 ITEM CODE
is the heading under which component identification codes are listed.

-306 QTY
denotes Quantity required.
-307 PIPE
is the subheading under which Pipe is listed.
-308 FITTINGS
is the subheading under which Pipe Fittings (i.e., elbows, tees, etc., are listed.
-309 FLANGES
is the subheading under which all Flanges are listed.
-310 ERECTION
MATERIALS
is the heading under which components required for SITE erection are listed.
Word 14 of component record set to 2.
-311 GASKETS
is the subheading under which all Gaskets are listed
-312 BOLTS
is the subheading under which all Bolts are listed
-313 VALVES / IN-LINE

ITEMS
is the subheading under which all Valves and In-line Items are listed.
-314 INSTRUMENTS
is the subheading under which all Instruments are listed. This AText should be
STYLE 3 material lists. This AText allows you to set an abbreviation text
that is used in the designated column for each component listed
-315 SUPPORTS
is the subheading under which all Supports are listed. This AText should be
STYLE 3 material lists. This AText allows you to set an abbreviation text
that is used in the designated column for each component listed.
-316 PIPE SPOOLS
is the subheading under which all Spool Numbers are listed.
-319 CUT PIPE LENGTHS
is the heading under which all the Cut Pipe Lengths are listed.
-320 PIECE
is the subheading to AText -319 under which the Cut Pipe piece numbers are
-321 NO
used with AText -320 to form a composite heading.
-322 CUT
is the subheading to AText -319 under which the actual Cut Pipe Lengths are
-323 LENGTH
used with AText -322 to form a composite heading.
-324 REMAR KS
is the subheading to AText -319 under which one of the ATexts -326, -327, or
-32, if applicable, is listed.
-326 PLD BEND
denotes Pulled BEND remark that is listed under AText -324 if a Cut Pipe
Length contains a pulled bend.
-327 LOOSE FLG
is a remark that is listed under AText -324 if a Cut Pipe Length has a loose
flange attached.
-328 FF WELD
denotes the Fitted Field Weld remark that is listed under AText -324 if a Cut
Pipe Length contains a Fitted Field Weld.
B-83
-329 M
denotes lengths of Pipe are in METERS.
-330 INS
denotes Nominal Sizes are in INCHES.
-331 MM
denotes the Nominal Sizes are in MILLIMETERS.
-334 S
is used with Fixed Length Piping and the contents of this AText (default S) is
appended to the item code when one end of the Fixed Length spool has a
special flange.
-335 WITH SPECIAL

RATING FLANGE(S)
(SEE ISO)
is used with Fixed Length Piping and the contents of the AText are appended
to the description. Used with AText -334.
-339 MISCELLANEOUS
COMPONENTS
is the subheading under which miscellaneous components are listed. This

AText should be used whenever the CATEGORY facility is used
COMPONENTS as a data item on STYLE 2 or STYLE 3 Material Lists.
This AText also allows you to set an abbreviation text that is used in the
miscellaneous column for each component listed.
-340 INDUCTION BEND ID
used to identify pipe required in the fabrication of induction bends. The

induction bend tag is appended to the AText to form a complete string.

Material List over flow at the bottom of the master drawing Material List

Material List over flow at the top of the overflow Material List
drawings(combination of ATexts -276 and -255). Any AText set by the user
will have a program generated cross reference drawing number appended to it.
-352 WEIGHT
column heading on Material List.
-353 KGS
unit indication at all positions where weight is output. (used with ISOGEN
-354 LBS
unit indication at all positions where weight is output.(used with ISOGEN

-355 TOTAL
output PIPELINE is not required.
-356 U
used to identify all Pulled Bends. Used on the ISO and the material list as
U3.
-357 B
used to identify all ERECTION type Welds (on ISO and Material List) when
positions F/G for option 73 are defined.
-358 W
used to identify all FABRICATION type Welds (on ISO and Material List)
when positions F/G for option 73 are defined.
-359 Blank by Default
Bolt size x Length headings. Used with option switch 65 (Material Control
File Only). A suggested setting is "DIA x LENGTH". If this AText is not
blank, ISOGEN outputs in Bolt Diameter x Bolt Length order. Bolt Units are
indicated immediately below this heading using a program-generated text
string using a combination of ATexts -330 (INS) and -331 (MM) depending
on the settings for option switch 65.
For example: DIA x LENGTH (INS x INS).
-371 OFFSHORE
MATERIALS
Material List main heading for offshore items. All materials sorted this new
category as for other two categories (where appropriate).
-373 REM
Remarks Column heading in Material List.
-374 ANGLE
used with description of Pulled Bends in the material list. Bend angle is
output when using ISOGEN option 23 set to 20 or 21.
is the subheading under which welds are listed. This AText should be used
whenever the CATEGORY facility is used as a data item on STYLE 2 or
STYLE 3 Material Lists. This AText allows you to set an abbreviation text
that is used in the weld column for each component listed.
-375 WELDS
-376 FAB
identification of FABRICATION material. To be used whenever the

used in the fabrication column for each component listed.
-377 EREC
identification of ERECTION material. To be used whenever the

used in the erection column for each component listed.
-378 OFF
identification of OFFSHORE material. To be used whenever the

used in the offshore column for each component listed.
-379 TOTAL FABRICATION

WEIGHT
-380 TOTAL ERECTION

WEIGHT
-381 TOTAL OFFSHORE

WEIGHT
B-85
The Line Summary Area

The ATexts in the line summary area along the bottom of the isometric drawing can have their ATexts changed or made
blank. If changed, the appropriate symbol for the AText is drawn. If made blank, the symbol is not drawn in the line
summary area.
-400
-401
-402
-403
-404
-405
-406
-407
-411
TRACED$PIPE
LAGGED$PIPE
PIPE$SUPPORT
COMPN$JOINT
SCREWED$JOINT
SOCKET$WELD
FIELD$WELD
SHOP$WELD
SITE$CONNECTION
The following ATexts appear in the line summary area along the bottom of both the plotted and printed Material Lists.
-317 PIPE NS
is used with AText -318 to which the total Center Line Length per bore is
automatically computed and listed.
-318 CL LENGTH
-360 FT
is used with AText -317.

used with the old style Material List in conjunction with AText -318 (See
ISOGEN option 24).
-361 FT-INS
used with the new style Material List in conjunction with AText -318 (See
ISOGEN option 24).
prepare the end for fabrication. End connections are listed for pipe (See
ISOGEN option 2 setting 11 or 12, and see AText -366 through -370).
-362 END$ONE
-363 END$TWO

prepare the end for fabrication (See ISOGEN option 2 setting 11 or 12, and
see AText -366 through -370).
-365 Blank by Default
is the alternative last column subheading to AText -319 under which cut pipe
item code is listed for pipe. When used for Part Number, a suggested setting
is:"PART$NO" (see ISOGEN option 2 setting 11 or 12). If Part No. is
required on the Cut List instead of ITEM CODE, then AText -364 should be
set to blank and AText -365 set to required heading (i.e., PART$NO).
-366 SQ.CUT
used when not one of the four other end types (see ISOGEN option 2 setting
11 or 12).
-367 BEVEL
used for all Butt Welds (BW) Items that are treated as BWs, but do not have
the BW end condition as part of their SKEY (see ISOGEN option 2 setting 11
or 12).
Flanges:
All other flange type items use Square Cut (AText -366)
-368 SCREWED
used for all Screwed Ends (SC) (see ISOGEN option 2 setting 11 or 12).
-369 SHAPED
used for all Fabricated Branch connections (see ISOGEN option 2 setting 11
or 12).
-370 MITRED
used for all mitered ends at miter weld positions (see ISOGEN option 2
setting 11 or 12).

SPOOL NO$
-1 DENOTES PARTS
LIST NO
This is a general note that determines how Spool Numbers and Material List
Part Numbers are shown on the isometric.
For example: If only the bottom line is required the records in the
intermediate file should be: -410 $ 1 DENOTES -1 PARTS LIST NO
The Printed Material List

The ATexts listed below are used in addition to all the ATexts listed for the Plotted Material and Pipe Cut Lists.
-332 PAGE
has a Page Number automatically appended.
-333 PIPELINE REF
has the Pipeline Reference automatically appended.
-336 SYSTEM REF
is used as an alternative to AText -333 when producing Material List for

System Isometric. Content of a -25 record is automatically appended.
The Weld Box Summary: Standard Weld Summary Box

-372 REMARKS
Heading for "Remarks" box.

SPOOL NO$
-1 DENOTES PARTS
LIST NO
If only the bottom line is required, the records in the intermediate file should
be: -410 $ 1 DENOTES -1 PARTS LIST NO
-411 SITE$CONNECTION
-412 WELD|SHOP|WELD
|WELDER|VISUAL|NOT
|HARD|S.R|FAB.QA
weld header box details (line 1).
-413 NO |/FLD|PROC| ID
|ACCEPT| NO| NO |
|ACCEPT
continuation of weld box header details. (line 2)
-414 S
Fabrication/Shop Weld used in the Weld Category identification on the Old

Style Weld Box. When using all three weld types AText -412 and -413,
column 2 probably is changed to give a heading that covered all types.
For example:
WELD
CAT
-415 F
Erection/Field/Site Weld used in the Weld Category identification on the Old

Style Weld Box.
-416 O
Offshore Weld used in the Weld Category identification on the Old Style
Weld Box.
B-87
The Weld Box Summary: User-Defined Weld Summary Box

-417 BW
for All Butt Welds. All fittings with BW end type in addition to:
LWN and FOWN flanges
LSE and LJSE type flanges.
-418 SW
or all Socket Welds. All fittings with SW end types.
-419 MW
or all Miter Welds (SKEY WM or WMF).
-421 SOF
slip on flange. All welds associated with flanges with SKEY FLSO, FLSJ,
FOSO, FLRC, FLRE.
-422 SOB
set-on (fabricated) branch. Set-on Tees. Set-on Cross. Teed Bends/Elbows

where Branch is made from pipe. Teed reducer where branch is made from
pipe.
-423 LET
at all positions where "LET" type fittings are used to form a branch, and half
coupling type fittings (olet, latrolet, elbolet, half couplings).
Appendix C: Example Documents C - 1
Appendix C
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Example Documents
C-2
Appendix C
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Example Documents
This section contains sample iso extraction documents including:
Options File (#/dat/isoc.def)
Label Library Label Definitions (as user-defined in the Options File)
HITS Report (.h file)
Intermediate Data File (.idf file)
Interface Error Log (.err file)
MTO Neutral File (.b# file)
ISOGEN Message File (.msg file)
ISOGEN Printed Parts File (.prt file)
ISOGEN Component vs Sheet Number File (.sed file)
ISOGEN Cut Pipe Report (.cut file)
Title Block Table (.bit, .seg and .dwg files)
C-4
C.1
The Options File (#/dat/isoc.def)
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
! DEFINE ZX_ISOC.DEF
! Description= Definition of the ISOGEN defaults file for size C batch isos
! Rev=
By=
Ckd By=
Date=22-May-1991
!
10
!10 lines follow
3275
1000
10
28
10
15
15
457
610
10
! 1-14
! 15-28
105
100
100 46046
100
! 29-42
! 43-56
62
! 57-70
8000
! 71-84
! 85-98
0 100000
! 99-112
250
70
! 113-126
! 127-140
6
!6 lines follow
0
10
20
10
! 1-14
! 15-28
! 29-42
! 43-56
! 57-70
999
! 71-84
FILES
14
!14 LINES TO FOLLOW
c:\win32app\ingr\pdiso\dat\isomap.tbl
!PDS TO ISOGEN MAP
c:\win32app\ingr\pdiso\dat\symbol.lib
!USER DEFINED SYMBOL LIB
!LABEL DESCRIPTION LIBRARY
!VALVE / OPERATOR TABLE
c:\win32app\ingr\pdiso\dat\isomto.tbl
!MTO RECORD MAP
!RESERVED
c:\win32app\ingr\pdiso\dat\isoc.blk
!TITLE BLK TABLES FILE
!SEGMENT DATA TABLE
!RESERVED
!DETAIL SKETCH CELL LIBRARY
!DRAWING DEFINITION FILE (DDF)
!WELD DEFINITION FORMAT FILE (WDF)
!MATERIAL LIST DEFINITION FILE (MLD)
!BENDING PARAMETERS OUTPUT FILE
PIPELINE_HEADER
13
-6,
-7,
-11,
!13 lines follow

12, -2,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0 !Line ID label record/break
0, 955,
12, 12,
-,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0 !Piece mark prefix record
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0 !Piping materials class record/break
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0 !Date record
-14,
0,
0,
-15,
0,
0, 956,
, INSUL,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0, 957 !Insulation record/break
0,
0, 958,
-16,
, TRACE,
0,
0, 959,
0,
0, 984,
0,
0, 960 !Heat tracing reqmts record/break
-17,
12, 40,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
-41,
12,
0,
, PKGNO,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0, 67, 42,
0 !Packaged system no break
-42,
12, 23,
0, PER SPEC,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0 !Sch/thk override break
-43,
12, 41,
0,
, CLEAN,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0, 67, 39,
0 !Cleaning reqmts break
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0 !Testing reqmts break
-44,
-45,
0,
7,
0, 961,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0 !Coating reqmts record/break
12, 21,
0,
, 34, 33,
0, 50, 28,
0, 67, 30,
0 !Hold status break
-99, -12, 20,
0,
, 34, 32,
0, 50, 27,
0, 67, 29,
0 !Construction status label
70
-207, NPD
!70 lines follow

!Nominal pipe diameter callout
-208, CONN TO
!Nozzle connection callout
-209, SEE ISO
!Iso/Sheet continued on callout
-213, STEM
!Spindle callout
-215,
!Remove reducing flange callout
-217,
!Remove miter callout
-218,
!Remove lobster callout
-219,
!Remove reinforcing pad callout
-220,
!Remove loose component callout
-221, FFW
!Field Fit Weld callout
-222, SLOPE
!Slope callout
-243, FLAT SIDE
!Eccentric reducer flat side callout
-244, U
!Up orientation callout
-245, D
!Down orientation callout
-246, N
!North orientation callout
-247, S
!South orientation callout
-248, E
!East orientation callout
-249, W
!West orientation callout
-250,
!Remove date from ISOGEN title block
-253,
!Remove piping materials class from ISOGEN title block
-255, SHT
!Iso continuation prefix
-270,
!Remove insulation from ISOGEN title block
-271,
!Remove heat tracing from ISOGEN title block
-272,
!Remove coating from ISOGEN title block
-276, SEE SHT
!Sheet continued from callout
-277,
!Remove orifice flange callout
-278,
!Remove dial face orientation callout
-282,
!Remove sight glass window orientation callout
-284,
!Remove tee bend callout
-287, ORIENT
!Skewed olet orientation callout
-288, LINE :
!Line ID break (-6) callout
-289, CLASS:
!PMC break (-11) callout
-290, INSUL:
!Insulation reqmts break (-15) callout
-291, TRACE:
!Heat tracing reqmts break (-16) callout
-292, COAT :
!Coating reqmts break (-17) callout
-293, PKGNO:
!Packaged system no break (-41) callout
-294, SCH
!Sch/thk override break (-42) callout
-295, CLEAN:
!Cleaning reqmts break (-43) callout
-296, TEST :
!Testing reqmts break (-44) callout
-297, STAT :
!Hold status break (-45) callout
-298,
!Remove tee elbow callout
-300, SHOP MATERIALS
!Shop materials callout in BOM
-303, DESCRIPTION
!Description callout in BOM
-304, NPD
!Nominal pipe diameter callout in BOM
-305, CMDTY CODE
!Commodity code callout in BOM
-307,
!Remove pipe callout in BOM
-308,
!Remove fittings callout in BOM
-309,
!Remove flanges callout in BOM
-310, OTHER THAN SHOP MATERIALS
!Other than shop materials callout in BOM
-311,
!Remove gaskets callout in BOM
-312,
!Remove bolts callout in BOM
-313,
!Remove valves callout in BOM
-314, INSTRUMENTS
!Instruments callout in BOM
-315, PIPE SUPPORTS
!Pipe supports callout in BOM
-316, PIECE MARKS
!Pipe marks callout in BOM
-317,
!Remove pipe NPD callout from title block
-318,
!Remove centerline length callout from title block
-330, IN
!NPD units callout in BOM
-400,
!Remove tracing legend from title block
-401,
!Remove insulation legend from title block
-402,
!Remove pipe support legend from title block
-403,
!Remove compression joint legend from title block
-404,
!Remove screwed joint legend from title block
-405,
!Remove socketweld joint legend from title block
-406,
!Remove field welded joint legend from title block
-407,
!Remove shopwelded legend from title block
C-6
-410,
!Remove pipe spool nos from title block
-411,
!Remove site connection legend from title block
-451,
!Tapping Connection Note
-498, FW
!Field weld (no added material)
START_POINT_NOTES
1
!1 line follows
0, 12, 310,
!Line ID label at start of line
TYPE_1_LABELS
5
!5 lines follow
1, 34, 46, 962
!Piping commodity component remark label
2, 34, 46, 962
!Piping specialty component remark label
4, 67, 52, 963
!Instrument remark label
3,-50, 26, 966
!Cold spring label
3, 50, 38, 986
!Pipe remark label
TYPE_2_LABELS
22
!22 lines follow
34,
3, 6Q3C82, 0, 967
!RWELD size
34,
3, 6Q2C11, 0, 968
!Operate 6Q2C11 in closed position
34,
3, 6Q2C12, 0, 968
34,
3, 6Q2C13, 0, 968
34,
3, 6Q2C10, 0, 969
!Operate 6Q2C10 in open position
34,
3, 6Q2C15, 0, 969
!Operate 6Q2C15 in open position
34,
3, 6Q3C81, 0, 997
!Non-radial offset label
34,
3, 6Q3C83, 0, 997
34,
3, 6Q3C85, 0, 997
34,
3,
6Q1C, 4, 964
!Piping commodity valves opening action label
34,
3,
6P6C, 4, 964
!Piping specialty components opening action label
34,
3,
6Q6C, 4, 964
!Piping specialty components opening action label
67,
3,
7P1E, 4, 965
!Instrument opening action label
67,
3, 7P2C01, 0, 987
!7P2C01 press set pt label
67,
3, 7P2C06, 0, 987
67,
3, 7P2C09, 0, 988
!7P2C09 vac set pt label
67,
3, 7P2C12, 0, 989
!7P2C12 press/vac set pt label
67,
3, 7P2C14, 0, 989
!7P2C14 press/vac set pt label
67,
3, 7P2C16, 0, 987
67,
3, 7P2C18, 0, 988
!7P2C18 vac set pt label
67,
3,
7P3C, 4, 965
!Instrument opening action label
80, 16,
3, 0, 978
!Pipe support existing construction status label
TYPE_3_LABELS
0
!0 lines follow
NOZZLE_NOTE
5
!5 lines follow
-1, -21, 952
!Equip no (concatenated with label 953)
-1, -22, 953
!Nozzle no
1,
22, 954
!NPD-prep-rating for bolted nozzles
2,
22, 954
!NPD-prep-rating for FEM nozzles
3,
22, 950
!NPD-prep for MAL nozzles
24
!To define operators requiring secondary orientation

!24 lines follow
OP9,
!SN=OP9
OP_271,
!SN=OP_271
OP_291,
!SN=OP_291
OP_311,
!SN=OP_311
OP_331,
!SN=OP_331
OP_332,
!SN=OP_332
OP_333,
!SN=OP_333
OP_334,
!SN=OP_334
OP_351,
!SN=OP_351
OP_391,
!SN=OP_391
OP_413,
!SN=OP_413
OP_452,
!SN=OP_452
OP_491,
!SN=OP_491
OP_493,
!SN=OP_493
OP_494,
!SN=OP_493
OP_571,
!SN=OP_571
OP_572,
!SN=OP_572
OP_573,
!SN=OP_573
OP_574,
!SN=OP_574
OP_711,
!SN=OP_711
OP_811,
!SN=OP_811
OP_853,
!SN=OP_853
OP_854,
!SN=OP_854
OP_931,
!SN=OP_931
1
!1 line follows
12, 20, 34, 32, 50, 27, 67, 29, 6, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8
!Construction status (CL130)
1
!1 line follows
12, 20, 34, 32, 50, 27, 67, 29, 6, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8
!Construction status (CL130)
1
6,
!1 line follows
5,
15, 25, 35, 45, 95
!Shop fabricated codelist values from CL180
1
!1 line follows
, 12,
0, 951,
12, 0, 951,
12, 0, 951
!Line ID + dgn area
LINE_ID_DEFINITION
1
12,
!1 lines follow
3,
!Line ID
MOVABLE_TEXT
10
!10 lines follow:
-6,
25,
5,
1,
0,
0,
!Relocate -6 record to lower left corner of iso
-25,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
!Relocate -25 record to outside of iso border
-41,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
-42,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
-43,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
-44,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
-45,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
-700, 42790, 43390,
0,
0,
0,
!Relocate N arrow to upper right quadrant of iso
-702,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
!Relocate ISOGEN sheet no callout
-703,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
!Relocate ISOGEN sheet no callout
NEW_SYMBOL_KEYS
0
!0 lines follow
GENITM_NOTE_FORMAT
4
!4 lines follow
CHAINWHEEL$WITH [2] CHAIN
!Length of chain note
PROVIDE FLOOR STAND$WITH Y1=[2]
!Floorstand note
PROVIDE EXTENSION STEM$WITH Y1=[2]
!Extension stem note
!Turn off note for implied materials
3
!3 lines follow
2, 34,
0,
971
!To access ZX_SPCLTYDESCR.LIB specialties
5, 80,
0,
972
!To access ZX_SPCLTYDESCR.LIB for pipe supports
4, 67,
0,
973
!To access ZX_SPCLTYDESCR.LIB for instruments
15
!15 LINES TO FOLLOW
1, NOT FOUND,
!Used based on Intergraph option 6 and ATEXT -209
2, BOLT LENGTH,
3, NUTS PER BOLT,
4, CHAIN_,
!Used based on Intergraph option 33,56
5, FSTAND_,
6, XSTEM_,
7, HOR,
!Horizontal - Used for an operator in a 2plane ske
8, VOR,
!Vertical - Used for an operator in a 2plane ske
9, DEG,
!Degree - Used for an operator in a 2plane ske
10, E,
11, N,
12, U,
13, W,
14, S,
15, D,
C-8
USER_DEFINED_WELDS
3
10, 11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,19,20,1,"WW"
!Weld types 11-20 are shop welds
2, 21,22, 2, "WS"
!Weld types 21, 22 are field welds
1, 24, 2, "WF"
!Weld type 24 is a field fit weld
C.2
Label Library Label Definitions
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
**************** Label Type = 400 ****************
Label Name = Comp cmdty code
[1]
Piping Component Data
[1]
commodity_code
- Character (16)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 401 ****************
Label Name = Pipe sch/thk 1
[1]
Piping/Tubing Data
[1]
schedule_thickness - Character (8)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 402 ****************
Label Name = Tag no
[1]
Instrument Component Data
[1]
instrument_comp_no - Character (20)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 403 ****************
Label Name = Comp sch/thk 1
[1]
[1]
cp_1_sch_thk
- Character (8)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 404 ****************
Label Name = Reserved
Dummy
Attribute Data
C - 10
- Dummy
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 405 ****************
Dummy
Attribute Data
- Dummy
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 406 ****************
Label Name = Comp sch/thk 1 b
[1] bore
[1]
2
cp_1_sch_thk
- Character (8)
- bore
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 407 ****************
Label Name = Comp sch/thk 2
[1]
[1]
cp_2_sch_thk
- Character (8)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 408 ****************
Dummy
Attribute Data
- Dummy
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 409 ****************
Label Name = Comp sch/thk 2 b
[1] bore
[1]
2
cp_2_sch_thk
- bore
- Character (8)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 410 ****************
Dummy
Attribute Data
- Dummy
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 411 ****************
Dummy
Attribute Data
- Dummy
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 412 ****************
Label Name = Comp sch/thk 1x2
[1] x [3]
[1]
2
cp_1_sch_thk
- Character (8)
- x
[3]
cp_2_sch_thk
- Character (8)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 413 ****************
Dummy
Attribute Data
- Dummy
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 414 ****************
Label Name = Comp sch/thk 1x2 b
[1] x [3] bore
[1]
2
[3]
4
cp_1_sch_thk
- Character (8)
- x
cp_2_sch_thk
- bore
- Character (8)
C - 12
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 415 ****************
Dummy
Attribute Data
- Dummy
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 416 ****************
Label Name = Comp sch/thk 1x3
[1] x [3]
[1]
2
cp_1_sch_thk
- Character (8)
- x
[3]
cp_3_sch_thk
- Character (8)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 417 ****************
Label Name = Comp sch/thk 1x3 b
[1] x [3] bore
[1]
2
cp_1_sch_thk
[3]
4
- Character (8)
- x
cp_3_sch_thk
- Character (8)
- bore
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 418 ****************
Dummy
Attribute Data
- Dummy
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 419 ****************
Dummy
Attribute Data
- Dummy
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 420 ****************
Dummy
Attribute Data
- Dummy
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 421 ****************
Label Name = Bonnet length
[1]
[1]
dimension_a
- Real (6.4) with sub units (ex. ",IN,MM,etc.)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 422 ****************
Label Name = Piping chain length
[1]
[1]
bend_angle
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 423 ****************
Label Name = RWELD size
[1]
[1]
bend_radius
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 424 ****************
Label Name = Instr chain length
[1]
[1]
chain_length
***************************************
C - 14
**************** Label Type = 425 ****************
Label Name = RPAD width x thick
[1] x [3]
[1]
2
operator_weight
- x
[3]
bend_radius
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 426 ****************
Label Name = Comp NPD 1
[1]
[1]
cp_1_nom_pipe_diam - Character (9)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 427 ****************
Label Name = Monitor elev length
[1] nominal height
[1]
2
dimension_a
- nominal height
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 428 ****************
Label Name = Hydrant cover
[1] cover
[1]
2
dimension_a
- cover
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 429 ****************
Dummy
Attribute Data
- Dummy
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 430 ****************
Dummy
Attribute Data
- Dummy
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 431 ****************
Dummy
Attribute Data
- Dummy
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 432 ****************
Dummy
Attribute Data
- Dummy
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 433 ****************
Dummy
Attribute Data
- Dummy
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 434 ****************
Dummy
Attribute Data
- Dummy
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 435 ****************
C - 16
Dummy
Attribute Data
- Dummy
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 436 ****************
Dummy
Attribute Data
- Dummy
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 437 ****************
Dummy
Attribute Data
- Dummy
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 438 ****************
Dummy
Attribute Data
- Dummy
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 439 ****************
Dummy
Attribute Data
- Dummy
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 440 ****************
Dummy
Attribute Data
- Dummy
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 441 ****************
Dummy
Attribute Data
- Dummy
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 442 ****************
Dummy
Attribute Data
- Dummy
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 443 ****************
Dummy
Attribute Data
- Dummy
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 444 ****************
Dummy
Attribute Data
- Dummy
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 445 ****************
Dummy
Attribute Data
- Dummy
***************************************
C - 18
**************** Label Type = 446 ****************
Dummy
Attribute Data
- Dummy
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 447 ****************
Dummy
Attribute Data
- Dummy
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 448 ****************
Dummy
Attribute Data
- Dummy
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 449 ****************
Dummy
Attribute Data
- Dummy
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 950 ****************
Label Name = MAL nozzle descr
[1] [3]
Nozzle Data
[1]
2
[3]
Entity 22 Attribute 3 - Character (9)

- 1 space(s)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 951 ****************
Label Name = Iso continuation
[1][2]-[4][5]
Piping Segment Data
[1]
unit_code
- Character (2)
[2]
line_sequence_no
- Character (6)
- -
[4]
fluid_code
[5]
design_area_number - Character (12)
- Character (5)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 952 ****************
Label Name = Equip no
[1]/
Equipment Data
[1]
2

- /
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 953 ****************
Label Name = Equip nozzle
[1]
Nozzle Data
[1]
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 954 ****************
Label Name = BLT/FEM nozzle descr
[1] [3] [5]
Nozzle Data
[1]
2
[3]
4
[5]

- 1 space(s)
- 1 space(s)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 955 ****************
Label Name = Pc mark prefix
[1][2]-[4][5]
Piping Segment Data
C - 20
[1]
unit_code
- Character (2)
[2]
line_sequence_no
- Character (6)
- -
[4]
fluid_code
[5]
- Character (5)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 956 ****************
Label Name = Segment insulation
[1] [3]
Piping Segment Data
[1]
2
[3]
insulation_purpose - Character (10)

- 1 space(s)
insulation_thick
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 957 ****************
Label Name = Instr insulation
[1] [3]
[1]
2
[3]
insulation_purpose - Character (10)

- 1 space(s)
insulation_thick
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 958 ****************
Label Name = Segment ht tracing
[1] [3] [5]
Piping Segment Data
[1]
2
[3]
4
[5]
heat_tracing_reqmt - Character (5)

- 1 space(s)
heat_tracing_media - Character (5)
- 1 space(s)
heat_tracing_temp
- Real (6.0)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 959 ****************
Label Name = Comp ht tracing
[1] [3] [5]
[1]
2
[3]
4
[5]

- 1 space(s)
- 1 space(s)
heat_tracing_temp
- Real (6.0)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 960 ****************
Label Name = Instr ht tracing
[1] [3] [5]
[1]
2
[3]
4
[5]

- 1 space(s)
- 1 space(s)
heat_tracing_temp
- Real (6.0)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 961 ****************
Label Name = Segment testing
[1] [3] [5][6]
Piping Segment Data
[1]
2
[3]
4
test_system_no
- Character (6)
- 1 space(s)
test_fluid
- Character (5)
- 1 space(s)
[5]
test_pressure
- Real (8.2)
[6]
nor_op_pres_units
- Character (10)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 962 ****************
Label Name = Comp remarks
[1]
[1]
remarks
- Character (25)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 963 ****************
Label Name = Instr remarks
[1]
[1]
remarks
- Character (25)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 964 ****************
Label Name = Comp opening action
C - 22
[1]
[1]
opening_action
- Character (10)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 965 ****************
Label Name = Instr opening action
[1]
[1]
opening_action
- Character (10)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 966 ****************
Label Name = Pipe cold spring
Adjust length by [2] for$cold spring (-)/cut long (+)
Piping/Tubing Data
1
[2]
3
- Adjust length by
cold_spring_length - Real (7.4) with sub units (ex. ",IN,MM,etc.)
- for$cold spring (-)/cut long (+)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 967 ****************
Label Name = RWELD size
[1] RWELD
[1]
2
bend_radius
- RWELD
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 968 ****************
Label Name = Operate closed
Operate closed
Attribute Data
- Operate closed
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 969 ****************
Label Name = Operate open
Operate open
Attribute Data
- Operate open
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 970 ****************
Label Name = Pipe spt detail no
Per detail(s) [2]
Pipe Support Data
- Per detail(s)
[2]
Entity 80 Attribute -1 - Character (30)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 971 ****************
Label Name = Spclty descr access
PSPECIALTY
Attribute Data
- PSPECIALTY
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 972 ****************
Label Name = Pip spt descr access
PSUPPORT
Attribute Data
- PSUPPORT
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 973 ****************
Label Name = Instr descr access
INSTR
Attribute Data
- INSTR
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 977 ****************
Label Name = Segment P&ID nodes
[1]-[3]
C - 24
Piping Segment Data
[1]
2
[3]
PID_id_part_a
- Character (4)
- -
PID_id_part_b
- Character (4)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 978 ****************
Label Name = Pipe spt constr stat
[1]
Pipe Support Data
[1]
construction_stat
- Character (15)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 979 ****************
Label Name = Unit no/Dgn area no
[1]/[3]
Piping Segment Data
[1]
2
[3]
unit_number
- Character (12)
- /
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 980 ****************
Label Name = Segment module no
[1]
Piping Segment Data
[1]
module_no
- Character (16)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 981 ****************
Label Name = Seg package sys no
[1]
Piping Segment Data
[1]
package_system_no
- Character (12)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 982 ****************
Label Name = Seg matls of constr
[1]
Piping Segment Data
[1]
mater_of_construct - Character (6)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 983 ****************
Label Name = Segment test fluid
[1]
Piping Segment Data
[1]
test_fluid
- Character (5)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 984 ****************
Label Name = Pipe ht tracing
[1] [3] [5]
Piping/Tubing Data
[1]
2
[3]
4
[5]

- 1 space(s)
- 1 space(s)
heat_tracing_temp
- Real (6.0)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 985 ****************
Label Name = Nozzle service
[1]
Nozzle Data
[1]
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 986 ****************
Label Name = Pipe remarks
[1]
Piping/Tubing Data
[1]
remarks
- Character (25)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 987 ****************
Label Name = Press set pt
Press set pt: [2][3]
C - 26
- Press set pt:
[2]
chain_length
[3]
- Real (8.2)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 988 ****************
Label Name = Vacuum set pt
Vac set pt: [2][3]
- Vac set pt:
[2]
Entity 67 Attribute -1 - Real (8.2)
[3]
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 989 ****************
Label Name = Press/vac set pt
Press set pt: [2][3]

Vac set pt: [5][6]
- Press set pt:
[2]
chain_length
[3]
- Real (8.2)
- Vac set pt:
[5]
Entity 67 Attribute -1 - Real (8.2)
[6]
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 990 ****************
Label Name = Instr end prep
with end prep: [2] [4] [6]
1
[2]
3
[4]
5
[6]
- with end prep:

cp_1_end_prep
- Character (15)
- 1 space(s)
cp_2_end_prep
- Character (16)
- 1 space(s)
cp_3_end_prep
- Character (15)
***************************************
**************** Label Type = 991 ****************
Label Name = Spclty end prep
with end prep: [2] [4] [6]
1
[2]
3
[4]
5
[6]
- with end prep:

cp_1_end_prep
- Character (15)
- 1 space(s)
cp_2_end_prep
- Character (15)
- 1 space(s)
cp_3_end_prep
- Character (15)
***************************************
C - 28
C.3
HITS Report (.h file)
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Date: 30-MAR-1994 02:03:53
Project Database: pd_stdeng_o43
Model Files: skiso3
skiso1
38eqp01
40eqp01
Name
Occ
COMP
16
cp #
0
1369.58
421.10
13.46
Node Direct Section

0
Flags
3
Topo
0
Seq Branch Sg_occ

0
COMP
16
1369.58
420.95
13.46
COMP
16
1369.58
421.24
13.46
COMP
14
1363.08
422.45
15.18
COMP
14
1363.08
422.45
14.42
COMP
14
1363.08
422.45
15.94
COMP
14
1362.40
422.45
15.18
COMP
27
1362.35
422.45
15.18
COMP
27
1362.40
422.45
15.18
COMP
29
1369.58
422.45
18.46
16
10
COMP
29
1370.05
422.45
18.46
16
11
COMP
29
1369.11
422.45
18.46
17
12
COMP
29
1369.58
422.45
17.99
14
13
COMP
32
1373.58
422.45
18.46
16
14
COMP
32
1373.58
423.20
18.46
16
15
COMP
32
1372.83
422.45
18.46
16
16
COMP
33
1373.58
429.80
18.46
16
17
COMP
33
1372.83
429.80
18.46
16
18
COMP
33
1373.58
429.05
18.46
16
19
COMP
34
1364.58
429.80
18.46
16
20
COMP
34
1364.58
429.80
19.21
16
21
COMP
34
1365.33
429.80
18.46
16
22
COMP
35
1364.58
429.80
19.35
16
23
COMP
35
1364.58
429.80
19.51
16
24
COMP
35
1364.58
429.80
19.21
16
25
PIPE
1370.05
422.45
18.46
16
26
PIPE
1372.83
422.45
18.46
16
27
PIPE
1373.58
423.20
18.46
16
28
PIPE
1373.58
429.05
18.46
16
29
PIPE
1372.83
429.80
18.46
16
30
PIPE
1365.33
429.80
18.46
16
31
COMP
30
1363.08
422.45
18.46
32
COMP
30
1363.08
422.45
17.71
33
COMP
30
1363.83
422.45
18.46
17
34
PIPE
1369.11
422.45
18.46
17
35
PIPE
1363.83
422.45
18.46
17
36
COMP
17
1369.58
421.47
13.41
11
37
COMP
17
1369.58
421.70
13.37
11
38
COMP
17
1369.58
421.24
13.46
10
39
COMP
17
3T
1369.58
421.47
13.18
12
40
COMP
1363.08
421.10
13.46
41
COMP
1363.08
420.95
13.46
42
COMP
1363.08
421.24
13.46
43
COMP
15
1363.08
422.45
16.38
44
COMP
15
1363.08
422.45
15.94
45
COMP
15
1363.08
422.45
16.82
46
COMP
31
1363.08
422.45
16.97
47
COMP
31
1363.08
422.45
16.82
48
COMP
31
1363.08
422.45
17.12
49
PIPE
1363.08
422.45
17.71
50
PIPE
1363.08
422.45
17.12
51
COMP
1363.08
421.47
13.41
52
COMP
1363.08
421.70
13.37
53
COMP
1363.08
421.24
13.46
54
COMP
3T
1363.08
421.47
13.18
55
COMP
1363.08
421.47
13.06
56
COMP
1363.08
421.47
13.18
57
COMP
1363.08
421.47
12.93
58
COMP
1363.08
421.47
12.82
59
COMP
1363.08
421.47
12.93
60
COMP
1363.08
421.47
12.71
61
COMP
10
1363.08
421.47
12.58
62
COMP
10
1363.08
421.47
12.71
63
COMP
10
1363.08
421.47
12.46
64
COMP
11
1363.08
421.47
12.43
65
COMP
11
1363.08
421.47
12.46
66
COMP
26
1364.58
429.80
19.54
15
67
COMP
26
1364.58
429.80
19.58
15
68
COMP
26
1364.58
429.80
19.51
15
69
COMP
22
1369.58
422.45
13.37
11
70
COMP
22
1369.58
421.70
13.37
11
71
COMP
22
1369.58
422.45
14.12
11
72
COMP
23
1369.58
422.45
14.27
11
73
COMP
23
1369.58
422.45
14.42
11
74
COMP
23
1369.58
422.45
14.12
11
75
COMP
24
1369.58
422.45
15.18
11
76
COMP
24
1369.58
422.45
14.42
11
77
COMP
24
1369.58
422.45
15.94
14
78
COMP
24
1368.90
422.45
15.18
13
79
SUPP
1369.58
422.45
13.37
11
80
SUPP
1369.58
422.45
12.30
11
81
COMP
12
1363.08
422.45
13.37
82
COMP
12
1363.08
421.70
13.37
83
COMP
12
1363.08
422.45
14.12
84
COMP
13
1363.08
422.45
14.27
85
COMP
13
1363.08
422.45
14.42
86
COMP
13
1363.08
422.45
14.12
87
SUPP
1363.08
422.45
13.37
88
SUPP
1363.08
422.45
12.30
89
COMP
25
1369.58
422.45
16.38
14
90
COMP
25
1369.58
422.45
15.94
14
91
COMP
25
1369.58
422.45
16.82
14
92
COMP
305
1369.58
422.45
16.97
14
93
COMP
305
1369.58
422.45
16.82
14
94
COMP
305
1369.58
422.45
17.12
14
95
PIPE
103
1369.58
422.45
17.12
14
96
PIPE
103
1369.58
422.45
17.99
14
97
COMP
18
1369.58
421.47
13.06
12
98
COMP
18
1369.58
421.47
13.18
12
99
COMP
18
1369.58
421.47
12.93
12
100
COMP
19
1369.58
421.47
12.82
12
101
COMP
19
1369.58
421.47
12.93
12
102
COMP
19
1369.58
421.47
12.71
12
103
COMP
20
1369.58
421.47
12.58
12
104
COMP
20
1369.58
421.47
12.71
12
105
COMP
20
1369.58
421.47
12.46
12
106
COMP
21
1369.58
421.47
12.43
12
107
COMP
21
1369.58
421.47
12.46
12
108
COMP
28
1368.85
422.45
15.18
13
109
COMP
28
1368.90
422.45
15.18
13
110
C - 30

Name
Occ
COMP
27
1362.35
422.45
15.18
-2
COMP
27
1362.40
422.45
15.18
COMP
14
1362.40
422.45
15.18
1363.08
420.70
13.46
-1
11
22
NOZ
cp #
Node Direct Section
Flags
Topo
Seq Branch Sg_occ
NOZ
1363.08
420.95
13.46
40
11
22
COMP
1363.08
420.95
13.46
40
11
COMP
1363.08
421.10
13.46
11
COMP
1363.08
421.24
13.46
11
COMP
1363.08
421.24
13.46
12
COMP
11
1363.08
421.47
12.43
-2
13
10
COMP
11
1363.08
421.47
12.46
13
11
COMP
10
1363.08
421.47
12.46
13
12
COMP
10
1363.08
421.47
12.58
13
13
COMP
1363.08
421.47
12.71
13
14
COMP
10
1363.08
421.47
12.71
13
15
COMP
1363.08
421.47
12.82
13
16
COMP
1363.08
421.47
12.93
13
17
COMP
1363.08
421.47
12.93
13
18
COMP
1363.08
421.47
13.06
13
19
COMP
3T
1363.08
421.47
13.18
13
20
COMP
1363.08
421.47
13.18
13
21
COMP
1363.08
421.47
13.41
13
22
COMP
12
1363.08
421.70
13.37
15
23
COMP
1363.08
421.70
13.37
12
24
SUPP
1363.08
422.45
12.30
-3
25
COMP
12
1363.08
422.45
13.37
15
26
SUPP
1363.08
422.45
13.37
27
COMP
13
1363.08
422.45
14.12
28
COMP
12
1363.08
422.45
14.12
29
COMP
13
1363.08
422.45
14.27
30
COMP
13
1363.08
422.45
14.42
10
31
COMP
14
1363.08
422.45
14.42
10
32
COMP
14
1363.08
422.45
15.18
33
COMP
15
1363.08
422.45
15.94
11
34
COMP
14
1363.08
422.45
15.94
11
35
COMP
15
1363.08
422.45
16.38
36
COMP
31
1363.08
422.45
16.82
12
37
COMP
15
1363.08
422.45
16.82
12
38
COMP
31
1363.08
422.45
16.97
39
COMP
31
1363.08
422.45
17.12
13
40
PIPE
1363.08
422.45
17.12
13
41
COMP
30
1363.08
422.45
17.71
14
42
PIPE
1363.08
422.45
17.71
14
43
COMP
30
1363.08
422.45
18.46
44
PIPE
1363.83
422.45
18.46
15
17
45
COMP
30
1363.83
422.45
18.46
15
17
46
COMP
34
1364.58
429.80
18.46
16
47
COMP
35
1364.58
429.80
19.21
16
16
48
COMP
34
1364.58
429.80
19.21
16
16
49
COMP
35
1364.58
429.80
19.35
16
50
COMP
35
1364.58
429.80
19.51
17
16
51
COMP
26
1364.58
429.80
19.51
17
15
52
COMP
26
1364.58
429.80
19.54
15
53
COMP
26
1364.58
429.80
19.58
41
15
54
NOZ
1364.58
429.80
19.58
41
22
15
55
NOZ
1364.58
429.80
20.58
-1
22
15
56
COMP
34
1365.33
429.80
18.46
18
16
57
PIPE
1365.33
429.80
18.46
18
16
58
COMP
28
1368.85
422.45
15.18
-2
13
59
COMP
24
1368.90
422.45
15.18
19
13
60
COMP
28
1368.90
422.45
15.18
19
13
61
PIPE
1369.11
422.45
18.46
20
17
62
COMP
29
1369.11
422.45
18.46
20
17
63
NOZ
1369.58
420.70
13.46
-1
22
64
NOZ
1369.58
420.95
13.46
39
22
65
COMP
16
1369.58
420.95
13.46
39
66
COMP
16
1369.58
421.10
13.46
67
COMP
16
1369.58
421.24
13.46
21
68
COMP
17
1369.58
421.24
13.46
21
10
69
COMP
21
1369.58
421.47
12.43
-2
10
12
70
COMP
21
1369.58
421.47
12.46
22
10
12
71
COMP
20
1369.58
421.47
12.46
22
10
12
72
COMP
20
1369.58
421.47
12.58
10
12
73
COMP
20
1369.58
421.47
12.71
23
10
12
74
COMP
19
1369.58
421.47
12.71
23
10
12
75
COMP
19
1369.58
421.47
12.82
10
12
76
COMP
18
1369.58
421.47
12.93
24
10
12
77
COMP
19
1369.58
421.47
12.93
24
10
12
78
COMP
18
1369.58
421.47
13.06
10
12
79
COMP
17
3T
1369.58
421.47
13.18
25
10
12
80
COMP
18
1369.58
421.47
13.18
25
10
12
81
COMP
17
1369.58
421.47
13.41
10
11
82
COMP
22
1369.58
421.70
13.37
26
14
11
83
COMP
17
1369.58
421.70
13.37
26
11
84
SUPP
1369.58
422.45
12.30
-3
11
85
COMP
22
1369.58
422.45
13.37
14
11
86
SUPP
1369.58
422.45
13.37
11
87
COMP
22
1369.58
422.45
14.12
28
11
88
COMP
23
1369.58
422.45
14.12
28
11
89
COMP
23
1369.58
422.45
14.27
11
90
COMP
23
1369.58
422.45
14.42
29
11
91
COMP
24
1369.58
422.45
14.42
29
11
92
COMP
24
1369.58
422.45
15.18
11
93
COMP
24
1369.58
422.45
15.94
30
14
94
COMP
25
1369.58
422.45
15.94
30
14
95
COMP
25
1369.58
422.45
16.38
14
96
COMP
25
1369.58
422.45
16.82
31
14
97
COMP
305
1369.58
422.45
16.82
31
14
98
COMP
305
1369.58
422.45
16.97
14
99
PIPE
103
1369.58
422.45
17.12
32
14
100
COMP
305
1369.58
422.45
17.12
32
14
101
PIPE
103
1369.58
422.45
17.99
33
14
102
COMP
29
1369.58
422.45
17.99
33
14
103
COMP
29
1369.58
422.45
18.46
16
104
COMP
29
1370.05
422.45
18.46
34
16
105
PIPE
1370.05
422.45
18.46
34
16
106
PIPE
1372.83
422.45
18.46
35
16
107
COMP
32
1372.83
422.45
18.46
35
16
108
PIPE
1372.83
429.80
18.46
36
16
109
COMP
33
1372.83
429.80
18.46
36
16
110
COMP
32
1373.58
422.45
18.46
16
111
COMP
32
1373.58
423.20
18.46
37
16
112
PIPE
1373.58
423.20
18.46
37
16
113
COMP
33
1373.58
429.05
18.46
38
16
114
PIPE
1373.58
429.05
18.46
38
16
115
COMP
33
1373.58
429.80
18.46
16
116
Tracing data
Occ
Cp
5 Next
Action
Name
NOZ
Node
39
Ref Design
112
5 Next
16
COMP
39
5 Next
16
COMP
21
5 Next
17
COMP
21
39
6 Push
17
COMP
25
40
5 Next
17
COMP
26
38
5 Next
22
COMP
26
71
++++
C - 32
5 Next
22
COMP
28
72
5 Next
23
COMP
28
75
5 Next
23
COMP
29
74
5 Next
24
COMP
29
77
10
6 Push
24
COMP
19
79
5 Next
24
COMP
30
78
11
5 Next
25
COMP
30
91
12
5 Next
25
COMP
31
92
13
5 Next
305
COMP
31
94
14
5 Next
305
COMP
32
95
15
5 Next
103
PIPE
32
96
16
5 Next
103
PIPE
33
97
17
5 Next
29
COMP
33
13
18
6 Push
29
COMP
20
12
5 Next
29
COMP
34
11
5 Next
PIPE
34
26
5 Next
PIPE
35
27
5 Next
32
COMP
35
16
5 Next
32
COMP
37
15
5 Next
PIPE
37
28
5 Next
PIPE
38
29
5 Next
33
COMP
38
19
5 Next
33
COMP
36
18
5 Next
PIPE
36
30
10
++++
++++
5 Next
PIPE
18
31
11
5 Next
34
COMP
18
22
12
5 Next
34
COMP
16
21
13
5 Next
35
COMP
16
25
14
5 Next
35
COMP
17
24
15
5 Next
26
COMP
17
69
16
5 Next
26
COMP
41
68
17
5 Next
NOZ
41
116
18
5 Next
NOZ
-1
115
7 Pull
29
COMP
20
12
5 Next
29
COMP
20
12
-1
5 Next
PIPE
20
35
-2
5 Next
PIPE
15
36
-3
5 Next
30
COMP
15
34
-4
5 Next
30
COMP
14
33
-5
5 Next
PIPE
14
50
-6
5 Next
PIPE
13
51
-7
5 Next
31
COMP
13
49
-8
5 Next
31
COMP
12
48
-9
5 Next
15
COMP
12
46
-10
5 Next
15
COMP
11
45
-11
5 Next
14
COMP
11
-12
6 Push
14
COMP
5 Next
14
COMP
10
5 Next
13
COMP
10
5 Next
13
COMP
5 Next
12
COMP
5 Next
12
5 Next
6 Push
++++
19
0
-13
86
-14
87
-15
84
-16
COMP
83
-17
COMP
53
-18
COMP
55
5 Next
COMP
54
5 Next
COMP
5 Next
COMP
40
5 Next
NOZ
5 Next
7 Pull
5 Next
++++
-19
43
-20
42
-21
40
114
-22
NOZ
-1
113
-23
COMP
55
COMP
55
5 Next
COMP
57
5 Next
COMP
58
5 Next
COMP
60
5 Next
COMP
61
5 Next
10
COMP
63
5 Next
10
COMP
64
5 Next
11
COMP
66
5 Next
11
COMP
-2
65
7 Pull
14
COMP
5 Next
14
COMP
5 Next
27
COMP
5 Next
27
COMP
-2
7 Pull
24
COMP
19
79
5 Next
24
COMP
19
79
5 Next
28
COMP
19
110
5 Next
28
COMP
-2
109
7 Pull
17
COMP
25
40
5 Next
17
COMP
25
40
5 Next
18
COMP
25
99
5 Next
18
COMP
24
100
5 Next
19
COMP
24
102
5 Next
19
COMP
23
103
5 Next
20
COMP
23
105
5 Next
20
COMP
22
106
5 Next
21
COMP
22
108
5 Next
21
COMP
-2
107
-1
39
21
26
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
37
38
36
18
16
17
41
20
15
14
13
12
11
10
40
19
25
24
23
22
9
0
3
0
3
0
0
# Sections: 1

Name
Occ
COMP
16
cp #
0
1369.58
421.10
13.46
Node Direct Section

0
Flags
3
Topo
0
Seq Branch Sg_occ

0
COMP
1363.08
421.47
12.82
13
COMP
30
1363.08
422.45
18.46
COMP
14
1363.08
422.45
15.18
COMP
10
1363.08
421.47
12.58
13
COMP
305
1369.58
422.45
16.97
14
COMP
32
1373.58
422.45
18.46
16
COMP
17
1369.58
421.47
13.41
10
11
COMP
26
1364.58
429.80
19.54
15
COMP
29
1369.58
422.45
18.46
16
10
COMP
18
1369.58
421.47
13.06
10
12
11
COMP
22
1369.58
422.45
13.37
14
11
12
COMP
13
1363.08
422.45
14.27
13
COMP
1363.08
421.47
13.06
13
14
COMP
23
1369.58
422.45
14.27
11
15
COMP
15
1363.08
422.45
16.38
16
COMP
33
1373.58
429.80
18.46
16
17
COMP
24
1369.58
422.45
15.18
11
18
COMP
31
1363.08
422.45
16.97
19
COMP
34
1364.58
429.80
18.46
16
20
COMP
12
1363.08
422.45
13.37
15
21
COMP
19
1369.58
421.47
12.82
10
12
22
COMP
35
1364.58
429.80
19.35
16
23
COMP
1363.08
421.10
13.46
11
24
COMP
25
1369.58
422.45
16.38
14
25
COMP
20
1369.58
421.47
12.58
10
12
26
COMP
1363.08
421.47
13.41
13
27
SUPP
1369.58
422.45
13.37
11
28
SUPP
1363.08
422.45
13.37
29
SUPP
1363.08
422.45
12.30
-3
30
SUPP
1369.58
422.45
12.30
-3
11
31
C - 34
NOZ
1369.58
420.70
13.46
-1
22
32
NOZ
1369.58
420.95
13.46
39
22
33
COMP
16
1369.58
420.95
13.46
39
34
COMP
16
1369.58
421.24
13.46
21
35
COMP
17
1369.58
421.24
13.46
21
108
10
36
COMP
17
1369.58
421.70
13.37
26
108
11
37
COMP
22
1369.58
421.70
13.37
26
14
11
38
COMP
22
1369.58
422.45
14.12
28
11
39
COMP
23
1369.58
422.45
14.12
28
11
40
COMP
23
1369.58
422.45
14.42
29
11
41
COMP
24
1369.58
422.45
14.42
29
10
105
11
42
COMP
24
1369.58
422.45
15.94
30
11
105
14
43
COMP
25
1369.58
422.45
15.94
30
12
14
44
COMP
25
1369.58
422.45
16.82
31
13
14
45
COMP
305
1369.58
422.45
16.82
31
14
14
46
COMP
305
1369.58
422.45
17.12
32
15
14
47
PIPE
103
1369.58
422.45
17.12
32
16
14
48
PIPE
103
1369.58
422.45
17.99
33
17
14
49
COMP
29
1369.58
422.45
17.99
33
18
-73
14
50
NOZ
1363.08
420.70
13.46
-1
11
22
-23
51
NOZ
1363.08
420.95
13.46
40
11
22
-22
52
COMP
1363.08
420.95
13.46
40
11
-21
53
COMP
1363.08
421.24
13.46
11
-20
54
COMP
1363.08
421.24
13.46
12
-19
93
55
COMP
1363.08
421.70
13.37
12
-18
93
56
COMP
12
1363.08
421.70
13.37
15
-17
57
COMP
12
1363.08
422.45
14.12
-16
58
COMP
13
1363.08
422.45
14.12
-15
59
COMP
13
1363.08
422.45
14.42
10
-14
60
COMP
14
1363.08
422.45
14.42
10
-13
102
61
COMP
14
1363.08
422.45
15.94
11
-12
102
62
COMP
15
1363.08
422.45
15.94
11
-11
63
COMP
15
1363.08
422.45
16.82
12
-10
64
COMP
31
1363.08
422.45
16.82
12
-9
65
COMP
31
1363.08
422.45
17.12
13
-8
66
PIPE
1363.08
422.45
17.12
13
-7
67
PIPE
1363.08
422.45
17.71
14
-6
68
COMP
30
1363.08
422.45
17.71
14
-5
69
COMP
30
1363.83
422.45
18.46
15
-4
17
70
PIPE
1363.83
422.45
18.46
15
-3
17
71
PIPE
1369.11
422.45
18.46
20
-2
17
72
COMP
29
1369.11
422.45
18.46
20
-1
50
17
73
COMP
29
1370.05
422.45
18.46
34
50
16
74
PIPE
1370.05
422.45
18.46
34
16
75
PIPE
1372.83
422.45
18.46
35
16
76
COMP
32
1372.83
422.45
18.46
35
16
77
COMP
32
1373.58
423.20
18.46
37
16
78
PIPE
1373.58
423.20
18.46
37
16
79
PIPE
1373.58
429.05
18.46
38
16
80
COMP
33
1373.58
429.05
18.46
38
16
81
COMP
33
1372.83
429.80
18.46
36
16
82
PIPE
1372.83
429.80
18.46
36
10
16
83
PIPE
1365.33
429.80
18.46
18
11
16
84
COMP
34
1365.33
429.80
18.46
18
12
16
85
COMP
34
1364.58
429.80
19.21
16
13
16
86
COMP
35
1364.58
429.80
19.21
16
14
16
87
COMP
35
1364.58
429.80
19.51
17
15
16
88
COMP
26
1364.58
429.80
19.51
17
16
15
89
COMP
26
1364.58
429.80
19.58
41
17
15
90
NOZ
1364.58
429.80
19.58
41
22
18
15
91
NOZ
1364.58
429.80
20.58
-1
22
19
15
92
COMP
3T
1363.08
421.47
13.18
13
-55
93
COMP
1363.08
421.47
13.18
13
94
COMP
1363.08
421.47
12.93
13
95
COMP
1363.08
421.47
12.93
13
96
COMP
1363.08
421.47
12.71
13
97
COMP
10
1363.08
421.47
12.71
13
98
COMP
10
1363.08
421.47
12.46
13
99
COMP
11
1363.08
421.47
12.46
13
100
COMP
11
1363.08
421.47
12.43
-2
13
101
COMP
14
1362.40
422.45
15.18
-61
102
COMP
27
1362.40
422.45
15.18
103
COMP
27
1362.35
422.45
15.18
-2
104
COMP
24
1368.90
422.45
15.18
19
-42
13
105
COMP
28
1368.90
422.45
15.18
19
13
106
COMP
28
1368.85
422.45
15.18
-2
13
107
COMP
17
3T
1369.58
421.47
13.18
25
10
-36
12
108
COMP
18
1369.58
421.47
13.18
25
10
12
109
COMP
18
1369.58
421.47
12.93
24
10
12
110
COMP
19
1369.58
421.47
12.93
24
10
12
111
COMP
19
1369.58
421.47
12.71
23
10
12
112
COMP
20
1369.58
421.47
12.71
23
10
12
113
COMP
20
1369.58
421.47
12.46
22
10
12
114
COMP
21
1369.58
421.47
12.46
22
10
12
115
COMP
21
1369.58
421.47
12.43
-2
10
12
116
Name
Occ
NOZ
33274000
10480294
501904
33274000
10480294
477520

1
in
26
15
BLSP
33274000
10480294
477393
33274000
10480294
475615
26
in
35
15
FWN
33274000
10480294
475615
33274000
10480294
468376
35
in
34
16
E90L
33274000
10480294
468376
33274000
10480294
450088
34
in
16
E90L
33274000
10480294
450088
33292288
10480294
450088
34
ou
16
PIPE
33292288
10480294
450088
33475168
10480294
450088
in
33
16
E90L
33475168
10480294
450088
33493456
10480294
450088
33
in
16
E90L
33493456
10480294
450088
33493456
10462006
450088
33
ou
16
PIPE
33493456
10462006
450088
33493456
10319258
450088
in
32
16
E90L
33493456
10319258
450088
33493456
10300970
450088
32
in
16
E90L
33493456
10300970
450088
33475168
10300970
450088
32
ou
16
PIPE
33475168
10300970
450088
33407350
10300970
450088
in
29
16
33407350
10300970
450088
33395920
10300970
450088
29
in
16
33395920
10300970
450088
33395920
10300970
438658
29
b1
103
14
PIPE
33395920
10300970
438658
33395920
10300970
417449
103
in
305
14
FWN
33395920
10300970
417449
33395920
10300970
410210
305
in
25
14
GAT
33395920
10300970
410210
33395920
10300970
388620
25
in
24
14
STRT
33395920
10300970
388620
33395920
10300970
370078
24
in
14
STRT
33395920
10300970
370078
33379283
10300970
370078
24
b1
28
13
FBLD
33379283
10300970
370078
33378140
10300970
370078
28
in
13
STRT
33395920
10300970
370078
33395920
10300970
351536
24
ou
23
11
FWN
33395920
10300970
351536
33395920
10300970
344297
23
in
22
11
E90L
33395920
10300970
344297
33395920
10300970
326009
22
in
11
PSP2
33395920
10300970
326009
33395920
10300970
299847
in
11
E90L
33395920
10300970
326009
33395920
10282682
326009
22
ou
17
11
REDE
33395920
10282682
326009
33395920
10271506
328168
17
in
16
11
REDE
33395920
10277094
327089
33395920
10277094
321501
17
ta
18
12
NIP
33395920
10277094
321501
33395920
10277094
315405
18
in
19
12
GATR
33395920
10277094
315405
33395920
10277094
309817
19
in
20
12
NIP
33395920
10277094
309817
33395920
10277094
303721
20
in
21
12
CAPO
33395920
10277094
303721
33395920
10277094
303213
21
in
12
FWN
33395920
10271506
328168
33395920
10264521
328168
16
in
NOZ
33395920
10264394
328168
33395920
10258298
328168
in
33395920
10300970
450088
33384490
10300970
450088
29
ou
17
Dash
End
End
End
Dash
C - 36
PIPE
33384490
10300970
450088
33255712
10300970
450088
in
30
17
E90L
33255712
10300970
450088
33237424
10300970
450088
30
in
17
E90L
33237424
10300970
450088
33237424
10300970
431800
30
ou
PIPE
33237424
10300970
431800
33237424
10300970
417449
in
31
FWN
33237424
10300970
417449
33237424
10300970
410210
31
in
15
GAT
33237424
10300970
410210
33237424
10300970
388620
15
in
14
STRT
33237424
10300970
388620
33237424
10300970
370078
14
in
STRT
33237424
10300970
370078
33220787
10300970
370078
14
b1
27
FBLD
33220787
10300970
370078
33219644
10300970
370078
27
in
STRT
33237424
10300970
370078
33237424
10300970
351536
14
ou
13
FWN
33237424
10300970
351536
33237424
10300970
344297
13
in
12
E90L
33237424
10300970
344297
33237424
10300970
326009
12
in
PSP2
33237424
10300970
326009
33237424
10300970
299847
in
E90L
33237424
10300970
326009
33237424
10282682
326009
12
ou
REDE
33237424
10282682
326009
33237424
10271506
328168
in
REDE
33237424
10277094
327089
33237424
10277094
321501
ta
NIP
33237424
10277094
321501
33237424
10277094
315405
in
GATR
33237424
10277094
315405
33237424
10277094
309817
in
10
NIP
33237424
10277094
309817
33237424
10277094
303721
10
in
11
CAPO
33237424
10277094
303721
33237424
10277094
303213
11
in
FWN
33237424
10271506
328168
33237424
10264521
328168
in
NOZ
33237424
10264394
328168
33237424
10258298
328168
in
End
End
End
Dash
C.4
Intermediate Data File (.idf file)
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
3275
1000
10
100
28
15
15
457
610
300
10
105
100
100
46
100
62
11
250
70
-102
/380311w.i*
-103
//usr/ip32/pd
-1
iso/dat/symbo
-1
275
6
!
l.lib
-104
/380311w.bom
-105
/pdsidf.err
-108
/380311w.prt
-115
/380311w.sht
-122
//usr/ip32/pd
-1
iso/examples/
-1
user.mld
-6
25
-25
-41
-42
-43
-44
-45
-700
38000
43390
-702
-703
3
-207
NPD
-208
CONN TO
-209
SEE ISO
-213
STEM
-215
-217
-218
-219
-220
-221
FW
-222
SLOPE
-243
FLAT SIDE
-244
-245
-246
-247
-248
-249
-250
-253
-255
SHT
-270
-271
-272
-276
-277
-278
SEE SHT
C - 38
-282
-284
-287
ORIENT
-288
LINE :
-289
CLASS:
-290
INSUL:
-291
TRACE:
-292
COAT :
-293
PKGNO:
-294
SCH
-295
CLEAN:
-296
TEST :
-297
STAT :
-298
-300
-1
SHOP MATERIAL
S
-303
DESCRIPTION
-304
NPD
-305
CMDTY CODE
-307
PIPE
-308
FITTINGS
-309
FLANGES
-310
OTHER THAN SH
-1
OP MATERIALS
-311
GASKET
-312
BOLTS
-313
VALVES/IN-LIN
-1
E ITEMS
-314
INSTRUMENTS
-315
PIPE SUPPORTS
-316
PIECE MARKS
-317
-318
-330
INS
-339
MISCELLANEOUS
-359
DIA X LENGTH
-375
WELDS
-376
FABRICATION M
-1
ATL
-377
ERECTION MATL
-378
OFFSHORE MATL
-330
IN
-400
-401
-402
-403
-404
-405
-406
-407
-410
-411
-6
-7
380311-W380311-W-
-11
2C0032
-14
01/08/94
-15
HF 2 "
-16
HT
-17
NONE
-41
UNDEFINED
-42
PER SPEC
-43
UNDEFINED
-44
0 PSIG
-45
UNDEFINED
-131
SHOP-
-132
FLD-
-133
OFFSHR-
-31
-1
38E-104/ N2$4
IN RFFE 300
110
39911971
11626849
835818
39911971
11626849
836135
64
1,
0,
10000,
115
12
2,
0,
8,
105
39911971
11626849
836135
39911971
11626849
844708
64
3,
0,
10000,FLWN,
3001
-39
11626849
844708
39911971
11626849
859948
64
4,
0,
10000,ELBW,
9000
3011
11626849
859948
39896731
11626849
859948
64
0,
0,
10000,ELBW,
9000
3011
0,FLOW,
3001
-1
115
-1
-1
-37
-1
-67
8
55
8
W380311-4IN-2
C0032-HF
*UNDEFINED*
35
39911971
-39
-1
3
157
-1
-1
36
-67
8
56
39911971
*UNDEFINED*
149
39886651
11626849
859948
64
0,
0,
100
39896731
11626849
859948
39876570
11626849
859948
64
5,
0,
10000,
10000,TEBW,
-39
-1
35
-1
-1
-67
8
56
8
*UNDEFINED*
45
39876570
11626849
859948
39866093
11626849
859948
64
6,
0,
64
0,
0,
39866093
11626849
859948
39866093
11626849
870426
64
0,
0,
-39
-1
155
3011
10000,TEBW,
3011
0,FLOW,
8
56
46
-67
0,
-1
-1
*UNDEFINED*
149
39866093
11626849
895270
64
0,
0,
100
39866093
11626849
870426
39866093
11626849
920114
64
5,
0,
10000,
3001
11626849
920114
39866093
11626849
935354
64
4,
0,
10000,ELBW,
9000
3011
11626849
935354
39866093
11642089
935354
64
0,
0,
10000,ELBW,
9000
3011
11642089
935354
39866093
11759247
935354
64
5,
0,
10000,
3001
11759247
935354
39866093
11774487
935354
64
4,
0,
10000,ELBW,
9000
3001
11774487
935354
39866093
11774487
920114
64
0,
0,
10000,ELBW,
9000
3001
11774487
920114
39866093
11774487
496569
64
5,
0,
10000,
3001
-39
-1
33
-1
-1
-67
8
57
8
*UNDEFINED*
35
39866093
-39
-1
154
-1
-1
36
-67
8
57
39866093
*UNDEFINED*
100
39866093
-39
-1
32
-1
-1
-67
8
57
8
*UNDEFINED*
35
39866093
-39
-1
153
-1
-1
36
-67
8
57
8
39866093
*UNDEFINED*
100
39866093
-39
C - 40
-1
31
-1
-1
-67
8
57
8
*UNDEFINED*
105
39866093
-39
-1
152
-1
-1
11774487
496569
39866093
11774487
487996
64
3,
0,
10000,FLWN,
3001
8
57
110
39866093
11774487
487996
39866093
11774487
487679
64
1,
0,
10000,
115
12
2,
0,
8,
130
39866093
11774487
487679
39866093
11774487
457199
64
7,
0,
10000,VVFL,
3102
-39
-1
116
-1
-1
8
57
110
39866093
11774487
457199
39866093
11774487
456882
64
1,
0,
10000,
115
12
2,
0,
8,
105
39866093
11774487
456882
39866093
11774487
448309
64
3,
0,
10000,FLWN,
3001
-39
11774487
448309
39866093
11774487
391477
64
5,
0,
10000,
3001
10000,TEBW,
-1
151
-1
-1
-67
8
57
8
*UNDEFINED*
100
39866093
-39
-1
30
-1
-1
-67
8
57
8
*UNDEFINED*
45
39866093
11774487
391477
39866093
11774487
380999
64
6,
0,
64
0,
0,
39866093
11774487
380999
39876570
11774487
380999
64
0,
0,
-39
-1
150
3001
10000,TEBW,
3001
0,FLOW,
3001
8
57
46
-67
0,
-1
-1
*UNDEFINED*
149
39881332
11774487
380999
64
0,
0,
100
39876570
11774487
380999
39886095
11774487
380999
64
5,
0,
10000,
10000,TEBW,
-39
-1
29
-1
-1
-67
8
59
8
*UNDEFINED*
45
39886095
11774487
380999
39896573
11774487
380999
64
6,
0,
3001
64
0,
0,
0,
11774487
380999
64
8,
0,
10000,
602
11774487
380999
39896573
11774487
391477
64
0,
0,
10000,TEBW,
3001
11774487
391477
39896573
11774487
400049
64
3,
0,
10000,FLWN,
3001
11774487
400049
39896573
11774487
400366
64
1,
0,
10000,
-39
-1
3
119
-1
-1
150
-22
8
59
39896573
PS-0311-1
-39
-1
-1
-1
46
-67
8
59
39896573
*UNDEFINED*
105
39896573
-39
-1
124
-1
-1
110
8
60
8
39896573
115
12
2,
0,
130
39896573
11774487
400366
39896573
11774487
430847
64
7,
0,
10000,VVFL,
3102
-39
-1
3
125
-1
-1
8,
8
60
110
39896573
11774487
430847
39896573
11774487
431164
64
1,
0,
10000,
115
12
2,
0,
8,
105
39896573
11774487
431164
39896573
11774487
439737
64
3,
0,
10000,FLWN,
3001
-39
0,FLOW,
-1
149
-1
-1
-67
8
60
8
*UNDEFINED*
149
39896573
11774487
519905
64
0,
0,
100
39896573
11774487
439737
39896573
11774487
600074
64
5,
0,
10000,
3001
11774487
600074
39896573
11774487
615314
64
4,
0,
10000,ELBW,
9000
3011
11774487
615314
39896573
11789727
615314
64
0,
0,
10000,ELBW,
9000
3011
11789727
615314
39896574
12194858
615314
64
5,
0,
10000,
3001
12194858
615314
39896573
12201207
615314
64
9,
0,
10000,ELBW,
4500
3011
12201207
615314
39892083
12205697
615314
64
0,
0,
10000,ELBW,
4500
3011
12205697
615314
39876869
12220909
615314
64
5,
0,
10000,
3001
12220909
615314
39866093
12231687
615314
64
4,
0,
10000,ELBW,
9000
3011
12231687
615314
39866093
12231687
600074
64
0,
0,
10000,ELBW,
9000
3011
12231687
600074
39866093
12231687
518159
64
5,
0,
10000,
3001
-39
-1
28
-1
-1
-67
8
60
8
*UNDEFINED*
35
39896573
-39
-1
148
-1
-1
36
-67
8
60
39896573
*UNDEFINED*
100
39896573
-39
-1
27
-1
-1
-67
8
60
8
*UNDEFINED*
35
39896574
-39
-1
147
-1
-1
36
-67
8
60
39896573
*UNDEFINED*
100
39892083
-39
-1
26
-1
-1
-67
8
60
8
*UNDEFINED*
35
39876869
-39
-1
146
-1
-1
36
-67
8
60
39866093
*UNDEFINED*
100
39866093
-39
-1
25
-1
-1
-67
8
60
8
*UNDEFINED*
40
39866093
12231687
518159
39866093
12231687
518159
64
5,
0,
10000,
3001
64
0,
0,
0,
-39
-1
-1
3
126
8
60
C - 42
-1
41
-67
39866093
12231687
518159
39876250
12231687
518159
48
10,
0,
10000,WTBW,
0,FLOW,
3001
*UNDEFINED*
149
39893239
12231687
518159
48
0,
0,
100
39876250
12231687
518159
39910228
12231687
518159
48
5,
0,
10000,
3001
12231687
518159
39918165
12231687
518159
48
3,
0,
10000,FLWN,
3001
-39
-1
36
-1
-1
-67
8
71
8
*UNDEFINED*
105
39910228
-39
-1
158
-1
-1
8
71
110
39918165
12231687
518159
39918482
12231687
518159
48
1,
0,
10000,
115
12
11,
0,
8,
130
39918482
12231687
518159
39946740
12231687
518159
48
7,
0,
10000,VVFL,
3202
-39
-1
142
-1
-1
8
71
110
39946740
12231687
518159
39947057
12231687
518159
48
1,
0,
10000,
115
12
11,
0,
8,
105
39947057
12231687
518159
39954995
12231687
518159
48
3,
0,
10000,FLWN,
3001
-39
10000,
3001
0,FLOW,
-1
141
-1
-1
8
71
42
39866093
12231687
518159
39866093
12231687
518159
64
5,
0,
149
39866093
12231687
481329
64
0,
0,
100
39866093
12231687
518159
39866093
12231687
444499
64
5,
0,
10000,
3001
12231687
444499
39866093
12231687
435926
64
3,
0,
10000,FLWN,
3001
-39
-1
25
-1
-1
-67
8
65
8
*UNDEFINED*
105
39866093
-39
-1
145
-1
-1
8
65
110
39866093
12231687
435926
39866093
12231687
435609
64
1,
0,
10000,
115
12
2,
0,
8,
130
39866093
12231687
435609
39866093
12231687
405129
64
7,
0,
10000,VVFL,
3202
-39
-1
140
-1
-1
8
65
110
39866093
12231687
405129
39866093
12231687
404812
64
1,
0,
10000,
115
12
2,
0,
8,
105
39866093
12231687
404812
39866093
12231687
396239
64
3,
0,
10000,FLWN,
3001
-39
12231687
396239
39866093
12231687
380999
64
4,
0,
10000,ELBW,
9000
3011
12231687
380999
64
12,
0,
10000,
602
-1
139
-1
-1
-67
8
65
8
*UNDEFINED*
35
39866093
-39
-1
127
-1
-1
150
-22
-39
8
65
8
39866093
PS-0311-2
8
-1
-1
-1
36
-67
8
65
39866093
12231687
380999
39881333
12231687
380999
64
0,
0,
10000,ELBW,
10000,REBW,
55
39881333
12231687
380999
39891493
12231687
379729
64
13,
0,
48
0,
0,
105
39891493
12231687
379729
39899430
12231687
379729
48
3,
-39
-39
-1
-1
-1
128
3601
0,
10000,FLWN,
3001
0,
8
65
8
*UNDEFINED*
129
-1
-1
3011
-1
-67
9000
*UNDEFINED*
8
66
110
39899430
12231687
379729
39899747
12231687
379729
48
1,
0,
10000,
115
12
11,
0,
8,
39899747
12231687
379729
39915623
12231687
379729
48
14,
0,
10000,CVFL,
3502
3502
90
-22
38LV$559
-39
-1
-1
-1
8
66
93
39915623
12231687
379729
39931497
12231687
379729
48
0,
0,
10000,CVFL,
110
39931497
12231687
379729
39931814
12231687
379729
48
1,
0,
10000,
115
12
11,
0,
8,
105
39931814
12231687
379729
39939753
12231687
379729
48
3,
0,
10000,FLWN,
3001
-39
10000,REBW,
-1
130
-1
-1
-67
8
66
8
*UNDEFINED*
55
39939753
12231687
379729
39949913
12231687
380999
48
13,
0,
64
0,
0,
35
39949913
12231687
380999
39965153
12231687
380999
64
4,
-39
12231687
380999
64
12231687
380999
39965153
12231687
396239
12231687
396239
39965153
12231687
404812
-39
-1
-1
-1
131
132
15,
0,
10000,
602
64
0,
0,
10000,ELBW,
9000
3011
64
3,
0,
10000,FLWN,
3001
39965153
PS-0311-3
8
9
8
67
36
39965153
*UNDEFINED*
105
39965153
-39
3
133
-1
-1
3011
-1
-1
9000
67
-1
-67
10000,ELBW,
*UNDEFINED*
-39
-1
0,
150
-22
66
-1
-1
3601
-1
-67
0,
8
67
110
39965153
12231687
404812
39965153
12231687
405129
64
1,
0,
10000,
115
12
2,
0,
8,
130
39965153
12231687
405129
39965153
12231687
435609
64
7,
0,
10000,VVFL,
3202
-39
-1
-1
134
8
67
C - 44
-1
110
39965153
12231687
435609
39965153
12231687
435926
64
1,
0,
10000,
115
12
2,
0,
8,
105
39965153
12231687
435926
39965153
12231687
444499
64
3,
0,
10000,FLWN,
3001
-39
12231687
444499
39965153
12231687
518159
64
5,
0,
10000,
3001
-1
144
-1
-1
-67
8
67
8
*UNDEFINED*
100
39965153
-39
-1
24
-1
-1
-67
8
67
8
*UNDEFINED*
40
39965153
12231687
518159
39965153
12231687
518159
64
5,
0,
10000,
3001
64
0,
0,
0,
39965153
12231687
518159
39954995
12231687
518159
48
10,
0,
10000,WTBW,
3001
10000,
3001
0,FLOW,
-39
-1
3
135
-1
-1
41
-67
8
67
*UNDEFINED*
42
39965153
12231687
518159
39965153
12231687
518159
64
5,
0,
149
39965153
12231687
543876
64
0,
0,
100
39965153
12231687
518159
39965153
12231687
569594
64
5,
0,
10000,
3001
12231687
569594
39965153
12231687
584834
64
4,
0,
10000,ELBW,
9000
3011
12231687
584834
39980393
12231687
584834
64
0,
0,
10000,ELBW,
9000
3011
12231687
584834
40030399
12231687
584834
64
5,
0,
10000,
3001
12231687
584834
40045639
12231687
584834
64
4,
0,
10000,ELBW,
9000
3011
12231687
584834
40045639
12231687
600074
64
0,
0,
10000,ELBW,
9000
3011
12231687
600074
40045639
12231687
615314
64
4,
0,
10000,ELBW,
9000
3011
12231687
615314
40045639
12246927
615314
64
0,
0,
10000,ELBW,
9000
3011
10000,REBW,
3601
-39
-1
24
-1
-1
-67
8
69
8
*UNDEFINED*
35
39965153
-39
-1
143
-1
-1
36
-67
8
69
39965153
*UNDEFINED*
100
39980393
-39
-1
23
-1
-1
-67
8
69
8
*UNDEFINED*
35
40030399
-39
-1
136
-1
-1
36
-67
8
69
40045639
*UNDEFINED*
35
40045639
-39
-1
137
-1
-1
36
-67
8
69
40045639
*UNDEFINED*
55
40045639
12246927
615314
40045639
12260897
618013
64
13,
0,
96
0,
0,
-39
-1
3
138
-1
-1
-67
8
69
8
*UNDEFINED*
0,
100
40045639
-39
-1
22
-1
-1
-67
40045639
12314396
618013
96
5,
12314396
618013
40045639
12324397
618013
96
16,
11774487
380999
39907050
11774487
380999
64
0,
0,
3001
0, 1110000,FLWN,
11
0,
10000,TEBW,
3001
10000,TEBW,
*UNDEFINED*
40045639
390311-W
39896573
*UNDEFINED*
45
39907050
11774487
380999
39917528
11774487
380999
64
6,
0,
64
0,
0,
39917528
11774487
380999
39917528
11764009
380999
64
0,
11764009
380999
39917528
11755436
380999
64
-39
-1
120
0,
10000,TEBW,
3011
3,
0,
10000,FLWN,
3001
*UNDEFINED*
39917528
-39
3
122
-1
-1
105
-1
3011
61
46
-67
0,
-1
-1
10000,
47
-67
618013
70
105
-30
12260897
8
62
110
39917528
11755436
380999
39917528
11755119
380999
64
1,
0,
10000,
95
39917528
11755119
380999
39917528
11754167
380999
64
17,
0,
10000,SB
3002
11754167
380999
39917528
11753214
380999
64
0,
0,
10000,SB
3002
11774487
380999
39928005
11774487
380999
64
0,
0,
10000,TEBW,
3011
11774487
380999
39936577
11774487
380999
64
3,
0,
10000,FLWN,
3001
-39
-1
3
123
-1
-1
-37
-1
8
OPERATE CLOSE
D
96
-30
39917528
NOT FOUND
47
-67
8
62
39917528
*UNDEFINED*
105
39928005
-39
-1
121
-1
-1
8
63
110
39936577
11774487
380999
39936894
11774487
380999
64
1,
0,
10000,
115
12
2,
0,
8,
130
39936894
11774487
380999
39972455
11774487
380999
64
18,
0,
10000,VGFL,
3502
-39
-1
209
-1
-1
8
63
110
39972455
11774487
380999
39972772
11774487
380999
64
1,
0,
10000,
115
12
2,
0,
8,
105
39972772
11774487
380999
39981345
11774487
380999
64
3,
0,
10000,FLWN,
3001
-39
10000,TEBW,
-1
210
-1
-1
-67
8
63
8
*UNDEFINED*
45
39981345
11774487
380999
39991823
11774487
380999
64
6,
0,
64
0,
0,
39991823
11774487
380999
39991823
11764009
380999
64
0,
11764009
380999
39991823
11755436
380999
64
3,
-39
-1
46
-67
3011
0,
10000,TEBW,
3011
0,
10000,FLWN,
3011
3
211
-1
-1
0,
8
63
*UNDEFINED*
105
39991823
-39
C - 46
-1
215
-1
-1
107
8
110
39991823
11755436
380999
39991823
11755119
380999
64
1,
0,
10000,
95
39991823
11755119
380999
39991823
11754167
380999
64
17,
0,
10000,SB
3012
11754167
380999
39991823
11753214
380999
64
0,
0,
10000,SB
3012
11774487
380999
40002300
11774487
380999
64
0,
0,
10000,TEBW,
3011
10000,TEBW,
-39
-1
3
216
-1
-1
-37
-1
107
8
OPERATE CLOSE
D
96
-30
39991823
NOT FOUND
47
-67
39991823
*UNDEFINED*
45
40002300
11774487
380999
40012778
11774487
380999
64
6,
0,
3001
64
0,
0,
0,
40012778
11774487
380999
64
19,
0,
10000,
602
11774487
380999
40012778
11774487
391477
64
0,
0,
10000,TEBW,
3001
0,FLOW,
-39
-1
3
237
-1
-1
8
108
150
-22
PS-0404-1
-39
-1
14
-1
-1
8
108
46
-67
40012778
*UNDEFINED*
149
40012778
11774487
419893
64
0,
0,
10
100
40012778
11774487
391477
40012778
11774487
448309
64
5,
0,
10000,
3011
11774487
448309
40012778
11774487
456882
64
3,
0,
10000,FLWN,
3011
-39
-1
64
-1
-1
-67
8
109
8
*UNDEFINED*
105
40012778
-39
-1
238
-1
-1
8
109
110
40012778
11774487
456882
40012778
11774487
457199
64
1,
0,
10000,
115
12
2,
0,
8,
130
40012778
11774487
457199
40012778
11774487
487679
64
7,
0,
10000,VVFL,
3112
-39
-1
212
-1
-1
8
109
110
40012778
11774487
487679
40012778
11774487
487996
64
1,
0,
10000,
115
12
2,
0,
8,
105
40012778
11774487
487996
40012778
11774487
496569
64
3,
0,
10000,FLWN,
3011
-39
11774487
496569
40012778
11774487
539114
64
5,
0,
10000,
3011
11774487
539114
40012778
11774487
554354
64
4,
0,
10000,ELBW,
9000
3011
-1
239
-1
-1
-67
8
109
8
*UNDEFINED*
100
40012778
-39
-1
65
-1
-1
-67
8
109
8
*UNDEFINED*
35
40012778
-39
-1
240
-1
-1
109
8
36
-67
40012778
35
40012778
-39
-1
241
-1
-1
40012778
-1
66
-1
242
-1
39619713
3
243
-1
40012778
11744007
554354
64
4,
0,
10000,ELBW,
9000
3011
11744007
554354
39997538
11744007
554354
64
0,
0,
10000,ELBW,
9000
3011
11744007
554354
39634953
11744007
554354
64
5,
0,
10000,
3011
11744007
554354
39619713
11744007
554354
64
4,
0,
10000,ELBW,
9000
3011
11744007
554354
39619713
11759247
554354
64
0,
0,
10000,ELBW,
9000
3011
11759247
554354
39619713
11774487
554354
64
4,
0,
10000,ELBW,
9000
3011
11774487
554354
39619713
11774487
539114
64
0,
0,
10000,ELBW,
9000
3011
11774487
539114
39619713
11774487
439737
64
5,
0,
10000,
3011
11774487
439737
39619713
11774487
431164
64
3,
0, 1110000,FLWN,
11
11774487
380999
40023255
11774487
380999
64
0,
0,
10000,TEBW,
3001
0,FLOW,
10
3011
8
109
36
39619713
*UNDEFINED*
100
39619713
-39
-1
67
-1
8
109
8
*UNDEFINED*
105
39619713
380407-W
47
-67
554354
*UNDEFINED*
39619713
-30
11759247
35
-1
3011
-39
-67
9000
109
36
-67
10000,ELBW,
*UNDEFINED*
-1
0,
39634953
-1
0,
-39
-67
64
109
35
-1
554354
*UNDEFINED*
39997538
-1
11759247
-39
-1
40012778
100
-67
554354
109
36
-67
11774487
*UNDEFINED*
40012778
*UNDEFINED*
149
40028017
11774487
380999
64
0,
0,
100
40023255
11774487
380999
40032780
11774487
380999
64
5,
0,
10000,
10000,TEBW,
-39
-1
63
-1
-1
-67
110
8
*UNDEFINED*
45
40032780
11774487
380999
40043258
11774487
380999
64
6,
0,
64
0,
0,
11774487
380999
40043258
11774487
391477
64
0,
11774487
391477
40043258
11774487
400049
64
3,
-39
-1
236
0,
10000,TEBW,
3001
0,
10000,FLWN,
3011
8
40043258
*UNDEFINED*
40043258
-39
3
246
-1
-1
105
-1
3001
110
46
-67
0,
-1
-1
8
111
110
40043258
11774487
400049
40043258
11774487
400366
64
1,
0,
10000,
115
12
2,
0,
8,
130
40043258
11774487
400366
40043258
11774487
430847
64
7,
0,
10000,VVFL,
3112
-39
C - 48
-1
213
-1
-1
8
111
110
40043258
11774487
430847
40043258
11774487
431164
64
1,
0,
10000,
115
12
2,
0,
8,
105
40043258
11774487
431164
40043258
11774487
439737
64
3,
0,
10000,FLWN,
3011
-39
0,FLOW,
-1
247
-1
-1
-67
8
111
8
*UNDEFINED*
149
40043258
11774487
519905
64
0,
0,
10
100
40043258
11774487
439737
40043258
11774487
600074
64
5,
0,
10000,
3011
11774487
600074
40043258
11774487
615314
64
4,
0,
10000,ELBW,
9000
3011
11774487
615314
40031549
11764729
615314
64
0,
0,
10000,ELBW,
9000
3011
11764729
615314
39877800
11636606
615314
64
5,
0,
10000,
3011
-39
-1
68
-1
-1
-67
8
111
8
*UNDEFINED*
35
40043258
-39
-1
248
-1
-1
8
111
36
-67
40043258
*UNDEFINED*
100
40031549
-39
-1
69
-1
-1
-67
8
111
8
*UNDEFINED*
35
39877800
11636606
615314
39866093
11626849
615314
64
4,
0, 1110000,ELBW,
9000
36
39866093
11626849
615314
39866093
11626849
630554
64
0,
0, 1110000,ELBW,
9000
100
39866093
11626849
630554
39866093
11626849
726281
64
5,
0, 1110000,
11
11774487
380999
40053735
11774487
380999
64
0,
0,
10000,TEBW,
3001
11774487
380999
40068975
11774487
380999
64
4,
0,
10000,ELBW,
9000
3001
11774487
380999
64
20,
0,
10000,
602
11774487
380999
40068975
11774487
396239
64
0,
0,
10000,ELBW,
9000
3001
0,FLOW,
-30
380404-W
47
-67
40043258
*UNDEFINED*
35
40053735
-39
-1
235
-1
-1
8
112
150
-22
40068975
PS-0404-2
-39
-1
15
-1
-1
8
112
36
-67
40068975
*UNDEFINED*
149
40068975
11774487
422274
64
0,
0,
10
100
40068975
11774487
396239
40068975
11774487
448309
64
5,
0,
10000,
3011
11774487
448309
40068975
11774487
456882
64
3,
0,
10000,FLWN,
3011
-39
-1
62
-1
-1
-67
8
113
8
*UNDEFINED*
105
40068975
-39
-1
234
-1
-1
8
113
110
40068975
11774487
456882
40068975
11774487
457199
64
1,
0,
10000,
115
12
2,
0,
8,
130
40068975
11774487
457199
40068975
11774487
487679
64
7,
0,
10000,VVFL,
3112
-39
-1
3
214
-1
-1
8
113
110
40068975
11774487
487679
40068975
11774487
487996
64
1,
0,
10000,
115
12
2,
0,
8,
105
40068975
11774487
487996
40068975
11774487
496569
64
3,
0,
10000,FLWN,
3011
-39
11774487
496569
40068975
11774487
539114
64
5,
0,
10000,
3011
11774487
539114
40068975
11774487
554354
64
4,
0,
10000,ELBW,
9000
3011
11774487
554354
40068975
11789727
554354
64
0,
0,
10000,ELBW,
9000
3011
11789727
554354
40068975
11804967
554354
64
4,
0,
10000,ELBW,
9000
3011
11804967
554354
40053735
11804967
554354
64
0,
0,
10000,ELBW,
9000
3011
11804967
554354
39609235
11804967
554354
64
5,
0,
10000,
3011
-1
233
-1
-1
-67
8
113
8
*UNDEFINED*
100
40068975
-39
-1
61
-1
-1
-67
8
113
8
*UNDEFINED*
35
40068975
-39
-1
232
-1
-1
8
113
36
-67
40068975
*UNDEFINED*
35
40068975
-39
-1
231
-1
-1
8
113
36
-67
40068975
*UNDEFINED*
100
40053735
-39
-1
60
-1
-1
-67
8
113
8
*UNDEFINED*
35
39609235
11804967
554354
39593995
11804967
554354
64
4,
0, 1110000,ELBW,
9000
11
36
39593995
11804967
554354
39593995
11789727
554354
64
0,
0, 1110000,ELBW,
9000
11
11774487
380999
39855615
11774487
380999
64
0,
0,
10000,TEBW,
3001
11774487
380999
39847042
11774487
380999
64
3,
0,
10000,FLWN,
3001
-30
380407-W
47
-67
39866093
*UNDEFINED*
105
39855615
-39
-1
117
-1
-1
8
58
110
39847042
11774487
380999
39846725
11774487
380999
64
1,
0,
10000,
115
12
2,
0,
8,
130
39846725
11774487
380999
39816244
11774487
380999
64
7,
0,
10000,VVFL,
3502
-39
-1
118
-1
-1
8
58
110
39816244
11774487
380999
39815927
11774487
380999
64
1,
0,
10000,
115
12
2,
0,
8,
39815927
11774487
380999
39807355
11774487
380999
64
3,
0, 1110000,FLWN,
11626849
859948
39855615
11626849
859948
64
0,
0,
10000,TEBW,
3011
0,FLOW,
10
3011
105
-30
380408-W
47
-67
39866093
*UNDEFINED*
149
39845535
11626849
859948
64
0,
0,
100
39855615
11626849
859948
39835454
11626849
859948
64
5,
0,
-39
-1
5
34
10000,
C - 50
-1
-1
-67
72
8
*UNDEFINED*
35
39835454
-39
-1
156
-1
-1
11626849
859948
64
4,
0,
10000,ELBW,
9000
3001
11626849
859948
39820214
11626849
844708
64
0,
0,
10000,ELBW,
9000
3001
11626849
844708
39820214
11626849
836135
64
3,
0,
10000,FLWN,
3011
8
39820214
*UNDEFINED*
39820214
-39
3
114
-1
-1
39820214
105
-1
859948
72
36
-67
11626849
8
53
110
39820214
11626849
836135
39820214
11626849
835818
64
1,
0,
10000,
115
12
2,
0,
8,
-31
38E-104/ N1$4
-1
IN RFFE 300
-20
XDABBZZQSG
-21
GASKET, CL300
-1
, G653, 0.125
-1
" THK, 304 SP
-1
IRAL WND, GRA
-1
PH FILLED, CS
-1
CENTER RING,
-1
API-601
-88
-20
YZZZHZZFFF
-21
B31, ASTM-A19
-1
3-B7 STUDS W/
-1
ASTM-A194-2H
-1
HVY HEX NUTS,
-1
4.5"
-1
ENGTH
BOLT L
-85
4.5
-88
-20
FAABBAWAAA
-21
FLANGE, CL300
-1
, RFFE/BE, AS
-1
TM-A105, ANSI
-1
-B16.5, WN, S
-1
-STD BORE
-80
FWN
-81
CL300
-82
RFFE
-83
A105
-84
ANSI-B16.5
-20
WAAAAAWAAA
-21
ELBOW, S-STD,
-1
< TEST
-80
E90LR
-81
S-STD
-82
BE
-83
A234-WPB
-84
ANSI-B16.9
-20
PAAAAAWAAA
-21
PIPE, S-STD,
-1
BE, ASTM-A53-
-1
B TYPE S
-80
PIPE
-81
S-STD
-82
BE
-83
A53-B
-84
ANSI-B36.10M
-20
WTAAAAWAAA
-21
TEE, S-STD, B
-1
E, ASTM-A234-
-1
WPB, ANSI-B16
-1
.9
-80
-81
S-STD
-82
BE
-83
A234-WPB
-84
ANSI-B16.9
-20
VABBAHCAAA
-21
GATE VALVE, C
-1
L300, RFFE, B
-1
B, OS&Y, ASTM
-1
-A216-WCB, TR
-1
IM 8, CRANE 3
-1
-80
GAT
-81
CL300
-82
RFFE
-83
A216-WCB
-84
ANSI-B16.10
-20
PS-0311-1
-21
PIPE SUPPORT.
-1
GENERIC DESC
-1
RIPTION FOR L
-1
EVEL 3 TESTIN
-1
G.
-80
PSP2
-20
WADAAAWAAA
-21
45 DEG LR ELB
-1
OW, S-STD, BE
-1
, ASTM-A234-W
-1
PB, ANSI-B16.
-1
-80
E45LR
-81
S-STD
-82
BE
-83
A234-WPB
-84
ANSI-B16.9
-20
WOAAAAWAFA
-21
WELDOLET, S-S
-1
TD X S-STD, B
-1
E, ASTM-A105
-80
WOL
-81
S-STD
-82
BE
-83
A105
-84
BONNEY FORGE
-1
-20
YZZZHZZFFF
-21
B31, ASTM-A19
-1
3-B7 STUDS W/
-1
ASTM-A194-2H
-1
HVY HEX NUTS,
-1
4.25"
-1
LENGTH
BOLT
-85
4.25
-88
-20
PS-0311-2
-21
PIPE SUPPORT.
-1
GENERIC DESC
-1
RIPTION FOR L
-1
EVEL 3 TESTIN
-1
G.
C - 52
-80
PSP2
-20
WRBAAAWAAA
-21
ECCENTRIC RED
-1
UCER, S-STD X
-1
S-STD BORE,
-1
BE, ASTM-A234
-1
-WPB, ANSI-B1
-1
6.9
-80
REDE
-81
S-STD
-82
BE
-83
A234-WPB
-84
ANSI-B16.9
-20
38LV-559
-21
INSTRUMENT 38
-1
LV-559. GENER
-1
IC DESCRIPTIO
-1
N FOR LEVEL 3
-1
TESTING.
-80
1GL1
-81
300QD
-82
RFFE
-84
ANSI-B16.5
-20
PS-0311-3
-21
PIPE SUPPORT.
-1
GENERIC DESC
-1
RIPTION FOR L
-1
EVEL 3 TESTIN
-1
G.
-80
PSP2
-20
FGPBBAWAAA
-21
ORIFICE FLANG
-1
E, CL300, RFF
-1
E/BE, ASTM-A1
-1
05, ANSI-B16.
-1
36, WN, ONE 0
-1
.5" SWE TAP,
-1
S-STD BORE
-80
FOWNAW
-81
CL300
-82
RFFE
-83
A105
-84
ANSI-B16.36
-20
GJGBBZZADA
-21
SPECTACLE BLA
-1
NK, CL300, RF
-1
TBE, ASTM-A51
-1
6-70, API-590
-1
Z1, 0.75 THK
-80
BLSPC
-81
CL300
-82
RFTBE
-83
A516-70
-84
API-590Z1
-20
VBBBAHCGAA
-21
GLOBE VALVE,
-1
CL300, RFFE,
-1
BB, OS&Y, AST
-1
M-A216-WCB, T
-1
RIM 8, CRANE
-1
151
-80
GLO
-81
CL300
-82
RFFE
-83
A216-WCB
-84
ANSI-B16.10
-20
PS-0404-1
-21
PIPE SUPPORT.
-1
GENERIC DESC
-1
RIPTION FOR L
-1
EVEL 3 TESTIN
-1
G.
-80
PSP2
-20
PS-0404-2
-21
PIPE SUPPORT
-1
PS-0404-2. GE
-1
NERIC DESCRIP
-1
TION FOR LEVE
-1
L 3 TESTING.
-80
999
PSP2
C - 54
C.5
Interface Error Log (.err file)
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
PDSIDF version 4.03.01.00 - 6.0.8
Begin Input -
Options file
pdssdr:/usr/cert/iso/isoref/john.def
Model design file(s)

40pipe01 - type 63 information extracted from this model
39pipe01
(CONT. ONLY)
39pipe02
(CONT. ONLY)
40eqp01
40foot01
Iso design file

pdssdr:/usr/cert/john/400104wc.i*
Line id(s)
400104-WC
Piping area
PArea40
Project database
pd_oxs_l3
Batch options
N Y Y N * * Y * * 22-Feb-1993 check plots
Extraction number
6
End input
*** WARNING - W20 ***

Header record attribute is undefined
Header record number:
-41
*** WARNING - W39 ***

Segment data table look-up failed
File name: /usr/ip32/pdiso/dat/isoc.note
Table Key: 40/40
*** WARNING - W39 ***

Table Key: 40/40
*** WARNING - W39 ***

Table Key: 40/40
*** WARNING - W39 ***

Table Key: 40/40
*** WARNING - W39 ***

Table Key: 1C0031
*** WARNING - W39 ***

Table Key: 1C0031
*** WARNING - W39 ***

Table Key: 1C0031
1 - ERROR -
key S19 was not found in SPECIALTY material description library.
2 - ERROR -
key PSUPPORT PSL was not found in SPECIALTY material description library.
*** WARNING - W14 ***

Error reading specialty material description library
Item code
: S19
Alt. index
: PSUPPORT
Return code :
-1
3 - ERROR -
key SP-0104-1 was not found in SPECIALTY material description library.
4 - ERROR -
key PSPECIALTY NREQD STRT1 TEFLTEXX was not found in SPECIALTY material description library.
*** WARNING - W14 ***

Item code
: SP-0104-1
Alt. index
: PSPECIALTY
Return code :
-1
*** WARNING - W39 ***

Table Key: 1C0031
*** WARNING - W39 ***

Table Key: 1C0031
*** WARNING - W39 ***

Table Key: 1C0031
5 - ERROR -
key SP-0104-2 was not found in SPECIALTY material description library.
6 - ERROR -
key PSPECIALTY NREQD STRT1 TEFLTEXX was not found in SPECIALTY material description library.
*** WARNING - W14 ***

Item code
: SP-0104-2
Alt. index
: PSPECIALTY
Return code :
-1
*** WARNING - W39 ***

Table Key: 1C0031
C - 56
*** WARNING - W39 ***

Table Key: 1C0031
7 - ERROR -
key S15 was not found in SPECIALTY material description library.
8 - ERROR -
key PSUPPORT PSL was not found in SPECIALTY material description library.
*** WARNING - W14 ***

Item code
: S15
Alt. index
: PSUPPORT
Return code :
-1
*** WARNING - W39 ***

Table Key: 1C0031
*** WARNING - W39 ***

Table Key: 1C0031
*** WARNING - W39 ***

Table Key: 1C0031
*** WARNING - W39 ***

Table Key: 1C0031
ISOGEN INTERGRAPH VERSION 6.0.8
DRG.
/400104-WCPLOTTED
DRG.
/400104-WCPLOTTED
C.6
MTO Neutral File (.b# file)
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
GASK400104-WC- 401572887
1572914
XDABBZZQSG
4.0"
BOLT400104-WC- 401572887
1572914
YZZZHZZFFF
19.05
COMP400104-WC- 401572887
1572914
15 N
FAABBAWAAA
4.0" 4.0" NREQDS-STD0.0000.00090.00
COMP400104-WC- 401572887
1572915
15 N
WRBAAAWAAA
6.0" 4.0" S-STDS-STD0.0000.00090.00
COMP400104-WC- 401572888
1572916
POCAAAOAAE
1.0" 1.0" S-160S-1603.0003.00090.00
COMP400104-WC- 401572888
1572917
VAUSAHGAAA
1.0" 1.0" NREQDNREQD3.0000.00090.00
COMP400104-WC- 401572888
1572918
POCAAAOAAE
1.0" 1.0" S-160S-1603.0003.00090.00
COMP400104-WC- 401572888
1572919
SCAQZZZAAA
1.0"
COMP400104-WC- 401572889
1572920
15 N
WAAAAAWAAA
6.0" 6.0" S-STDS-STD228.50.00090.00
SUPP400104-WC- 401572889
1572868
COMP400104-WC- 401572889
1572921
15 N
FAAABAWAAA
6.0" 6.0" NREQDS-STD0.0000.00090.00
GASK400104-WC- 401572889
1572922
XDAABZZQSG
6.0"
BOLT400104-WC- 401572889
1572922
YZZZHZZFFF
19.05
ENGR400104-WC- 401572889
1572922
SP-0104-1
6.0" 6.0" NREQDNREQD
GASK400104-WC- 401572893
1572923
XDAABZZQSG
6.0"
BOLT400104-WC- 401572893
1572923
YZZZHZZFFF
19.05
COMP400104-WC- 401572893
1572923
VAABAHCCAA
6.0" 6.0" NREQDNREQD3.0000.00090.00
GASK400104-WC- 401572893
1572924
XDAABZZQSG
6.0"
BOLT400104-WC- 401572893
1572924
YZZZHZZFFF
19.05
COMP400104-WC- 401572893
1572924
15 N
FAAABAWAAA
6.0" 6.0" NREQDS-STD0.0000.00090.00
PIPE400104-WC- 401572893
1572878
15 1
PAAAAAWAAA
6.0" 6.0" S-STDS-STD
COMP400104-WC- 401572893
1572926
15 N
WAAAAAWAAA
6.0" 6.0" S-STDS-STD228.50.00090.00
PIPE400104-WC- 401572893
1572927
15 1
PAAAAAWAAA
COMP400104-WC- 401572893
1572925
15 N
WTAAAAWAAA
6.0" 6.0" S-STDS-STD0.0000.00090.00
PIPE400104-WC- 401572886
1572876
15 2
PAAAAAWAAA
COMP400104-WC- 401572886
1572913
15 N
FAAABAWAAA
6.0" 6.0" NREQDS-STD0.0000.00090.00
GASK400104-WC- 401572886
1572912
XDAABZZQSG
6.0"
BOLT400104-WC- 401572886
1572912
YZZZHZZFFF
19.05
114.3
NREQD
0.0000.00090.00
S19
101.6
101.6
101.6
-9999
-9999
-9999
101.6
***********
***********
***********
C - 58
PIPE400104-WC- 401572884
1572926
15 8
PAAAAAWAAA
COMP400104-WC- 401572884
1573096
15 N
WAAAAAWAAA
6.0" 6.0" S-STDS-STD228.50.00090.00
PIPE400104-WC- 401572884
1572925
15 1
PAAAAAWAAA
COMP400104-WC- 401572884
1572908
15 N
WAAAAAWAAA
6.0" 6.0" S-STDS-STD228.50.00090.00
PIPE400104-WC- 401572884
1572870
15 2
PAAAAAWAAA
COMP400104-WC- 401572884
1572874
15 N
WAAAAAWAAA
6.0" 6.0" S-STDS-STD228.50.00090.00
COMP400104-WC- 401572884
1572873
15 N
FAAABAWAAA
6.0" 6.0" NREQDS-STD0.0000.00090.00
GASK400104-WC- 401572884
1572872
XDAABZZQSG
6.0"
COMP400104-WC- 401572884
1572872
GJGABZZADA
6.0" 6.0" NREQDNREQD0.0000.00090.00
GASK400104-WC- 401572884
1572872
XDAABZZQSG
6.0"
BOLT400104-WC- 401572884
1572872
YZZZHZZFFF
19.05
-9999
-9999
-9999
127.0
***********
***********
***********
C.7
ISOGEN Message File (.msg file)
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
ISOGEN WORKSTATION VERSION 5.4.1
ERROR DETECTED IN PIPE /W010

(35:1062) WARNING - PIPE CONFLICT (PIPE ON/OFF MATERIAL LIST
- CHECK CUT LENGTHS
DRG.
/W0101
PLOTTED
C - 60
C.8
ISOGEN Printed Parts File (.prt file)
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1
PAGE 1
PIPELINE REF 400104-WC- SHT 1 OF 2
| SHOP MATERIALS |
PT
NPD
NO
DESCRIPTION
(IN)
CMDTY CODE
-
QTY
PIPE, S-STD, BE, ASTM-A53-B TYPE S
PAAAAAWAAA
22.9
TEE, S-STD, BE, ASTM-A234-WPB,
6X6
WTAAAAWAAA
6X4
WRBAAAWAAA
WAAAAAWAAA
FAAABAWAAA
FAABBAWAAA
ANSI-B16.9
3
ECCENTRIC REDUCER, S-STD X S-STD BORE,

BE, ASTM-A234-WPB, ANSI-B16.9
90 DEG LR ELBOW, S-STD, BE,

ASTM-A234-WPB, ANSI-B16.9
FLANGE, CL150, RFFE/BE, ASTM-A105,

ANSI-B16.5, WN, S-STD BORE

| OTHER THAN SHOP MATERIALS |
PT
NPD
NO
DESCRIPTION
(IN)
ERROR READING SPECIALTY MATERIAL
CMDTY CODE
-
QTY
6X6
SP-0104-1
GJGABZZADA
NIPPLE, PE, S-160, 3" LONG, ASTM-A106-B
POCAAAOAAE
10
CAP, CL3000, SWE, ASTM-A105
SCAQZZZAAA
11
GASKET, CL150, G653, 0.125" THK, 304
XDAABZZQSG
XDABBZZQSG
3/4
YZZZHZZFFF
3/4
YZZZHZZFFF
32
3/4
YZZZHZZFFF
VAABAHCCAA
VAUSAHGAAA
S19
DESCRIPTION LIBRARY
8
SPECTACLE BLANK, CL150, RFTBE,

ASTM-A516-70, API-590Z1, ****** THK
SPIRAL WND, GRAPH FILLED, CS CENTER

RING, API-601
12
GASKET, CL300, G653, 0.125" THK, 304

RING, API-601
13
B31, ASTM-A193-B7 STUDS W/ASTM-A194-2H

HVY HEX NUTS, 4.5"
14

HVY HEX NUTS, 4.0"
15
BOLT LENGTH

HVY HEX NUTS, 5.0"
16
BOLT LENGTH
BOLT LENGTH
GATE VALVE, CL150, RFFE, BB, OS&Y,

ASTM-A216-WCB, TRIM 8, CRANE 47
17
GATE VALVE, CL800, SWE, BB, OS&Y,

ASTM-A105, TRIM 8, SMITH 800
PIPE SUPPORTS
18

DESCRIPTION LIBRARY
PIECE MARKS
400104-WC40-1 400104-WC40-2
1
PAGE 2
PAGE 1
| SHOP MATERIALS |
PT
NPD
NO
DESCRIPTION
(IN)
ECCENTRIC REDUCER, S-STD X S-STD BORE,
CMDTY CODE
-
QTY
6X4
WRBAAAWAAA
WAAAAAWAAA
FAAABAWAAA
FAABBAWAAA
BE, ASTM-A234-WPB, ANSI-B16.9

2
90 DEG LR ELBOW, S-STD, BE,

ASTM-A234-WPB, ANSI-B16.9


| OTHER THAN SHOP MATERIALS |
PT
NPD
NO
DESCRIPTION
(IN)
CMDTY CODE
-
QTY
6X6
SP-0104-2
DESCRIPTION LIBRARY
6
NIPPLE, PE, S-160, 3" LONG, ASTM-A106-B
POCAAAOAAE
CAP, CL3000, SWE, ASTM-A105
SCAQZZZAAA
GASKET, CL150, G653, 0.125" THK, 304
XDAABZZQSG
XDABBZZQSG
3/4
YZZZHZZFFF
16
3/4
YZZZHZZFFF
VAABAHCCAA
VAUSAHGAAA
S15

RING, API-601
9
GASKET, CL300, G653, 0.125" THK, 304

RING, API-601
10

HVY HEX NUTS, 4.0"
11

HVY HEX NUTS, 4.5"
12
BOLT LENGTH
BOLT LENGTH
GATE VALVE, CL150, RFFE, BB, OS&Y,

ASTM-A216-WCB, TRIM 8, CRANE 47
13
GATE VALVE, CL800, SWE, BB, OS&Y,

ASTM-A105, TRIM 8, SMITH 800
PIPE SUPPORTS
14

DESCRIPTION LIBRARY
PIECE MARKS
400104-WC40-3
C - 62
C.9 ISOGEN Component versus Sheet Number File (.sed

file)
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1
282
297
U1001-P-SHT-1 SPL-1-
590
297
283
297
591
297
580
297
579
297
284
297
578
297
577
297
61
297
C.10
ISOGEN Cut Pipe Report (.cut file)
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1
SUMMARY OF CUT PIPE LENGTHS FOR PROJECT NUMBER FOR PIPELINE REFERENCES
PAGE
DATE
28/02/93
400104-WC-
ITEM
ITEM DESCRIPTION AND SPECIFICATION
CODE
PAAAAAWAAA
PIPE, S-STD, BE, ASTM-A53-B TYPE S
SIZE
CUT LENGTH
SPECIAL
PIECE
PIPELINE
BATCH
(INS)
(FT & INS)
REQ.
NO.
REFERENCE
REFERENCE
7.1/16
<1>
400104-WC-
53.3/8
<2>
400104-WC-
10.7/16
<3>
400104-WC-
29.3/8
<4>
400104-WC-
510.1/8
<5>
400104-WC-
76.1/16
<6>
400104-WC-
SUB TOTAL
2210.7/16
C - 64
C.11
Title Block Table (.bit, .seg and .dwg files)
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
! Description= Definition of the ISOGEN title block for size C batch isos.
! Rev=2
By=
Ckd By=
Date=
!
SHEET_DATA_TABLE
2
!2 lines to follow
0, 0,
0, 1,
!Sheet no
0, 0,
0, 2,
!of sheet no
DRAWING_DATA_TABLE
49
!49 lines to follow
5, 1,
1, 979, 0,
11
!Company name
5, 1,
2, 979, 0,
12
!Plant name
5, 1,
3, 979, 0,
5, 1,
4, 979, 0,
10
1, 1,
0, 951, 0,
!Project no
!Unit name
!Iso no
3, 2, 10,
0, 0,
15
!Extraction date
3, 2, 11,
0, 0,
96
!Extraction no
3, 1,
2,
0, 0,
90
!Dgn file 1
3, 1,
3,
0, 0,
91
!Dgn file 2
3, 1,
4,
0, 0,
92
!Dgn file 3
3, 1,
5,
0, 0,
93
!Dgn file 4
3, 1,
6,
0, 0,
94
!Dgn file 5
3, 1, 22,
0, 0,
95
!Defaults file
3, 2, 15,
0, 0,
3, 2, 16,
0, 0,
20
!REV no
3, 2, 20,
0, 0,
21
!Date
3, 2, 17,
0, 0,
22
!BY initials
3, 2, 18,
0, 0,
23
!CHK initials
3, 2, 23,
0, 0,
24
!Description
3, 2, 16,
1, 0,
30
!REV no
3, 2, 20,
1, 0,
31
!Date
3, 2, 17,
1, 0,
32
!BY initials
3, 2, 18,
1, 0,
33
!CHK initials
3, 2, 23,
1, 0,
34
!Description
3, 2, 16,
2, 0,
40
!REV no
3, 2, 20,
2, 0,
41
!Date
3, 2, 17,
2, 0,
42
!BY initials
3, 2, 18,
2, 0,
43
!CHK initials
3, 2, 23,
2, 0,
44
!Description
3, 2, 16,
3, 0,
50
!REV no
3, 2, 20,
3, 0,
51
!Date
3, 2, 17,
3, 0,
52
!BY initials
3, 2, 18,
3, 0,
53
!CHK initials
3, 2, 23,
3, 0,
54
!Description
3, 2, 16,
4, 0,
60
!REV no
3, 2, 20,
4, 0,
61
!Date
3, 2, 17,
4, 0,
62
!BY initials
3, 2, 18,
4, 0,
63
!CHK initials
3, 2, 23,
4, 0,
64
!Description
3, 2, 16,
5, 0,
70
!REV no
3, 2, 20,
5, 0,
71
!Date
3, 2, 17,
5, 0,
72
!BY initials
3, 2, 18,
5, 0,
73
!CHK initials
3, 2, 23,
5, 0,
74
!Description
3, 2, 90,
0, 0,
3, 2, 91,
0, 0,
97
!User attribute 2
3, 2, 92,
0, 0,
98
!User attribute 3
3, 2, 93,
0, 0,
99
!User attribute 4
3, 2, 94,
0, 0, 100
!User attribute 5
!Current rev no
!Color code (User attribute 1)
SEGMENT_DATA_TABLE
20
1, 12,
!20 lines to follow

2,
0,
11, 25, 1, 200, 25
!Line no
1, 12, 35,
0,
36, 12, 0, 201, 25
!Dgn std
1, 12, 24,
0,
48,
5, 0, 202, 25
!Nor oper press
1, 12, 25,
0,
53,
4, 0, 203, 25
!Nor oper temp
1, 12, 28,
0,
57,
5, 0, 204, 25
!Nor dgn press
1, 12, 29,
0,
62,
4, 0, 205, 25
!Nor dgn temp
1, 12, 26,
0,
66,
5, 0, 206, 25
!Alt oper press
1, 12, 27,
0,
71,
4, 0, 207, 25
!Alt oper temp
1, 12, 30,
0,
75,
5, 0, 208, 25
!Alt dgn press
1, 12, 31,
0,
80,
4, 0, 209, 25
!Alt dgn temp
1, 12, 64,
0,
84,
5, 0, 210, 25
!Test system no
1, 12, 65,
0,
89,
3, 0, 211, 25
!Test fluid
1, 12, 66,
0,
92,
5, 0, 212, 25
!Test press
1, 12, 17,
0,
97,
3, 0, 213, 25
!Heat tracing reqmts
1, 12, 18,
0, 100,
3, 0, 214, 25
!Heat media
1, 12, 19,
0, 103,
4, 0, 215, 25
!Heat media temp
1, 12, 14,
0, 107,
6, 0, 216, 25
!Insulation purpose
1, 12, 15,
0, 113,
5, 0, 217, 25
!Insulation thickness
1, 12, 40,
0, 118,
8, 0, 218, 25
!Coating reqmts
1, 12,
0, -992, 126, 25, 1, 219, 25
!PWHT reqmts
C - 66
Appendix D: PDS Database Table Formats D - 1
Appendix D
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
PDS Database Table Formats
D-2
Appendix D
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
PDS Database Table Formats

This section contains PDS database formats, including:
Design table format
Spec table format (Imperial & Metric)
D-4
D.1
Piping Design Database Table Format
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
# Piping Design Database
# Default Relational Database Definition
# Piping Segment Data
, system_unique_no
, integer
, line_number_label
, character(40)
, line_id
, character(16)
, unit_number
, character(12)
, unit_code
, character(3)
, module_no
, character(16)
, package_system_no
, character(12)
, train_number
, character(2)
, fluid_code
10 , line_sequence_no
, short
, index 1
, standard note 125
, character(16)
11 , nominal_piping_dia , short
12 , piping_mater_class , character(16)
13 , gasket_separation
, character(8)
14 , insulation_purpose , short
15 , insulation_thick
, standard note 220
, double
16 , insulation_density , double
, standard note 1074 (units)
17 , heat_tracing_reqmt , short
, standard note 200
18 , heat_tracing_media , short
, standard note 210
19 , heat_tracing_temp
, double
20 , construction_stat
, short
21 , hold_status
, short
, standard note 50
22 , approval_status
, short
, standard note 35
23 , schedule_override
, character(8)
24 , nor_oper_pres
, double
25 , nor_oper_temp
, double
26 , alt_oper_pres
, double
27 , alt_oper_temp
, double
28 , nor_dgn_pres
, double
29 , nor_dgn_temp
, double
30 , alt_dgn_pres
, double
31 , alt_dgn_temp
, double
32 , steam_outlet_temp
, double
, standard note 130
33 , mater_of_construct , character(6)
34 , safety_class
, short
, standard note 340
35 , design_standard
, short
, standard note 570
36 , design_area_number , character(12)
37 , design_resp
, short
, standard note 160
38 , construction_resp
, short
, standard note 160
39 , supply_resp
, short
, standard note 160
40 , coating_reqmts
, short
, standard note 190
41 , cleaning_reqmts
, short
, standard note 230
42 , fluid_category
, character(4)
43 , nor_op_pres_units
, short
, standard note 1064
44 , nor_op_temp_units
, short
45 , alt_op_pres_units
, short
46 , alt_op_temp_units
, short
47 , nor_dgn_pres_units , short
48 , nor_dgn_temp_units , short
49 , alt_dgn_pres_units , short
50 , alt_dgn_temp_units , short
51 , steam_temp_units
, short
52 , stress_system_no
, character(12)
53 , stress_reqmts
, short
54 , hyd_system_no
, character(12)
55 , hyd_reqmts
, short
, standard note 360
, standard note 360
56 , specific_gravity_a , double
57 , specific_gravity_b , double
58 , specific_gravity_c , double
59 , viscosity
, double
60 , density
, double
61 , spec_heat_ratio
, double
62 , sonic_velocity
, double
63 , surface_roughness
, double
64 , test_system_no
, character(6)
65 , test_fluid
, short
66 , test_pressure
, double
67 , PID_id_part_a
, character(4)
68 , PID_id_part_b
, character(4)
69 , end_1_nozzle_id
, integer
70 , end_2_nozzle_id
, integer
71 , alpha_descript_id
, character(12)
72 , standard_note_no
, short
73 , pid_index_no
, integer
, standard note 125
, standard note 499
# Piping Component Data
, system_unique_no
, integer
, piping_comp_no
, character(20)
, commodity_name
, character(6)
, model_code
, character(6)
, option_code
, short
, maximum_temp
, double
, sched_thick_basis
, character(8)
, commodity_code
, character(16)
, MTO_requirements
, short
, standard note 365
10 , fabrication_cat
, short
, standard note 180
11 , source_of_data
, short
, standard note 420
12 , PDS_sort_code
, character(6)
13 , physical_data_id
, character(8)
14 , geometric_standard , short
15 , weight_code
, index 1
, standard note 400
, standard note 575
, short
, standard note 578
16 , table_suffix_green , short
, standard note 576
17 , table_suffix_red
, short
, standard note 577
18 , materials_grade
, short
, standard note 145
19 , bend_radius
, double
20 , bend_angle
, double
21 , face_to_face_dim
, double
22 , dimension_a
, double
23 , dimension_b
, double
24 , dimension_c
, double
25 , surface_area
, double
26 , empty_weight
, double
27 , water_weight
, double
28 , operator_weight
, double
29 , operator_sym_name
, character(6)
30 , chain_operator_no
, short
31 , opening_action
, short
, standard note 390
, short
, standard note 130
33 , hold_status
, short
, standard note 50
, standard note 200
, standard note 210
, double
37 , iso_dwg_index_no
, integer
D-6
38 , isometric_sheet_no , character(2)
39 , piece_mark_no
, character(10)
40 , color_code
, character(8)
41 , stress_node_no
, short
42 , stress_intens_fact , double
43 , head_loss_factor
, double
44 , piping_assembly
, character(12)
45 , component_group_no , short
46 , remarks
, character(16)
47 , standard_note_no_a , short
, standard note 499
48 , standard_note_no_b , short
, standard note 499
49 , cp_1_nom_pipe_diam , short
50 , cp_1_outside_diam
, double
51 , cp_1_end_prep
, short
52 , cp_1_sch_thk
, character(8)
53 , cp_1_rating
, character(8)
54 , cp_1_face_to_ctr
, double
55 , cp_1_weld_no
, character(8)
56 , cp_1_weld_type
, short
57 , cp_1_gasket_gap
, double
58 , cp_1_gasket_option , short
59 , cp_1_stress_node
, standard note 330
, standard note 1100 / 400 (bolt option)
, standard note 400
, short
60 , cp_1_stress_factor , double
61 , cp_1_head_loss
, double
, double
64 , cp_2_end_prep
, short
65 , cp_2_sch_thk
, character(8)
66 , cp_2_rating
, character(8)
, double
68 , cp_2_weld_no
, character(8)
69 , cp_2_weld_type
, short
, double
, standard note 330
, standard note 400
, short
74 , cp_2_head_loss
, double
, double
77 , cp_3_end_prep
, short
78 , cp_3_sch_thk
, character(8)
79 , cp_3_rating
, character(8)
, double
81 , cp_3_weld_no
, character(8)
82 , cp_3_weld_type
, short
, double
, standard note 330
, standard note 400
, short
87 , cp_3_head_loss
, double
, double
90 , cp_4_end_prep
, short
91 , cp_4_sch_thk
, character(8)
92 , cp_4_rating
, character(8)
, double
94 , cp_4_weld_no
, character(8)
95 , cp_4_weld_type
, short
, double
, short
100, cp_4_head_loss
, double
, standard note 330
, standard note 400
101, cp_5_nom_pipe_diam , short

102, cp_5_outside_diam
, double
103, cp_5_end_prep
, short
104, cp_5_sch_thk
, character(8)
105, cp_5_rating
, character(8)
106, cp_5_face_to_ctr
, double
107, cp_5_weld_no
, character(8)
108, cp_5_weld_type
, short
109, cp_5_gasket_gap
, double
110, cp_5_gasket_option , short

111, cp_5_stress_node
, standard note 330
, standard note 400
, short
112, cp_5_stress_factor , double

113, cp_5_head_loss
, double
# Piping/Tubing Data
, system_unique_no
, integer
, piping_comp_no
, character(20)
, commodity_name
, character(6)
, model_code
, character(6)
, option_code
, short
, maximum_temp
, double
, nominal_piping_dia , short
, outside_diameter
, schedule_thickness , character(8)
10 , sched_thick_basis
, index 1
, standard note 400
, double
, character(8)
11 , rating
, character(8)
12 , commodity_code
, character(16)
13 , MTO_requirements
, short
, standard note 365
, short
, standard note 180
15 , source_of_data
, short
, standard note 425
16 , PDS_sort_code
, character(6)
18 , weight_code
, standard note 575
, short
, standard note 578
, standard note 576
, short
, standard note 577
, short
, standard note 145
22 , pipe_length
, double
23 , surface_area
, double
24 , empty_weight
, double
25 , water_weight
, double
26 , cold_spring_length , double
, short
28 , hold_status
, short
, standard note 130

, standard note 50
, standard note 200
, standard note 210
, double
, integer
34 , piece_mark_no
, character(10)
35 , color_code
, character(8)
, character(12)
38 , remarks
, character(16)
, standard note 499
, standard note 499
41 , end_1_end_prep
, short
, standard note 330
42 , end_1_weld_no
, character(8)
43 , end_1_weld_type
, short
44 , end_1_gasket_gap
, double
45 , end_1_gasket_opt
, short
46 , end_1_stress_node
, short
47 , end_1_stres_int
, double
48 , end_1_head_loss
, double
, standard note 400
D-8
49 , end_2_end_prep
, short
50 , end_2_weld_no
, character(8)
51 , end_2_weld_type
, short
52 , end_2_gasket_gap
, double
53 , end_2_gasket_opt
, short
54 , end_2_stress_node
, short
55 , end_2_stres_int
, double
56 , end_2_head_loss
, double
, standard note 330
, standard note 400
# Instrument Component Data
, system_unique_no
, instrument_comp_no , character(20)
, integer
, model_code
, option_code
, short
, sched_thick_basis
, character(8)
, MTO_requirements
, short
, standard note 365
, fabrication_cat
, short
, standard note 180
, source_of_data
, short
, standard note 430
, PDS_sort_code
, character(6)
10 , physical_data_id
, character(8)
, character(6)
12 , weight_code
, index 1
, standard note 400
, standard note 575
, short
, standard note 578
, standard note 576
, short
, standard note 577
, short
, standard note 145
16 , face_to_face_dim
, double
17 , dimension_a
, double
18 , dimension_b
, double
19 , dimension_c
, double
20 , surface_area
, double
21 , empty_weight
, double
22 , water_weight
, double
23 , operator_weight
, double
24 , operator_type
, double
25 , operator_sym_name
, character(6)
26 , chain_operator_no
, short
27 , chain_length
, double
28 , opening_action
, short
, standard note 390
, short
, standard note 130
30 , hold_status
, short
, standard note 50
31 , design_resp
, short
, standard note 160
32 , construction_resp
, short
, standard note 160
, standard note 200
, standard note 210
, double
36 , insulation_purpose , short
37 , insulation_thick
, standard note 220
, double
38 , insulation_density , double
39 , cleaning_reqmts
, short
, standard note 230
40 , safety_class
, short
, standard note 340
41 , module_no
, character(16)
42 , package_system_no
, character(12)
, integer
45 , piece_mark_no
, character(10)
46 , color_code
, character(8)
47 , stress_node_no
, short
48 , stress_intens_fact , double
49 , head_loss_factor
, double
, character(12)
52 , remarks
, character(16)
, standard note 499
, standard note 499
, double
57 , cp_1_end_prep
, short
58 , cp_1_sch_thk
, character(8)
59 , cp_1_rating
, character(8)
, double
61 , cp_1_weld_no
, character(8)
62 , cp_1_weld_type
, short
, double
, standard note 330
, standard note 400
, short
67 , cp_1_head_loss
, double
, double
70 , cp_2_end_prep
, short
71 , cp_2_sch_thk
, character(8)
72 , cp_2_rating
, character(8)
, double
74 , cp_2_weld_no
, character(8)
75 , cp_2_weld_type
, short
, double
, standard note 330
, standard note 400
, short
80 , cp_2_head_loss
, double
, double
83 , cp_3_end_prep
, short
84 , cp_3_sch_thk
, character(8)
85 , cp_3_rating
, character(8)
, double
87 , cp_3_weld_no
, character(8)
88 , cp_3_weld_type
, short
, double
, standard note 330
, standard note 400
, short
93 , cp_3_head_loss
, double
, double
96 , cp_4_end_prep
, short
97 , cp_4_sch_thk
, character(8)
98 , cp_4_rating
, character(8)
, double
100, cp_4_weld_no
, character(8)
101, cp_4_weld_type
, short
, double

, standard note 330
, standard note 400
, short

106, cp_4_head_loss
, double
107, cp_5_nom_pipe_diam , short

108, cp_5_outside_diam
, double
109, cp_5_end_prep
, short
110, cp_5_sch_thk
, character(8)
111, cp_5_rating
, character(8)
112, cp_5_face_to_ctr
, double
113, cp_5_weld_no
, character(8)
114, cp_5_weld_type
, short
, double
, standard note 330
D - 10

, standard note 400
, short

119, cp_5_head_loss
, double
# Pipe Support Data
, system_unique_no
, integer
, pipe_support_no
, character(20)
, model_code_phy
, character(6)
, model_code_log
, character(6)
, iso_support_type_a , short
, standard note 380
, iso_support_type_b , short
, standard note 380
, iso_support_type_c , short
, standard note 380
, iso_support_type_d , short
, standard note 380
, details_for_shop
10 , details_for_field
, index 1
, character(50)
, character(50)
11 , fabrication_orient , character(20)
12 , commodity_code
, character(16)
13 , MTO_requirements
, short
, standard note 365
, short
, standard note 180
15 , weight
, double
, short
, standard note 130
17 , hold_status
, short
, standard note 50
18 , standard_note_no
, short
, standard note 499
, integer
21 , piece_mark_no
, character(10)
22 , color_code
, character(8)
23 , isometric_dim_a
, double
24 , isometric_dim_b
, double
25 , isometric_dim_c
, double
26 , isometric_dim_d
, double
27 , isometric_dim_e
, double
28 , trans_rigidity_x
, double
29 , trans_rigidity_y
, double
30 , trans_rigidity_z
, double
31 , rot_rigidity_x
, double
32 , rot_rigidity_y
, double
33 , rot_rigidity_z
, double
34 , spring_gap_length
, double
35 , sping_gap_direct
, short
36 , number_of_springs
, short
D.2 Specification/Material Reference Database Table

Format
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
# Specification/Material Reference Database
# Default Relational Database Definition
# Piping Materials Class Data
table number = 201, number of columns = 21
1 , system_unique_no
, integer
3 , revision_no
, character(2)
4 , version_no
, character(2)
5 , revision_date
, character(10)
6 , fluid_code
, character(6)
, standard note 125
7 , mater_of_construct , character(6)
8 , corrosion_allow
, double
9 , mat_description
, short
10, service_lim_table
, character(6)
11, diameter_table
, character(6)
12, thickness_table
, character(6)
13, materials_table
, character(6)
, standard note 148
14, thickness_equation , character(6)

15, branch_table
, character(6)
16, tap_data_table
, character(6)
17, vent_drain_macro
, character(6)
18, gasket_separation
, character(8)
19, standard_note_no_a , short
, standard note 499
20, standard_note_no_b , short
, standard note 499
21, revision_mngt_date , integer
# Piping Commodity Specification Data
, integer
3 , commodity_name
, character(6)
4 , option_code
, short
5 , maximum_temp
, double
6 , gcp_from_nom_diam
, short
7 , gcp_to_nom_diam
, short
8 , gcp_end_prep
, short
9 , gcp_rating
, character(8)
10, gcp_sch_thk
, character(8)
11, gcp_table_suffix
, short
12, rcp_from_nom_diam
, short
13, rcp_to_nom_diam
, short
14, rcp_end_prep
, short
15, rcp_rating
, character(8)
16, rcp_sch_thk
, character(8)
17, rcp_table_suffix
, short
18, commodity_code
, character(16)
19, model_code
, character(6)
20, PDS_sort_code
, character(6)
21, modifier
, double
, index 1
, standard note 400
, standard note 330
, standard note 576
, standard note 330
, standard note 577
22, geometric_standard , short
, standard note 575
23, weight_code
, standard note 578
, short
D - 12
24, fabrication_cat
, short
, standard note 180
25, materials_grade
, short
, standard note 145
, standard note 499
, standard note 499
# Piping Specialty Specification Data
, integer
2 , piping_comp_no
, character(20)
3 , model_code
, character(6)
4 , option_code
, short
, short
6 , gcp_to_nom_diam
, short
7 , gcp_end_prep
, short
8 , gcp_rating
, character(8)
9 , gcp_sch_thk
, character(8)
, short
, short
12, rcp_to_nom_diam
, short
13, rcp_end_prep
, short
14, rcp_rating
, character(8)
15, rcp_sch_thk
, character(8)
, short
17, physical_data_id
, character(8)
18, PDS_sort_code
, character(6)
19, modifier
, double
, standard note 400
, standard note 330
, standard note 576
, standard note 330
, standard note 577
, standard note 575
21, weight_code
, short
, standard note 578
22, fabrication_cat
, short
, standard note 180
23, materials_grade
, short
, standard note 145
, standard note 499
, standard note 499
# Instrument Component Specification Data
, integer
2 , instrument_comp_no , character(20)
3 , model_code
, character(6)
4 , option_code
, short
, short
6 , gcp_to_nom_diam
, short
7 , gcp_end_prep
, short
8 , gcp_rating
, character(8)
9 , gcp_sch_thk
, character(8)
, short
, short
12, rcp_to_nom_diam
, short
13, rcp_end_prep
, short
14, rcp_rating
, character(8)
15, rcp_sch_thk
, character(8)
, short
17, physical_data_id
, character(8)
18, PDS_sort_code
, character(6)
19, modifier
, double
, standard note 400
, standard note 330
, standard note 576
, standard note 330
, standard note 577
, standard note 575
21, weight_code
, short
, standard note 578
22, fabrication_cat
, short
, standard note 180
23, materials_grade
, short
, standard note 145
, standard note 499
, standard note 499
# Tap Properties Data
, integer
2 , tap_table_name
, character(6)
3 , nominal_piping_dia , short
4 , option_code
, short
, standard note 400
5 , end_preparation
, short
, standard note 330
6 , rating
, character(8)
7 , sched_thick
, character(8)
8 , tap_material_code
, character(10)
# Piping Commodity Size-Dependent Material Data
, integer
2 , sys_commodity_code , character(16)
3 , gcp_nom_diam
, short
4 , rcp_nom_diam
, short
5 , gcp_sch_thk
, character(8)
6 , rcp_sch_thk
, character(8)
7 , commodity_code
, character(16)
8 , weld_weight
, double
9 , unit_price
, double
10, manhours
, double
, index 1
# Piping Commodity Implied Material Data
, integer
2 , sys_commodity_code , character(16)
, short
4 , gcp_to_nom_diam
, short
5 , rcp_from_nom_diam
, short
6 , rcp_to_nom_diam
, short
7 , commodity_code
, character(16)
8 , quantity
, double
9 , fabrication_cat
, short
10, standard_note_no
, short
, index 1
# Reference Database Revision Management Data
1 , specialty_rev_date , integer
2 , instr_rev_date
, integer
3 , tap_data_rev_date
, integer
4 , size_data_rev_date , integer
5 , implied_rev_date
, integer
D - 14
Appendix E: ISOGEN SKEY Dimensions
Appendix E
E-1
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
ISOGEN SKEY Dimensions
E-2
Appendix E
E-3
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
ISOGEN SKEY Dimensions
E-4
ARFL: Valve - Angle Relief/Vent
AVFL: Valve - Angle
AXFL: Valve - Angle Pressure Reducing
BAFL: Block - Angle
BOFL: Block - Offset
BRFL: Block
E-5
E-6
C3FL: Valve - Three-Way Control
C4FL: Valve - Four-Way Control
CAFL: Valve - Angle Control
CEBW: Coupling - Elbolet (Butt Weld)
CESC: Coupling - Elbolet (Screwed)
CESW: Coupling - Elbolet (Socket Weld)
E-7
E-8
CHFL: Hose Coupling
CKFL: Valve - Check
COCP: Coupling - Compression
COSC: Coupling - Screwed
COSW: Coupling - Socket Weld
CPBW: Reducer - Concentric Fabricated from Plate
E-9
E - 10
CPFL: Reducer - Concentric Fabricated from Plate (Flanged)
CSBW: Reducer - Concentric Swaged From Plate
CSFL: Reducer - Concentric Swaged From Plate (Flanged)
CTBW: Reducer - Concentric with a Connection (Butt Weld)
CTFL: Reducer - Concentric with a Connection (Flanged)
CTSC: Reducer - Concentric with a Connection (Screwed)
E - 11
E - 12
CTSW: Concentric with a Connection (Socket Weld)
CVFL: Valve - Control
CXBW: Reducer - Concentric with a Connection Swaged from Pipe
E - 13
CXFL: Reducer - Concentric with a Connection Swaged from Pipe (Flanged)
CZBW: Reducer - Concentric with a Connection Fabricated from Plate
CZFL: Reducer - Concentric with a Connection Fabricated from Plate (Flanged)
E - 14
DR: Rupture Disk
EPBW: Reducer - Eccentric Fabricated from Plate
EPFL: Reducer - Eccentric Fabricated from Plate (Flanged)
EPSW: Reducer - Eccentric Fabricated from Plate (Socket Weld)
ESBW: Reducer - Eccentric Swaged from Pipe
ESFL: Reducer - Eccentric Swaged from Pipe (Flanged)
E - 15
E - 16
EXBW: Reducer - Eccentric with a Connection Swaged from Pipe
EXFL: Reducer - Eccentric with a Connection Swaged from Pipe (Flanged)
EXFL: Expansion Bellows
E - 17
EZBW: Reducer - Eccentric with a Connection Fabricated from Plate
EZFL: Reducer - Eccentric with a Connection Fabricated from Plate (Flanged)
FAFL: Filter/Strainer - Angle
E - 18
FIFL: Filter/Strainer - Straight Through
FLBL: Flange - Blind
FLFL: Flange - Flared/Loose Backing
FLLB: Flange - Backing
FLOW: Flow Arrow
FLRC: Flange - Reducing Concentric
E - 19
E - 20
FLRE: Flange - Reducing Eccentric
FLRG: Lap Joint - Ring Loose
FLSC: Flange - Screwed
FLSE: Lap Joint - Stub End Loose
FLSJ: Flange - Slip On with J-type Weld
FLSO: Flange - Slip On
E - 21
E - 22
FLSW: Flange - Socket Weld
FLWN: Flange - Weld Neck
FOFL: Filter/Strainer - Offset
FOSO: Flange - Orifice (Slip On)
FOWN: Flange - Orifice (Weld Neck)
FPPL: Fixed Length Pipe - Without Flanged Ends
E - 23
E - 24
FRFL: Filter/Strainer - Return
FTFL: Flame Trap
FXFL: Filter/Strainer - Return
H3FL: Valve - Three-Way Control (Hand Indicator)
H4FL: Valve - Four-Way Control (Hand Indicator)
HAFL: Valve - Angle Control (Hand Indicator)
E - 25
E - 26
HCSC: Olet - Half Coupling (Screwed)
HCSW: Olet - Half Coupling (Socket Weld)
HVFL: Valve - Control Hand Indicator
IAFL: Instrument - Angle
IDFL: Instrument - Dial (Flanged)
IDPL: Instrument - Dial
E - 27
E - 28
IIFL: Instrument
IOFL: Instrument - Offset
IRFL: Instrument - Return
ITFL: Instrument - Tee
KABW: Cap - Butt Weld
KACP: Cap - Compression
E - 29
E - 30
KASC: Cap - Screwed
KASW: Cap - Socket Weld
LABW: Olet - Latrolet (Buttweld)
M3FL: Valve - Three-Way Control (Motorized Indicator)
M4FL: Valve - Four-Way Control (Motorized Indicator)
MAFL: Valve - Angle Control (Motorized Indicator)
E - 31
E - 32
MVFL: Valve - Control (Motorized Indicator)
NBSC: Nipple - Screwed
NCFL: Non-Category Item
NIPL: Olet - Nipolet (Plain End)
NISC: Olet - Nipolet (Screwed)
NRSC: Nipple - Screwed
E - 33
E - 34
OP: Orifice Plate
OTBW: Reducer - Eccentric with a Connection (Butt Weld)
OTFL: Reducer - Eccentric with a Connection (Flanged)
OTSC: Reducer - Eccentric with a Connection (Screwed)
PF: Pipe Block - Fixed Length
PL: Plug
E - 35
E - 36
PR: Restrictor Plate
PV: Pipe Block - Variable Length
RAFL: Valve - Angle (Relief/Vent)
RBSC: Reducer - Concentric (Screwed Bush)
RBSW: Reducer - Concentric (Socket Weld)
RCBW: Reducer - Concentric (Butt Weld)
E - 37
E - 38
RCCP: Reducer - Concentric (Compression)
RCFL: Reducer - Concentric (Flanged)
RCSC: Reducer - Concentric (Screwed)
RCSW: Reducer - Concentric (Socket Weld)
RD: Rupture Disk
REBW: Reducer - Eccentric (Butt Weld)
E - 39
E - 40
REFL: Reducer - Eccentric (Flanged)
RESC: Reducer - Eccentric (Screwed)
RF: Reducer - Special Reducing Flange
RFPL: Reducer - Connection Block
RNSC: Reducer - Concentric (Nipple)
RP: Restrictor Plate
E - 41
E - 42
RVFL: Valve - Relief/Vent
S3FL: Valve - Three-Way Control (Square Indicator)
S4FL: Valve - Four-Way Control (Square Indicator)
SAFL: Valve - Angle Control (Square Indicator)
SB: Specticle - Blind
SGFL: Sight Glass
E - 43
E - 44
SKSW: Olet - Sockolet
SP: Slip Plate
SR: Slip Ring
SVFL: Valve - Control (Square Indicator)
SWBw: Olet Sweepolet
TAFL: Trap - Angle
E - 45
E - 46
THSC: Olet - Thredolet
TIFL: Trap - Inline Straight Through
TOFL: Trap - Offset
TRFL: Trap - Return
TUFL: Tundish (Funnel)
E - 47
E - 48
UNSC: Union - Screwed
UNSW: Union - Socket Weld
V3FL: Valve - Three-Way
V4FL: Valve - Four-Way
VBFL: Valve - Ball
VCFL: Valve - Check
E - 49
E - 50
VDFL: Valve - Diaphragm
VGFL: Valve - Globe
VKFL: Valve - Cock
VNFL: Valve - Needle
VPFL: Valve - Plug
VRFL: Valve - Relief/Vent
E - 51
E - 52
VSFL: Valve - Slide
VTFL: Valve - Gate
VVFL: Valve - Basic
VXFL: Valve - Pressure Reducing
VYFL: Valve - Butterfly
WTBW: Olet - Weldolet
E - 53
E - 54
XAFL: Valve - Angle (Pressure Reducing)
XVFL: Valve - Pressure Reducing
01HG: Support/Hanger
E - 55
01SP: Used on valves with AV, V3, V4, VD, VG or VV as the first two characters of
their skeys
02SP: Used on valves with AR, RA, VR as the first two characters of their skeys.
03SP: Used on valves with VB, VK, VY as the first two characters of their skeys.
E - 56
04SP: Not Used
05SP: Used on valves with VT as the first two characters of their skeys.
06SP: Used on valves with VN as the first two characters of their skeys.
E - 57
07SP: Used on valves with VP as the first two characters of their skeys.
08SP: Used on valves with VS as the first two characters of their skeys.
09SP: Used on valves with AX, VX or XA as the first two characters of their skeys.
E - 58
10SP: Used on valves with SA, SV, S3 or S4 as the first two characters of their
skeys.
11SP: Used on valves with MA, MV, M3 or M4 as the first two characters of their
skeys.
Glossary GL - 1
Glossary
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
GL - 2
Glossary GL - 3
Glossary
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
absolute path name
The sequence of directories, beginning with the root directory

(/) that locates a file. See also path name and relative path
name.
active depth
The plane in a 3-D design upon which you can place elements
and perform manipulations.
active process
The process which is displayed in the Process ID field; it

controls the message fields, the menus, and the keyboard.
The active process has a highlighted window icon strip.
application software
Software designed to meet specific needs, unlike system

software which runs other software.
batch processing
A method of processing data which collects a series of

operations into a group (or batch) and executes the group in
a continuous stream without user intervention.
batch queue
A queue, or channel for moving requests, created through

NQS. A batch queue handles scheduling for processes
submitted through the Batch options screen menu.
branch point
A point on a pipeline which separates piping segments so that

they can be assigned different segment parameters. A branch
point allows for placement of branch components.
cancel button
The button located in the upper right corner of a form

containing a red X or the word cancel. Select the cancel
button to exit the form or option.
cell
A permanent association of elements that can be stored and

placed as a group, and then manipulated as individual
elements.
character
A column data type that stores alphanumeric character data.
client
In network operations, a node which accesses data or

performs a function on the remote resource (usually a server).
All network operations (database, NFS, NQS) between two or
more nodes establish a client/server relationship.
column
An attribute of a database table. A group of columns defines

a table in a database.
command
Instructions from the user to perform a function on specified

data.
GL - 4
confirm button
A button that appears in the upper right corner of a form and

contains a green check mark or the word confirm. Select the
confirm button to initiate a specified option.
coordinate
The location of a point along the X, Y, or Z axis.
coordinate system
A geometric relation used to denote the location of points in

the design cube. The most common coordinate system is the
rectangular coordinate system, whereby points are located by
traversing the X, Y, and Z axes of the design cube. Normally,
coordinate systems have their origin defined as 0,0,0, though
this is not required. Other coordinate systems are used to
more easily express the coordinates of specific geometric
entities. For example, you can use a spherical coordinate
system to help define points on a sphere, and you can use a
cylindrical coordinate system to help define points on a
cylinder.
coordinates
An ordered set of absolute or relative data values that specify

a location in a coordinate system.
core files
The image files written by System V for a number of reasons,

the most common of which are memory violations, illegal
instructions, bus errors, and user-generated quit signals.
cursor
The pointer that the user moves on the screen to indicate an

item or area.
data button
The mouse button used to place data points and tentative

points, to accept previously selected elements, and to select
commands from forms and menus.
data entry field
The field on a screen used to accept user-supplied data. Also

known as key-in field.
data point
A point placed by pressing the data button on the mouse.

Data points select commands from the panel menus and
Menu Bar, place elements, identify and accept elements, and
activate windows and perform window manipulations.
database
A collection of comprehensive informational files having

predetermined structure and organization that can then be
communicated, interpreted, or processed by a specific
program.
database table
The part of the database that is made of rows and columns

and contains information about the project and design
elements.
default
The predetermined value of a parameter that is automatically

supplied by the system or program whenever a value is not
specified by the user.
Glossary GL - 5
delete
To remove, destroy, eliminate, or erase.
delimiter
A separating mark or space; a character or sequence of

contiguous characters that mark the end of a string of
characters.
device
A nonaddressable component of a network, that is, a

component onto which a user cannot log, for example, tape
drive, disk drive, and floppy disk.
directory
A file that contains the names of other files.
display-list box
A small box with horizontal dashes located at the end of a

form key-in field. When selected, a list of the data available
for that field is displayed. Input can then be selected from the
list with a data point instead of keying in the information.
domain
The set of acceptable values for a value within a component.
dragging
Another term for the dynamic function that attaches the

cursor to an element so you can see it move.
easting
A term used in plane surveying that describes an east, or

positive, difference in longitude.
entity
An object (project, drawing, element, and so forth.) of interest

about which information is stored; a relational database table.
envelope file
See interference envelope.
filename
A user-defined name given to an interactively created file.

The name should be relevant to the contents of the file.
form
An interface or screen menu designed with the I/FORMS

product. Because many of the screen menus in the
application software are built with I/FORMS, you must have
the FORMS_S product on your workstation.
full path name
The name of the entire path or directory hierarchy to a file,

including the file name. See also relative path name.
gadget
A portion of a form, such as a button, a field, or a checklist,

that responds to information. Gadgets can display default
values or act as data entry areas.
header
The first items of information in a file which precede any

actual data. The header contains information on the
structure and contents of the file.
hierarchy
A classified structure with superiors (roots) and subordinates

(dependents) for grouping files or commands.
icon
A pictorial representation or image; a symbol that graphically

identifies a command.
GL - 6
Informix
A relational database management system supported by RIS.
Ingres
interference envelope
An equipment modeling primitive or parametric component

that is used in conjunction with or instead of model graphics
for interference checking. Interference envelopes are given
different levels and display symbology to distinguish them
from primitives.
invert elevation
The lowest point on the internal diameter of the pipe.
isometric
Relating to or being a drafting system characterized by three

equal axes at right angles; a view in which the horizontal
lines of an element are drawn at an angle to the horizontal
and all verticals are projected at an angle from the base.
key
An attribute (column) in a table which is chosen as the access

vehicle to individual rows of the table.
key-in field
The field on a screen used to accept user-supplied data. Also

known as a data entry field.
keypoint
A point on an element, including vertices, to which you can

snap.
keyword
A word recognized by the software that provides access to a

certain function.
menubar
The strip at the top of the screen that contains icons for
selecting commands.
message area
The area that appears in the MicroStation Command Window

when you are working in a design file. It is divided into the
Command Status field, the Current Command field, the
Prompt field, and the Key-in field.
model
A graphic representation or schema.
network
An interconnection of host computers and workstations that

enables them to share data and control. The term network can
mean the devices that connect the system, or it can mean the
connected system.
NFS
Network File System, the system that provides access to data

that is distributed among machines through an
interconnection of host computers and workstations. NFS
allows you to mount a remote resource to your local
workstation so you can access the data as though it were
local. NFS is usually used to access centralized data on a
server.
node
Any addressable device (such as a workstation or a server)

that is connected to a network. The network enables the
connected nodes to share data and system control.
Glossary GL - 7
node address
The hard-wired Ethernet address assigned to each node when

it is manufactured. It is necessary for each node to identify
and communicate with another node in the network.
node name
A name, or alias, that can be assigned to the node address of a

device on a network.
northing
A term used to describe a north coordinate location in the

plant coordinate system.
nozzle
A special equipment modeling primitive that contains the

connection point to piping. This point does NOT include a
gasket allowance, but rather represents the face-of-flange
coordinate.
NQS
Network Queuing System, the software package that allows

you to define network-wide batch and device queues. Use of
NQS involves setting up local resource queues on the
system(s) where the resources reside and setting up pipe
queues on the systems that are to have access to the
resources.
Oracle
origin
In coordinate geometry, the point where the x, y, and z-axes

intersect.
origin point
The point at which the coordinate system is placed.
orthogonal view
A view which is a projection of the model onto a plane along

lines which are orthogonal to the plane.
parameter
A property whose value determines the characteristics or

behavior of something.
path
A sequence of directories leading to a file or a sequence of

menus leading to a command.
path name
The sequence of directories leading to a file. See also absolute

path name and relative path name.
PDS
Plant Design System
pipe queue
A controlled channel for moving requests to batch or device

queues on remote systems and for receiving status and/or
data in response.
place data point
To identify a specific element, or indicate a specific point in

the design file.
plane
A spatial element in geometry that may or may not have a

boundary, but is level, having no elevations or depressions,
and is three-dimensional.
GL - 8
RDB
Reference Database.
reference database
A collection of reference data containing information relative

to industry design codes, vendors catalog data, job
specifications, commodity libraries, graphics symbology, label
descriptions, report formats and other information of a similar
manner.
relative path name
The sequence of directories leading from the current directory

to a particular file. See also path name and absolute path
name.
rotate
To turn; to change the angular orientation; to transform by

revolution about a specific axis.
row
A unit of related information in a table. One collection of

column values for a table.
rubberbanding
The animation dynamic that enables you to specify the

position of a data point while the element changes as you
move the cursor.
schema
A description of the overall structure of the rulebase or

database.
schema file
A file that outlines the overall logical structure of a rule base

or a database.
server
In network operations, the node which maintains common

data or performs a common task needed by clients. All
network operations (database, NFS, NQS) between two or
more nodes establish a client/server relationship.
Structured Query
Language SQL
Language developed by IBM for creating, modifying, and

querying relational databases.
style
The symbology of an element such as continuous dashes,

dash-dot, solid, and so forth.
surface
The skin of a three-dimensional geometric element.
symbology
The display style of an element, including color, style, and

weight.
table
A collection of data for quick reference, either stored in

sequential locations in memory or printed as an array of rows
and columns of data items of the same type.
toggle
To switch; to change between two alternatives.
user name
A name that provides access to an account on the system.
values
Data, either entered by the user or determined by the

software, that are stored in an attribute.
Glossary GL - 9
variable
A quantity that may assume any one of a set of values.
vector
A quantity possessing both magnitude and direction,

generally represented as a line. Vectors can be manipulated
geometrically and are represented as a coordinate triple
(x,y,z).
view
The defined area of vision on a screen. A view allows you to

see a prescribed volume of the design cube. Views are created
with their own x, y, and z axes. The x,y plane of the view is
parallel to the screen, while the z-axis can be thought of as
coming straight out of the view towards you. The view axes
maintain this relationship regardless of the rotation with
respect to the design cube. See also active depth.
virtual memory
External memory for a computer that can be used as if it were

an extension of the computers internal memory. The
software uses virtual memory to store data. This means that
unneeded files and data, stay on the disk until they are called
for. Because the internal processing memory stores a
minimal amount of data, the software can perform processing
more quickly.
working directory
The directory from which you are accessing files.
GL - 10
Index IN - 1
Index
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
IN - 2
Index IN - 3
Index
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
01HG symbol key B-46

01SP symbol key B-62
A
accept 5-81
add default set 5-15
Alias
ISOGEN tables B-3
allocation
weld number
reinforcement pads 77 B-34
slip-on flanges 77 B-34
alphanumeric commodity library 7-19
alternate indices for the MDL
defining 7-87
alternate_description_index 7-87
example
defining
secondary or alternate indices for
the MDL 7-87
alternative text B-64
AR** symbol key B-60
area
drawing
option switch 35 B-20
arrow
flow
size of flow
ASCII to binary conversion 1-4
assemble
isometric symbol 5-76
assembling a symbol
accept 5-81
clear 5-82
assembling a symbol (continued)

define
end point 5-80
lagging 5-81
solid line 5-81
spindle point 5-81
start point 5-80
tap points 5-81
tracing 5-81
delete 5-82
exit 5-82
fit symbol 5-80
atext 7-51
specifications
ingr 7-58
AText
by category B-75
cut lists B-80
isometric drawing area B-75
line summary B-84
plotted material B-80
printed material list B-85
specification changes B-79
title block B-79
weld box summary
standard B-85
user-defined B-86
AText facility
by number B-65
atext_specifications 7-56
example
modify
text
for eccentric reducers 7-56
modifying text 7-56
automatic split points in pipe
AV** symbol key B-59
AX** symbol key B-59
B
b# file
example of C-57
BA** symbol key B-45
balloon
instrument
IN - 4
balloon (continued)
instrument (continued)
basic input data 6-12
batch
data
file 5-1, 9-1, 10-9
table 10-1, 10-7
extraction problems 4-7
extraction software
error messages A-32
generation 5-9
isometric
extraction 5-1
create
batch job input 5-89
drawing 5-28
delete
drawing 5-46
listing drawings 5-54
revise
drawing 5-33
iso area 5-25
utilities 5-56
generation 5-9
job
input
creating 5-89
file 4-3
export variable 5-4
scheduling 5-100
submitting 5-100
job log file 5-101
options file 5-3
processes 2-8
reference 5-36, 5-50, 5-94, 5-107
number 5-30, 5-39, 5-43
software organization 4-1
batch job input file 4-3
filling in the title block (stib) 4-6
generating title block input (tblock)
4-6
interface job creation (jobctl.exe) 4-4
investigating batch extraction
problems 4-7
ISOGEN 4-5
interface (pdsidf.exe) 4-5
making a run log entry (pdsidf) 4-7
plotting 4-7
updating the project database 4-7
BEFL symbol key B-51
bend radius
symbol keys B-43
bend/elbow
representation 20-5
bending parameters file 7-44
bends
symbol keys B-51
zero length
binary conversion 1-4
bit file
example of C-64
block
test parameter
option switch 127-140 B-42
BO** symbol key B-45
bolt
diameters
material control file
lengths 7-8
bolt diameters 7-8
bolt length
extraction limitations 3-21
bolt units 8-10
bom
welds listed in 16-10
border file 5-3
export variable 5-4
bore
output 7-24
box
box dimension standout triangles, skew
part number
skew type
style and dimensioning, skew
weld number
BR** symbol key B-45
branch
dimension of tapped
first order 6-22
nesting
scale of tapped
supports 7-14
welds 12-9
Index IN - 5
branch dimensioning
suppressing 17-2
break
flanged pipe 7-41
breaking
composite attributes by combining
insulation purpose and thickness 7-54
supply responsibility along a pipeline
7-53
breaks
specification
BTFL symbol key B-51
BU+D symbol key B-52
BUFL symbol key B-51
bulk load lines 5-57
from ASCII file 5-67
bulk load lines from ASCII
export variable 5-4
C
C3** symbol key B-48
C4** symbol key B-48
CA** symbol key B-48
caps
symbol keys B-53
carry-over dimension
cc 7-70
CEBW symbol key B-53
cell library
detail sketch facility 7-43
center of gravity
and the STIB data file 19-2
appearing in the MTO 19-2
report file 19-2
weight display 19-2
weight library 7-43
calculating 19-2
centerline
dimensioning valves
centerline dimensions
for valves 17-2
CESC symbol key B-53
CESW symbol key B-53
CH** symbol key B-45
chain wheel operators 7-20
changing
construction responsibility along a
pipeline 7-53
character size
option switch 4 B-9
CK** symbol key B-60

clear 5-82
cn 7-70
COCP symbol key B-53
codelist values
standard note 180 & 1100 16-3
cogmto.tbl 19-2
column reference
structural 7-37
commodity library alphanumeric 7-19
common data table 12-1
common_record_data 12-1 12-2
component
data table 12-1
name tapped 13-3
tags 7-15
vrs sheet number file 7-6
component vs sheet number file
example of C-62
component_attributes 12-1, 12-4
extracting inspection numbers 12-6
components
transferring between sort groups 8-9
configure.dat file 5-6
connect
points 13-3
items 5-77
connect points
skey B-43
connections, other end
symbol keys B-50
control
coordinate output
dimensioning
file, materials
bolt lengths and diameters option
switch 65 B-26
frame
insulation
printed material list length
tracing
weld
conventions
forms 2-5
limitations 3-19
extraction
conventions 3-19
IN - 6
conventions (continued)
limitations (continued)
extraction (continued)
limitations 3-20
coordinate
features 17-3
output 17-1
system 7-12
tap point
coordinate features
related information 17-1
coordinates
display
elevation
at bend/elbow intersections 17-3
at branch intersections 17-4
split point coordinates 17-4
extend witness line 17-3
copy
default set 5-21
correcting incorrect sheet splits 15-5
COSC symbol key B-53
COSW symbol key B-53
couplings
symbol keys B-53
CP symbol key B-50
CPBW symbol key B-57
CPFL symbol key B-57
CRBW symbol key B-54
CRCP symbol key B-54
create
batch job
input 5-12, 5-89
delete existing files 5-91
incrementing revision number
5-92
plotting 5-92
save previous details 5-92
drawing 5-11, 5-28
notes table 11-1
creating
isometric seed file 9-1
plot request files 9-3
seed files for extraction 9-1
user-defined symbol library 5-83
CRFL symbol key B-54
crosses
symbol keys B-54
CRRF symbol key B-54
CRSC symbol key B-54
CRSO symbol key B-54
CRSW symbol key B-54
CSBW symbol key B-57

CSFL symbol key B-57
ct 7-70
CTBW symbol key B-57
CTSC symbol key B-58
cut file
example of C-63
cut lists
AText B-80
cut marks
option switch 3 B-9
cut pipe report 7-6
example of C-63
cutting list
option switch 2 B-9
CV** symbol key B-48
CXBW symbol key B-57
CXFL symbol key B-57
CZBW symbol key B-57
CZFL symbol key B-57
D
data
file batch 10-9
return file
table
batch 10-1, 10-7
common 12-1
component 12-1
sheet 10-2, 10-12
data definition file (ddf) 20-1
data item identifiers
mld file format 8-16
date format 7-23
date in title block
ddf 20-1
example of 20-10
ddf file
detail sketch entries 18-2
information note entries 18-3
default
set
add 5-15
copy 5-21
delete 5-20
revise 5-18
define
default sets 5-11, 5-13
end point 5-80
lagging 5-81
project options 5-11, 5-21
Index IN - 7
define (continued)
solid line 5-81
spindle point 5-81
start point 5-80
tap points 5-81
tracing 5-81
weld prefix 7-47
defining
components as no MTO 7-77
continuation notes 7-71
dotted symbology 7-75
fabrication categories 7-78
isogen symbol keys 7-84
line ID 7-59
movable text 7-82
secondary orientation notes 7-74
start point notes 7-69
type 1 labels 7-61
type 2 labels 7-64
type 3 labels 7-67
defining general item notes 7-85 7-86
defining secondary or alternate indices for
the MDL 7-87
definition file
material list 7-44
delete 5-82
default set 5-20
drawing 5-11, 5-46
drawing records with undefined iso type
5-85
existing files 5-23, 5-91
descriptions
material list
option switch B-18
design
file
data
in idf order 6-22
raw 6-12
sorted by coordinate 6-13
sorted by topo 6-15
interface error messages A-31
detail
sketch
detail sketch
entries in the ddf 18-2
detail sketch facility 18-1
cell library 7-43
details save 5-92
detail_sketch_facility 7-48
detail_sketch_facility table
example of 7-49
determining sheet split points 15-4

determining the traversal start point 15-4
dimension
overall
round-off carry-over
tapped branch
units
dimension standout
character size
option switch 4 B-9
line distance
dimension/elevation
vertical
dimensioning
control
features 17-1
including gaskets 17-2
non-dimensioned supports 7-98
output 17-1
string 17-2
suppressing branch 17-2
usa style 17-3
valve centerline 17-2
dimensioning features
dimensions 5-75
on drawing
disconnected sections 6-14
display
elevation
at bend/elbow intersections 17-3
at branch intersections 17-4
elsplit point coordinates 17-4
document
purpose xiii
dotted nozzle
dotted symbology
defining 7-75
dotted weld symbols 16-2
dotted_symbology_code_list_values 7-75
example
assigning dotted symbology 7-75
DR symbol key B-47
drawing
area
IN - 8
drawing (continued)
area (continued)
dimensions on
margin
multiple
revise 5-42
number 5-30, 5-40
high 5-37, 5-50, 5-94, 5-107
low 5-37, 5-50, 5-94, 5-107
pipe support information
plot 3-14
records
delete 5-85
revise 5-38
size
split control
stacking arrangement
symbology 5-71
drawing definition file 7-44
example of 20-10
drawing_data_table 10-7
dwg file
example of C-64
E
EBSC symbol key B-51
EDG 5-92
edit
iso symbol 5-71
elbow tapped 13-3
elbows
plotted leg lengths
symbol keys B-51
ELBW symbol key B-51
ELCP symbol key B-51
elevation
at bend/elbow intersections
display 17-3
at branch intersections
display 17-4
ELSC symbol key B-51
ELSW symbol key B-51
embedded attributes 7-10, 7-20
enclosure
shape
material part number 76 B-33
end
point 5-76
prep
high 13-1, 13-5
low 13-1, 13-5
end connections, other
symbol keys B-50
end coordinates
suppress output
end point
define 5-80
end prep connections
symbol keys B-43
end-point components
extraction conventions 3-19
end_point_component_labels 7-70
example
defining
continuation notes 7-71
EPBW symbol key B-58
EPFL symbol key B-58
err file
example of C-54
error
messages A-3, A-15
error log file
example of C-54
error messages
batch extraction software A-32
design file interface A-31
message file A-22
ESBW symbol key B-58
ESFL symbol key B-58
ETBW symbol key B-51
ETCP symbol key B-51
ETSC symbol key B-51
ETSW symbol key B-51
EUBW symbol key B-51
EX** symbol key B-45
example
ddf 20-10
examples
HITS report 6-2
iso extraction documents C-3
EXBW symbol key B-58
EXFL symbol key B-59
exit
iso symbol editor 5-82
export
to pdme
generating pdme data 5-102
Index IN - 9
export (continued)
to pdme (continued)
using revision numbering with 5-92
export variables 5-3
ISO_ASCII_LOAD 5-4
ISOBATCH 5-4
ISOBATCHQUE 5-4
ISOBORDER 5-4
ISOOPTION 5-3
ISOPATH 5-3
ISOPLOT 5-4
ISOREPORT 5-4
ISOSEED 5-4
PDISOFONT 5-5
SYMLIB 5-5
SYMNDX 5-5
extend
witness line 17-3
extension stems 7-20
extraction
by line
ID 3-11
name substring 3-10
conventions 3-19
end-point components 3-19
implied materials
at line name changes 3-20
olet type branches 3-19
pipe supports 3-20
type 63 data 3-20
creating seed files 9-1
criteria 3-9
date 5-31, 5-41
limitations 3-20
bolt length 3-21
branch
nesting 3-20
flanged pipe 3-21
system isometric 3-21
tapped piping components 3-21
number 5-31, 5-40
seed files 5-3
extraction information
in the project database 15-3
extraction information in the database 15-3
EZBW symbol key B-58
EZFL symbol key B-59
F
FA** symbol key B-47
fabricated bends (pulled)
style for output 8-13
fabrication categories
defining 7-78
fabrication category 7-78

falling lines
FI** symbol key B-47
field fit weld allowance
file
data return
material control
pipeline reference format
tables of intermediate records B-3
filenames
long 5-23
files
batch data 5-1
structure 7-2
files table 7-42
bending parameters file 7-44
center of gravity
weight library 7-43
detail sketch facility cell library 7-43
format file 7-44
ISOGEN
label description library 7-42
material list definition file 7-44
mto neutral file map 7-43
notes table 7-43
title block 7-43
valve operator symbol map 7-42
welds definition 7-44
filling in the title block (stib.exe) 4-6
filters
in-line symbol keys B-47
fit
symbol 5-80
fitting records
spool and in-line B-6
fittings
special 20-6
undimensioned
branches 20-7
fittings with attached olets 13-4
flange
loose allowance
flanged pipe
breaks in 7-41
extraction limitation 3-21
flanges
symbol keys B-44
IN - 10
flanges LJSE
symbol keys B-44
FLBL symbol key B-44
FLFL symbol key B-44
FLLB symbol key B-44
floor stands 7-20
flow
arrow
arrow size
flow arrows 5-75
FLOW symbol key B-46
FLRC symbol key B-44
FLRE symbol key B-44
FLRG symbol key B-44
FLSE symbol key B-44
FLSJ symbol key B-44
FLSO symbol key B-44
FLSW symbol key B-44
FLWN symbol key B-44
FO** symbol key B-47
fonts on the isometric
export variable 5-5
format file 7-44
forms
conventions 2-5
FOSO symbol key B-44
FOWN symbol key B-44
FPFL symbol key B-54
FPPL symbol key B-54
FR** symbol key B-47
frame
control
frameworks
isousrrefdim variable 5-5
frameworks reference file
generate 5-86
FT** symbol key B-45
FX** symbol key B-45
G
gadgets
conventions 2-5
gapping
hatching patterns
general note 7-48
general note items
defining 7-85 7-86
generate
frameworks reference file 5-86
optional format for
generate (continued)
optional format for (continued)
length output 8-10
pdme data 5-102
revised format for
cut list 8-11
sheet numbers
using spool number prefix 7-51
spool numbers
using spool number prefix 7-51
user-defined weld
from code list 7-46
generated item table 12-2
generated_items 12-2, 12-9
generating title block input (tblock) 4-6
genitm_note_format 7-85
example
defining general item notes 7-85
GENITM_NOTE_FORMAT
example
defining general item notes 7-86
gravity weight
output
center 82 B-36
H
h file
example of C-28
H3** symbol key B-49
H4** symbol key B-49
HA** symbol key B-49
hangar/support symbol key B-46
hatching
gapping, patterns
skew triangle
HCSC symbol key B-55
HCSW symbol key B-55
header topo 6-23
HITS 1-4
report 6-1, 6-26
branch 6-12
cp # 6-12
direct 6-12
flags 6-12
name 6-12
node 6-12
occ 6-12
sect 6-12
section 1
basic input data and raw design
file data 6-12
section 2
Index IN - 11
HITS (continued)
report (continued)
section 2 (continued)
design file data sorted by
coordinate 6-13
section 3
tracing data 6-14
section 4
design file data sorted by topo
6-15
section 5
design file data in idf order 6-22
sg_occ 6-12
topo 6-12
x 6-12
y 6-12
z 6-12
HITS report
example of C-28
HV** symbol key B-48
I
i file 9-4
IA** symbol key B-46
ic 7-70
identification
instrument
numbers record B-6
idf 1-4
idf file
example of C-37
IDFL symbol key B-47
IDPL symbol key B-46
ie 7-70
II** symbol key B-46
implied
item table 12-2
materials 7-11
implied materials at line name changes
implied_items 12-2, 12-6
extracting inspection numbers 12-9
in 7-70
increment revision number 5-92, 10-9
information
messages A-5
information note 7-48
entries in the ddf 18-3
information note facility 18-1
ingr_atext_specifications 7-58
initial setup considerations 5-3
in-line filters
symbol keys B-47
input data 6-12
inspection
number
enclosure type 7-15
inspection isometric
numbers 7-15
inspection number
extracting 12-6, 12-9
inspection numbers
unassigned
default text 7-58
instrument
balloon
identification
symbol keys B-46
instrument bubble 7-10
instruments
symbol keys B-47
insulation
control
interactive isometric extraction 1-3, 3-1
ASCII to binary conversion 1-4
conventions and limitations 3-19
iso design file 3-12
ISOGEN 1-4
ISOGEN interface 1-3
isometric seed file 3-6
model files 3-9
options file 3-6
pipeline names 3-10
interface
ISOGEN A-4, 1-3
job creation (jobctl.exe) 4-4
interface error log
example of C-54
intergraph option switches 7-1
intergraph_options_block 7-6
intermediate data file 1-4
example of C-37
interpreting the HITS report 6-1
basic input data 6-12
design
file data
in idf order 6-22
sorted by coordinate 6-13
sorted by topo 6-15
example HITS report 6-2
raw design file data 6-12
to solve problems 6-26
IN - 12
interpreting the HITS report (continued)

tracing data 6-14
introduction 1-1
invalid lines 5-60, 5-63, 5-65
investigating batch extraction problems 4-7
IO** symbol key B-46
iplot 9-3
plot request files 9-3
IR** symbol key B-46
ISAM center of gravity weight library 19-2
iso
area revise 5-25
design file 3-12
dgn name 5-30, 5-40
filenames 5-23
type
drawing requirements 5-85
isoa_bgen 1-4
ISO_ASCII_LOAD 5-4
ISOBATCH 5-4
ISOBATCHQUE 5-4
ISOBORDER 5-4
isoc.def file
example of C-4
isoc.note file 11-2
ISOGEN 1-4
Alias tables B-3
component versus sheet number file
example of C-62
cut pipe report
example of C-63
export variables 5-3
interface A-4, 1-3, 4-5
(izod2)
splitting the mto neutral file (msplit)
4-6
(izod2.exe) 4-5
message file
example of C-59
message file errors A-22
printed parts file C-60
record number 13-1 13-2
skey dimensions E-3
symbol name 13-1
ISOGEN symbol keys
defining 7-84
ISOGEN_options_block 7-4
isometric
drawing
plot 3-14
extraction 1-3, 3-1
presentation 20-1
seed file 3-6
isometric (continued)
seed file (continued)
creating 9-1
symbol editor 5-71
defining export variables 5-5
type option switch 21 B-15
types 20-12
isometric drawing area
AText B-75
isometric weight
and the STIB data file 19-1
spool 19-1
total 19-1
ISOOPTION 5-3
ISOPATH 5-3
ISOPLOT 5-4
ISOREPORT 5-4
ISOSEED 5-4
ISOUSRREFDIM 5-5
item name 13-1
ITFL symbol key B-55
izod2.exe 4-5
J
job
log file 4-7, 5-101
job creation 4-4
jobctl.exe 4-4
justification markers
mld file format 8-16
K
KABW symbol key B-53
KACP symbol key B-53
KASC symbol key B-53
KASW symbol key B-53
L
label
description library 3-9, 7-9
label description library 7-42
label library
label definitions
example of C-9
labels
type 1 7-60
type 2 7-63
type 3 7-66
LABW symbol key B-55
lagging 5-76
define 5-81
lap joint 13-3
LASC symbol key B-55
Index IN - 13
last MTO date 5-31, 5-41

LASW symbol key B-55
layer names 20-8
L@BW symbol key B-52
lengths
plotted leg elbows and tees
limit
indication
sloping pipeline B-14
line
2 5-30, 5-39
3 5-30, 5-39
dimension
standout distance
falling
feed 7-62
ID 7-13, 7-59
identification 3-10
selection by line ID 5-96
spacing
material list option switch B-19
line ID
defining 7-59
line name breaks
extraction limitations with 3-21
line name changes
using implied materials 3-20
line names
select 3-3
line summary
AText B-84
line_id_definition 7-59
LINE_ID_DEFINITION
example
defining
line ID 7-59
list
cutting option switch 2 B-9
drawings 5-11, 5-54
material
descriptions
item code length
line spacing
output
position
reserved area option switch 35 B-20
list (continued)
material (continued)
text size
type/length units
material accumulation
plotted material control
load
by area 5-59 5-60
by line 5-59, 5-64
by model 5-59, 5-62
log file
job 4-7, 5-101
system 5-100
long iso filenames 5-23
loose flange allowance
M
M3** symbol key B-48
M4** symbol key B-48
MA** symbol key B-48
making a run log entry (pdsidf) 4-7
mapping attributes to the title block 10-1
drawing_data_table 10-7
segment_data_table 10-3
sheet_data_table 10-12
margin
drawing
mark
cut option switch 3 B-9
material
control file
bolt
diameter option switch 65 B-26
length option switch 65 B-26
list
accumulation
drawing
descriptions
item code length
line spacing
output
IN - 14
material (continued)
list (continued)
position
printed length control
reserved area option switch 35 B-20
text size
type/length units
material control file 8-1
list of available items 8-8
user-defined 8-7
material descriptions library 3-9
material Dlist definition file 8-6
material list
control, plotted
option switch B-16
definition file 7-44
output style 8-13
style 3 8-17
types of mld 8-2
welds in 8-13
material list definition
contents of 8-14
material list, printed
AText B-85
message file
example of C-59
messages
error A-3, A-15
file 7-6
information A-5
warning A-3, A-8
MIBW symbol key B-52
MIFL symbol key B-51
miscellaneous
symbol keys B-46
miscellaneous items 20-8
mld
file content 8-14
file format
data item identifiers 8-16
justification markers 8-16
style 1
material list 8-3
style 2
material list 8-3
style 3
material list 8-3
mld file 8-6
format 8-15
style 2 8-2
mld file (continued)

style 3 8-3
style1 8-2
types of material list 8-2
mlt control 5-32, 5-40, 5-44
model
files 3-9
number
isometric 3-12
revised date 5-31, 5-40, 5-44
high 5-37, 5-51
low 5-37, 5-51
status 5-31, 5-39, 5-43
code 5-37
status code 5-50, 5-94, 5-107
model numbers
reset 3-3
select 3-2
modify
text 7-56
for eccentric reducers 7-56
movable text
defining 7-82
movable_text 7-81, 10-12
MOVABLE_TEXT
example
defining
movable text 7-82
msg file
example of C-59
msplit 4-6
MTBW symbol key B-52
MTFL symbol key B-52
MTO
date 5-31, 5-41
neutral file 5-91
example of C-57
record map 12-1
neutral file record map
center of gravity 19-2
common_record_data 12-2
component_attributes 12-4
generated_items 12-9
implied_items 12-6
user-defined 8-1
material list 8-2
material list definition file 8-6
offshore material category 8-9
operating requirements 8-4
mto
neutral file map 7-43
multiple drawings
revise 5-42
Index IN - 15
MV** symbol key B-48

N
NBSC symbol key B-53
NC** symbol key B-45
network
problems 6-14
traversal 1-4
neutral file map
mto 7-43
new skey 5-74
new_symbol_keys 7-84
example
defining
isogen symbol keys 7-84
NIPL symbol key B-55
NISC symbol key B-55
node
text 10-2
no-mto 7-16, 7-70
nomto_code_list_values 7-77
example
defining
components as no MTO 7-77
non-dimensioned supports 7-98
nongraphic outputs 1-4
note
general 7-48
specific 7-48
notes table 7-43, 10-1, 10-7
creating 11-1
nozzle
dotted
nozzle connection note 7-13
nozzle_note 7-72
NRSC symbol key B-53
number
connect points 13-1, 13-3
sections 5-30, 5-39, 5-43
spool
tag
weld
number of segments
symbol keys B-43
O
occurrence numbers 6-12
off-line instruments 7-16
offset
angle tolerance
offset (continued)
angle tolerance (continued)
dimension tolerance
offshore fabrication category 16-4
offshore material category 8-9
offshore_fabcat_code_list_values 7-80
old skey 5-73
olet type branches
olets
symbol keys B-55
olets attached to fittings 13-4
OP symbol key B-47
operating requirements
user-defined BOM 8-4
operators
symbol keys B-62
option record 4-3
option switches B-8
automatic split points in pipe 108 B-38
bolting lengths in material control file 65
B-26
center of gravity weight output 82 B-36
character size 4 B-9
coordinate output control 66 B-27
coordinates at tapping points 122 B-41
cut marks 3 B-9
cutting list 2 B-9
data return file 109 B-39
date in title block 6 B-10
detail sketch 71 B-28
dimension line standout distance 8 B-11
dimension round-off carry-over 117 B-40
dimensional units 41 B-22
dimensioning control 81 B-35
dimensions on drawings 9 B-12
dotted nozzle 111 B-39
drawing area 35 B-20
drawing margin 10-13 B-13
drawing size 14-16 B-13
drawing split control 38 B-20
drawing stacking arrangement 36-37
B-20
falling lines 19 B-14
field fit weld allowance 22 B-15
flow arrow 17 B-14
flow arrow size 112 B-39
frame control 18 B-14
gapping hatching patterns 102 B-38
instrument balloon 123 B-41
instrument identification 59 B-25
insulation control 61 B-25
IN - 16
option switches (continued)

intergraph 7-1
isometric type 21 B-15
loose flange allowance 22 B-15
material list accumulation 74 B-30
material list descriptions 26 B-18
material list item code length 28 B-19
material list line spacing 29 B-19
material list output 30 B-19
material list position 25 B-17
material list reserved area 35 B-20
material list text size 27 B-18
material list type/length units 24 B-17
material part number enclosure shape 76
B-33
offset angle tolerance 115 B-39
offset dimension tolerance 116 B-39
overall dimension 118 B-40
part number box 73 B-29
picture scale 34 B-19
pipe support information on drawing 64
B-26
pipe supports 40 B-21
pipeline reference format in material
control file 113 B-39
plotted leg lengths elbows and tees 95
B-36
plotted material list control 23 B-16
printed material list length control 63
B-26
sketch detail units 92 B-36
skew box dimension standout, triangles
100 B-37
skew box style and dimensioning 99
B-37
skew box/triangle type 97 B-37
skew triangle hatching 101 B-37
skews, 3D drawn as 2D 67 B-28
sloping pipeline indication limit B-14
spare 103-107 B-38
spare 110 B-39
spare 124-126 B-42
spare 52 B-24
spare 56-57 B-25
spare 69 B-28
spare 72 B-28
spare 78-79 B-34
spare 83-91 B-36
spare 93-94 B-36
spare 96 B-37
spare 98 B-37
specification breaks 114 B-39
spool numbers 39 B-21
option switches (continued)

suppress output of end coordinates 5
B-10
suppress skew boxes/triangles on branch
legs 70 B-28
tag number 60 B-25
tapped branch dimension 121 B-40
tapped branch scale 120 B-40
test parameter block 127-140 B-42
title block position 25 B-17
tracing control 62 B-26
valve centerline dimensioning 80 B-34
vertical dimension/elevation 119 B-40
view point 42 B-23
weld control 54 B-25
weld number 53 B-24
weld number allocation at reinforcement
pads 77 B-34
weld number allocation at slip-on flanges
77 B-34
zero length bends 68 B-28
optional format
for length output 8-10
options file 1-4, 3-6, 7-1
alternate_description_index 7-87
atext_specifications 7-56
dotted_symbology_code_list_values 7-75
end_point_component_labels 7-70
example of C-4
export variable 5-3
file structure 7-2
files table 7-42
genitm_note_format 7-85
ingr_atext_specifications 7-58
intergraph_options_block 7-6
ISOGEN_options_block 7-4
line_id_definition 7-59
movable_text 7-81
new_symbol_keys 7-84
nomto_code_list_values 7-77
nozzle_note 7-72
pipeline_header 7-50
secondary_orientation_note 7-74
shop_fabcat_code_list_values 7-78
start_point_notes 7-68
type_1_labels 7-60
type_2_labels 7-63
type_3_labels 7-66
options_block 7-6
order of table entries 13-5
orientation 5-75
OTBW symbol key B-58
OTFL symbol key B-59
Index IN - 17
OTSC symbol key B-58

output
center
gravity weight 82 B-36
control, coordinate option switch 66 B-27
output file
export variable 5-4
overall dimension
overlap 6-26
P
part number
box control
material
enclosure shape 76 B-33
parts file
example of C-60
parts list 7-6
paterns
gapping hatching
PB+D symbol key B-52
pc 7-70
PDISOFONT 5-5
pdisoplot 4-7
pdme
export
using revision numbering with 5-92
pdme data
generate 5-102
PDS
item name 13-1
operator name 13-1
to-ISOGEN
symbol map 7-12
valve operator name 13-4
PDS environment 2-1
PD_Shell 2-2
PD_Shell 2-2
form conventions 2-5
pdshell environment 2-1
PDSidf 4-7
pdsidf 4-7
PDS-to-ISOGEN symbol map 13-1
end prep low and end prep high 13-5
ISOGEN
record number 13-2
symbol name 13-1
number of connect points 13-3
order of table entries 13-5
PDS
item name 13-1
PDS-to-ISOGEN symbol map

(continued)
PDS (continued)
valve operator name 13-4
tapped component
name 13-3
record number 13-4
picture scale
pipe
support
information on drawing
supports
pipe components
symbol keys B-45
pipe report
cut C-63
pipe supports 5-79, 7-14
pipeline
attributes
dotted 20-4
special 20-4
sloping
indication limit B-14
pipeline names 3-10
extraction
line
ID 3-11
name substring 3-10
pipeline_header 7-50
PIPELINE_HEADER
example
breaking supply responsibility along a
pipeline 7-53 7-54
changing construction responsibility
along a pipeline 7-53
pipes, fixed length
symbol keys B-54
PL symbol key B-45
plate
orifice and restrictor symbol keys B-47
plot
isometric drawing 3-14
plot copies 5-102
plot file
export variable 5-4
plot request files
creating 9-3
IN - 18
plot request files (continued)

iplot 9-3
plotted leg
lengths elbows and tees
plotted material
AText B-80
plotted material list control
plotting 4-7, 5-92
pn 7-70
point
control view
points
coordinates at tapping
position
title block 8-14
PR symbol key B-47
prefix 7-70
presentation 20-1
bend/elbow
representation 20-5
example
ddf 20-10
fittings
special 20-6
undimensioned
branches 20-7
isometric
layer names 20-8
miscellaneous items 20-8
pipeline
attributes
dotted 20-4
special 20-4
program defaults 20-9
previous details
save 5-92
primary model number 3-9
printed material list
length control
printed parts file
example of C-60
printed parts list 7-6
process queue
export variable 5-4
program defaults 20-9
project database
and extraction information 15-3
project options
defining 5-21
prt file
example of C-60
pseudo attribute 7-52
pt 7-70
Q
queue
export variable 5-4
queue_descript file 3-14, 5-102
R
RA** symbol key B-47
raw design file data 6-12
RBSC symbol key B-58
RBSW symbol key B-58
RCBW symbol key B-57
RCCP symbol key B-57
RCFL symbol key B-57
RCSC symbol key B-57
RD symbol key B-49
RDB data 3-9
REBW symbol key B-58
record
ID numbers B-3, B-6
spool and in-line fitting B-6
table of intermediate B-3
record number 13-2
tapped component 13-4
reducers
symbol keys B-57
re-extract
existing sheets 5-102
re-extraction
and the project database 15-3
REFL symbol key B-58
reinforcing pads 7-17
repeatability 5-102, 15-1
and the project database 15-3
rules for 15-2
report file
export variable 5-4
reports 5-12, 5-104
cut pipe 7-6
RESC symbol key B-58
reset model numbers 3-3
revise
default set 5-18
drawing 5-11, 5-33
iso area 5-11, 5-25
Index IN - 19
revise (continued)
multiple drawings 5-42
single drawing 5-38
revision
block 5-32, 5-41, 5-44
number 5-32, 5-40, 5-44
incrementing 5-92
numbering
and exporting to pdme 5-92
RFPL symbol key B-59
RNSC symbol key B-57
round-off dimension
RP symbol key B-45
RV** symbol key B-49
S
S3** symbol key B-48
S4** symbol key B-48
SA** symbol key B-48
save
previous details 5-92
SB symbol key B-46
SC symbol key B-50
scale
picture
tapped branch
scale factor 5-75
schedule batch job 5-12, 5-100
secondary indices for the MDL
defining 7-87
secondary_orientation_note 7-74
example
defining
secondary orientation notes 7-74
sed file
example of C-62
seed file
export variable 5-4
seed files
creating
for extraction 9-1
isometric 9-1
seg file
example of C-64
segment
data table 7-43
summary table 10-3
segment_data_table 10-3
select
line names 3-3
lines for extraction
select (continued)
lines for extraction (continued)
by line ID 5-96
model numbers 3-2
setup
considerations 5-3
SG** symbol key B-45
sheet
data table 10-2, 10-12
generated 5-32, 5-41
number 10-12
sheet breaks
extraction limitations with 3-21
sheet numbers:generating with spool
number prefix 7-51
sheet splits
correcting incorrect 15-5
determining 15-4
sheet_data_table 10-12
shop_fabcat_code_list_values 7-78
example
defining
fabrication categories 7-78
single drawing
revise 5-38
size
drawing
flow arrow
sketch
detail
sketch detail
units
skew
3D drawn as 2D with fall indication
box dimension standout, triangles
box style and dimensioning
box/triangle type
suppress boxes/triangles on branch legs
triangle hatching
skey
new 5-74
old 5-73
IN - 20
skey dimensions E-3

SKEY, symbol keys B-43
SKSW symbol key B-55
solid line
define 5-81
sort groups 8-9
SP symbol key B-45
spare
spare option switch
56-57 B-25
spare option switch 103-107 B-38
spare option switch 110 B-39
specialty and descriptions library 3-9
specific note 7-48
specification
breaks
specification changes
AText B-79
spindle
key 5-75
point 5-76
spindle point
define 5-81
split control
drawing option switch 38 B-20
split point coordinates
display 17-4
split points
automatic in pipe
splitting the mto neutral file (msplit) 4-6
spool
number
spool and in-line fitting records B-6
spool number prefix 7-51
generating sheet numbers 7-51
generating spool numbers 7-51
spool numbers
generating with spool number prefix
7-51
SR symbol key B-45
stacking arrangement
drawing
stacking arrangement (continued)

drawing (continued)
standard material list 8-2
user-defined variation of 8-2
standard note 180 & 1100
codelist values for 16-3
start point 5-76
defining 5-80
start_point_notes 7-68
Start_Point_Notes
example
defining
start point notes 7-69
stib.exe 4-6
string dimensioning 17-2
structural column
reference 7-37
style
fabricated (pulled) bends) output 8-13
material list output 8-13
style 1
material list
contents and changes for 8-3
style 2
material list
mld file 8-2
user-defined material list
example 8-19
style 3
data item info 8-18
material list 8-17
basic control info 8-17
mld file 8-3
example 8-19
style1
mld file 8-2
submit
batch job 5-100
for plotting 5-92
summary block 10-3
supports
pipe
suppress output of end coordinates
suppress skew boxes/triangles on branch
legs
SV** symbol key B-48
Index IN - 21
SW symbol key B-50

SWBW symbol key B-55
switches
option B-8
automatic split points in pipe 108
B-38
bolting diameters in material control
file 65 B-26
center of gravity weight output 82
B-36
character size 4 B-9
coordinate output control 66 B-27
coordinates at tapping points 122
B-41
cut marks 3 B-9
cutting list 2 B-9
data return file 109 B-39
date in title block 6 B-10
dimension line standout distance 8
B-11
dimension round-off carry-over 117
B-40
dimensional units 41 B-22
dimensioning control 81 B-35
dimensions on drawings 9 B-12
dotted nozzle 111 B-39
drawing area 35 B-20
drawing margin 10-13 B-13
drawing size 14-16 B-13
drawing split control 38 B-20
drawing stacking arrangement 36-37
B-20
falling lines 19 B-14
field fit weld allowance 22 B-15
flow arrow 17 B-14
flow arrow size 112 B-39
frame control 18 B-14
gapping hatching patterns 102 B-38
instrument balloon 123 B-41
instrument identification 59 B-25
insulation control 61 B-25
isometric type 21 B-15
loose flange allowance 22 B-15
material list accumulation 74 B-30
material list descriptions 26 B-18
material list item code length 28 B-19
material list line spacing 29 B-19
material list output 30 B-19
material list position 25 B-17
material list reserved area 35 B-20
material list text size 27 B-18
material list type/length units 24
B-17
switches (continued)
option (continued)
material part number enclosure shape
76 B-33
offset angle tolerance 115 B-39
offset dimension tolerance 116 B-39
overall dimension 118 B-40
part number box 73 B-29
picture scale 34 B-19
pipe support information on drawing
64 B-26
pipe supports 40 B-21
pipeline reference format in material
control file 113 B-39
plotted leg lengths elbows and tees 95
B-36
plotted material list control 23 B-16
printed material list length control 63
B-26
sketch detail units 92 B-36
skew box dimension standout,
triangles 100 B-37
skew box style and dimensioning 99
B-37
skew box/triangle type 97 B-37
skew triangle hatching 101 B-37
skews, 3D drawn as 2D 67 B-28
sloping pipeline indication limit B-14
spare 103-107 B-38
spare 110 B-39
spare 124-126 B-42
spare 52 B-24
spare 56-57 B-25
spare 78-79 B-34
spare 83-91 B-36
spare 93-94 B-36
spare 96 B-37
spare 98 B-37
specification breaks 114 B-39
spool number 39 B-21
suppress output of end coordinates 5
B-10
tag number 60 B-25
tapped branch dimension 121 B-40
tapped branch scale 120 B-40
test parameter block 127-140 B-42
title block position 25 B-17
tracing control 62 B-26
valve centerline dimensioning 80
B-34
vertical dimension/elevation 119 B-40
view point 42 B-23
weld control 54 B-25
weld number 53 B-24
IN - 22
switches (continued)
option (continued)
weld number allocation at
reinforcement pads 77 B-34
weld number allocation at slip-on
flanges 77 B-34
weld number box 75 B-31
zero length bends 68 B-28
option 69
spare B-28
option 70
suppress skew boxes/triangles on
branch legs B-28
option 71
detail sketch B-28
option 72
spare B-28
symbol 5-76
definition software 5-71
design
export variable 5-5
index
export variable 5-5
library
export variable 5-5
user-defined 7-42
map 13-1
name 13-1
origin 5-74, 5-76
symbol editor
use of 5-71
symbol keys, SKEY B-43
bend radius B-43
bends B-51
caps B-53
couplings B-53
crosses B-54
elbows B-51
end connections, other B-50
end prep connections B-43
flanges B-44
flanges LJSE type B-44
in-line filters B-47
instruments B-46 B-47
miscellaneous items B-46
number of segments B-43
olets B-55
operators B-62
pipe components miscellaneous B-45
pipes, fixed length B-54
reducers B-57
skey connect points B-43
tees B-56
traps B-49
symbol keys, SKEY (continued)

unions B-59
valves B-59
four-way B-61
three-way B-61
vent B-49
welds B-50
SYMDGN 5-5
SYMLIB 5-5
SYMNDX 5-5
system
isometrics
log file 5-100 5-101
T
TA** symbol key B-49
table
entries order 13-5
files title block 10-1
intermediate file records B-3
notes 10-1
tag
number
tag numbers 7-10
tap
name 13-1
points 5-76
record number 13-1
tap points
coordinates at
define 5-81
tapped
component name 13-3
olets attached to fittings 13-4
tapped elbows 13-3
component record number 13-4
elbows 13-3
piping components 3-21
tapped branch
dimension
scale
taps 5-77
TB+D symbol key B-52
tblock 4-6
T@BW symbol key B-52
TEBW symbol key B-56
TECP symbol key B-56
tee
symbol keys B-56
Index IN - 23
tees
plotted leg lengths
TEFL symbol key B-56
TERF symbol key B-56
TESO symbol key B-56
test parameter
block
TESW symbol key B-56
text
alternative B-64
dimension standout
option switch 4 B-9
size
material list
text node
number 10-2
restrictions on 10-2
text node number
restrictions on 10-2
T@FLsymbol key B-52
THSC symbol key B-55
TI** symbol key B-49
title block
AText B-79
data files 7-20
date in
mapping attributes 10-1
mapping file 10-4
position
positioning 8-14
summary table 10-3
table files 10-1
tables file 7-43
title block table
example of C-64
TO** symbol key B-49
tolerance 7-9
offset angle
offset dimension
topo
design file data
sorted by 6-15
header 6-23
total isometric weight 19-1
TR** symbol key B-49
tracing 5-76
control
tracing (continued)
control (continued)
data 6-14
define 5-81
trailing zeros
eliminating from isometric 10-4
transfer
components
between sort groups 8-9
trap
symbol keys B-49
traversal start point
determining 15-4
traversing a network 6-22, 6-24 6-25
triangle
hatching skew
skew type
triangles
skewed box dimension standout
TSBW symbol key B-56
TSCP symbol key B-56
TSFL symbol key B-56
TSSW symbol key B-56
TU** symbol key B-46
type 5-38, 5-43
isometric 20-12
type 63 data
type_1_labels 7-60
example
defining
type 1 labels 7-61
type_2_labels 7-63
TYPE_2_LABELS
example
defining
type 2 labels 7-64
type_3_labels 7-66
TYPE_3_LABELS
example
defining
type 3 labels 7-67
typefaces xv
U
uconfigure.dat file 5-6
unassigned
inspection numbers
default text 7-58
IN - 24
unions
symbol keys B-59
unique weld numbering 16-4
units
dimensional
sketch detail
UNSC symbol key B-59
UNSW symbol key B-59
update
project database 4-7
usa style dimensioning 17-3
user-defined
MTO 8-1
text and user-positioned text 8-3
variation of the standard material list
8-2
user-defined BOM 8-1
operating requirements 8-4
user-defined drawing symbology 5-71
creating a user-defined symbol library
5-83
using the newly-created symbol library
5-84
user-defined material control file 8-7
example of style 2 8-19
example of style 3 8-19
user-defined MTO
user-defined weld prefix 16-4
user_defined_component_bom 7-95
user_defined_generated_item_bom 7-92
user_defined_implied_item_bom 7-89
user_defined_welds 7-45
generating 7-46
using
HITS report to solve problems 6-26
newly-created symbol library 5-84
the isoc.note file 11-2
utilities 5-11, 5-56
bulk load lines 5-57
from ASCII file 5-67
delete drawing records 5-85
frameworks
reference file 5-86
iso symbol editor 5-71
assemble iso symbol 5-76
V
V3** symbol key B-61
V4** symbol key B-61

VALOPR table 7-42
valpor 7-18
valve
centerline dimensioning 17-2
operator table 14-1
operators 7-11
valve operator symbol map 7-42
valves
four-way
symbol keys B-61
symbol keys B-59
three-way
symbol keys B-61
variables 5-3
VB** symbol key B-60
VC** symbol key B-60
VD** symbol key B-60
vent
symbol keys B-49
vertical dimension/elevation
VG** symbol key B-60
view
point control
VK** symbol key B-60
VN** symbol key B-60
VP** symbol key B-60
VR** symbol key B-61
vrs sheet number file 7-6
VS** symbol key B-61
VT** symbol key B-60
VV** symbol key B-60
VX** symbol key B-60
VY** symbol key B-60
W
warning
messages A-3
warning messages A-8
wdf file
example of 16-9
weight display 19-1
weight library
weld
control
enhancements
Index IN - 25
weld (continued)
field fit allowance
number
symbol keys B-50
user-defined 7-45
weld box summary
standard
AText B-85
user-defined
AText B-86
weld boxes
alternative style 16-6
weld definition report format file
example of 16-9
weld number
allocation
reinforement pads 77 B-34
slip-on flanges 77 B-34
box control
weld summary report 16-5
weld_prefix 7-47
example
define weld prefix 7-47
welds 7-13, 16-1
branch 12-9
dotted 16-2
in material list 8-13
listed in the bom 16-10
offshore fabrication category 16-4
unique weld numbering 16-4
user-defined weld prefix 16-4
wdf file
example of 16-9
weld data item information 16-8
weld definition file format 16-5
weld summary report 16-5, 16-8
welds boxes
using a backing sheet 16-6
welds definition 7-44
WF symbol key B-50
witness line
extend 17-3
WM symbol key B-50
WMF symbol key B-50
WO symbol key B-50
WOF symbol key B-50
WS symbol key B-50
WTBW symbol key B-55
WW symbol key B-50
X
XA** symbol key B-47
XV** symbol key B-49
Z
zero length
bends option switch 68 B-28
zero length leg 6-24
zeros
eliminating trailing 10-4
IN - 26

Isoref

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Isoref

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

PDS ISOGEN

This document replaces DEA5040A0

Warranties and Liabilities

If You Need Assistance

Intergraph General Information

Customer Response Center (U.S. Only)

Training Registration (U.S. Only)

Regional Sales Information (U.S. Only)

Educational Media Contacts

Table of Contents vii

If You Need Assistance ..................................................................................

General Conventions ............................................................................................

Introduction to ISOGEN ......................................................................................

Overview of Isometric Extraction ................................................................

The Intergraph Interface to ISOGEN .............................................

PDS Environment .................................................................................................

PD_Shell Form Conventions ............................................................

Interactive Isometric Extraction ..........................................................................

Extraction Criteria .......................................................................................

Model Files ........................................................................................

Iso Design File ..............................................................................................

Extraction Conventions ....................................................................

Batch Software Organization ...............................................................................

The Batch Job Input File .............................................................................

Splitting the MTO neutral file (MSPLIT) .......................................

viii PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - March 2000

Generating Title Block Input (TBLOCK) ....................................................

Batch Isometric Extraction ..................................................................................

Initial Setup Considerations ........................................................................

Define Default Sets ..........................................................................

Add Default Set ..................................................................

Define Project Options .....................................................................

Bulk Load Lines .................................................................

Load by Area .........................................................................................................

Bulk Load Lines from ASCII File ..........................................................

Entering the Iso Symbol Editor Environment ....................................................

Delete Drawing Records With Undefined Iso Type ..............................

Create Batch Job Input ..................................................................

Interpreting the HITS Report ..............................................................................

Example HITS Report .................................................................................

The Options File ...................................................................................................

File Structure ...............................................................................................

User-Defined BOM / Material Control File .........................................................

Types of Material List ..................................................................................

Operating Requirements ..................................................................

Material List Definition (MLD) File ............................................................

PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide - March 2000

8.8 Generating a Revised Format of the Cut List ............................................

Style 3 Material List ....................................................................

Example User-defined Material List - Style 2 ..........................................

Creating Seed Files for Extraction ......................................................................

Creating an Isometric Seed File ..................................................................

IPLOT Plot Request Files ................................................................

Mapping Attributes to the Title Block ...............................................................

Creating a Notes Table .......................................................................................

Using the isoc.note File ............................................................................

The MTO Neutral File Record Map ...................................................................

The PDS-to-ISOGEN Symbol Map ....................................................................

The PDS Item Name ................................................................................

Tapped elbows ............................................................................

Tapped component record number ..........................................................

The Valve / Operator Table ................................................................................

Repeatability Restrictions and Limitations ............................................